2020 Latest prices and products online
Specialist Resources for Libraries
The largest choice from the library experts As we enter into our 82nd year of serving libraries, educators and information professionals, we continue to bring you new and exciting products, in addition to trusted favourites and everyday essentials.
4
We truly believe that the library is the catalyst for a lifelong passion of learning and will help nurture the love of reading. To achieve this, library space needs to be flexible and adaptable in order to stimulate collaboration, whilst also enabling a space for quiet reflection. We have introduced new flexible furniture and media display units to help you achieve this. See our new Mobile Library on page 121 and our lightweight Link Table on page 206; a few new examples of flexible library furniture solutions. As always, we are here if you need any help and to give you advice on choosing the right solutions.
REASONS TO CHOOSE GRESSWELL
1 2 3
We’re the UK’s no.1 library specialist
4
All our ranges are made to last, designed specifically with libraries in mind
Enjoy 48 hour delivery on essential library supplies We’re happy to help you find the solution that’s right for you
Yours sincerely, The Gresswell Team
5 EASY WAYS TO ORDER
DELIVERY
w: gresswell.co.uk e: orders@gresswell.co.uk
FREE delivery on all orders £75 and over. Orders £74.99 or less are subject to a £7.50 delivery charge (within UK mainland*).
t: 01992 454 511 (8.30am - 5.00pm GMT)
We aim to despatch all stocked items, ordered before 2.00pm, on the same day.
f: 0800 616 634
1
week
Non-stocked items are shown with the van logo detailing the lead time for UK addresses only. Further inormation on delivery and standard lead time is available at www.gresswell.co.uk
*Surcharges will apply for delivery to Northern Ireland, Scottish Highlands, post (non-urgent orders): offshore Islands (including Isle of Wight and overseas). Please contact us Gresswell, Phoenix House, on 01992 454 511 for an estimate. Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, For full terms and conditions, please see page 368. Shrewsbury, SY1 3FE (Please note: colours shown are subject to limitations of the printing process and are intended as a guide only).
CONTENTS Book Care 10-29
Circulation & Stock Security 30-59
Reference & Archival 60-71
Display 72-107
Media Display 108-142
Shelving 143-166
Furniture 167-238
Children’s Furniture 239-286
Makerspaces 287-295
Presentation & Exhibition 296-318
Book Trolleys & Returns 319-334
Facilities & Office Supplies 335-348
Lockers.................................................... 369-370 Long reach stapler........................................... 385 L-sleeves............................................................ 70
Advantage
M
Magazine/newspaper shelf adaptors...................95 Magazine & literature display.. 89-91, 95, 127-151 Magazine & newspaper display................. 138-151 Magazine & pamphlet boxes ����������������������� 63-67 Magazine display..................................... 138-151 Magazine file............................................... 63-67
Reading Promotion 349-365
Index 370-375
Advantage fabric is 30% wool, 60% Polypropylene, 10% viscose. Flammability: BS EN1021-1 (cigarette). BS EN 1021-2 (match). BS 7176 Low hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 60,000 cycles.
Aztec AD113
Turquoise AD027
Raspberry AD127
AD122
Aqua AD002
Pewter AD072
Clipper AD126
Nightshade AD011
Black AD055
Cranberry AD005
Red AD014
Cinnamon AD111
Cobalt AD004
Graphite AD066
Charcoal AD028
Mineral AD010
Swatches 376-377
www.gresswell.co.uk
ABOUT GRESSWELL
About Gresswell
Your choice from the No.1 Library Supplier
Perfect products when you need them
With over 80 years’ experience serving Library professionals, we know the products you need to provide a successful library environment. Being in the world of Library for that time has enabled us to develop real expertise about what works and doesn’t. Library is at the heart of everything we do... we know you trust our expertise and we take that very seriously when selecting our product range with you in mind.
We understand that sometimes you need supplies in a hurry, which is why we offer a fast, reliable 48-hour delivery on 1000’s of our stocked essentials.
We also understand that the library services you deliver can change as new services are added, new technology and self-support processes are available and flexible space requirements impact on your approach. That’s why we offer a wide range of solutions to suit your space, services and budget. What’s more, we’re always on hand to discuss your requirements and offer advice. Our range is second to none for all your library needs, that’s why we are the UK’s Number One Library Specialist!
2
Phone: 01992 454511
We also have many products that need to be built to suit your needs – the right number of shelves, the correct words on a stamp, or just the right colour combinations for your seating to suit your space. These products include a lead time indicated on each product by....
“I was impressed with the efficiency and speed of delivery. Matched only by the quality of the product.” Mrs Irene Holmes
orders@gresswell.co.uk
ABOUT GRESSWELL
Great quality at competitive prices Every single product that we design, make and supply has been specifically created and selected to ensure it is suitable for the library environment. As we control the manufacturing process on thousands of our key products, we are able to bring you these products at very competitive prices. Care and attention to selecting products for
our range is paramount. We go to great lengths to ensure our products are durable and ‘made to last’, as well as being value for money.
We are constantly reviewing prices to ensure we offer you competitive pricing across our ranges - check online for our most up-to-date prices and special offers.
Look out for Demco® branded library solutions, which are high quality products, at great value when compared to branded alternatives.
Help in choosing what’s right for you We know library, so we offer the widest range of specialist products for Libraries in the UK. We also carry a large number of stocked products so you’re not kept waiting for essential items.
We research and access the best product solutions for libraries including organising information, either through our network of trusted suppliers, or by developing our own products and ranges to meet your needs. We can also design your space to maximum effect. You can trust us to provide your solution, advice and recommendations. Whatever you need, we are happy to help.
“I have always found Demco/Gresswell very helpful whilst ordering goods and a prompt delivery time is always assured.” Mr Phil Harper
www.gresswell.co.uk
3
ABOUT Demco® EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTS
Products carefully selected or developed for your library Look out for our Demco® products which have been created with you in mind. These are exclusive products created and developed by us. They offer you great quality as well as value for money. You will spot them with the Demco® logo, so make sure you look out for them. Don’t forget you cannot buy these anywhere else in the UK!
Demco® Look out for Demco® products
See more Demco® products
®
Demco® market leading book covering laminate, see pages 12-14
Demco® easy-apply book protection covers are available on pages 18-19
Demco® security solutions are guaranteed to be compatible with your existing security system, see page 58
4
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
ABOUT Demco® EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTS
Demco® strong, silent book trolleys, designed specifically for the library, see pages 320-321
Demco® AV equipment that is made to last, see pages 313-314
Demco® solid and strong media display furniture in coordinating colours starts on page 108
Demco® price comparison
SAVE up to
31%
Demco® Premium Book Tape
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
Wmm
Wmm 4009154
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
38
£7.95
4033838
Premium Book Tape
38
£6.15
4009165
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
50
£8.85
4033849
Premium Book Tape
50
£6.95
4009176
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
75
£11.65
4033860
Premium Book Tape
76
£8.95
4009187
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
100
£13.95
4033871
Premium Book Tape
100
£9.60
For Demco® Book Repair Tape, see page 21
www.gresswell.co.uk
5
NEW PRODUCT SHOWCASE 2020
New Product Showcase 2020 We have launched hundreds of new product lines based on your requirements high quality, durable and great value.
100’s o
f NEW product s
Display your media in a striking way
Book Display Easels
Presentation Table
see page 75
Mobile Library
see page 117
see page 121
Innovative and flexible furniture solutions for any space
Link Table
Titan Swivel Chairs
see page 206
see page 194
Workspace Tables
Create comfortable reading spaces for children
Multi-cultural Carpets see page 257
6
Reading Corner Sets
Phone: 01992 454511
see page 273
orders@gresswell.co.uk
see page 224
NEW PRODUCT SHOWCASE 2020
Simple solutions to display signage and identification
Acrylic Book Supports
Alpha Signage
Dry-wipe Information Board
see page 93
see page 101
see page 105
Improve your efficiency with simple scanning systems
USB CD Scanner
Laser Ring Barcode Scanner
Wireless CCD Scanner
see page 54
see page 55
see page 55
and some of our best sellers
Classic Acrylic Book Stands see page 73
Demco® Non-glare Clear Label Protectors see page 33
Demco® Slip-over Book Covers
5 Shelf Book Displayer with Castors
LibraryQuiet Book Trolley
see page 19
see page 121
see page 321
www.gresswell.co.uk
7
Part of
Education Group
INTERIOR DESIGN | SPACE PLANNING | FF&E SPECIALISTS
Tel: 01992 454 600 enquiries@demcointeriors.co.uk | www.demcointeriors.co.uk
Demco Interiors is a sister company of Gresswell and is part of WF Education Group Limited. Demco Interiors are a sister company of Gresswell, designing and delivering creative library Demco Interiors designs and delivers creative library and education environments. and education environments. From small study areas to fully integrated large scale projects. From Small study areas to fully integrated large scale projects.
We deliver inspirational spaces to engage staff and students.
BOOK CARE
Book Care
Despite the introduction of new formats, physical books and other materials continue to be heavily circulated. This is encouraging news for libraries, but it makes it more important than ever to consider book care and ways to keep your collection in good order.
Book Covering Laminate...................................................... 13-16 Book Jackets........................................................................... 17-19 Book Repair............................................................................. 20-28 Reading Aids................................................................................ 29
By protecting new materials from the start, you can help prolong the life of your books and create circulation efficiencies which benefit users. If you already have unprotected stock in circulation, a logical strategy is to attend the first signs of damage; small, proactive repairs are better than time-consuming book rehab or expensive replacements later on. There are several products that prevent book covers from tearing and keep bindings from falling apart. Materials outfitted with the proper protective supplies save you time down the road, and your collection stays pristine longer, so more people can benefit from the materials in the long run.
20
10
27
Phone: 01992 454511
13
19
28
29
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Book Covering Laminate - Quick Tips | BOOK CARE 1. Polypropylene (PP), Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) or Polyolefin • All the films we use are flexible and stain resistant. • PP is more cost effective; no chlorine is used in the manufacture of PP so it is more environmentally friendly. • PVC is softer and more tear resistant. • Polyolefin is an improved vinyl material that is more flexible to use. It is a non-yellowing, matt film that removes cleanly leaving no adhesive residue behind. 2. Gloss or matt? • Gloss gives a shiny new look to books but you can get reflections or glare under certain lighting conditions. • Matt gives a non-reflective finish and hides finger prints. 3. Which caliper (thickness)? • 50 micron: economical, thin and flexible covering spines very well. • 80-100 micron: good all purpose range that will handle the majority of applications. • Over 100 micron: heavy-duty use or to ensure very long lasting protection. At this thickness, films become semi-rigid and unsuitable for going round sharp radii such as spines, unless separate strips are used. 4. Delayed-action adhesive • This adhesive becomes permanent after several hours. The time is dependent on the temperature and the surface being covered. If the book cover is fibrous it will start to bond quicker. • The benefit over a standard permanent adhesive is that it allows the user to remove the film and re-apply if air bubbles form the first time the covering is applied. 5. What size? • A variety of widths will enable you to select the nearest size to your books, minimising waste. • Longer lengths are more economic for large users of a specific width.
Product
Material
Page No.
Thickness (Micron)
Core Size (mm)
VistaFoilTM GB
Polypropylene
13
50
17
VistaFoilTM HD
Polypropylene
13
100
VistaFoilTM Non-adhesive
Polypropylene
14
VistaFoilTM Matt
Polypropylene
VistaFoilTM Soft
Rolls
Sheets
Backing Paper
Paperback
Delayed-action adhesive
19
Delayed-action adhesive; double thickness for extra protection
100
16
No residue of adhesive on books; higher clarity than self-adhesive
14
60
15
Non-reflective - eliminates glare - ideal for charts, maps and posters
PVC
14
80
20
Phthalate free PVC (safer and more environmentally friendly)
Easy Peel
PVC
15
70
Repositionable book covering; apply and reapply time after time
Filmolux® 609
PVC
15
70
39
Glossy crystal clear instant adhesion
Filmolux® Soft
Soft PVC
15
70
40
Use for hardbacks without jackets, also magazines and paperbacks
Supaseal
PVC
15
175
49
Delayed-action adhesive
Commando Covers
Polypropylene
16
300
Double laminate permanent sheet for extra protection and rigidity
CrocCoversTM
PVC
16
340
One piece rigid book cover for turning paperbacks into hardbacks
Adaptaroll
Polypropylene
17
70
58
Convenient pre-folded edge with self-adhesive strip
Adjustable Paperfold
Polyester
17
38
77
Large size - 90m rolls
Foldon Economy
Polypropylene
17
70
53
Adjust the depth of fold to fit
Demco Slip-over Book Covers
PVC
19
180
Hardback with Jacket
Hardback without Jacket
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
Key Points
Crystal clear gloss finish, reusable book covers
11
BOOK CARE |Keep your media looking new with VistaFoil™
VistaFoil™ is the industry leading book laminate covering for libraries. Widely regarded as the best covering available on the market by information professionals, VistaFoil™ is manufactured to exacting standards achieving consistency in performance and function. The wide range of laminates in the VistaFoil™ range means there is a suitable covering for all your media requirements.
Delayed-action adhesive For easy repositioning while covering
Squared backing paper To achieve straight cuts and better economy
Gloss finish* To keep your media looking ‘like new’ *except for VistaFoil™ Matt covering
Some useful products for applying VistaFoilTM Laminate Smoother The Laminate Smoother is a useful little tool that makes light work of removing air bubbles from book coverings. Dimensions: Smoother H69 x W100mm. Price each.
4002664
£2.95
Laminate Smoother
Scissors Choose from our selection of hard-wearing scissors. Price each.
Lmm 4054001
Multi-purpose Scissors
210
£8.20
4054012
Value Scissors
170
£1.95
4054023
Value Scissors
210
£3.65
Avery® Compact Trimmer Unique design makes this the safest and most portable of trimmer. The Avery Compact Trimmer is functional, stylish and made from aluminium for strength and reduced weight. Suitable for up to A3 size paper. • Easy to store either flat or upright • Cutting capacity: 7 sheets 80gsm paper • Equipped with carrying handles for portability • Clearly marked for paper alignment Price each.
4052241
12
Phone: 01992 454511
Avery® A3 Compact Trimmer
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£48.50
Book Covering Laminate | BOOK CARE Demco® VistaFoil™ HD Spend more on buying new books instead of replacing old ones. VistaFoil™ HD offers the same great benefits of the VistaFoil™ GB but with the advantage of being heavy-duty, giving books an even longer shelf-life. • Made from 100 micron polypropylene Price per roll.
Wmm x Lm 4008098
250 x 10
£4.50
4008109
300 x 10
£5.50
4057136
350 x 10
£6.20
4008120
400 x 10
£7.15
4008131
600 x 10
£10.35
4008186
250 x 25
£10.35
4008197
300 x 25
£13.25
4057147
350 x 25
£14.95
4008208
400 x 25
£16.75
4008219
600 x 25
£25.25
4050349
250 x 50
£18.20
4050360
300 x 50
£22.55
4057158
350 x 50
£25.95
4050371
400 x 50
£29.05
4050382
600 x 50
£41.55
All VistaFoil™ products come with delayed-action adhesive, meaning the laminate can be initially repositioned even after it is applied. The adhesive will become permanent after a couple of hours. Use with a Smoothy Tool opposite to remove any air bubbles, for an easy to achieve professional finish.
Demco® VistaFoil™ GB Achieve a smooth finish when covering books. The foil on VistaFoil™ GB only bonds to the book 2-4 hours after it has been positioned, making it fully adjustable. • Made from 50 micron polypropylene Price per roll.
Wmm x Lm 4008065
240 x 10
£4.10
4008076
300 x 10
£4.65
4057807
350 x 10
£5.65
4008087
400 x 10
£6.20
4008142
600 x 10
£9.20
4007592
240 x 25
£9.10
4007966
300 x 25
£10.75
4057818
350 x 25
£13.05
4007977
400 x 25
£14.50
4007988
600 x 25
£20.60
4057840
300 x 50
£18.45
4057829
350 x 50
£21.65
4057851
400 x 50
£23.85
4057862
600 x 50
£36.65
4053946
900 x 15
£16.55
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
13
BOOK CARE | Book Covering Laminate
Please call Customer Services for a FREE sample pack of book coverings.
Quote code ‘SAM’ Wmm
Matt
Demco VistaFoil Soft ®
™
Our bestseller laminate covering now with a soft feel. VistaFoil™ Soft is constructed of 80 micron phthalate free PVC, which has a soft feel and makes the covering of most books quick and easy. Phthalate free PVC is a safer and more environmentally friendly PVC construction. • Made from 80 microns PVC • Gloss or matt finish • Delayed-action adhesive bonds in 6-24 hours • Recyclable backing paper (where facilities exist) Price per 25m roll.
4036104
VistaFoil™ Soft
229mm
£16.45
4036115
VistaFoil™ Soft
254mm
£18.35
4036126
VistaFoil™ Soft
305mm
£23.75
4036137
VistaFoil™ Soft
356mm
£25.95
4036148
VistaFoil™ Soft
457mm
£31.75
4036159
VistaFoil™ Soft
229mm
£16.45
4036170
VistaFoil™ Soft
254mm
£18.35
4036181
VistaFoil™ Soft
305mm
£23.75
4036192
VistaFoil™ Soft
356mm
£25.95
4043969
VistaFoil™ Soft
410mm
£30.45
4036203
VistaFoil™ Soft
457mm
£31.75
Gloss
Use our Book Cover Tape to fix to books - see page 20
Demco® VistaFoil™ Matt
Demco® VistaFoil™ Non-adhesive
Keep it covered, but without the glare.
The quality is clear to see.
This non-reflective covering film helps avoid glare and covers books, maps, charts and posters with an almost invisible finish.
VistaFoil™ non-adhesive has all the qualities and same level of protection as VistaFoil™ HD without the adhesive! Ideal if you do not want a permanent cover as it can be easily removed and replaced if necessary.
• Made from 60 micron polypropylene
• Made from 100 micron polypropylene
• Squared backing paper allows for accurate cutting and measuring
• No residue of adhesive on books
• Delayed-action adhesive
• Quick and easy to apply
• Matt finish
• Higher clarity than self-adhesive
• Fine adhesive coating on one side to aid application
• Gloss finish
Price per 10m roll.
Price per roll.
Wmm
14
Wmm x Lm
4008153
VistaFoil™ Matt
330
£6.75
4022970
VistaFoil™ Non-adhesive
450 x 5
£3.15
4008164
VistaFoil™ Matt
500
£13.05
4031517
VistaFoil™ Non-adhesive
300 x 25
£13.15
4008175
VistaFoil™ Matt
1000
£17.15
4031528
VistaFoil™ Non-adhesive
400 x 50
£29.85
4042396
VistaFoil™ Non-adhesive
600 x 50
£33.25
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Book Covering Laminate | BOOK CARE
Even better adhesion!
Fully repositionable
Please call Customer Services for a FREE sample pack of book coverings.
Quote code ‘SAM’
Easy Peel Repositionable Book Covering
Filmolux® Soft Book Covering
Cover your books without the fear of bubbles.
Fully repositionable, high quality book covering.
Easy Peel is a repositionable film that makes covering books quick and easy. The film will never permanently fix to the cover, it can be peeled off and reapplied time after time.
Ideal for covering paperbacks, hardbacks, magazines, maps and pamphlets. Fully recyclable release liner is transparent and has gridded back - easy to measure and cut - with a slit along the edge for easy separation. Use the book squeegee to apply without bubbles.
• 70 micron thick repositionable PVC film
• Made from 70 micron soft PVC film
• pH neutral
• Delayed-action adhesive
• Gloss finish with embossed matt effect
• Gloss finish
Price per 25m roll.
Price per 25m roll.
Wmm 4223408
Easy Peel
220
£27.65
4223419
Easy Peel
280
£35.20
4053286
Filmolux® Soft Book Covering
240
£28.80
4223430
Easy Peel
360
£45.30
4053297
Filmolux® Soft Book Covering
300
£37.35
4053176
Filmolux® Soft Book Covering
410
£48.50
4059523
Book Squeegee
Wmm
£13.25
Supaseal
Filmolux® 609
Cost effective paperback protection.
Glossy, crystal clear soft PVC film.
Supaseal will give your paperback books a more rigid feel. Delayed-action adhesive allows for positioning when fitting.
Our Filmolux 609 range is ideal for use on almost all book covers, prints, folders and maps and with the narrow width that is available, can also be used for label protection.
• Made from 175 micron PVC
• Made from 70 micron soft PVC film
• Gloss finish
• Instant adhesive
Price per 50m roll.
Price per roll.
Wmm 4033794
Supaseal
200
£30.50
4033805
Supaseal
225
£34.95
4024917
Filmolux® 609
240 x 25
£29.30
4033827
Supaseal
325
£49.50
4024972
Filmolux® 609
340 x 25
£41.35
4024994
Filmolux® 609
410 x 25
£49.30
4025005
Filmolux® 609
620 x 25
£74.85
4025038
Filmolux® 609
40 x 50
£12.95
Wmm x Lm
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
15
BOOK CARE | Book Covering Laminate
Please call Customer Services for a FREE sample pack of book coverings.
Quote code ‘SAM’
Commando Covers
H x Lmm
Make paperbacks last up to four times longer. The double plastic laminate of these covers give an almost rigid hardback feel to the front and back covers (single laminate used for spine to allow flexibility).
4018075
Commando Covers
204 x 310
£13.95
• Made from 300 micron polypropylene film
4018834
Commando Covers
222 x 350
£15.95
• Easy-peel silicone release backing paper
4019472
Commando Covers
258 x 410
£20.70
• Covers are easily trimmed to size
4020055
Commando Covers
320 x 510
£31.10
4018394
Commando Covers
204 x 310
£13.95
4019120
Commando Covers
222 x 350
£15.95
4019868
Commando Covers
258 x 410
£20.70
4020275
Commando Covers
320 x 510
£31.10
• Gloss finish Choose from two spine sizes: Narrow spines up to 22mm thick; Wide Spines from 22mm to 42mm thick; Price per pack of 20. Sizes are approximate.
Vistaflex™
Croc Covers®
Now your paperbacks can last as long as your hardbacks.
A one-piece, self-adhesive, rigid book cover to protect books from damaging wear and tear. These simple to handle rigid book covers will turn a paperback into a hardback.
Make your paperbacks, music sheets and maps more durable by covering them with Vistaflex™.
• Made from 340 micron gloss PET/PVC laminate with an acid-free, nonyellowing, permanent adhesive
• Made from 240 micron rigid PVC
• One-piece construction
• Gloss finish
• Rigid cover with flexible central section (for spine widths 1mm-65mm)
Dimensions: W300mm x L10m.
• Printed, easy to remove release liner
Price per roll.
• Delayed-action adhesive
• Can be easily trimmed to size Price per pack of 10.
16
H x Wmm
Book Face Wmm
4008263
4024169
Croc Covers®
216 x 362
146
4024180
Croc Covers®
241 x 400
165
£8.60
4024191
Croc Covers®
267 x 452
191
£11.20
4024202
Croc Covers®
305 x 528
229
£12.95
Vistaflex™
£7.50
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£12.95
Book Jackets | BOOK CARE
Adaptaroll
Perfecta Book Sleeves
Take the hard work out of protecting your books.
Book protection, inside and out.
Adaptaroll is easy to use and apply - one edge is pre-folded, completing half the work of fitting the jacket.
Slide the book jacket into a Perfecta Book Sleeve, then simply fold the two ends and attach to the inside of the book using Book Cover Tape.
• Made from 70 micron polypropylene
• Made from 70 micron polypropylene
• Continuous self-adhesive strip means the other fold can be made quickly and neatly
• Gloss finish
• Glass clear gloss finish
Price per pack of 10.
• Archival safe
• Archival safe
Book Cover Tape is on page 20
Price per 25m roll.
Wmm x Lm
H x Lmm
4037281
Adaptaroll
230 x 25
£19.60
4008340
216 x 510
£2.35
4037721
Adaptaroll
270 x 25
£21.90
4008351
222 x 510
£2.40
4038304
Adaptaroll
330 x 25
£24.60
4008362
230 x 510
£2.50
4039107
Adaptaroll
380 x 25
£25.95
4008373
236 x 560
£2.75
4055211
Adaptaroll
230 x 50
£34.75
4008384
242 x 560
£2.85
4055222
Adaptaroll
270 x 50
£37.50
4008395
248 x 560
£2.95
4055398
Adaptaroll
330 x 50
£43.50
4008406
254 x 610
£3.10
4055409
Adaptaroll
380 x 50
£45.95
Use with Book Cover Tape on page 20
Foldon Economy
Adjustable Paperfold Jacket Cover
The economical way to cover your book jackets.
Book jackets stay looking crisp and new when covered in Paperfold.
Simply place the book jacket onto the roll, trim to size, fold the edges and attach with tape or book tabs.
Simply slip jacket between polyester film and paper backing and cut to desired length and tape or glue to secure - no waste and no fuss.
• Made from 70 micron polypropylene
• Made from 38 micron polyester
• Gloss finish
• Gloss finish
• Archival safe
• Backing made from recycled paper
Price per 50m roll.
• Supplied in a convenient dispenser box • Archival Safe • Perforated folding guide, assures fast accurate fit
Wmm
Price per 90m roll.
4024136
Foldon Economy
270
£24.25
4005931
Foldon Economy
305
£25.60
4024147
Foldon Economy
330
£27.25
4056388
Adjustable Paperfold Jacket Cover
254
£40.35
4006756
Foldon Economy
380
£29.50
4056399
Adjustable Paperfold Jacket Cover
305
£46.25
Wmm
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
17
BOOK CARE | Create a ‘like new’ appearance... ... whilst providing excellent protection Demco’s new and improved Slip-over Book Covers are crystal clear and will enhance any book. All covers feature great flexibility to help you cover a variety of book sizes. The hard-wearing covers are suitable for high circulation titles. These are a must-have for all your book stock.
Measuring guide 1. 2.
Measure book width: front
Measure book height
Height = 196mm
3.
4.
Measure book width: back
Back = 128mm
Spine = 30mm
Front = 128mm
H196mm Slip-over Cover should fit but we recommend allowing 2mm extra. Therefore, choose H198mm.
Measure book width: spine
Book overall width: 286mm Sizes shown in the table opposite are for maximum book H x Wmm Choose: product 4206-325 = H198 x W310mm
Instructions to fit 1.
5.
2.
Slip front cover into Slip-over Cover
Use finger and thumb to press along edge so that Slip-over Cover sits flat
6.
Slip back cover through band
3.
Straighten cover
4.
Slip flap through band
Covered!
Keep the corners covered! Ensure your book fits within the maximum stated Slip-over Book Cover width. You will find guidance in the table opposite. If your book is wider than the maximum Slip-over Book Cover width, the corners of your book will be exposed, potentially leading to damage. It is best to exceed the book width by 1-2mm.
18
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Book Jackets | BOOK CARE
All covers come in packs of 10
Demco® Slip-over Book Covers Reusable covers to protect paperbacks and magazines. Our best selling book protection suitable for paperbacks, reference books, text books and magazines. Strong, clear plastic covers offer protection and increased durability. • Reusable
• A vailable in a wide variety of sizes or in an assorted pack of 100 covers that includes: 40 x H198mm, 20 x H180mm, 20 x H178mm, 10 x H200mm and 10 x H216mm
• Crystal clear gloss finish
Price per pack of 10.
• Made from 180 micron PVC
Book Maximum H x Wmm
Book Maximum H x Wmm
4206963
170 x 265
£2.10
4206578
248 x 420
£3.85
4207040
174 x 265
£2.10
4206809
250 x 420
£4.10
4206996
176 x 265
£2.10
4206853
252 x 420
£4.10
4206523
178 x 265
£2.10
4206919
254 x 420
£4.10
4206644
180 x 275
£2.15
4206545
256 x 420
£4.10
4206897
182 x 275
£2.20
4206776
258 x 420
£4.10
4207029
184 x 275
£2.25
4206688
260 x 420
£4.15
4206743
186 x 275
£2.25
4206952
262 x 420
£4.20
4206985
188 x 275
£2.30
4206479
264 x 420
£4.15
4206589
190 x 310
£2.40
4206380
266 x 440
£4.45
4206699
192 x 310
£2.40
4206446
268 x 460
£4.40
4206611
194 x 310
£2.40
4206567
270 x 460
£4.45
4206336
196 x 310
£2.45
4206721
272 x 465
£4.40
4206325
198 x 310
£2.55
4206732
274 x 465
£4.40
4206358
200 x 310
£2.55
4206369
276 x 465
£4.45
4206512
202 x 310
£2.60
4206391
278 x 465
£4.45
4206633
204 x 310
£2.65
4206424
280 x 465
£4.45
4206842
206 x 310
£2.75
4206556
282 x 475
£4.70
4206941
208 x 315
£2.80
4206974
284 x 475
£4.75
4206413
210 x 315
£2.75
4206886
286 x 475
£4.75
4206501
212 x 315
£2.85
4207062
288 x 475
£4.80
4206666
214 x 315
£2.85
4207018
290 x 475
£4.80
4206490
216 x 315
£2.85
4207084
292 x 475
£4.80
4206798
218 x 315
£2.85
4206534
296 x 475
£4.85
4206875
220 x 345
£2.95
4206347
298 x 485
£4.95
4206831
222 x 345
£2.95
4206457
300 x 485
£4.95
4206908
224 x 345
£2.95
4206787
302 x 485
£4.95
4206864
226 x 345
£2.95
4207139
304 x 485
£5.00
4206677
228 x 345
£3.00
4207117
306 x 485
£5.00
4206435
230 x 420
£3.00
4206930
310 x 485
4206754
232 x 420
£3.70
4210164
Pack of 100 various sizes
4206655
234 x 420
£3.80
B Sizes Ideal for landscape books
4206710
236 x 420
£3.75
4207106
190 x 355 B
£3.45
4207007
238 x 420
£3.80
4206600
202 x 355 B
£3.55
4206765
240 x 420
£3.75
4207073
212 x 365 B
£4.00
4206622
242 x 420
£3.80
4207095
218 x 365 B
£4.10
4206820
244 x 420
£3.80
4207051
228 x 395 B
£4.40
4206468
246 x 420
£3.85
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
£5.10 £20.20
19
BOOK CARE | Book Repair Demco® Invisible Tape A quality, easy to use and invisible tape. Don’t compromise on quality with this 20lb. tensile strength tape. Made from 50 micron polypropylene, solvent-based, permanent acrylic adhesive that can be written on, this tape is practically invisible. Available in 4 sizes. Price per pack.
Wmm x Lm
Core mm
4226334 Invisible Tape
13 x 33
25
3
4226345 Invisible Tape
19 x 33
25
2
£5.30
4226356 Invisible Tape
19 x 66
76
3
£12.95
4226367 Invisible Tape
25 x 66
76
2
£12.50
Demco® Acid-free Book Tape
Demco® Book Cover Tape Strips
Will not damage or discolour books over time.
A quick and easy method of attaching book covers to books.
A superior performing, long-lasting tape with increased clarity so materials will look better than ever.
• Pre-cut strips on paper liner - just peel and place
• Made from 89 micron polypropylene
• Acid-free, gloss finish
• Crystal clear, gloss finish enhances material graphics
Dimensions: H76 x W13mm.
• Durable, abrasion and water resistant material
Price per roll of 2,400.
• pH Neutral • Delayed-action adhesive, won’t discolour, crack or peel
Book Cover Tape
Dimensions: 75mm core. Price per roll.
Wmm x Lm 4208184
Acid-free Book Tape
25 x 13.7
4208162
Acid-free Book Tape
51 x 13.7
£8.70
4052582
Acid-free Book Tape
38 x 27.4
£12.35
4052571
Acid-free Book Tape
50 x 27.4
£15.65
4052549
Acid-free Book Tape
75 x 27.4
£20.80
£7.95
Phone: 01992 454511
£6.65
• Made from 50 micron polyester
4218194
• Available in a variety of widths to suit all books
20
Pack qty
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£32.65
Book Repair | BOOK CARE All products on this page are exclusive to Gresswell
Demco® VistaTape™ The best all-round repair solution available exclusive to Gresswell®. VistaTape™ can be repositioned within 2-4 hours of application. • 75 micron polypropylene • Economical repair to hinges and spines • Easy to handle, low-tack adhesive will not rip the book surface or stick to itself • Available in four widths Price per 25m roll.
Wmm 4009231
Vistatape™
38
£3.65
4009242
Vistatape™
50
£3.95
4009253
Vistatape™
75
£4.95
4009264
Vistatape™
100
£5.30
Demco® Economy Book Tape
Demco® Premium Book Tape
When your books and budget matter.
The professional choice.
• 69 micron polypropylene
Helping you stretch your budget
• Clear see-through finish
Repair and protect a variety of items with this flexible and easy to use Premium Book Tape.
• Acrylic adhesive will not discolour, crack or peel
• 89 micron polypropylene
Price per 27m roll.
• Clear see-through finish • Acrylic adhesive won’t discolour, crack or peel
Wmm
• 51mm core
4033882
Economy Book Tape
19
£3.15
4033893
Economy Book Tape
25
£3.75
4033904
Economy Book Tape
38
£5.65
4033915
Economy Book Tape
51
£6.95
4033926
Economy Book Tape
76
£8.30
4033937
Economy Book Tape
100
£9.75
Price per 13m roll.
Wmm 4033838
Premium Book Tape
38
£6.15
4033849
Premium Book Tape
50
£6.95
4033860
Premium Book Tape
76
£8.95
4033871
Premium Book Tape
100
£9.60
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
21
BOOK CARE | Book Repair Scotch® 845 Book Tape The tape no library should be without. Specially developed tape for repairing, reinforcing, protecting and covering bound edges, spines and surfaces of books, periodicals and pamphlets without discolouration. • 89 micron transparent tape • 75mm core • Flexes and stretches with cover movements and book contours - will not crack or peel • Moisture-proof and can be written on with permanent ink pens • Available in four widths Price per 13.7m roll.
Wmm
Scotch® Magic™ Removable Tape
4009154
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
38
4009165
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
50
£8.85
4009176
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
75
£11.65
4009187
Scotch® 845 Book Tape
100
£13.95
Scotch® Easy Tear Clear Tape
Holds firmly, yet removes cleanly and easily. Repositionable tape that combines the ease of use and invisibility of Magic™ Tape, making this the ideal choice for paper repairs and sealing. Leaves a smooth, writable surface. Dimensions: W19mm.
A quality tape that’s strong and secure. Easy to handle, easy to unwind and easy to tear by hand. Great for attaching book jacket covers and for when strength and clarity are needed. Non-yellowing, non-staining and moisture-resistant. Available in two sizes. Price per roll.
Price per 33m roll.
4009726
£7.95
Scotch® Magic™ Removable Tape
£3.75
Wmm x Lm
Core
4048270
Scotch® Easy Tear
19 x 33
25mm
£1.20
4048281
Scotch® Easy Tear
19 x 66
75mm
£1.65
Scotch® Magic™ Tape and Dispenser Less mess, less stress, more Magic! • Magic™ Tape is virtually invisible, easy to tear and can be written on Scotch® Magic™ Tape 19mmx33m available in a value pack of 14
• Will not yellow or dry out with age • Tape Dispenser accepts tapes with a 76mm core, 33m or 66m length up to 25mm width. It has a non-slip rubber base prevents slipping and sliding. Available in black Price each.
Wmm x Lm 4086902
Tape Dispenser Large
4009363
Scotch® 810 Magic™ Tape
19 x 33
£3.45
4019835
Scotch® Magic™ 810 Tape Pk 14
19 x 33
£27.95
£3.80
Additional sizes
22
Phone: 01992 454511
4060194
Scotch® 810 Magic™ Tape
19 x 66
£5.85
4009374
Scotch® 810 Magic™ Tape
25 x 66
£7.90
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Book Repair | BOOK CARE
Filmoplast® P90 Plus
Tyvek® Hinge Repair Tape with Liner
Multi-purpose repair tape in a handy dispenser box. The Filmoplast® P90 Plus is a self-adhesive white, wood free special paper which is tear resistant and coated on one side with a solvent free, age resistant and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive. • Acid-free
Ultra strong hinge repair with a 20kg tensile strength. • Made from 178 micron Tyvek® • Backed with a permanent bond, fast acting, acrylic adhesive
• Ideal for re-inserting torn out pages, repairing damaged edges and strengthening inside joints of paperbacks
• Liner makes it easy to measure and apply • White tape can be written on
• Very strong adhesion, even on rough and slightly uneven surfaces
• Resists water, chemicals, moisture and fraying
• Removable with water or acetone
• Tear resistant yet cuts easily with scissors
• Supplied in a dispenser box
Dimensions: W35mm x L30m.
Dimensions: W20mm x L50m.
Price per roll.
Price each.
4024224
Ideal for hinge repairs which need to last.
£11.50
Filmoplast® P90 Plus
4056465
Tyvek® Hinge Repair Tape with Liner
£22.50
Book Repair Cloth Tape Ideal for repairing multiple areas of a book. Extend the life of your books by using this white tape to strengthen the weakest points of a book - the hinge, between the covers and the end papers. A closewoven, unbleached, uncoated cotton cloth with a white, acid-free, aggressive, pressure-sensitive, adhesive. Biodegradable tape can be written on and will conform to awkward shapes.
Perforated Cambric Cloth Tape Prevent broken hinges. Heavy-duty hinge tape for reinforcing hinges that have become loose but are not completely broken. Tape is perforated down the centre for easy fitting and comes with gummed backing. Cambric Cloth is stronger and more durable than plastic repair tapes. Dimensions: W25mm x L5.5m. Price per roll.
4060249
Perforated Cambric Cloth Tape
Price per 50m roll.
Wmm 400911012
Book Repair Cloth Tape
25
£7.95
400912112
Book Repair Cloth Tape
50
£14.50
£13.70
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
23
BOOK CARE | Book Repair
Binder Tape Permanent repair for hardback hinges. Made from heavy-duty white book cloth for extra strong, long-lasting repairs. • Pre-gummed for easy application
For extremely strong, long-lasting repairs. Reinforce hinges or repair torn pages and reinsert pages on hard or soft cover books. Removable centre strip makes sure you get it right into the gullies.
• Single-stitched for repairing one hinge • Available in a variety of widths
• Made from 30 micron polyester
Price per 23m roll.
• Acid-free • Available in two widths
Overall Wmm
Price per 30.5m roll.
4056432
Single-stitched
25
£21.85
4009968
Single-stitched
38
£22.60
4010056
Single-stitched
50
£29.95
4049656
Mending Tape
32
£16.50
4054672
Plastic ‘Bone’ Folder
£4.95
4056421
Mending Tape
64
£29.50
Wmm
Easy Bind® Tyvek® Reinforcement Tape
Filmoplast® P
Ideal solution for reinforcing book joints.
Found in archives around the world. Filmoplast P is a lightweight, highly transparent paper tape used to mend tears in books and documents. The tape virtually disappears on contact and will not dry out or become yellow with age. Made of paper this self-adhesive tape employs adhesives that are both acid and solvent-free. ®
A non-tear, self-adhesive tape that’s great for strengthening paper joints with a patented centre perforation for easier positioning. • Made from 178 micron Tyvek® • White opaque tape covers up old repairs
• Acid-free
• Reinforces hinges and book block to the cover
• No yellowing with age
• Hides security strips
• pH 8.2
Dimensions: W31mm x L30m.
• Supplied in handy dispenser box
Price per roll.
Dimensions: W20mm x L50m.
4053187
Price per roll.
4062526
24
Mending Tape
Filmoplast® P
Easy Bind® Tyvek® Reinforcement Tape
£16.50
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£18.65
Book Repair | BOOK CARE
Other colours and sizes available - call Customer Services for details
Colour-coded PVC Tape
Filmoplast T®
A perfect choice for hinge repair and colour coding.
Strong texture tape perfect for book repairs.
• 120 micron PVC tape with rubberised synthetic adhesive that will not ooze or dry out • Easy tear material
Ideal for binding and reinforcing book joints, repairing book spines, laminating book covers, sealing reverse of picture frames and strengthening reverse of maps and plans.
• Can be written on
• Acid-free linen texture tape, 240 micron
• Available in 10 colours
• Coated on one side with solvent-free, pH neutral, age resistant and permanently elastic acrylate adhesive
Dimensions: W19mm x L33m.
Price per 10m roll.
Price per roll. When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, brown, green, grey, orange, red, purple, white or yellow.
4093458
£3.40
Colour-coded PVC Tape
Double-sided Adhesive Tape
£21.50
402423512
Filmoplast T® 50mm White
402423501
Filmoplast T® 50mm Black
£21.50
403789712
Filmoplast T® 80mm White
£21.95
403789701
Filmoplast T® 80mm Black
£21.95
Scotch® P-56 Multi-roll Tape Dispenser
Makes easy work of displays. This transparent plastic tape has adhesive on both sides, but there’s no chance of them sticking together as they’re non-compatible. Price per roll.
Versatile Scotch® P-56 Tape Dispenser will take single or multiple rolls of tape up to 100mm wide on 75mm cores. Made from high impact plastic. Price each.
4049271
Wmm x Lm 4009099
Double-sided Adhesive Tape
12 x 33
£4.25
4009143
Double-sided Adhesive Tape
19 x 33
£5.40
Scotch® P-56 Multi-roll Tape Dispenser
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
£57.50
25
BOOK CARE | Book Repair
For our full range of Book Care products, visit www. gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
Demco® Book Repair Wings Specially designed to prevent fraying on hardback book spines. Use at the first sign of wear to prevent headcap from tearing. • Made from 89 micron polypropylene • One size fits all - so no fiddly measuring and cutting required • The embossed backing gives a cloth-like appearance, similar to that of hardbacks Price per pack of 24.
4009330
Book Repair Wings
£8.50
Demco® Book Protection Corners Heavy-duty corner protection. Corners are one of the first parts of a hardback to deteriorate. Just peel off and adhere to corner of book cover. Use polypropylene for heavy-duty protection. Polyester makes corner protection invisible. • One size fits all • Pressure sensitive • Available in 89 micron polypropylene and 51 micron polyester Price per pack of 96.
4208316
Clear Book Protection Corners Polyester
4042737
Clear Book Protection Corners Polypropylene
£7.95 £13.95
Demco® Corner Protectors Restores damaged corners to like-new condition. • Made from 254 micron polyvinyl • Easy grip design applies in seconds to any paperback • Keeps corners of maps and posters from ripping and tearing • No cutting, trimming or folding required Price per pack of 100.
4032111
26
Phone: 01992 454511
Corner Protectors
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£7.30
Book Repair | BOOK CARE
Demco® Library Glues Stick with our range of adhesives. ubber Liquid Cream Glue can be used to affix book jacket covers, mount R book pockets, bookplates and labels • All-purpose, flexible and quick drying
Cutting Mats and Cutters
• 174ml squeeze bottle
All purpose cutting mats with a self-sealing top surface that ‘heals’ after a blade has passed over it.
orbond Liquid Plastic Adhesive is ideal for a wide variety of book repair N jobs
Features four rubber feet to avoid slipping and a pre-printed grid that acts as a cutting guide. Very tough and long lasting. Cutters have a lockable blade with an unbreakable plastic housing that takes eight-segment, snap-off blades.
• Dries clear, won’t crack or discolour with age and is unaffected by moisture or humidity
Price each.
eutralBond Vinyl Adhesive can be used to bind in pages, repair hinges or N affix labels
4054056
A3 Cutting Mat
£10.85
4054067
A2 Cutting Mat
£18.60
4054078
Cutter
£4.00
4054089
Cutter Blades Pk/12
£9.00
• 236ml squeeze bottle
• Acid-free • Dries clear and forms a permanent yet flexible bond • 236ml squeeze bottle Price each.
Bottle Size 4060216
NeutralBond Vinyl Adhesive
236ml
£6.25
4060205
Norbond Liquid Plastic Adhesive
236ml
£6.70
4060260
Rubber Liquid Cream Glue
174ml
£6.95
Paste Brush Pure animal bristle with plated metal ferrules that resist corrosion. Varnished, tapered handles for comfort. Dimensions: L203mm.
Scissors
Price each.
Choose from our selection of hard-wearing scissors.
4056410
Paste Brush
£4.95
Price each.
Lmm
Colour/style may vary.
4054001
Multi-purpose Scissors
210
£8.20
4054012
Value Scissors
170
£1.95
4054023
Value Scissors
210
£3.65
Plastic ‘Bone’ Folder Provides exact creases when folding book jacket covers or paper. Use to draw transparent tape from a roll to avoid finger marks. Dimensions: L203mm. Price each.
4054672
Plastic ‘Bone’ Folder
£4.95
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
27
BOOK CARE | Book Repair Save over 40% when bought as a pack
Demco® Book Repair Centre
Supplied in Gratnell Storage Tray!
Repair or reinforce a book cover quickly and easily. This unit is ideal for spine repair, reinforcing inside hinges, periodical pages and spines, even laminating paperback books.
Demco Book Doctor ®
• Holds single or multiple rolls up to 100mm wide on either 25mm or 75mm cores simultaneously
For day-to-day book repair and conservation, Book Doctor has the remedy. This pack was put together following consultation with professional librarians to find out just what was needed on a day-to-day basis to keep books in good repair. Presented in a handy, medium size Gratnell Storage Tray with lid.
The pack comprises:
• A spring-loaded platform provides a work surface and means of holding books in place while dispensing and applying tape • A convenient two-sided sliding cutter leaves a smooth non-serrated tape edge • Outriggers on both sides of the applicator can support oversized books Price each.
• Four sizes of Commando covers
4009319
• Heavy-duty VistaFoil™
£89.00
Book Repair Centre
• Single-stitched binding tape • Book Repair Tape • Book Protection Corners • Library label protectors • Demco Invisible Tape • Book Cleaner • Norbond glue 236ml • Glue brush • Bone folder • HD cutter • Scissors Price per pack.
4001300
Gresswell® Book Doctor
£93.50
Contents subject to change.
Nickel Plated Steel Book Weights
Demco® Book Cleaner
Recommended for book repair or box-making.
Clean books with just a wipe. Removes marks from book pages and book covers. Simply dissolve in hot water, apply with Soft Paste Cloth then wipe immediately with dry cloth. Dries to a powder base. Supplied in wide-top plastic pots for easy access. • No rubbing required, simply apply and wipe off
Book Weights that are as attractive as they are useful. Made from nickel-plated steel, they will hold repairs securely in place while adhesive dries. • Heavy enough to hold box sides in place during construction and gluing • Smooth enough not to damage pages of books during repair Price each.
• Powder base prevents pages sticking together • 560ml volume
Weight
Price each.
28
4012201
Nickel Plated Steel Book Weight
227g
£7.20
4060458
560ml Book Cleaner
£8.25
4012212
Nickel Plated Steel Book Weight
454g
£12.30
4033948
Soft Paste Cloth Pk/20
£9.50
4012190
Nickel Plated Steel Book Weight
908g
£19.95
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Reading Aids | BOOK CARE
Large sheet Midi sheet Credit card Bookmark
Linereader Bar Magnifier
Set contains: 2x magnification 2.5x magnification 3x magnification 2.5x magnification
280 x 215mm 104 x 140mm 51 x 83mm 185 x 65mm
Sometimes the simplest ideas are the best! This bar magnifier has a transparent yellow line, which is particularly helpful for anyone who easily loses their place while reading. Suddenly the words seem so much easier to see! It’s also ideal for scrolling down numerical lists, charts and statistical tables. Made from optical acrylic and offers 2x magnification. Dimensions: L152mm. Price each.
4032089
£8.95
Linereader Bar Magnifier
Sheet Magnifier Set Flexible, value for money magnifiers. If you require high quality magnification at a low price, this Sheet Magnifier Set is the ideal choice. Made from hard-wearing PVC, offering between 2x - 3x magnification and in a variety of sizes, these sheet magnifiers will suit most needs. This 4-piece set offers value for money in a handy pack. Price per set of four.
4029031
Acrylic Book Holder
Luxury heavy-duty displayer.
• Display large books and reference texts open on countertops • Open the book to the appropriate page, slide into the centre of the holder • Acrylic protects from dust and dirt
Designed as a simple book rest to keep a book neatly opened when on display. Made from 8mm smoked acrylic with 40mm retaining lip at the bottom. Dimensions: H230 x W420 x D300mm.
Dimensions: H210 x W300 x D150mm.
Price each.
Price each.
Acrylic Book Holder
£8.95
Open Book Displayer
Give books maximum exposure.
4060865
Fresnel Lens 4-piece Magnifier Set
£17.35
4053748
Open Book Displayer
www.gresswell.co.uk/bookcare
£45.50
29
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Circulation & Stock Security
Your circulation increasingly includes different formats and types of materials, with librarians building larger collections of high-circulating materials and an increasing number of eBooks. Some libraries are also exploring new ways of presenting collections to users, and managing the display of collection stock. However you choose to circulate your materials, keeping them in good shape and easily identified is essential to keeping them moving. Equally important is managing the materials as they are returned to the library. One solution which is increasingly the norm is self-managed book returns. Automated equipment helps even in smaller libraries to reduce handling and staff processing time and get items back in circulation sooner. Our new category labels offer an easy, visual way for users and staff alike to identify book types and keep stock sorted.
38
30
43
Phone: 01992 454511
Label Protectors........................................................................... 34 Barcode Labels............................................................................ 35 Library Labels.......................................................................... 36-38 Classification Labels............................................................... 39-40 Labelling Accessories.................................................................. 41 Labelling Systems................................................................... 42-44 Book Pockets................................................................................ 45 Issue Cards.............................................................................. 46-47 Stamps..................................................................................... 48-49 Library Badges.............................................................................. 50 Library Cards................................................................................. 51 Traffic Counters............................................................................. 52 Scanners.................................................................................. 53-55 Security Systems..................................................................... 56-59
33
35
51
57
orders@gresswell.co.uk
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Label Protectors
Demco® Economy Clear Label Protectors
Demco® Label Protectors on Sheets
Preserve labels permanently.
Sheets make processing multiple books easy.
Secure, scanable label protection with easy application split seam backing.
Label adhesive bonds permanently and will not deteriorate with age. A variety of sizes are available to suit your requirements.
• Made from 38 micron polyester
Price per pack of 1000.
• Clear gloss finish • Permanent bond acrylic adhesive backing • Pressure sensitive protectors adhere to glossy binding cloths and most other soft coverings Dimensions: 114 x 57mm. Price per pack of 250.
4052956
Economy Clear Label Protectors
£15.85
Label Protectors on Sheets
25 x 38
£28.05
4208668
Label Protectors on Sheets
32 x 70
£28.50
4208701
Label Protectors on Sheets
38 x 82
£29.95
4208712
Label Protectors on Sheets
51 x 76
£31.40
Demco® Heavy-duty Non-glare Label Protectors
Demco® Clear Label Protectors
Stands up to the roughest treatment.
Keep labels smudge-proof. When it comes to labels, moisture and smudging can make reading difficult. But now there’s no excuse with Clear Label Protectors to keep barcode and spine labels smudge-proof.
32
H x Wmm 4208646
Premium grade Label Protectors designed to resist scuffs, abrasions and peeling with exceptional protection against moisture, smudging and dirt. • Made from 127 micron vinyl
• Durable 51 micron polyester Label Protectors
• Ultra-aggressive adhesive is initially repositionable but forms a permanent bond within 24 hours
• Adhesive bonds and conforms permanently without bubbles
• Pliable to conform easily to most surfaces
• Labels allow light pens and other sensing devices to scan reliably
• Rounded corners to avoid lifting and peeling
• Handy dispenser box speeds processing
• Non-glare labels are suitable for barcode scanning
Price per roll.
• Supplied in a handy dispenser box Price per pack.
H x Wmm
Labels Per Roll
4059094
22 x 60
250
£8.95
H x Wmm
Qty
405910515
25 x 38
250
£6.80
4011013
Label Protectors
25 x 38
Box 200
4059116
38 x 51
250
£9.45
4011024
Label Protectors
38 x 82
Box 200
£8.95
4059083
38 x 114
250
£10.95
4208921
Label Protectors
38 x 82
Roll 1000
£31.65
4059072
32 x 79
500
£13.30
4208888
Label Protectors
51 x 76
Box 200
£10.15
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£8.65
Label Protectors | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Demco® Non-glare Clear Label Protectors Prevent smudging and marks.
Demco® Label Protectors A library essential!
• Made from 102 micron polyolefin
These transparent, pressure-sensitive polyester labels keep classification details clean and legible.
• Bonds and conforms readily to most surfaces • Guards against moisture, smudging and marks
• Made from 23 micron polyethylene
• Pressure sensitive adhesive secures tightly
• Gloss finish
• Handy dispenser box speeds processing
• Delayed-action adhesive
Price per pack of 250.
• Suitable for use with barcodes when the print is generated by a thermal transfer ribbon
H x Wmm
• Not suitable for barcodes produced on thermal reactive paper
4208954
Non-glare Clear Label Protectors
22 x 60
£3.95
4017668
Non-glare Clear Label Protectors
25 x 38
£4.95
4017679
Non-glare Clear Label Protectors
32 x 79
£7.40
4208932
Non-glare Clear Label Protectors
32 x 83
£7.65
4017690
Non-glare Clear Label Protectors
38 x 51
£7.90
4001685
Label Protectors
35 x 25
£8.40
4017701
Non-glare Clear Label Protectors
51 x 76
£9.60
4001696
Label Protectors
65 x 50
£14.50
• Available in two sizes Price per pack of 1000.
H x Wmm
Demco® Heavy-duty Glossy Label Protectors Extremely strong protectors with permanent adhesive. Polypropylene strips offer ultimate protection and preserve the underlying label. Protectors have a gloss finish and come in a variety of sizes. • Made from 51 micron polypropylene
Demco® Label Protectors with UV Protection Label protectors that offer UV protection to extend the life of printed labels.
• Strong, permanent adhesive • Gloss finish Price per roll of 250.
H x Wmm
Clear protection features an aggressive, acrylic adhesive, which will not deteriorate print on labels.
4209636
Label Protectors
22 x 60
£6.55
• UV coating protects labels from light exposure
4209614
Label Protectors
25 x 38
• Ultra-thin 25 microns polyester is strong, yet pliable, for easy application
£6.75
4209570
Label Protectors
25 x 76
£7.65
4209680
Label Protectors
32 x 51
£8.55
4209581
Label Protectors
32 x 70
£8.75
4209658
Label Protectors
38 x 51
£9.95
• Square corners Price per roll of 500.
H x Wmm 4017734
Label Protectors with UV Protection
32 x 76
£9.95
4209669
Label Protectors
38 x 83
£10.60
4017745
Label Protectors with UV Protection
51 x 76
£11.95
4209559
Label Protectors
51 x 76
£11.60
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
33
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Label Protectors
Demco® Colour-tinted Glossy Label Protectors Simultaneously colour code and protect printed information. • Made from 51 micron polyester
Label Protectors Band Aid Style
• Colour is resistant to scratching or fading
Unique split-back liners apply like plasters - just peel and stick!
• Pressure sensitive adhesive secures tightly
• 50 micron polyester
• Handy dispenser box to speed processing
• Glossy finish with square corners
Price per pack of 250 labels.
• Ultra-aggressive adhesive
When ordering please tell us colour: royal blue, green, light blue, light green, light purple, purple, orange, pink, red or yellow.
Price per pack of 200.
H x Wmm
H x Wmm 4088706
Colour-tinted Label Protectors
22 x 31
£5.60
4042341
Label Protectors Band Aid Style
32 x 76
£10.85
4087782
Colour-tinted Label Protectors
38 x 50
£10.95
4042352
Label Protectors Band Aid Style
38 x 83
£12.65
Demco® Continuous Label Protectors
Barcode Label Protectors Protect your barcode labels from moisture, fraying, smudging or damage.
These Continuous Label Protectors have a heavy-duty, easy-release, paper liner that is edge slit to provide an easy and convenient way of separating the protector from the liner.
• Made from 38 micron polyester
• Made from 102 micron vinyl
• Clear gloss finish
• Protectors are coated with pressure-sensitive, PermaPlus™ adhesive
• Bonds permanently in hours
• Not suitable for barcodes produced on thermal reactive paper
Dimensions: H38 x W95mm.
Dimensions: H50mm x W38mm x L32m.
Price per pack of 250.
Price per roll.
Prevent damage to spine labels.
4040207
34
Barcode Label Protectors
£13.85
Phone: 01992 454511
4051581
Continuous Label Protectors
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£15.90
Barcode Labels | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY Demco® Custom Thermal Barcode Labels Barcode labels that fail to read on the first scan, or read incorrectly, prevent your circulation system from doing its job. Thermal bar code labelling is widely regarded as the quickest and most trouble-free method of scanning because labels are printed with heat-transferred, permanent images that are crisp and clear. So, if you are looking to improve and upgrade your present procedures, we could provide the answers for you with this effective customised service. Choose from our great value standard barcode labels or heavy-duty, extra strong polyethylene labels which are outstandingly scratch-resistant and smudgeproof with no need for label protectors. Please contact Customer Services to order.
Available in heavy-duty polyethylene for longer lasting labels
Dimensions: H22 x W51mm. Price per label. When ordering please tell us your quantities and any other information required on our easy to use, step-by-step order form below.
500+ 4058016
Standard Barcode Labels
£0.20
4011519
Heavy-duty Barcode Labels
£0.21
1
week
Minimum order quantity 500.
Demco® Custom Colour Barcode Labels Printed to the same high standard as our plain barcode labels above but with added colour! Printed to the same high standard as our plain barcode labels but with added colour! Great for labelling different media, classifications or barcoding non-loan and reference only books. Use the bright colours to call attention to barcode labels for quicker processing or highlight your library or school name to prevent theft. Labels are permanent, heat-transfer printed for first-time scanning, every time. Please contact Customer Services to order. Dimensions: H22 x W51mm. Price per label. When ordering please tell us colour: red, blue or green strip, your quantities and any other information required on our easy to use, stepby-step order form opposite.
500+ 4206204
Barcode Labels
£0.22
1
week
Minimum order quantity 500.
Step-by-Step Order Form for Custom Barcode Labels ( 4058016 / 4011519 / 4206204 ) Please provide barcode details below and email them to Customer Services. orders@gresswell.co.uk
1. Please select the label you require:
4058016
4011519
4206204
2. Select the Barcode format: Code 39 Codabar Traditional Code 128 Other (please specify):........................................................................................................................................ 3. Number of digits: 4. Prefix letter – if any: 5. Quantity: 6. Header (usually library name – up to 35 characters):............................................................................................... 7. Number series from:
to:
If you need help with this form, please call Customer Services on 01992 454511.
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
35
Library Labels | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Demco® Library Labels Colour-code your collections. Demco Library labels have been carefully selected to provide you with a simple, inexpensive way to classify books and other media. The special adhesive means they will remain stuck through thick and thin. Supplied in ejector pack for all colours or sheet format in white only. Price per pack of 1000 labels. When ordering please tell us colour: white, light blue, green, pink, red, dark blue, yellow or fluorescent orange.
H x Wmm Ejector Packs 4001872
19 x 12
£2.95
4001883
22 x 16
£3.50
4087199
32 x 22
£5.65
408718812
32 x 25
£5.60
400190512
19 x 12
£3.60
Sheet Pack - white only
Demco® Colour Coded Dots Identify materials easier. Colour code books, shelving and more with our bright collection of opaque selfadhesive Dots. Quick to stick with permanent adhesive. Supplied with handy dispenser box. Dimensions: 19mm Dia. Price per pack of 500 labels. When ordering please tell us colour: green, pink, yellow, red, orange, deep blue, purple, sky blue or white.
4094822
Colour Coded Dots
£5.30
Demco® Pre-laminated Dots and Stars Colourful SI labels with built-in protector. • Save time and money with these ingenious pre-laminated dots and stars • Large surrounding protector W38mm makes application easy and accurate • Clear polypropylene permanent adhesive label protectors offer durability • Colour-code books, maps, files or any form of paperwork
Coloured Dots Ideal for marking, tracking and classification. • Permanent adhesive • Choose from 10 colours
• Choice of two shapes: dots or stars in six vibrant colours
• Can be written on with ink or felt tipped pen
Dimensions: Full label W38mm.
• Available in 6mm, 12mm or 16mm diameter
Price per pack.
• Dispenser box for easy use
When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, green, orange, red or fluorescent yellow.
Price per pack of 500 labels.
Dot Dia.mm
When ordering please tell us colour: white; standard colours: orange, yellow or red; special colours: royal blue, green, purple or black.
4086880
Medium Dots Pk/200
16
£8.45
4089014
Coloured Dots 12mm
£3.95
4086858
Stars Pk/207
19
£9.95
4089025
Coloured Dots 16mm
£4.65
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
37
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Library Labels
Demco® Individual Alphabet Labels An endless number of uses. Organise and categorise any item for easy retrieval with brightly coloured individual Alpha Labels. Printed using environmentally friendly ink and supplied in handy dispenser packs. Dimensions: H25 x W19mm.
Demco® Alphabet Labels Make labelling as easy as ABC.
Price per pack of 250.
Self-adhesive Alphabet Labels for books, DVD spines, shelf displays and more.
When ordering please tell us colour: blue, white or yellow.
• Available in white, yellow, red and blue with black print • Supplied on 20 sheets of 27 labels, A to Z and Mc included
4097121
£7.65
Individual Alpha Labels
Please specify character required. Packs may be supplied on sheets or in rolls subject to availability.
Dimensions: H19 x W13mm. Price per pack of 540 labels.
405900609
Alphabet Labels - Red
£6.65
405900613
Alphabet Labels - Yellow
£6.65
405900602
Alphabet Labels - Blue
£6.65
405900612
Alphabet Labels - White
£6.65
2 1
1
2
3
Demco® Circulation Labels
3
Display your messages clearly. Our Circulation Labels are a quick and economical way to identify library materials with special loan requirements. Labels have a white background with red lettering.
Demco® Removable Instruction Labels Designed to be noticed. Available in eye-catching colours. Fully removable to avoid damage to books if status changes.
Price per roll of 500.
H x Wmm
38
4
Dimensions: 25 x 19mm.
Circulation Labels - Not To Be Taken From 1 4059039 The Library
19 x 73
£9.50
2 4050470 Circulation Labels - Not To Be Taken Away
25 x 50
£6.65
1 4050954
7 Day Book Labels
£7.35
3 4059028 Circulation Labels - Library Use Only
19 x 73
£9.50
2 4050965
14 Day Book Labels
£7.35
4050459 Circulation Labels - For Reference Only
25 x 50
£6.65
3 4050987
Reserve Labels
£7.35
4050481 Circulation Labels - 7 Day Book
19 x 25
£6.65
4 4051317
Library Use Only Labels
£7.35
Phone: 01992 454511
Price per pack of 500 labels.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Classification Labels | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Demco® Genre Classification Labels These labels will stick to virtually any book surface, including most book covers. Vibrant colours and clear images for quick and easy identification. Supplied in packs of a single style. Dimensions: H25 x W19mm. Price per pack of 500 labels.
State Product Code
4008846
£8.95
Classification Labels
4008890
4008857
4008868
4008956
4008780
4213849
4008934
Demco® Modern Genre Classification Labels A brand new range of contemporary classification labels. • Modern labels with bold images for quick and easy identification • Suitable for application on Slip-over Covers or can be placed directly on the book spine • Labels come with permanent adhesive, except for where shown Dimensions: H25 x W19mm Price per pack of 100.
State Product Code
£7.15
Classification Labels
*The letter R indicates labels come with a removable adhesive.
4214014
4214036
4214058
4214091
4214113
4214146
4214168 R
LARGE PR INT 4214190
4214223
4214245
Use label protectors to prolong the life of your classification labels, see pages 31-34.
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
39
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Classification Labels Demco® Classic Circulation Labels Clearly indicate your books. Classic Circulation Labels stick directly to spines of books and media. Use label protectors to keep them looking crisp and clean. • Colourful and easily identifiable • Permanent pressure-sensitive adhesive, except where shown • High quality paper • Suitable for Slip-over Covers and book spines Dimensions: H25 x W19mm.
4058764 Pack of 500
4217479 Pack of 500
4058720 Pack of 500
4217369 Pack of 500
4058830 Pack of 500
4013059 Pack of 100
4058852 Pack of 500
4217292 Pack of 500 R
4217446 Pack of 500
4058742 Pack of 500
4217435 Pack of 500
4217424 Pack of 500
Price per pack of 100 or 500, as indicated.
State Product Code
Classification Labels – Pack of 100
£7.15
State Product Code
Classification Labels – Pack of 500
£8.95
*The letter R indicates labels with removable adhesive
Use with label protectors to prolong the life. Our extensive range can be found on pages 31-34.
4217303 Pack of 500 R
4058918 Pack of 500
4032100 Pack of 500
4217490 Pack of 500
Demco® Round Classification Label
Demco® Printed Colour-coded Tape
Single design label supplied in rolls of 500 in a handy dispenser box. Label features white text on red colour background for fast identification.
Quick identification with pre-printed messaging.
Dimensions: 19mm diameter.
Label new books quickly and easily. Low adhesive backing is easy to apply and remove from most surfaces.
Price per roll of 500 labels.
• Free dispenser with every roll
4056652
• Approximately 200 continuous self-adhesive messages
Round Label - Library Use Only
£8.95
• Clear black text on red tape Dimensions: W19mm x L12.7m Price per roll.
4208272
40
Phone: 01992 454511
Printed Tape - NEW
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£9.95
Labelling Accessories | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Demco® Label Roll Dispenser
Label Remover
Speeds processing and prevents labels from sticking together.
Remove label build-up with just a few strokes.
This Label Roll Dispenser speeds processing and keeps your work area clutter free. Simply weave labels through placeholder bars and roll out labels in straight lines.
This low-cost Label Remover gently removes pressure-sensitive labels easily and quickly without damaging surfaces. Sharp blade, use with caution.
• Organises and dispenses multiple rolls so hands are free to work
• Silicone-coated sleeve protects the blade and prevents adhesive build-up
• 170mm dia. round dividers separate label rolls
Price each.
• Accepts 25mm or 76mm core, rolls up to W265mm Dimensions: H165 x W267 x D216 mm.
4050734
Price each.
4042088
• Sharpened on three sides
Label Remover
£8.95
£44.95
Plastic Roll Label Dispenser
Un-du Adhesive Remover
Liftoff™ Adhesive Remover
Remove tape, labels and adhesives of all kinds. • Non-abrasive solution temporarily neutralises adhesives, so attached nylon tool can lift them away
The multi-purpose remover.
• Stickers and labels remain sticky after removal
Suitable for use on surfaces such as tiles, hardwood floors, wallpaper and linoleum.
• Will not bleed ink, stain or leave residue
• Removes crayon, grease, shoe polish, spray adhesives and chewing gum
• Acid-free and photo safe
• Acid-free and photo safe
• Complies with government VOC regulations
• Environmentally friendly
118ml bottle.
133ml volume.
Price each.
Price each.
4023234
Un-du Adhesive Remover
£11.50
4019131
Liftoff™ Adhesive Remover
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
£8.35
41
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Labelling Systems
Brother P-Touch D600VP The Brother P-Touch D600VP machine comes supplied with user guide, carry case, mains adaptor (UK plug) and 1x 24mm black/white tape. • 14 font styles • 11 print styles • 8 print sizes • Barcode printing • Vertical printing • 20 border styles • Up to 30mm per second printing speed • 7 print lines
• Three year back to base warranty
• QWERTY keyboard • 20 character x 3 lines LCD screen • 2800 character memory • PC compatible - use as a stand-alone unit or with the USB cable/software supplied • Automatic cutter
Dimensions: H70 x W178 x D250mm. Price each.
4206226
P-Touch D600VP
£99.95
• 6 tape widths: 3.5/6/9/12/18/24mm
Brother P-Touch D450VP The Brother P-Touch D450VP machine comes supplied with user guide, carry case, mains adaptor (UK plug) and 1x 18mm black/white tape. • 14 font styles • 11 print styles • 8 print sizes • Barcode printing • Horizontal and vertical printing • 20 border styles • Up to 30mm per second printing speed • 7 print lines
• Three year back to base warranty
• QWERTY keyboard
Dimensions: H70 x W178 x D188mm.
• 16 character x 3 lines LCD screen
Price each.
• 2800 character memory • PC compatible - use as a stand-alone unit or with the USB cable/software supplied
4206303
P-Touch D450VP
• Automatic cutter • 5 tape widths: 3.5/6/9/12/18mm
42
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£89.95
Labelling Systems | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
P-Touch H110 Hand-held Create labels on the move. Versatile, practical and really easy to use, the P-Touch H110 is supplied with user guide and 1x 12mm black/white tape. Mains adaptor (UK plug) is sold separately. • 3 font style • 8 print styles • 3 print sizes • Vertical and horizontal printing • 15 border styles • Up to 20mm per second printing speed • 2 print lines • QWERTY keyboard • 16 character x 1 line LCD screen • 80 character memory, 15 label memory • Full cutter • Accepts 4 tape widths: 3.5/6/9/12mm • Three year back to base warranty • Powered by mains adaptor or 6x AAA batteries (not included) Dimensions: H58 x W111 x D204mm. Price each.
4041318
P-Touch H110 Hand-held
£39.95
4019153
Mains Adaptor for P-Touch H110
£17.20
P-Touch Tapes Brother® Tapes for use with P-Touch machines. Available in 5 colour options. Black and white with extra strong adhesive is ideal for spine labelling and better for spine contours. Some tapes are not available from stock, allow 1-2 weeks delivery. Price per roll. When ordering please tell us tape reference code and colour code on the order form (ie. 4053-396 for TZ tape: black type on clear tape).
Type Colour
Black
Black
Black
Black
Tape Colour
Clear
White
Yellow
White X-Strong
15
12
13
Colour Code Code
Although we stock many sizes and colours, there are a wide range of labels available ie. fabric, tamper evident and many more. If you require further information please contact Customer Services and we will be happy to help you find the right label to suit your needs!
Size W x L
4053539
9mm x 8m
4053528
12mm x 8m
£17.55
£17.55
£17.65
4053396
18mm x 8m
£21.70
£21.45
£21.50
4053198
24mm x 8m
£25.50
£25.50
4053220
36mm x 8m
£29.95
4053264
12mm x 8m Extra Strong
£22.25
4053275
18mm x 8m Extra Strong
£24.75
£17.50
Not all sizes fit all models. Tables are for general information
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
43
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Labelling Systems
Demco® Catalogue Cards Premium quality with value for money.
Book Issue Cards
For these basic, but essential items we insist on using premium-quality board that is rotary cut to ensure accurate sizes. Gresswell® supply huge quantities of Catalogue Cards every year, meaning price savings can be passed on to you.
A simple system designed for librarians by librarians.
• Made from 230 micron board
As well as being an effective charging system, it also provides the librarian or teacher with a record of borrowings by all individuals. Cards record name of author and title to be kept in the book whilst still on the shelf.
• Unruled and punched
Dimensions: H140 x W76mm.
Price per pack of 100.
• Available in white only Dimensions: 127 x 76mm (5 x 3””).
Price per pack of 1000.
4048831
£16.35
Author/Title
The Self-adhesive Corner Pockets are designed to offer a simple and easy method of holding date and label card in your paperback or hardback book. The environmentally friendly pockets are an excellent way to avoid obscuring text and are simple to mount.
405650912
Catalogue Cards - Unruled and Punched
£2.55
Demco® Continuous Catalogue Cards Continuous catalogue cards that will last the distance. These top quality Continuous Catalogue Cards are for use with word processors, impact and laser printers.
Self-adhesive Corner Pocket Strong, clear plastic triangular book pocket.
• Made from precision die-cut, 190gsm Permalife® index board
Corner pockets allow you to insert notes, flyers or documentation into the cover and are self-adhesive for convenience. Once positioned the adhesive is permanent.
• Standard sized hole for use in cabinets with rods
• Supplied with tear-off pinfeed holes • Fan-folded with four cards up • Available in pale cream only
Dimensions: Straight side L80mm.
Dimensions: H76 x W127mm (3 x 5””). Pinfeed centre-to-centre 162mm.
Price per pack of 500.
Price per box of 1000.
4048743
44
Self-adhesive Corner Pocket
£25.85
Phone: 01992 454511
4053143
Continuous Catalogue Cards
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£22.65
Book Pockets | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Clear Polypockets Keep cards and labels in full view.
Large Self-adhesive Book Pocket The plastic pocket keeps cards clean.
View complete library cards through these crystal clear pockets. Made of 50 microns polyethylene with a pressure-sensitive adhesive backing which adheres quickly and stays put. Holds H127 x W76mm (5 x 3””) cards.
Dimensions: H135 x W90mm.
Dimensions: H152 x W95mm top opening.
Price per roll of 500.
Price per pack of 100 pockets.
Large, transparent and self-adhesive - ideal for book issue cards (BIC).
4048787
Large Self-adhesive Book Pocket
£38.95
405869815
£8.95
Clear Polypockets
3
2 1
1
2
3
4
Demco Self-adhesive Book Pockets
1 4055651
High Back Book Pocket with Date Grid
£44.95
Peel and stick Self-adhesive Book Pockets.
2 4058709
High Back Book Pocket
£44.10
• Made of acid-free, tear-resistant paper that is specially constructed for durability and long lasting usage
3 4055640
Low Back Book Pocket
£43.95
4 4208591
Extra Low Back Book Pocket
£34.95
®
• Re-inforced corners for an extended life • Pressure-sensitive adhesive which is repositionable on application • Easy to use with no glue or moistening required, simply peel off liner and apply Price per box of 500.
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
45
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Issue Cards
For Customisable Stamps please see pages 49-50
Date Labels Fix these quality Date Labels inside your books and then stamp them to show the return date. Space at the top for library or school stamp. Gummed or ungummed available.
Demco® High Quality Library Cards
Dimensions: H145 x W100mm.
Developed not to sag or curl in charging trays. • Printed on special paper stock, cut with grain lengthwise to prevent sagging
Price per pack of 1000.
• Heat rolled and polished surface for clear, crisp type and stamp impressions
4048655
Date Labels Ungummed Pk/1000
£13.50
4048666
Date Labels Gummed Pk/1000
£25.60
• Corners resist fraying and feathering • Printed blue ink on white stock • Cards are wrapped in cellophane to prevent moisture damage Dimensions: H127 x W76mm. Price per pack of 100 cards.
4059413
£4.50
High Quality Library Cards
Demco® Self-adhesive Date Due Slips Quick, easy and effective. Date Due Slips come in a variety of popular styles and two size options. • Vertical format • Gummed adhesive: 13mm strip should be moistened before application • Pressure-sensitive adhesive:10mm strip sticks permanently • Removable pressure-sensitive adhesive: backing paper is split to allow full or partial adhesive coverage
Demco Date Due Slips ®
These Date Due Slips are available with permanent or removable full-back adhesive.
• Available in white
For date stamps see page 48
Price per pack of 500 slips.
• 4053011 has three columns and has a pressure sensitive permanent adhesive strip along the top
H x Wmm
Application
• 4053022 has two columns with full back removable adhesive Dimensions: H127 x W76mm.
4208569
127 x 76
Gummed
4
£12.95
Price per pad of 500 slips.
4010408
127 x 76
Pressure-sensitive
4
£13.95
4208558
127 x 76
Removable Pressure-sensitive
4
£31.95
4208536
95 x 70
Pressure-sensitive
4
£10.95
Columns
46
No. of Columns
4053011
Date Due Slips Permanent
3
£25.50
4208547
127 x 76
Pressure-sensitive
2
£14.80
4053022
Date Due Slips Removable
2
£28.30
4208580
127 x 76
Gummed
2
£12.95
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Issue Cards | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
Book Cards Top quality Book Cards for use with our book pockets and issue trays. Two styles and sizes are available. Plain cards come in standard and large sizes; printed cards have four lines at the top for author and title and come in the standard size only. Price per pack of 1000 cards. When ordering please tell us colour: blue or white.
H x Wmm 4048622
Standard Plain Book Cards
75 x 40
£12.65
4048633
Large Plain Book Cards
100 x 50
£16.10
Demco® Reader’s Tickets Traditional Reader’s Tickets, open top and right-hand side. Each ticket has an area at the bottom for a name and a blank area at the top to stamp the school/library name. Dimensions: H75 x W50mm. Price per pack of 500. When ordering please tell us colour: blue or green.
4048556
£26.50
Reader’s Tickets
Library Memo Pads Save time with these handy, printed forms to cover most common library requirements. Dimensions: H127 x W76mm. 50 forms per pad and 5 pads per pack. Price per pack.
4009341
Library Memo Pads
£7.60
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
47
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Stamps
Self-inking Dater Stamp Gives thousands of clear, sharp impressions. The Self-inking Dater stamp has four revolving bands for date, month and year. Stamps feature advanced revolving rubber band for high quality stamping. Each stamp has a lightweight plastic casing and built-in ink pads with 4mm height characters. Replacement pads are available in black and red ink.
Library Date Stamp
• Strong plastic frame
Simple, manual stamp - prints date, month and year.
• Rubber feet for non-slip action
Dimensions: Impression H4mm x L25mm.
Dimensions: Impression H23 x L40mm.
Price each.
Price each, ink pads price per pack of 2.
When ordering please tell us colour of stamp pad: black or blue.
When ordering please tell us colour of ink pad: black or red.
• Easy grip handle
4048721
Library Date Stamp
£4.65
4060821
Self-inking Dater Stamp S120
4056564
Micropore Stamp Pad
£4.65
4094734
Spare Ink Pad for S120 Pk/2
£16.15 £6.90
Microban® antibacterial protection inhibits the growth of bacteria
Dater Stamp Flexibility at your fingertips. This stamp is more than just a Dater Stamp - it can be set to print your own particular message too. This simple, self-inking stamp has a dater in the middle and room for two lines of your own text - one above and one below the date. The message you choose is up to you; simply select the letters and make up your message - it really is as easy as that. What’s more, you can change it as often as you like; just remove the letters and start again - the possibilities are endless.
Lightweight and slim design ensures excellent stamping.
• A pair of tweezers
Combine comfort and smoothness for excellent manual stamping. This Heavyduty Self-inking Date Stamp is slim and especially lightweight. Self-inking feature ensures even ink application during rapid consecutive stamping of many thousands of imprints. 4mm characters. Supplied with black ink pad as standard. Replacement ink pad easily slips into bottom of stamp. Handle and cap impregnated with Microban solution during production, giving an added level of protection against bacteria and germs if stamps are passed between staff.
Price each, ink pads price per pack of 2.
Price each, ink pads price per pack of 2.
Each machine is supplied with: • A two colour ink pad (red/blue) • A palette of 4mm rubber characters (including 264 capital letters, figures and signs)
48
Heavy-duty Self-inking Date Stamp 2100/4
4051097
Dater Stamp
£29.95
4060810
Heavy-duty Self-inking Date Stamp 2100/4
4050327
Spare Ink Pad (red/blue) Pk/2
£10.65
409536101
Replacement Ink Pad Pk/2 - Black
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£31.15 £7.95
Stamps | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
2
1
3
4
Personalised Name and Address Stamps Impression H x Lmm
Choose from pre-inked or standard rubber stamps. Pre-inked Personalised Name and Address Stamp features: • Long lasting, produces up to 50,000 impressions • Easily re-inked using Re-inking Fluid which is available separately Rubber Personalised Name and Address Stamp features: • Traditional rubber stamp • Use with Micropore stamp pads • Stamps made from 50% recycled plastics Price each. When ordering please tell us upper, lower or mixed case characters. If border is required. Customise with up to two lines of text of 28 characters each, including spacing for name stamp or five lines of text for address stamp. Choose from Helvetica or Times New Roman fonts and normal, italic or bold style. To order, please clearly write your lines of text on a plain sheet of paper and attach to your order. Please specify colour of impression (pre-inked) or stamp pad: black or blue.
1 4060909
Pre-inked Personalised Name Stamp
16 x 46
£19.95
2 4060920
Traditional Rubber Personalised Name Stamp
15 x 52
£11.95
3 4060887
Pre-inked Personalised Address Stamp
28 x 67
£29.95
4060898
Traditional Rubber Personalised Address Stamp
25 x 68
£19.65
4056564
Micropore Stamp Pad
4 4092413
Re-inking Fluid - Black
£4.65 £16.50
2
weeks
Printer Line Stamp Manufactured from light, yet extremely robust plastic, this customised self-inking stamp gives thousands of clear, sharp impressions. When you receive your stamp, simply complete and send the voucher included with your details. The text plate will be returned to you to attach to the stamp. • Pads can be quickly changed to give thousands more impressions
Pre-inked Stamps
• Large index window allows the whole of the text plate to be viewed • Maximum of five lines, customised to your requirements
• 25,000 crisp, clear red imprints
• Supplied with one black ink pad
• Dust cover included to protect stamp surface and your work area
Dimensions: Overall H86 x W73 x D36mm. Impression H18 x L47mm.
• Twist handle to change darkness
Price each, ink pads price per pack of 2.
Price each.
4019417
Printer Line Stamp PTR 30
405040401
Spare Ink Pad for 30/2 & PTR 30 Pk/2 - Black
£22.95
4023894
Pre-inked Stamp - WITHDRAWN
£10.85
£7.65
4028525
Pre-inked Stamp - NOT TO BE TAKEN FROM LIBRARY
£10.85
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
49
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Library Badges
Custom Stamps Improve efficiency with these economy custom stamps. A circular impression, available as a pre-ink or rubber stamp, 30mm diameter, that can be customised to display whatever message you require. Please specify all wording required, up to 30 characters around the edge of the stamp, up to five characters on the top and bottom lines with up to seven characters on the middle line. Characters include spaces. Re-inking Fluid is available separately for the pre-inked stamp. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of impression and Micropore Stamp Pad: black or blue.
4048391
Pre-inked Stamp
£31.50
4048754
Rubber Stamp
£29.50
4056564
Micropore Stamp Pad
4092413
Re-inking Fluid - Black
£4.65 £16.50
Library Badges Traditional pin fixed Library Badges are available with gilt lettering on a coloured background. Please choose the colour required when ordering Librarian Badges. The round Library Logo Badge features magnet fixing. Dimensions: L38mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour for Librarian Badges.
Colours Available 404967805
Library Assistant Badge
404968902
Library Monitor Badge
4049700
Librarian Badge
403195702
Green
£3.60
Dark Blue
£3.60
Blue, Green, Red, Yellow
£3.60
Library Prefect Badge
Blue
£3.60
4070754
Library Logo Badge
Blue
£3.60
403367302
Student Librarian Badge
Blue
£3.60
Helvetica Times New Roman Upper case
Engraved Badges Customisable Engraved Badges are available in four bright colours and three different font styles. Made from strong plastic and engraved onto high quality laminate. Please provide your name clearly written on a blank piece of paper specifying font, colour, and choice of case. Pin fastening for security. Dimensions: H25 x W75mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: red, black, blue or green. Font style: Helvetica, Gothic and Times New Roman and Case: upper, lower or mixed.
4064814 Helvetica
50
Gothic
Phone: 01992 454511
Engraved Badges
3
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£7.15
Library Cards | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY Prints to photographic quality
Library Cards Create a professional and contemporary image of your library with these innovative library cards. Our cards can be personalised to your specific requirements and can be ready for immediate use within four weeks from receipt of signed artwork (one-off set-up charge of £95 applies). Available in laminated Teslin which is scratch resistant, will not crack under stress and is capable of being washed and dried and will still scan. Also available is the handy key fob, durable enough to attach to key rings, to complement your library cards. Please contact Customer Services to order. • Laser printed sequential barcode plus human readable interpretation on reverse of card (duplicate checking carried out during manufacture) • No limit on colours available • Thickness approximately 609 microns • Digital artwork required for front and back • Glossy front, matt reverse with signature panel Price per card (minimum order quantity of 1000).
H x Wmm
1000+
4016205
Library Cards
55 x 85
£0.69
4017712
Key Fobs
25 x 75
£0.77
4
weeks
For an information sheet on Barcodes, please contact Customer Services quoting ‘LCBIS’.
Step-by-Step Order Form for Library Cards ( 4016205 / 4017712 ) Please provide barcode details below and email them to Customer Services. orders@gresswell.co.uk
1. Please select the label you require:
4016205
4017712
2. Select the Barcode format: Code 39 Codabar Traditional Code 128 Other (please specify):........................................................................................................................................ 3. Number of digits: 4. Prefix letter – if any: 5. Quantity: 6. Number series from:
to:
The artwork specification can be provided on request. If you need help with this form, please call Customer Services on 01992 454511.
www.gresswell.co.uk/circulation
51
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Traffic Counters
Traffic Counter with Downloadable Data A mid range traffic counter with easily accessible data via USB download.
Traffic Counter An entry level people counting device. This Traffic Counter is designed for simple installation on either a permanent or temporary basis. An dual infrared beam is passed across the entrance from a transmitter to a receiver mounted on the opposite side. In and out counts are displayed on the LCD.
The Traffic Counter set works by detecting an interruption in the infrared beam being transmitted across from the transmitter to the receiver. When it has been interrupted, it is detected by the receiver and the internal counter will increase. It is direction sensitive, meaning counts are stored in separate directions. Counter sensors filter out infrared and electrical disturbance, for instance door openers and EAS tagging systems. • Secure data download is available using a USB stick • Stores over a month of time and date data • Any distortion or blocked counter is reported
• Counts are displayed on an LCD display mounted on the receiver device
• Maximum counting distance up to 8m unobstructed
• Powered by two standard AA batteries (included), which last for 12 months between replacements
• The counter should run for approximately 2 years on one set of batteries, without compromising the counting distance
• Detection distance is 5m
• Simple to install with no wires
• Unit is suitable for wall or door frame mounting at 1200mm from ground level
• Can also be used on security gates and will count through glass
Dimensions: H120 x W65 x D22mm.
Dimensions: H116 x W69 x D22mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4017635
Traffic Counter
£399.00
3
4228908
Traffic Counter with Downloadable Data
£665.00
3
weeks
weeks
Traffic Counter with Online Data Dashboard An advanced traffic counter using thermal detection. A single unit thermal detection people counter with optics, sensor, signal processing and interfacing all contained in one. This product works by detecting the heat emitted by people passing underneath and uses this information to count and track them. • Data is transmitted to an online data dashboard available to multiple users for in-depth analysis and actions, anywhere in the world • Robust, secure and accurate solution to people counting • Thermal IP unit is flush ceiling mounted • Multi-direction counter for added benefits • Functions by detecting the heat emitted by people passing underneath • Secure, high performance IP capacity which allows remote configuration and data collection either over an inhouse LAN, or for worldwide access from remote locations, over the internet. • Includes full on-site installation Dimensions: H190 x W111 x D63mm. If you require further information about this Traffic Counter, please contact Customer Services
Price each.
4228919
Traffic Counter with Thermal Detection
CALL FOR PRICE
4
weeks
A site survey may be required depending on requirements and an additional charge may apply. Please contact Customer Services for an accurate quotation.
52
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Scanners | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY Scanners are a library essential to facilitate the checking out and checking in of book stock. Handheld scanners and companion scanners improve efficiency and data management. Handheld scanners are designed to be lightweight and easy to use, letting you quickly start scanning. 1. CCD, Laser or 2D Scanner •1 D-CCD: CCD Scanners read linear barcodes, the kind typically used in books and on library user cards. CCD scanners can read the most commonly used barcode formats - Codabar, Code 128 and Code 39 barcodes and retail barcode formats EAN-13 and EAN-8 amongst others. •1 D-Laser: Laser scanners also read linear barcodes but have a longer range and faster scan rate than CCD scanners for quick and accurate scanning. Bear in mind that laser scanners cannot read from screens. Like CCD scanners, laser scanners CCD scanners can read the most commonly used barcode formats. •2 D: 2D barcodes can hold a significantly greater amount of information than linear 1D barcodes including images and website addresses. QR codes are the most recognised 2D barcodes used in everyday life. 2D scanners can also read 1D formats, so are ideal if you use multiple formats. 2. Connectivity – Choose from wired or wireless. All our wired scanners come with USB connectivity. Some models are available with RS232 connection on request. Most of our models have replaceable cables; if the charging cable is damaged it can simply be replaced without needing to buy a new scanning unit. Wireless scanners operate using Bluetooth connectivity and recharge through a cradle. 3. Trigger Formats – All barcode scanners work by pulling a trigger button to scan a barcode. Some models feature auto-trigger mode whereby the scanner is always ready to scan, all you need to do is place the barcode under the scanner to activate. 4. Handheld or Companion Scanner – Handheld scanners are ideal for desktop scanning whilst companion scanners are smaller, fitting in the palm of the hand and are suited to use for registering attendees for events. For our full range of scanners see the website www.gresswell.co.uk
Warranty
Stand Included
Ring Scanner
Hand Scanner
Pistol Grip Scanner
Bluetooth
RS232
•
Connectivity
USB
1D-CCD
54
2D
Page
Opticon C37 USB Scanner
1D-Laser
Description
Product Code
Barcode Type
Cabled Scanners 402408101 4242592
Opticon L-22X USB 2D Scanner
Website
4242603
Opticon L-46R USB Laser Scanner
54
4242614
Opticon L-46X USB 2D Scanner
Website
4242625
Opticon L-50C USB CCD Scanner
54
4242636
Opticon L-50R USB Laser Scanner
Website
4242647
Opticon L-51X USB 2D Scanner
Website
401346601
Opticon OPL-6845S Laser Scanner
Website
• • • •
• • • •
On request
•
2 Yrs
•
On request
•
•
5 Yrs
•
On request
•
•
•
5 Yrs
•
On request
•
•
5 Yrs
•
On request
•
•
5 Yrs
•
On request
•
•
5 Yrs
•
On request
•
•
On request
•
•
5 Yrs
•
2 Yrs
405572812
Opticon OPL-6845S Laser Scanner
Website
•
•
On request
•
•
2 Yrs
4019714
Opticon OPR-2001 Laser Scanner
54
•
•
On request
•
•
2 Yrs
4242658
Opticon OPC-3301i Wireless CCD Scanner Kit
55
4242669
Opticon OPI-3301i Wireless 2D Scanner Kit
55
Opticon RS-2006 Laser Ring Pocket Scanner
55
Wireless Scanners • •
•
•
2 Yrs
•
•
2 Yrs
Pocket/Companion Scanners 4242581
•
•
www.gresswell.co.uk/scanners
•
•
2 Yrs
53
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Scanners
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
Opticon C37 USB Scanner The Opticon C37 is a durable USB Scanner which has a wide optical window. Lightweight for smooth scanning with an aggressive scan engine which operates at a speed of 200 scans per second. USB cable is included. Only available in black.
Opticon L-50C USB CCD Scanner If you love the C37 Scanner but want an upgrade, the L-50 is the perfect choice. The L-50 can read barcodes from LCD screens and comes with a stand. When placed in the stand the scanner goes in to auto-trigger mode, scanning as soon as a barcode is placed underneath it, allowing hands free scanning. • 1D-CCD scanner
• Sleek and ergonomically shaped
• Cabled
• Weighs 90g
• USB connectivity (RS-232 cable available on request)
• 2 year back to base warranty
• Pistol grip scanner
Dimensions: H60 x W79 x D170mm.
• Stand included
Price each.
Dimensions: H170 x W75 x D121mm. Price per kit - scanner and stand.
402408101
Opticon C37 USB Scanner - Black
£99.95
4242625
Opticon L-50C USB Scanner
£89.00
1
week
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Opticon OPR-2001 Barcode Laser Scanner
Opticon L-46R USB Laser Scanner
The world’s thinnest barcode scanner.
The Opticon L-46R Scanner is a high-speed laser scanner. The L-46R includes a stand with a flexible neck for the perfect scanning position.
Extremely lightweight, this Opticon Barcode Laser Scanner will decode all commonly used 1D barcode symbologies, along with the 2D PDF417 barcode. Supplied with a hands-free trigger stand.
• Cabled
• Compact, sleek and modern design
• USB connectivity (RS-232 cable available on request)
• Resistant to 1500mm drop
• Pistol grip scanner
• USB interface
• Stand included
• 2 year back to base warranty
• Auto-trigger function
Dimensions: H13 x W31.5 x D151mm.
Dimensions: H153 x W105 x D60mm.
Price each.
Price per kit - scanner and stand.
4019714
Opticon OPR-2001 Barcode Laser Scanner - USB
£169.00
3
4242603
Opticon L-46R USB Laser Scanner
1
weeks
54
• 1D-Laser scanner
week
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£130.00
Scanners | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY Opticon OPC-3301i Wireless CCD Scanner Take the scanner to the shelves rather than bringing books to the issue desk with this Opticon Wireless Scanner. Simply pair the scanner with a bluetooth enabled device (PC, laptop, tablet or mobile phone) and data is transferred as you scan in real time. The OPC-3301i has a scan range of 10-15 meters (range varies depending on layout of space) but even out of range data (up to 150 scans) is stored in memory for download when back in range. • 1D-CCD scanner • Wireless
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
• Bluetooth connectivity • Pistol grip scanner • Charging stand included • 48 hours reading time (1 scan every 5 seconds) • Apple MFi certified Dimensions: H135 x W56 x D113mm.
Price per kit - scanner and charging cradle. Bluetooth Cradle and USB Dongle price each.
4242658
Opticon OPC-3301i Wireless CCD Scanner Kit
£219.00
4242757
Opticon CRD-3301B Bluetooth Cradle
£199.00
4242768
Opticon OPA-3201-USB Dongle
£19.95
1
week
Opticon OPI-3301i Wireless 2D Scanner Take the scanner to the shelves rather than bringing books to the issue desk with this Opticon Wireless Scanner. Pair the OPI-3301i with any bluetooth enabled device (PC, laptop, tablet or mobile phone) and data is transferred as you scan in real time. The OPI-3301i 2D Scanner scans traditional and QR barcodes. With a scan range of 10-15 meters (range varies depending on layout of space) you can use the OPI-3301i across entire buildings and even when out of range data is stored in memory for download when back in range. • 2D scanner • Wireless
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
• Bluetooth connectivity • Pistol grip scanner • Charging stand included • 24 hours reading time (1 scan per 5 seconds) • Apple MFi certified Dimensions: H135 x W56 x D113mm.
Price per kit - scanner and charging cradle. Bluetooth Cradle and USB Dongle price each.
4242669
Opticon OPI-3301i Wireless 2D Scanner Kit
£365.00
4242757
Opticon CRD-3301B Bluetooth Cradle
£199.00
4242768
Opticon OPA-3201-USB Dongle
£19.95
1
week
Opticon RS-2006 Laser Ring Barcode Scanner Go ‘hands-free’ with this Opticon RS-2006 Ring Scanner. Designed for left or right-handed use with an adjustable strap the scan button is easily operated with a thumb using the trigger button on the side. Ideal for visitor registration at events the RS-2006 Ring Scanner can be paired with any bluetooth enabled mobile device. Where there is no connection 4500 scans can be stored the scanners memory download via USB at a later point. • 1D-Laser scanner • Wireless • USB and Bluetooth connectivity • Ring scanner • Adjustable finger strap included
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
• Designed for right and left hand use • High performance scanning Dimensions: H45 x W54 x D62mm. Price per kit - scanner, usb cable and neck strap. Silicon cover price each.
4242581
Opticon RS-2006 Laser Pocket Barcode Scanner
£365.00
1
week
www.gresswell.co.uk/scanners
55
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Security Systems
Library Security Systems
Types of systems available Electromagnetic (EM) See pages 57 to 58 Electromagnetic systems work by applying intensive low frequency magnetic fields generated by the transmitter antenna which produces a unique frequency pattern. This pattern is picked up by an adjacent receiver antenna and will trigger the alarm when the pattern is recognised. Designed in the 1970s by 3M™, the security system consists of a magnetic metal strip embedded in a strip of thick, clear adhesive tape. If the tape is attached to something which then leaves the premises, an alarm will sound as soon as it passes through a gate near the exit. This means that whatever the tape is attached to must be desensitised before it can be taken out. When the item returns, it can then be re-sensitised. EM systems are higher cost to implement and to purchase individual security strips but is not as sensitive at detecting the removal of media compared to Radio Frequency systems.
Radio Frequency (RF) See page 59 Radio Frequency systems work by attaching a RF label, which conceals a miniature, disposable electronic circuit and antenna, to a product. This responds to a specific frequency emitted by a transmitter antenna and is picked up by an adjacent receiver antenna. When the label response signal matches a specific criteria, the alarm will sound. To disarm the label, a strong Radio Frequency pulse blasts the label and burns it out meaning it can no longer give out a signal and doesn’t cause an alarm to sound. The entire system runs on the labels so you need to make sure the ones you choose are 100% reliable and fit for purpose. RF systems are cheaper to implement and are more sensitive at detecting the removal of media compared to EM systems, offering the best protection.
Amaray® CD/DVD Security System A quick and easy security system for your DVD titles. Simply place the locking cap on the hub to stop the removal of the CD/DVD from the case and connect it to the detacher when you want the disc to become removable. For use with Amaray® Detacher. • The Amaray® CD/ DVD case holds 1 disc and is made of Polyduralene™ construction • When the red security cap is in place, it is impossible to remove the disk from the hub without breaking it • The security cap cannot be pulled or pried off providing ultimate protection Dimensions: H191 x W132 x D15 mm. Price each.
408768315
Security Case CD/DVD Transparent
£2.45
401613909
Red Security Cap
£1.20
4016150
Amaray® Detacher
Red security cap required for each CD/DVD case. Sold separately.
56
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£110.00
Security Systems | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ Electromagnetic Security Strips The most trusted library security in the world. More libraries use Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ Security Strips than all other security strips combined; thanks to their proven performance. The only choice for all your library materials, Bibliotheca® offer a wide range of Tattle Tape™ Strips to suit all types of printed and magnetic media.
Please note that 3M™ security products have now become known as Bibliotheca®. There is no change to the product specification.
Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ Electromagnetic Security Strips • B1 Tapes are designed for hardcover books, with adhesive on one side of the strip for applying into the spine of the book • B2 Tapes have double-sided adhesive for applying between the pages of books and periodicals. Extra-long liner for easy insertion into the gutter of the book Dimensions: L165mm. B1/B2: Price per 1000 strips.
4056993
Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ B1 Strips
£185.00
4057004
Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ B2 Strips
£185.00
Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ Electromagnetic DCD-2 Simply apply Bibliotheca® DCD-2 Strips to the top of the CDs, CD-ROMs and DVDs. Film overlay prevents removal and protects surface from scratches without affecting performance. Suitable for use with single-sided DVDs. • Use with CDs, DVDs and CD-ROMs • T wo strips are integrated into clear film overlay for a one-stop application process Price per box of 200 strips and labels.
4057037
Bibliotheca® Tattle Tape™ DCD-2
www.gresswell.co.uk/security-systems
£169.00
57
CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY | Security Systems
Demco® EM Security products are guranteed to be compatible with all 3M™ and other electromagnetic security systems.
Demco® EM Security Strips Great quality, reliable electromagnetic security strips for printed media. Use of this product will not void 3M equipment warranty. Security strips are available with single-sided and double-sided adhesive. The strips are individually wrapped and have a tail to easily remove the liner for quick application. ™
Demco® EM Security CD/DVD Overlays Reliable, electromagnetic Security Overlays for CD’s and DVD’s.
Dimensions: L165mm.
High quality Overlays prevent removal of media. The Overlays will protect your CD’s and DVD’s from scratches without affecting disc performance. Suitable for single-sided discs.
Price per box of 1,000.
Dimensions: Dia. 114mm Price per box of 200.
4208426
Single-sided Security Strips
£140.00
4208437
Double-sided Security Strips
£140.00
4208448
Single-sided CD/DVD Overlays
£110.00
Please note that 3M™ security products have now become known as Bibliotheca®. There is no change to the product specification.
Bibliotheca® Electromagnetic Desensitiser Model 930 Space-saving security.
One-pass resensitising.
• Fast and efficient for high volume check-out only operations
• A portable unit to resensitise security strips
• Portable and adapts to virtually any counter configuration
• No need to lift items
• Does not require electricity
• Green light indicates completion of resensitising
Dimensions: H40 x W130 x D230mm.
Dimensions: H111 x W311 x D140mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4051229
Bibliotheca® Desensitiser Model 930
£242.00
2
4051350
Bibliotheca® Resensitiser Model 764
2
weeks
58
Bibliotheca® Electromagnetic Resensitiser Model 764
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£645.00
Security Systems | CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY
RF Security Book Pockets & Card System Protect a variety of media with this simple to implement system. RF system protects all types of library media by using integrated security built into the book pockets and issue cards. • Book Pockets have a RF tag built in • Deactivation of the RF tag is camouflaged as part of the issue process • Simply insert the Date Due Card into the pocket to deactivate the RF tag • D ate Due Card can be removed when media is returned which will re-activate the RF tag • System is compatible with RF security gates • Book Pockets can be customised with your institutions logo Dimensions: Book Pockets with RF Tag H100 x W70mm. Date Due Cards H111 x W55mm. RFID Book Pockets price per pack of 1000. Date Due Cards price per pack of 100.
Pack qty 4228842
RF Book Pockets
1000
£415.00
4228853
RF Book Pockets Customised
1000
£479.00
4228864
RF Date Due Cards
100
£49.95
3
weeks
Customised Book Pockets require artwork approx. 150x100mm in 300dpi standard file format - jpeg, EPS, PDF or TIFF. Please speak to Customer Services for more information.
RF Security Labels Use these Radio Frequency Security Labels to protect your printed material. Designed to fit behind book pockets; suitable for systems with a frequency variant of +/- 5%. Frequency 8.2 mhz. Dimensions: H50 x W50mm. Price per roll of 1000.
4097275
£83.50
RF Security Labels
These labels can be customised at an additional cost, please call Customer Services for details.
Bibliotheca® RFID Tags • Can be used for books, maps, periodicals, audio-cassettes and cased LPs • Memory capacity of 1024 bits • Plain white finish • Black paper layer to hide chip and antenna Dimensions: H49 x W81mm. Price per roll of 1500.
4043892
Bibliotheca® RFID Tag for Books ISO (D5)
£249.00
Please note that 3M™ security products have now become known as Bibliotheca®. There is no change to the product specification.
www.gresswell.co.uk/security-systems
59
REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL
Reference & Archival
Preserving your collection well will keep it in good condition and benefit more users in the long run. With a few essential tools you can preserve your books, documents, photos, artefacts and collectibles. Our high-quality archival supplies include acid-free pH-neutral boxes, folders, tissues and more. So you can ensure the safest storage possible for your most valued items.
Magazine & Pamphlet Boxes............................................... 61-64 Magazine Protectors................................................................... 65 Archival Storage..................................................................... 66-67 Archival Accessories.............................................................. 68-69 Storage Boxes & Organisers.................................................. 70-71
Storing and keeping your media accessible could not be easier with our wide range of quality files and boxes. We are able to offer products made from metal, plastic, corrugated or solid board. If you are looking to store media long-term, metal boxes offer a sturdy choice. If you require shelf storage, our colourful options are great for identification, with open and closed back options, and other handy extras such as finger pulls and label holders, we are sure to have a storage option to suit your requirements.
62
60
66
Phone: 01992 454511
67
orders@gresswell.co.uk
70
Magazine & Pamphlet Boxes | REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL
Bantex High Capacity Magazine File Combines good looks and compact storage. These High Capacity A4 Magazine Files are great for bulkier journals and catalogues. • Tough board covered with soft vinyl • Integral label holder and thumb hole • Flat-packed for easy assembly and storage Dimensions: H313 x W110 x D242mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue or black.
4051449
£6.00
A4 High Capacity
Bankers Box Magazine File Heavy-weight corrugated board for maximum durability. • A4 Box Magazine File • Closed back with finger-pull for easy access • Fastfold» construction for quick and easy assembly • Available in blue only Dimensions: H301 x W105 x D237mm. Price per pack of 10.
404911702
Bankers Box - Blue
£19.95
Folding File Boxes Match the National Curriculum. Designed to correspond with the national curriculum, these assorted Folding File Boxes make easy work of filing. Pack comprises: salmon red, dark blue, pink, dark green, orange, purple, blue/grey, olive green, yellow, tan and maroon. Supplied flat, boxes fold quickly and simply for immediate use. Dimensions: H355 x W85 x D280mm. Price per pack of 11.
4061063
Folding File Boxes
£23.95
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/reference
61
REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL | Magazine & Pamphlet Boxes
Magazine Racks A4
Curve Corner Box File
Clear, colourful magazine storage.
Be stylish with your storage.
Designed for magazines and catalogues up to A4 format.
• Tough polypropylene for less sagging
• Made from high gloss transparent plastic
• Broadly sweeping curved sides make contents easier to locate and retrieve
• Grip handle
• No holes to snag or catch material
• Labelling field
• Closed back
Dimensions: H322 x W85 x D240mm.
Dimensions: H290 x W104 x D225mm; Lip H89mm.
Price per pack of 2.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us colour: blue, clear, red or yellow.
When ordering please tell us colour: translucent or royal blue.
4087892
Magazine Racks A4
£7.95
4094789
Magazine Rack A5
Magazine Rack
Control small scale filing.
Contemporary design.
• Store pamphlets, books or documents neatly in these Magazine Racks
• Ideal for magazines and catalogues
• High back and sides keep documents upright and a low front offers easy retrieval
• Racks are fully recyclable
• Vented sides allow for easy identification of material
• Finger-pull for easy access
Dimensions: Overall H187 x W117 x D165mm.
• Labelling panel
Price each.
• Available in four colours
When ordering please tell us colour: black or grey.
Dimensions: H315 x W75 x D243mm.
4087144
Magazine Rack A5
£5.95
Phone: 01992 454511
£4.95
• Accepts large formats
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, grey or red.
4087771
62
Curve Corner Box File
Magazine Rack
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£2.95
Magazine & Pamphlet Boxes | REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL
Cut Corner Trim File Case Tame your filing system. Our Cut Corner range is available in three handy sizes, to store even odd-sized publications.
Black
Clear
Yellow
Red
Royal Blue
Hunter Green
Burgundy
• A4 in standard and wide for bulky magazines and A5, perfect for smaller sized periodicals • One piece moulded polypropylene construction
Black
Clear
Yellow
Red
Royal Blue
Hunter Green
Burgundy
• High quality acid-free files • Easy identification and retrieval of contents • A5 file available in clear only Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: 4048314 - clear or royal blue; 4059600 - black, clear, yellow, burgundy, red or hunter green; 4087056 black or clear.
H x W x Dmm
4048314
A4
292 x 51 x 222
£5.50
4059600
A4 Wide
292 x 95 x 228
£6.20
408705615
A5 - Clear
260 x 95 x 175
£6.75
Open Front File Cases
Avery® Original Magazine Rack
Easy access to large publications.
One of the highest quality magazine files available.
• Made from one-piece moulded polypropylene • Unique open front design for easy retrieval of contents
This Avery® Original Magazine Rack is stylishly designed and is ideal for desk or shelf.
• Acid-free for added protection
• Manufactured from hard-wearing plastic for durability and long life
• Recessed label panel
• Choose our jumbo option for additional storage
Dimensions: H292 x W102 x D228mm.
• Finger-pull for easy access
Price each.
• Retro design - ideal for desk or shelf • Closed back
When ordering please tell us colour: clear or black.
4087749
Open Front File Case
£6.55
Dimensions: H323 x D253mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue or black.
Wmm 4048578
Avery® Original A4
78
£6.65
4048798
Avery® Original Jumbo
100
£7.95
www.gresswell.co.uk/reference
63
REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL | Magazine & Pamphlet Boxes
Demco® Croydon File
Demco® Oxford File Uncompromising choice for long-term use.
The high capacity file.
• Open-back metal file with superior specification for long-term durability
• 114mm wide, enough room for a whole year’s subscription of most magazines
• W elded from 0.9mm steel plate, twice as thick as similar files and will not bend or warp in use
• Economical polystyrene construction wonÍt crack or chip
• Epoxy powder coated for a truly hard-wearing exterior
• Open top/open back design aids removal and replacement of contents
• Integral label holder and card
• Optional felt base protects shelves and allows files to slide smoothly
Dimensions: H203 x W115 x D203mm.
Dimensions: H203 x W114 x D203mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us colour: red, black, sand or grey.
4048523
Demco® Oxford File
• Lightweight yet tough enough for heavy usage
When ordering please tell us colour: red, royal blue or black.
£9.55
4048545
Demco® Croydon File
£6.70
Demco® Oxford File Narrow
Demco® Oxford File Extra Wide Keep even the weightiest volumes in order.
Designed to store your Oxford files perfectly.
• Ideal for storing bigger books, directories or even encyclopaedias
• 95mm wide, enough room for a whole year’s subscription of most magazines
• A lmost double the capacity and made to the same high specifications as the standard Demco® Oxford File
• Taller to support flimsier publications and slimmer to maximise shelf space
Dimensions: H204 x W230 x D228mm.
Dimensions: H258 x W95 x D270mm.
Price each.
Price each.
• Made to the same high standards as the Demco® Oxford File
When ordering please tell us colour: red, black or grey.
4048589
64
Demco® Oxford File Extra Wide
£11.30
Phone: 01992 454511
408715501
Demco® Narrow Oxford File Black
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£11.25
Magazine Protectors | REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL
Crystal Shield Magazine Saver A simple way to preserve A4 magazines but still allow them to open completely flat. • Lightweight
Everlast™ Magazine Protectors Extend the life of your magazines. • Made from 760 micron polypropylene • Ideal for protecting heavily circulated magazines
• Durable 203 micron vinyl covers • Electro-welded to reinforce edges
• ‘Living’ hinge withstands countless openings and closings without cracking or splitting
• Fitted in seconds
• Slide open magazine through centre slot in strip
• Open flat and wipe clean with a damp cloth
• Quick and efficient storage and display
Dimensions: H305 x W229mm.
• Available in two sizes
Price each.
Price each.
4051416
Magazine Covers
4009836
Everlast™ Magazine Protector
320 x 241
£10.95
4009825
Everlast™ Magazine Protector
295 x 215
£10.65
Economy Vinyl Magazine Binder
Colourful, practical covers.
Perfect for protecting your magazines.
These rod-style Magazine Covers come with a clear cover, which allows the magazine to be read from a distance. Using these covers will prolong the life of your magazines and will help prevent damage. Dimensions: H330 x L240mm.
• 241 micron acetate • Reinforced with bound-and-sewn black vinyl edges with metal corners Dimensions: H301 x W219mm. Price each.
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue, red or grey.
4205522
Magazines up to H x Wmm
£5.60
Crystal Shield Magazine Saver
£9.20
Magazine Covers
4071381
Economy Vinyl Magazine Binder
£6.95
Additional colours and sizes are available on request.
www.gresswell.co.uk/reference
65
REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL | Archival Storage
Archival Pockets Melinex
L-sleeves
Free of harmful adhesives to ensure contents are preserved safely.
Handy design makes inserting documents easier.
These Pockets have been manufactured using 100% archival polyester film, containing no PVC. It presents no danger to the contents and provides an ideal layer of protection. Acid free.
Melinex polyester is stable, inert and will not adhere to the surface of photographs.
• Made from 75 micron ICI Melinex polyester
• Sealed on one long and one short side
• Heat-sealed so there are no harmful adhesives to damage contents
• Archival quality 76 micron melinex polyester • Easy to insert, centre and remove materials
• Sealed on three sides
• Electrostatic charge keeps contents in place
• Unsuitable for use with pastels, charcoal or similar media
• Edge seal
• Glass clear inert protection, will not crack or yellow with age
Dimensions: H229 x L305mm.
• Strong, able to withstand constant handling
Price per pack of 13.
• Available in five sizes • The Archival Newspaper Pocket is sealed on two adjacent sides, allowing easy access and removal of the newspaper for research, whilst providing the best protection for newspapers.
4031286
For acid-free book tape see page 20
Melinex Polyester L-sleeves A4
£13.10
Price per pack of 25.
H x Wmm 4054716
Archival Pockets Melinex
220 x 158 (takes A5)
£12.50
4054705
Archival Pockets Melinex
307 x 220 (takes A4)
£17.30
4031308
Archival Pockets Melinex
4054694
Archival Pockets Melinex
340 x 214 (takes Foolscap) £17.50 430 x 307 (takes A3)
£25.50
Disposable Cotton Gloves
Flush Cut Folders Storage for a quantity of archival documents in one folder.
One size to fit all.
Light tan, Flush Cut Folders designed for A4 papers. Made from acid-free, buffered, heavy weight 244gsm paper with moderate porosity allowing the folder to breathe. No exposed tab makes the flush cut file folders suitable for archival box storage.
Lightweight, disposable cotton gloves are a cost-effective solution to higher priced gloves.
Dimensions: H230 x W310mm.
• Available in white only
Price per pack of 100.
Price per pack of 12 pairs.
4031341
66
Flush Cut Folders
£33.95
Phone: 01992 454511
• Made from lightweight, disposable cotton • Unhemmed cotton knit will stretch to fit most hands
4012223
Disposable Cotton Gloves
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£10.85
Archival Storage | REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL
Clamshell Storage Box
Archival Document Case
Easy access storage. Protect magazines, pamphlets and other materials from damage by storing them flat in these Clamshell Storage Boxes. • One-piece, hinged lid design with metal edges • Lined with white lignin-free paper
This flip-top document case is made from archival quality barrier board and is appropriate for long term storage. Metal edged for strength and stability. Combination metal ring pull/label holder allows for easy retrieval of fully loaded document cases from the shelf. H76 x W67mm label holder offers ample space for documenting contents.
• B uffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve to protect the paper against migrant acidity and atmospheric sulphur
• Acid-free; lignin-free
• Available in blue/grey only
• 60pt barrier board
• Acid-free
• Available in blue/grey with white liner
Price each.
• 3% calcium carbonate buffer
• pH 8.0-9.0
Dimensions: H260 x W387 x D127mm. Price each.
H x W x Dmm 401043002
Clamshell Storage Box
76 x 312 x 229
£6.95
401044102
Clamshell Storage Box
76 x 387 x 260
£8.50
4052406
Archival Document Case
£12.95
DocuDry™ Newspaper Storage Box Safe, strong and water-repellent. Add an extra layer of protection with water repellent laminate - perfect for newspapers, manuscripts, prints, photographs and loose papers. • M ade from corrugated e-flute with an inert polyester film laminate and acrylic adhesive • Acid and lignin-free • Double-wall thickness • Telescoping lid • Supplied flat-packed • Available in blue/grey only • pH 8.0-9.5 Dimensions: H51 x W483 x D648mm. Price each.
For situations where water damage is a threat, DocuDry™ is the perfect solution. Exclusive DocuDry™ laminated boxes protect your valuable documents by repelling water on contact. Protected by a tough, inert, polyester laminate DocuDry™ provides protection - and peace of mind.
DocuDry™ Flat Storage Box Flat storage boxes offering sturdy storage. These boxes offer general purpose storage with a short lid for easy access. • DocuDry™ construction repells water on contact • M ade from corrugated e-flute with an inert polyester film laminate and acrylic adhesive • Acid and lignin-free • Metal edged and double-wall thickness for extra durability • Available in blue/grey only • pH 8.0-9.5 Dimensions: H127 x W508 x D407mm.
4010298
Newspaper Storage Box
£20.50
Price each.
4010320
DocuDry™ Flat Storage Box
www.gresswell.co.uk/archival
£17.50
67
REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL | Archival Accessories
Snake Weights Gently allow the pages of books to be held open for display or research. The Snake Weights can also be used to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper. Available in three lengths for small, medium and large books. Satin finish. Price per pair.
Lmm 4031385
Snake Weights 200g
500
£10.20
4031396
Snake Weights 400g
1000
£16.95
4031407
Snake Weights 600g
1500
£23.50
Soft PolyP Book Strips Gently but firmly hold open pages of displayed books. Simply cut the strips to the desired length, wrap around the pages of the open or damaged book and secure with archival tape. • Made from 35 micron polyester • Crystal clear book strips are soft and can be draped • Non-adhesive Dimensions: W30mm x L100m. Price per roll.
4010265
Soft PolyP Book Strips
£6.80
Digital Memory Thermo-hygrometer A cost-effective way to monitor storage conditions. This combined RH humidity and temperature meter is ideal for environmental monitoring of showcases, archival sections and storerooms. • Range 30 to 90% RH -15˚C to +50˚C • Temperature accuracy +/- 1˚C (0-40˚C) • Humidity accuracy +/- 5% (25% to 95%) • Two 23mm hi-contrast LCD displays • Case incorporates a key way for wall-mounting and a flip-out desk stand • M in/max memory is continually updated for both temperature and humidity values since last memory reset • Supplied with instructions and 1x 1.5V AA battery Dimensions: H110 x W70 x D20mm. Price each.
4011387
68
Phone: 01992 454511
Digital Memory Thermo-hygrometer
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£31.00
Archival Accessories | REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL
Rare Book ID Strips Leave rare and precious books unmarked, but fully recorded. Tabbed ID Strips have 25mm tabs that are visible over the top of pages for easy identification. Untabbed ID Strips are ideal for fragile or brittle books. Can also be used to provide notations using pigma pens. • Made from 8pt Bristol card stock
Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape
• Acid and lignin-free • pH 8.5-10.0 with 3% Calcium carbonate buffer • Available in cream colour only
Our archival quality tape has many uses from securing bundles of documents to bookbinding. Non-abrasive with no dye to bleed onto its contents.
Price per pack of 100.
Dimensions: L100m. Price per roll.
H x Wmm 4012168
Rare Book ID Strips Tabbed
127 x 38
£7.95
4012179
Rare Book ID Strips Tabbed
254 x 60
£8.85
4011354
Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape
10
£10.20
4024092
Rare Book ID Strips Untabbed
254 x 60
£7.65
4028745
Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape
16
£11.95
Wmm
Book Display Pillow
Pigma Pen Perfect for long-lasting identification.
Provide full support for rare books and objects.
• High-quality technical pen
• Pillow contains inert polyfoam crystals encased in a heat sealed Tyvek® cover for durability
• Smudge-proof, waterproof and non-fading
• Simply mould the pillow to the desired shape and rest the book in place
• Chemically stable and won’t react to heat, water or light • 0.45mm line width
• Strong enough for repeat use
• Permanent black ink
Dimensions: H305 x W305mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4010991
Pigma Pen
£6.50
4011409
Book Display Pillow
www.gresswell.co.uk/archival
£8.95
69
REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL | Storage Boxes & Organisers
Wood Compartment Organisers Adapt your storage to your own requirements. The cabinet of these Wood Compartment Organisers is formed from compressed wood with a laminate finish and a solid, fibreboard back for strength and rigidity. • Shelves are made from durable, corrugated fibreboard • Black plastic moulding on outer edge of shelves doubles as labelling area • Shelf labels included
Desktop Literature Sorter Ideal for the quick retrieval of your most frequently used paperwork and forms. • Accommodates all sizes up to A4 or foolscap • 10 compartments per module H65 x W275 x D330mm • Stackable to four units high
• Oak finish Dimensions: Overall W737 x D305mm. Compartments H64 x W229 x D298mm. Price each.
• Available in white corrugated board • D rawers available in a pack of five mixed colours, comprising of green, red, blue, orange and yellow Dimensions: H385 x W585 x D330mm. Sorter price per pack of 4, Drawers price per pack of 5.
Hmm 4019395
24 Compartment Wood Organiser
4019406 4006811
597
£82.50
36 Compartment Wood Organiser
876
£99.95
4055508
Desktop Literature Sorter Pk/4
£39.95
12 Compartment Wood Organiser
305
£62.50
4012927
Desktop Literature Sorter Drawers Pk/5
£14.65
1
3
Large Record Archival Box
Topstore Storage Boxes
Ideal for transporting collections.
Economical storage boxes with clip-on lids.
Safe, long term storage of papers is made possible with this archival box.
These Topstore Storage Boxes are the ideal solution for storing numerous items in any location.
week
weeks
• Made from white corrugated board • D ouble layer bottom and triple strength ‘end wall’ construction for superior strength
• Manufactured from transparent polypropylene
• Comfortable die-cut carry handles
• Can be stacked or nested away for your convenience
• Cover fits snugly over the box top to protect from dust
• Clip-on lids provide excellent protection
• Acid-free
• Supplied in packs of 5 boxes
Dimensions: H254 x W305 x D381mm.
Price per pack of 5.
• Keep all your items safe and damage-free
Price each.
Size 4054991
Large Record Archival Box
£11.65
4229084
Topstore Storage Box & Lid
24 litre
245 x 325 x 430
£35.65
4229095
Topstore Storage Box & Lid
35 litre
260 x 395 x 490
£45.85
2
weeks
70
Phone: 01992 454511
H x W x Lmm (with lid)
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Storage Boxes & Organisers | REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL Euro Containers Solid containers are the perfect storage solution. These Euro Containers can be stacked modularly with various sizes and are ideal for storage during transportation. All containers are manufactured from highdensity food grade polypropylene in grey only. Also temperature resistant from -5°C to +70°C. Container Dolly is available with or without handle. Price per pack size indicated.
Lids available separately, please contact Customer Services for details.
External HxWxLmm
Capacity (Kg)
Pack Qty
4229117
10 ltr Euro Container
120 x 300 x 400
15
5
£47.85
4229139
20 ltr Euro Container
220 x 300 x 400
20
5
£61.15
4229161
22 ltr Euro Container
120 x 400 x 600
20
2
£34.65
4229216
60 ltr Euro Container
320 x 400 x 600
25
1
£29.50
4229238
Euro Container Dolly with Handle
160 x 420 x 625
100
-
£99.95
4229249
Euro Container Dolly
160 x 420 x 625
250
-
£59.95
Container Dolly
2
weeks
Really Useful Boxes
Euro Containers Stack & Nest
Strong, stackable storage. Transparent polypropylene multi-purpose boxes are acid-free, suitable for archives and are of conservation quality. They are exceptionally strong, stackable and come complete with a lid and locking handles. • 9 litre box is designed to take A4 paper • 18 litre box is rigid, strong and ideal for safe storage of CDs and DVDs
Stack or nest for easy storage. These Euro Containers feature a unique design which allows them to be stacked when not in use. They are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5°C to +70°C. Price per pack size indicated.
• 3 5 litre box with integral lip to accommodate foolscap suspension file folders. Ideal for mobile filing or archive storage Price each.
Internal H x W x Dmm 4020209
9ltr Really Useful Box
335 x 215 x 140
£8.45
4020220
18ltr Really Useful Box
365 x 305 x 175
£10.65
4020231
35ltr Really Useful Box
365 x 305 x 290
£14.90
External HxWxLmm
Pack Qty
4229293
26 ltr Euro Container
140 x 400 x 600
3
£49.95
4229304
36 ltr Euro Container
190 x 400 x 600
3
£54.95
4229315
47 ltr Euro Container
240 x 400 x 600
2
£44.95
4229326
60 ltr Euro Container
320 x 400 x 600
2
£53.95
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/storage
71
DISPLAY
Display
Libraries – whether the users are the general public, students or employees - to keep users coming back, fresh stock and new displays are essential. Quick picks and recommended reads are well established ways to showcase new and topical stock. Grouping merchandise together in themes and varying the way in which product is displayed will increase engagement. Use acrylic stands, easels and shelf label holders to promote new lines or special offers. Book Supports are a must to keeping your stock accessible and in good condition, enabling easy browsing and selection.
Easels....................................................................................... 73-77 Countertop Display................................................................ 78-81 Literature Display.................................................................... 82-83 Shelf Display............................................................................ 84-87 Book Supports......................................................................... 88-93 Shelf Guiding.......................................................................... 94-99 Signage............................................................................... 100-107
Superior results can be achieved by paying attention to the detail and keeping it fresh.
91
72
97
Phone: 01992 454511
75
81
100
107
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easels | DISPLAY
2
4
1
3
Classic Acrylic Book Stands A simple yet highly effective display tool. • Displays books, DVDs or CDs • Show new arrivals or most popular books • Stands are lightweight, durable and self-stacking • Available in clear or smoked 2mm acrylic Price each.
Clear Acrylic Book Stand
H x Wmm
Display books clearly and easily. Smoked
3mm Clear Acrylic Book Stand. Suitable for most sized books. 50mm ledge and 20mm retaining lip.
1 4049282
Classic Acrylic Book Stand
120 x 92
£3.35
Dimensions: H200 x W90mm.
2 4049293
Classic Acrylic Book Stand
152 x 117
£3.75
Price each.
401257515
Clear £4.45
Clear Acrylic Book Stand
3 400125615
Classic Acrylic Book Stand
120 x 92
£3.45
4 400126715
Classic Acrylic Book Stand
152 x 117
£3.65
2
1 3
Acrylic Book Stands Promote your popular titles with our range of Acrylic Bookstands. • Choose from single, double-sided and multiple-copy stands to suit your requirements • 4049304, 4049260 and 4053770 are made from high impact, clear 3mm acrylic
Acrylic Clip Book Easel
• 4053759 is made from high impact, clear 2mm, medium weight acrylic Price each.
Ingenious gripper holding system. The Acrylic Clip Book Easel holds books in place upright, face-on without obscuring the cover. For books up to 50mm thick
H x W x Dmm
Dimensions: H170 x W100 x D100mm.
Single-sided Face-on
168 x 140 x 190
64
£8.25
4053759
Single-sided Face-on
155 x 108 x 140
50
£4.35
2
4049260
Multi-copy Spine-on
160 x 134 x 300
148
£9.95
3
4053770
Double-sided Easel
167 x 106 x 225
40
£6.15
Price each.
4232153
Acrylic Clip Book Easel
£14.50
Lip mm
4049304
1
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
73
DISPLAY | Easels
Acrylic Easels Display new titles. Feature new arrivals or award-winning titles with these attractive Acrylic Easels. • Constructed from durable, crystal-clear moulded 2mm acrylic
Acrylic Easel with Back Panel An easel with a twist. This useful Acrylic Easel has a back panel which is ideal for displaying a copy of the front cover of books or DVDs, showing visitors the titles that are available from your library if the book or DVD is removed. Made from 2mm clear acrylic.
• Retaining lips keep displayed items upright Price each.
Dimensions: H180 x W110 x D70mm.
H x W x Dmm
Lip mm
Price each.
4060843
Acrylic Easel
150 x 103 x 163
40
£3.55
4060854
Acrylic Easel
170 x 100 x 185
60
£3.85
4044013
Acrylic Easel with Back Panel
£2.95
Coloured Easels Brighten up your shelves. These Coloured Easels provide a simple and colourful means for displaying your books. Made from 3mm acrylic and available in four vibrant colours.
Mini Easel
For matching Book Ends see page 88.
Perfect for lightweight media. This clear acrylic Mini Easel has an easy-to-adjust upright support. Suitable for displaying paperbacks, CDs, DVDs and other lightweight materials.
Dimensions: H195 x W90 x D135mm.
Dimensions H75 (upright) x W60 x D89mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us colour: green, red, blue or yellow.
4092534
74
Coloured Easel
£2.95
Phone: 01992 454511
401025415
Mini Easel
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£2.25
Easels | DISPLAY
2
Demco® Book Display Easels Put a spotlight on new arrivals • 2 sizes to choose from • Made from 10mm Foamex • Simple Assembly Price each.
1
Plywood Bookstands A contemporary way to display books.
4242471k
Small Book Easel 'NEW'
280 x 180
£8.75
4242482k
Large Book Easel 'NEW'
310 x 180
£9.85
4242493k
Small Book Easel 'Award Winner'
270 x 170
£8.75
4242504k
Large Book Easel 'Award Winner'
310 x 170
£9.85
Our Plywood Bookstands will complement any environment. Made of sustainable 6mm birch plywood with smooth, finished sides. 63mm lip depth. Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1 4044519
Plywood Bookstand
178 x 102 x 120
£4.35
2 4044530
Plywood Bookstand
254 x 152 x 64
£7.30
Acrylic with the appearance of glass!
Crystal Tinted Book Rests
Angled Displayers Set
Hard-wearing acrylic book rests that look like glass. These Crystal Tinted Book Rests have a subtle green tint that reflects on smooth, rounded edges giving the appearance of glass. Available in two sizes.
Displayers will accommodate books and DVD’s.
Dimensions: H102 x L200mm.
3mm clear acrylic, single-sided displayers for all sorts of book and DVD formats. Supplied in a set of four: set comprises one each of 60˚, 45˚, 30˚, 15˚ angles, as pictured.
Price each.
Dimensions: W105mm. Price per set of four.
Wmm 4055816
Small Book Rest
150
£10.35
4055827
Large Book Rest
300
£15.40
4053781
Angled Displayers Set
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£15.95
75
DISPLAY | Easels
4
3
1
2
Wire & Acrylic Folding Easel
Bookstands
Selection of face-out easels.
Quality chrome-plated display for exceptional exhibits.
This Easel is constructed from plastic coated wire with acrylic. Ideal for bringing attention to individual books and notices. Available in black only.
Suitable for either counter or shelf/canopy use.
Dimensions: H114 x W83mm.
• Front uprights are capped with soft rubberised tips to prevent marking on books
Price each.
401014401
• 4mm wire construction resists bending so will keep its original shape
• Chrome-plated finish
£3.65
Wire & Acrylic Folding Easel
Price each.
H x Wmm 1
404939215
Bookstand
80 x 70
£3.20
2
404940315
Bookstand
95 x 115
£4.05
3
404941415
Bookstand
230 x 145
£9.80
4
404942515
Bookstand
300 x 190
£10.70
2
1
3
Wire Book Easels Show off your special items. Economical and functional Wire Book Easels show materials to their best advantage. The all-purpose design displays your new arrivals, signs, picture books, paperbacks, CDs and audio book sets.
Three-tier Wire Easel
• Constructed from epoxy powder coated wire
• Folds away for easy storage
• Three sizes available
Display three books at a time. • Front lip holds book securely in place
• Available in white only
• Ideal for displaying a trilogy or series of books
Price each.
• Vinyl covered to reduce damage to worktops and counters • Available in black only Dimensions: Opened H356 x W152 x D310mm.
H x W x Dmm
76
1 406068912
Wire Easel Small
89 x 92 x 147
£2.45
2 406070012
Wire Easel Large
130 x 130 x 200
£3.05
3 402044012
Wire Easel A4
190 x 130 x 200
£3.25
Phone: 01992 454511
Price each.
405710301
3-tier Wire Easel
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£23.00
Easels | DISPLAY
Acrylic Book Holder
Open Book Displayer
Give books maximum exposure.
Luxury heavy-duty displayer.
• Display large books and reference texts open on countertops
Designed as a simple book rest to keep a book neatly opened when on display. Made from 8mm smoked acrylic with 40mm retaining lip at the bottom.
• Open the book to the appropriate page, slide into the centre of the holder
Dimensions: H230 x W420 x D300mm.
Dimensions: H210 x W300 x D150mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4053748
Open Book Displayer
£45.50
Acrylic Desktop Lectern
• Acrylic protects from dust and dirt
4060865
Acrylic Book Holder
£17.35
Display Bridges Set
Create great prominence for your books. Aesthetically designed, this stunning Acrylic Desktop Lectern is perfect for special books or to use as a lectern when presenting.
Create a striking display.
• Retaining lip at front
The key to professional display is to create different heights and levels for your exhibits. Our clear acrylic Display Bridges come in a set of four sizes.
• Made from high impact clear acrylic
Dimensions: Size 1 - 100mm, size 2 - 150mm, size 3 - 200mm, size 4 - 300mm.
Dimensions: H180 x W400 x D300mm.
Price per set.
Price each.
4023806
Acrylic Desktop Lectern
£33.95
4053715
Display Bridges
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£39.95
77
DISPLAY | Countertop Display
Display Rack
Desktop Pamphlet Rack
Increase visibility of popular titles.
Ideal for small selections of books and pamphlets.
Placed on a counter, this Display Rack will generate loans out of all proportion to its size. Epoxy-coated wire, with upstand welded in place so it will not get knocked over by the crowds. Dimensions: H560 x W380 x D240mm.
Display Rack
• White powder coating gives protection from scratching Dimensions: H495 x W375 x D205mm. Price each.
Price each.
404943612
• Books are displayed face-out for easy selection in six tiers
£31.40
405263712
£24.95
Desktop Pamphlet Rack
Wire Book Rack Economical but attractive book display. • Holds 15-20 books, spine facing • Made from plastic coated mild steel wire • Available in white Dimensions: H210 x W455 x D165mm. Price each.
409002612
78
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Wire Book Rack
£16.20
Countertop Display | DISPLAY
Tabletop Book Rack
Double Decker Display Shelf
The removable or permanent book rack.
Double the impact of a sloping shelf by using the Double Decker.
• Book rack for counter or tabletop use
With two tiers on one side and one on the other, you can display books of different sizes to great effect.
• Sloping shelf makes spines easier to read • Carry handles for easy transportation
Dimensions: H300 x W710 x D370mm. Depth of shelf lip 30mm.
Dimensions: H176 x W508 x D198mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4049942
Tabletop Book Rack
£35.50
Wooden Tabletop Book Rack
404944712
Double Decker Display Shelf
£33.95
Tinted Acrylic Bookshelf
Simple, stylish book storage.
Draw attention to new releases and important collections.
In a natural finish, this Wooden Tabletop Book Rack is a handsome addition to your desk or countertop and can be used for storage or displaying popular paperback and hardcover books and also DVDs. Tilted rails offer easy viewing and quick access to titles. Sturdy design is easy to assemble.
Stylish and sleek, this Tinted Acyrlic Bookshelf features a soft green tint that gives the appearance of glass. The single shelf is angled backward, so that spines are easy to read.
Dimensions: H198 x W457 x D198mm.
• Strong enough to hold even heavy reference texts
Price each.
• Made from 6mm thick silicon acrylic Dimensions: H230 x W400 x D230mm. Shelf D170mm. Price each.
4084713
Wooden Tabletop Book Rack
£31.85
406197605
Tinted Acrylic Bookshelf
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£37.50
79
DISPLAY | Countertop Display For Plywood Bookstands, see page 75
Plywood Four-tier Displayer Display literature and books in all different sizes with this Plywood 4-tier Displayer. Made from sustainable 6mm birch plywood with smooth, finished sides and 6mm clear acrylic front panel. Dimensions: H395 x W465 x D345mm. Price each.
4044673
Plywood Four-tier Displayer
£94.50
Countertop Displayer When your counter space is limited, choose this multi-purpose displayer. • Display and store bookmarks, information and brochures • 3mm acrylic construction, comes with two or three crystal clear 25mm tiers • Supported by rounded smoked acrylic end panels Dimensions: H235 x W440 x D135mm. Price each.
4055849
Countertop Displayer 3-tier
£56.50
Counter Displayer Multilayer display with multi-format usage. This Counter Displayer is perfect for displaying greeting cards and maps. The fourtier system allows you to see all displayed items clearly. Constructed from high impact, clear acylic making this displayer durable and tough. Pocket depth 80mm at narrowest point. Dimensions: H305 x W610 x D200mm. Price each.
4023784
80
Phone: 01992 454511
Counter Displayer
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£49.95
Countertop Display | DISPLAY
Quick Selection Displayer Recommended titles for instant selection. Use this double-sided Quick Selection Displayer to feature recommended titles, offering your visitors a “quick selection”. The double-sided removable header panel will accept a title header to promote anything from recommended to frequently read books. Made from 3mm high impact acrylic, the displayer is sturdy and robust, ideally situated at the entrance of your library. Small size holds approximately 8 books and the larger size holds approximately 12 books.
Demco Media Browser ®
A convenient and compact browser. • 5mm clear acrylic construction • Slanted front allows easy browsing • Supplied with 3x free-standing removable dividers, so unit can accommodate oversize media
Dimensions: H510 x D360mm, without panel H330mm. Panel (standalone) H270mm.
• Holds approx. 60 DVD’s
Price each.
Dimensions: H(back) 170 x W660 x D250mm. Price each.
4027238
Wmm Media Browser
£55.50
4037567
Quick Selection Displayer Small
365
£63.50
4043870
Quick Selection Displayer Large
450
£69.50
Demco® Media Cubes Flexible and space conscious stacking system. • Tough acrylic system that allows the stacking of different media cubes • The top and bottom of each cube has an incorporated clip together system • A carousel base is available separately, allowing the whole stack to be changed into a spinner
Rotating Tabletop Carousel
• All cube and carousel units are sold separately
Easy browsing.
• For books H198 with book covers please select the Paperpback/DVD Cube
• Display frequently requested titles
Price each.
• Stand rotates for quick access to useful information • Durable acrylic with four sections. Accommodates: 20 books or 48 CDs • 3mm clear acrylic Dimensions: H130 x W305 x D305mm. Price each.
408689115
Rotating Tabletop Carousel
£75.60
H x W x Dmm
Max height of contents
4057532
Paperback/DVD Cube
275 x 300 x 300
230
£76.95
4057543
Paperback Cube
205 x 270 x 270
190
£76.95
4057565
Sign Holder
100 x 155
-
£14.50
4057576
Carousel Base
35 x 230
-
£17.95
Please ensure items are evenly spread in displayer.
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
81
DISPLAY | Literature Display Quantity 2 of 3 , Quantity 1 of 4 , Quantity 1 of 6
Customise your own display The ever-popular Peacock Display products - made from one piece of high quality injection moulded styrene that won’t snap or break. Highly versatile for light or heavy usage. Free-standing or wall-mounted - the choice is yours. Available in ⅓ A4, A4 and A5 sizes, single and double pockets. Displayers can be linked together when free-standing using the Linking Clips.
Peacock Literature Displayers Create a customised displayer by placing units next to one another. Linking Clips 4051559 can be purchased to attach individual Displayers together. The diagram at the top of the page shows 3 individual Displayers with Linking Clips. Literature Displayers price each. Linking Clips price per pack of 5.
Single-tier: Normal Capacity (35mm)
Customised display with Linking Clips
4051493
Single Pocket ⅓ A4
£2.95
4051504
Single Pocket A5
£4.95
1 4051515
Single Pocket A4
£7.15
Single-tier: Extra Capacity (57mm) 4056828
Single Pocket A4
£7.85
4056839
Single Pocket A5
£4.80
Double-tier: Normal Capacity (35mm) 2 4056960
Single Pocket A4
£7.95
Triple-tier: Normal Capacity (35mm) 2
3 4051537
Single Pocket ⅓ A4
4 4051548
Single Pocket A4
£12.85
4051570
Single Pocket A5
£9.35
£7.75
Four Tier: Normal Capacity (35mm) 4045124 5 4045135
Single Pocket A5
£11.60
Single Pocket ⅓ A4
£10.95
Accessories 6 4051559
5
Linking Clip Pk 5 (triple/ four-tier only)
£2.00
1
Free-standing A6 Leaflet Dispenser Handy sized leaflet dispenser. • Free-standing design
Brochure/Catalogue Displayer
• Made from sturdy, clear styrene
Sturdy unit with good capacity.
• Displays literature up to 107mm wide
• Made from high-impact acrylic
• Can be fixed to surface to keep in place
• Frosted panels
Dimensions: H128 x W110 x D40mm.
Dimensions: H300 x W270 x D145mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4023729
82
Free-standing A6 Leaflet Dispenser
£2.60
Phone: 01992 454511
4019934
Brochure/Catalogue Displayer
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£21.30
Literature Display | DISPLAY
Poster Holder/Leaflet Dispenser Two displayers in one! This Poster Holder/Leaflet Dispenser keeps leaflets and bookmarks together with their signs or notices. The crystal-clear moulded plastic frame holds an A4 size poster and the ⅓ A4 clear pocket allows for easy access to leaflets or bookmarks. Great for seasonal promotions or for giving your visitors more information about what's going on at your library/school.
Toblerone Displayer Display literature from all angles. • Toblerone design means literature can be seen from multiple angles • Literature can be inserted and changed with ease • Made from high impact clear acrylic
Dimensions: H300 x W330mm. Pocket width ⅓ A4 (70mm) Portrait.
Dimensions: H210 x W115 x D90mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4037556
£10.85
Poster Holder/Leaflet Dispenser
4023740
⅓ A4 Toblerone Displayer
Demco® Bookmark Dispensers
Angled Bookmark Dispenser
• Clear acrylic bookmark dispensers
No library issue desk is complete without a Bookmark Dispenser.
• Choose from two or three column unit
Put one at your desk to promote your bookmark range. The angled Bookmark Dispenser is ideal for a stand-out bookmark display.
• Holds up to D30mm
Dimensions: H150 x W365 x D195mm.
Angled Bookmark Tray 6 Section
• Holds bookmarks up to W58mm per column Dimensions: Overall H170 x D110mm. Price each.
Price each.
4064869
£6.95
£29.95
Bookmark insert on header panel on Angled Bookmark Tray not supplied. Measurements are external.
Wmm 4237598
Bookmark Dispenser - 2-column
125
£8.95
4237609
Bookmark Dispenser - 3-column
185
£9.95
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
83
DISPLAY | Shelf Display
1
2
Back Slant and Zig-zag Shelf Inserts Display materials face-out for more attention and to encourage browsing. This plastic unit keeps both face and spine of multiple titles visible. Suitable for books, DVDs and CDs. Available in white only.
Hudson Rack An interesting yet inexpensive way to display your new or most popular titles. The wire Hudson Rack allows both the spine and cover to be shown at once.
Dimensions: H152 x W882 x D89mm.
• Each rack holds up to 12 books
Price each.
• Powder coated finish • Available in white only
1 4200319
Zig-zag Shelf Insert White
£24.95
2 4200308
Back-slant Shelf Insert White
£39.95
Dimensions: H120 x W875 x D80mm. Price each.
405011812
Gives improved visibility to your books.
Innovative design combined with practicality. A simple, white plastic stepped strip, that displays paperbacks to their full advantage. The Zig-zag strip places the books at 45° allowing both the spine and the cover to be displayed. Dimensions: H80 x W850 x D85mm.
• Neat, angled shelf has four compartments to display multiple copies of books • Angled at 45°, the best for showing both the spine and cover • Front lip sits over the shelf front for extra security and tidy appearance • Very strong - made from sturdy, high impact, white acrylic Dimensions: H102 x W865 x D185mm. Price each.
Price each.
84
£19.65
Zig-zag Shelf
Zig-zag Displayer
4049128
Hudson Rack
Zig-zag Displayer
£11.40
Phone: 01992 454511
4049095
Zig-zag Shelf
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£22.50
Shelf Display | DISPLAY
1
2
Zig-zag Display Shelves Create a face-out display to increase your issues.
2
Transform a flat surface or shelf into an attractive multimedia display with the Zig-zag Display Shelf. • O verlapping design combines efficient use of shelf space with faceout display • C onstructed from 5mm thick heavy-duty clear acrylic with lip for locating at the front of your shelf • T he small unit has eight pockets for face-out display of CDs, DVDs, paperbacks, trade books and maps • T he large unit has six pockets for displaying magazines, picture books and reference books Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1
4016381
Large Zig-zag Shelf Display
203 x 762 x 64
£72.50
2
4016392
Small Zig-zag Shelf Display
152 x 603 x 44
£58.95
Dimension Dmm for these items refers to the gap within each pocket, the maximum thickness of media that will fit.
Acrylic Display Bin
Acrylic Bookshelf Adaptor
Offers face-out display on any flat surface.
Discreet, stylish display.
• Durable 6mm thick clear acrylic
Sits on any shelf up to 19mm thick to provide virtually invisible spine-out support for colourful books, CDs and DVDs.
• Will fit any standard shelf or shelving unit
Dimensions: H110 x W865 x D125mm.
Dimensions: Overall H220 x W865 x D220mm. Front H90mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4061987
Acrylic Bookshelf Adaptor
£17.95
• Rubber feet prevent scratches to surfaces
4056014
Acrylic Display Bin
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£52.95
85
DISPLAY | Shelf Display
Shelf Organiser Acrylic
Display Shelf
Prevent books from slipping, sliding and falling.
Give impact to flat shelves.
• Clear acrylic construction
• Simply sits on top of standard shelf
• Rests on top of shelving, cabinets or countertops
• Provides attractive face-on display
• Organise, hold or display books, DVDs or CDs
• 30mm lip holds books in place
• Use two supports to anchor a row of books
Price each.
• Easily clean with soap and water Dimensions: H206 x W213 x D197mm. Price each.
H x L x Dmm 4049458
Display Shelf
180 x 660 x 240
£9.95
4061107
Display Shelf
190 x 865 x 145
£12.35
4037600
Shelf Organiser Acrylic
£26.95
Interlocking Book Bins Connect to create neat, side-by-side rows. These Interlocking Book Bins, in five vivid colours, will make an impression in any environment. • Impact resistant plastic construction
Non Skid Shelf Tape
• Front and rear handles for easy gripping
Friction tape to keep your books upright.
• Nesting design for space saving storage
• Reduces book damage - books no longer topple over
• Clear label holders included
• Easy-to-use, pressure-sensitive adhesive can be applied dry
Dimensions: Each Bin H180 x W140 x D360mm.
• Use on wax-free wood or metal surfaces • Discreet transparent tape
Price per pack of 5.
4200176
Dimensions: W50mm x L18.3m.
Interlocking Book Bins
£49.95
Price per roll.
405285715
86
Phone: 01992 454511
Non Skid Shelf Tape
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£35.95
Shelf Display | DISPLAY
Mag|box™ Storage/Displayer A clear circulation boost. The innovative design of the Mag|box™ takes your periodicals out of hiding to allow better access. Use this patented storage solution to increase circulation and breathe new life into your vacant shelf space. Fits well into any library environment, from traditional to modern. • Durable 5mm thick acrylic holds up to two years of back issues • Separate front pocket showcases the current issue • Thumbholes for easy transportation • Sturdy, transparent construction protects from damage • Polished edges, rounded corners • Anti-slip, rubber feet • Internal dividers included for additional support Dimensions: Magazine H254 x W286 x D197mm. Price each.
4030659
Mag | box™ Magazine Storage/Displayer
Heavy-duty 5mm thick acrylic
£59.95
Metal Display Supports Versatile and unusual. These displayers present books face-outwards, grabbing the attention of browsers and passers-by.
Acrylic Gap Filler
• Doubling as book supports, they stand alone or clip onto most shelving
Fill any gaps on your shelves.
• Large front section perfect for identification labels
Fill gaps whilst providing support on either side.
• The display supports are constructed from sturdy heavy-gauge steel
• Perspex slot at the top allows for graphics
• Powder coated finish
• Made from 4mm high impact clear acrylic
• Available in desert sand only.
Dimensions: H170 x W120 x D150mm.
Dimensions: H190 x W152mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4023839
Acrylic Gap Filler
£18.95
405072300
Metal Display Support
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£7.60
87
DISPLAY | Book Supports
Acrylic Book Ends Keep shelves organised simply and effectively. • Discreet - will reflect any colour of shelving • Four small rubber feet help prevent slipping and scratching • Made from 4mm clear acrylic Dimensions: H160 x W155 x D105mm.
4051141
Price per pair.
Acrylic Book Ends
£11.85
Sold in pairs.
Translucent support
For matching Easels see page 74
Acrylic Book End Coloured
Demco® Ribbed Book Supports
Our popular Book Ends - in colour. Sturdy Acrylic Book Ends constructed from 5mm acrylic with rubber feet to secure to shelf to help prevent slipping or scratching. Available in four vibrant colours. Dimensions: H160 x W155 x D105mm.
Made for extensive use. • Ribbed construction encourages books to remain stable on the support • Cork base means the support won't slide around on shelves • Moulded from high-impact plastic to withstand high circulation requirements
Price each.
• Standard and oversized options meet most display needs • Pressure sensitive application, no glue required
409323802
Acrylic Book End - Blue
£7.85
Dimensions: Oversize H229 x W127mm. Standard H159 x W127mm.
409323805
Acrylic Book End - Green
£7.85
Price each.
409323809
Acrylic Book End - Red
£7.85
When ordering please tell us colour: black, tan or translucent.
409323813
Acrylic Book End - Yellow
£7.85
Sold singularly.
88
Phone: 01992 454511
4087166
Standard Book Support
£3.95
4087177
Oversized Book Support
£4.95
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Book Supports | DISPLAY
Demco® Bigfoot Book Support A must-have product for all reference libraries. • Made from 18 gauge steel which supports heavy media such as atlases • Edges are buffed for smoothness
Price each.
• Side flange prevents ""knifing"" when re-shelving books
When ordering please tell us colour: beige, black, blue or red.
• Extra wide base with rounded corners Dimensions: H285 x W102mm.
4050173
£6.40
Bigfoot Book Support
Magnetic Support shown on upper shelf.
Magnetic Book Supports Keep your shelves in order with these Magnetic Book Supports. Available in two sizes, these book supports securely attach themselves to any metal shelving system. Ideal for use with our Cantilibra, Boreal or Mode Shelving. Available in a choice of colours with an epoxy powder coated finish featuring Dupont Activecoat® antibacterial coating which provides a slip-resistant surface, perfect for book presentation.
Laser Cut Book Support
Price each.
Unique and eye-catching book supports. Liven up shelf and desktop storage with this Laser Cut Book Support with Library Logo. Made from heavy-duty, 18-gauge steel with a polyester powder-coat finish and a non-skid thermoplastic base. Available in blue. Dimensions: H184 x W152 x D127mm. Price each.
409350202
Laser Cut Book Supports Library Logo Blue
£7.55
When ordering please tell us colour: light grey, silver, black or white. For colour swatch see page 153.
H x W x Dmm 4107428
Magnetic Book Support Standard
4107439
Magnetic Book Support Quarto
150 x 95 x 85 200 x 150 x 160
£7.50 £11.75
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
89
DISPLAY | High quality Book Supports... ...that will stand the test of time and enhance your decor Demco’s exclusive range of Book Supports goes well beyond industry standards. Their unparalleled strength keeps books upright, no matter how heavy the items may be. Traditional and designer colours means there is always a Book Support to suit your decor and budget.
Titan StrongArm™ Book Support
Iron Special Textured Finish
Magnetic
Rubber
Look out for the special Iron colour option in the Titan™ and Titan StrongArm™ Book Support ranges. The Iron colour looks stylish and neutral, suitable for any decor. The special textured finish resists scratching and chipping and will last a lifetime.
Plain
Titan™ Book Support Economy Book Support
Reinforced side ribs and 25mm side flange provide maximum strength Reinforced side ribs provide extra strength
Demco® Related Products Consider matching products with your book supports to really enhance your decor. LibraryQuiet™ Book Trolleys have the exact same colour palette as the Titan™ and Titan StrongArm™ Book Supports. Why not coordinate and even add a splash of colour?
Magnetic
Library QuietTM Book Trolleys pg. 320-321
90
Rubber
Plain
Rubber
Phone: 01992 454511
Plain
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Smooth rounded corners prevent damage to book covers
Book Supports | DISPLAY
Demco® Titan StrongArm™ Book Supports The strongest and best book support around. Get increased strength and shelf visibility with heavy-duty 18-gauge steel Titan StrongArm™ Book Supports. 25mm reinforced side rib provides extra strength to handle the heaviest of books. Side flange protects books from damage during shelving and prevents supports from getting lost between books. Smooth rounded edges also help prevent damage to book covers. Unique special abrasion-resistant textured powder paint finish resists scratching and chipping. Dimensions: H222 x W140 x D184mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch below.
4089949
Titan StrongArm™ Book Support Plain Base
£6.80
4213541
Titan StrongArm™ Book Support Rubber Base
£7.65
4213552
Titan StrongArm™ Book Support Magnetic Base
£7.75
Metal Colours
Ivory
Cardinal Red
Special Textured Finish
Black
Royal Blue
Sun Drop
Tan
Iron
Demco® Titan™ Book Supports Strong steel book supports will last a lifetime. Keep books, binders and any shelved material upright and in place. Made from 18-gauge steel with side ribbing for extra strength and rigidity. Coated in scratch and chip resistant textured powder paint. Choose from two sizes. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch below.
Base
H x W x Dmm
4095471
Titan™ Book Support Standard
Plain
140x x 120 x 135
£4.75
4059622
Titan™ Book Support Oversize
Plain
222 x 140 x 184
£5.75
4213585
Titan™ Book Support Standard
Rubber
140x x 120 x 135
£4.99
4213596
Titan™ Book Support Oversize
Rubber
222 x 140 x 184
£6.35
4213629
Titan™ Book Support Standard Magnetic
140x x 120 x 135
£5.65
4213640
Titan™ Book Support Oversize Magnetic
222 x 140 x 184
£6.75
Metal Colours
Ivory
Cardinal Red
Special Textured Finish
Black
Orange Zest Bahama Blue Royal Blue
Sun Drop
Tan
Iron
Demco® Economy Book Supports Durable supports at a great price. These popular book supports are pressed from heavy-gauge sheet steel and coated with a scratch-resistant, non-fade paint. Hand buffed for smooth, round edges. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch below.
Base
H x W x Dmm
4048985
Standard Book Support
Plain
140 x 120 x 140
£3.65
4048996
Oversize Book Support
Plain
230 x 152 x 203
£4.99
4213563
Standard Book Support
Rubber
140 x 120 x 140
£3.85
4213574
Oversize Book Support
Rubber
230 x 152 x 203
£5.50
Metal Colours
Blue
Burgundy
Red
Grey
Green
Purple
Yellow
Putty
Black
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
91
DISPLAY | Book Supports Section Guide and Book End Support
Image shows three components which are all available separately.
Two products in one - saves you space and money. The Book End Support clips neatly onto any shelf up to 25mm thick. Indexing is made even easier by the use of optional flat or triangular label holders (which can be viewed from two sides). Made from clear plastic, they slide neatly over the front of the support. White index card supplied. Together, they make a distinctive section divider, label holder or index block. Dimensions: Supports H165 x W38 x D165mm. Flat Label Holders H165 x W43 x D9mm. Triangle Label Holders H165 x W40 x D26mm. Price each or per pack as shown. When ordering please tell us colour for 4049040: beige, black, blue, brown, green, orange or red.
1
4
5
1 4049040
Book End Support
2 4049139
Flat Label Holder for End Book Support
3 4050283
Flat Cards for 4049-139 Pk/100
4 4049150
Triangular Holder for End Book Support
5 4050294
Angled Cards for 4049-150 Pack/100
£3.55 £1.95 £15.70 £2.60 £15.70
Please note: book end supports are sold alone - plastic holders and card should be ordered separately.
1
2
3
Cork base provides protection for shelves and eliminates slippage
Locator Book Support System A book support and labelling system all-in-one. Made from one-piece moulded polystyrene to firmly support books upright. Fits shelves up to 25mm thick. Optional cork base provides protection for steel shelves and eliminates slippage. Clearly identify your collections by adding the Triangular Label Holders to the book supports. To use simply slide on and off.
4059787
Book Support
£3.30
4087496
Book Support with Cork Base
£3.50
Price each.
4055189
Triangular Label Holder
When ordering please tell us colour: 4087496 available in black, royal blue, putty or red. 4059787 available in black or red.
£2.60
4055200
Locator Spare Blank Labels Pk/100
£8.55
Dimensions: H165 x W38 x D210mm.
92
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Book Supports | DISPLAY Scandon Index Blocks Simple, effective guiding systems. These high-impact polystyrene Scandon Index Blocks incorporate a slot for vertical subject or alphabetical labels. Two part construction allows insertion of weights for added stability (not supplied). • Basic Scandon Index Block available in two widths • Scandon Block and Book Support has a 100mm foot on the right-hand side • Scandon Index Block with Lip prevents it from sliding to the back of a shelf • Keep blocks firmly in place with the Scandon Shelf Clip • Plain index cards supplied with all index blocks Dimensions: Scandon and Major Index Blocks H220 x D125mm. Shelf Clip for shelves W22 x D123mm. Classification Index Guides H120 x W68mm. Price each.
2 Wmm 1 404916143
1
Scandon Block - Beige
35
£5.35
404916109
Scandon Index Block - Red
35
£5.35
404918343
Major Scandon Block - Beige
70
£9.30
2 404918309
Scandon Major Index Block - Red
70
£9.30
3 404919443
Scandon Block & Book Support - Beige
35
£9.80
404919409
Scandon Index Block & Book Support - Red
35
£9.80
404931543
Scandon Block with Lip - Beige
35
£6.15
Scandon Block with Lip - Red
35
£6.15
32
£18.95
4 404931509
7
3
4
6
5
Accessories 5 408707843
Shelf Clip Beige
6 4049216
A-Z Printed Plastic Labels
7 4061338
Illustrated Classification Index Guides
£3.35
Shelf Clips Available
£33.15
Can be weighted down with bags of sand (not supplied).
Clear Acrylic Index Blocks Clear Acrylic Index Blocks feature an integrated label holder and are available in two sizes. Inserts available separately. Price each. Labels per pack of 25.
H x W x Dmm 4234749
Clear Acrylic Index Block - Small
220 x 40 x 140
£11.95
4234760
Clear Acrylic Index Block - Large
280 x 40 x 210
£15.95
4234771
Labels for 4234-749 Pk/25
195 x 30
£5.95
4234782
Labels for 4234-760 Pk/25
255 x 30
£6.95
Acrylic Book Supports Keep your book collection tidy with Acrylic Book Supports. • Made from clear acrylic • Lip prevents book support from sliding to back of shelf
The A-Z Printed Plastic Labels above are also compatible with the Clear Acrylic Index Block small 4234749.
Dimensions: H205 x W125 x D135mm. Price each.
4232395
Acrylic Book Support - Left-hand
£8.45
4232406
Acrylic Book Support - Right-hand
£8.45
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
93
DISPLAY | Shelf Guiding Book Blocks and Alpha Guides
3
1
Guide children to find books easily on shelves. Choose from coloured book blocks and team them with one of two styles of Alphabet Guides. Choose from Illustrated Alphabet Guides with upper case and lower case letters or plain Alphabet Guides with upper case letters in black. Purchase a set of 26 blocks and guides or individually. Dimensions: H230 x W70 x D135mm. Price per set of 26 guides, Book Block price each.
Graphite Grey - with shelf stopper 1 423495806
Book Block & Alphabet Guide Set/26
£255.00
2 408681406
Book Block & Illustrated Alphabet Guide Set/26
£255.00
406136006
£9.60
Book Block
Red - with shelf stopper 3 423495809
Book Block & Alphabet Guide Set/26
£255.00
423481409
Book Block & Illustrated Alphabet Guide Set/26
£255.00
406136009
Book Block
£9.60
Alphabet Guides 4 4234969
Alphabet Guide Set
£26.50
5 4060579
Illustrated Alphabet Guide Set
£25.50
Can be weighted with bags of sand (not supplied).
5
4 All Book Blocks come with shelf stopper as standard
2
1
For shelf markers, see page 99
2
Demco® Library Shelf Finders
Demco® Shelf Label Holder and Support
Find books with ease. Use these Shelf Finders as dividers, index markers and label holders. Constructed of high-impact polystyrene plastic, available in a choice of five colours, so you can code your classifications for instant recognition. Suitable for shelves up to 25mm thick. Dimensions: H165 x W38 x D209mm. When ordering please tell us colour: beige, black, red, yellow or royal blue.
94
Popular high quality steel shelf label holder with a book support built-in. Insert cards with plastic covers sold separately. Dimensions: Overall H150 x W150 x D130mm. Label area H19 x W150mm. Labels H17 x W127mm. Price each. Insert Cards & Inserts pack of 10.
Price each.
4088255
Keep books identified and upright.
Library Shelf Finder
£3.65
Phone: 01992 454511
When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, red, or white. 1
4229898
Shelf Label Holder & Support Right-hand
£5.45
2
4229909
Shelf Label Holder & Support Left-hand
£5.45
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Shelf Guiding | DISPLAY
Demco® Steel Shelf Label Holders Perfect for at-a-glance guiding. These high quality steel shelf label holders are a great way to identify decimal classification numbers of subject headings. Designed to fit most standard-sized shelves, they are versatile enough to be used throughout your library. • Made from heavy-gauge steel • Epoxy powder coated finish • Easily slides onto shelf surface • Labels are available separately in one sheet of 10 labels Dimensions: W150 x D130mm. Labels: H17 x W127mm. Price per pack of 10. When ordering please tell us colour: red, green, white, grey, blue or black.
4229920
Shelf Label Holder
£3.00
4228809
Spare Cards & Plastic Inserts Pk/10
£5.40
Holders clip-on to shelves up to 19mm
Clip-on Plastic Shelf Label Holders
Plastic Shelf Label Holders Guide customers to relevant sections with these clear, simple labels with holders. • The books on the shelves hold these guides in place
These non-scratching Shelf Label Holders are the easy way to clearly mark shelf content. • Durable polystyrene construction • Suitable for wood or steel shelves
• Made from high impact polystyrene for long life
• Holders will snugly slide on shelves without scratching
• Labels and plastic inserts available
• Side-loading labels
• Holders are available in black or putty colour
• Plastic clip snugly slides onto shelves of up to 19mm
Dimensions: H18 x W127mm, Shelf Lip 128mm.
Dimensions: H22 x W124 x D58mm.
Price per pack.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us colour: black or putty.
When ordering please tell us colour: red, blue, beige or black.
H x Wmm 4052692
Plastic Shelf Label Holder Pk/10
4052714
Plastic Inserts Pk/100
17 x 130
£7.30
4202849
Clip-on Label Holder
4052703
Labels Pk/100
16 x 130
£5.95
4202871
Replacement Cards & Covers Pk/20
£26.65
H x Wmm
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£3.20
23 x 125
£6.75
95
DISPLAY | Shelf Guiding
Clip-on Shelf Label Holder
Tier Guide
Easily move or change shelf labels.
Simple, effective and versatile.
This Clip-on Shelf Label Holder makes labelling items or books on shelves easy. The closed face design protects the label and a bottom channel keeps the label in place. Clear plastic design perfect for use on 19mm thick wooden shelves. Order label inserts separately.
This clear plastic holder can either be positioned on top of the bay or hanging down below each shelf. Supplied with a plain card for lettering.
Price per pack.
Price each.
409663715
Clear Clip-on Label Holder 19 x 152mm - Pk/10
£14.65
Clip-Eze™ Label Holders
4049007
Tier Guide
These clear, non-glare Clip-Eze™ Label Holders are made from PVC and will not mark the shelf. Holds label inserts at a 30° angle for easy viewing. Includes blank white labels. Suitable for shelves up to 25mm thickness.
Label holder and labels all in one. • Self-adhesive plastic sleeve for labelling • Supplied with plain labels
Dimensions: H25 x W76mm.
Dimensions: Sleeves H20 x W200mm, Labels H13 x W127mm.
Price per pack of 25.
Price per pack of 10.
4037611
Clip-Eze™ Label Holders
£5.50
Schield-fix Sleeves
Clip on and off shelving for easy changes.
96
Dimensions: H90 x W300mm.
£34.50
Phone: 01992 454511
4009220
Schield-fix Sleeves
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£11.95
Shelf Guiding | DISPLAY
Demco® PVC Sign Holder
Demco® Movable Shelf Label Holders Label holder and protector in one.
A simple sign holder.
• Deep back section rests on shelf - no messy adhesive or tac required
• Made from 480 micron clear PVC
• Books glide easily over back section of label holder and their weight keeps holder in place
• Adhesive return fixes to shelf and accommodates shelf front riser
• Heavy-duty PVC label holder loads labels from bottom for quick access
Dimensions: H76 x W152mm.
Dimensions: H19 x W127 x D203mm.
Price each.
• Ticket presented central to shelf
Price per pack of 10 holders plus white inserts.
4017327 4010243
£1.95
PVC Sign Holder
£22.80
Movable Shelf Label Holders
Demco® Adhesive Shelf Label Holders Display and change your shelf labelling easily.
Front-opening Shelf Label Holders
• Clear PVC construction
A clear plastic label holder, perfect for shelf and canopy guiding. Supplied with a self-adhesive or magnetic backing and a white insert/label carrier.
• Pressure-sensitive application
• Fits standard wood or steel shelving • Top loading design
Dimensions: H25 x L100mm.
• Inserts sold separately
Price per pack of 10.
Price per pack.
H x Wmm
Self-adhesive
4050910
Shelf Label Holder
£5.95
Magnetic
4061184
Shelf Label Holder
£9.30
4217578
Adhesive Shelf Label Holders Pk/50
25 x 152
£17.95
4226609
Adhesive Shelf Label Holders Pk/50
19 x 152
£17.40
4059050
Label Inserts - Pk/100
19 x 152
£2.50
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
97
DISPLAY | Shelf Guiding
Magnetic and Self-adhesive Label Holders Label shelves and canopies the easy way with our selection of Magnetic and Self-adhesive Label Holders. Supplied with white insert card and protective clear PVC strip. Magnetic Holders are brown and Self-adhesive Holders are white. Price per pack of 10.
H x Lmm
Magnetic Self-adhesive Strip
Magnetic 400799912
Label Holder
15 x 80
£4.95
Signage for steel shelves that requires no drilling.
4009935
Label Holder
20 x 80
£4.95
4009946
Label Holder
25 x 80
£5.30
400801012
Label Holder
30 x 80
£6.55
Make a sign magnetic in seconds. Magnetic strip is backed with strong permanent foam adhesive allowing any sign; wood, card, plastic or metal to be transformed for use on steel shelves. Magnetic strips adhere to any steel surface without the need for drilling. Simply cut to length required, peel and stick.
400803212
Label Holder
15 x 80
£7.30
400804312
Label Holder
30 x 80
£7.85
400805412
Label Holder
50 x 80
£8.65
Dimensions: W20mm x L10m.
Self-adhesive
Price per roll.
4010045
£40.50
Magnetic Self-adhesive Strip
Great for featuring book reviews and highlighting your media.
Swivo-clips Fun signage to liven up shelves.
Shelf Sign Displayer Make your signs ‘jump off’ the shelf. This fantastically simple and effective Sign Displayer provides instant attention. It is perfect for highlighting new media stock, to feature book reviews and for general shelf guidance. The displayer features non-permanent mounting tape so it can be adhered directly to the shelf and removed with ease when no longer required.
Stylish and inexpensive, these clip-on sign holders can fit anywhere you need to relay a message. Holders are made of high quality polycarbonate with spring steel construction for years of use. Double clip holders grip up to 40mm of material and are connected with a ball and socket swivel joint or flexible extender. The Flexible Swivo-clip allows you to twist and turn for easy display and the Double Swivo-clip allows you to position signage in prominant positions. Price each.
Dimensions: L150mm. Price per pack of 100.
4218931
98
H x Wmm
Shelf Sign Displayer
£4.75
Phone: 01992 454511
405825815
Double Swivo-clip
89 x 19
£2.25
405826912
Flexible Double Swivo-clip
311 x 19
£3.75
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Shelf Guiding | DISPLAY
Self-adhesive Alphabet Letters can be applied to Markers, see page 38.
2
1
Demco® Coloured Shelf Markers Great for school library sessions.
Demco® Library Shelf Markers Help staff and visitors locate books faster. Slip our Library Shelf Markers in wherever you remove a book. Also great for directing staff and visitors to new book sections, markers extend beyond material to remain visible. Made of durable plastic, these markers are easily annotated with crayons, inks or adhesive letters. Available in four colours and sold in value packs of 6. Dimensions: H210 x W140mm.
Choose from two types of shelf marker. Coloured Shelf Markers (4004820) come in packs of 20, 2x 10 assorted colours, to provide fun and effective placemarkers for children. Made from easy-clean, long-lasting vinyl. Dimensions: H50 x L305mm. Rounded Shelf Markers (4055123) are made from strong 1.5mm polyethylene for long life. Choose from four colours. Dimensions: H38 x L356mm x Dia. 64mm. Price per pack. When ordering please tell us colour (4055123): blue, green, red or yellow.
Price per pack of 6. When ordering please tell us colour: blue, green, red or yellow.
4088431
£6.35
Library Shelf Markers Pk/6
1 4004820
Coloured Shelf Markers Pk/20
£9.45
2 4055123
Rounded Shelf Markers Pk/10
£11.80
Universal Marker Demco Write-on Shelf Markers Create your own identification.
Slipped between tightly-shelved books, this marker extends beyond the shelf edge (it can be seen from both directions) for clear guiding. A small lip prevents it from being pushed back. Supplied with two labels.
Shelf Markers extend beyond shelf to remain visible.
Dimensions: H220 x W177mm.
• White polystyrene construction
Price per pack of 10.
®
• Slide on shelf to easily mark section • Mark with crayons or labels to create your own identification
4223452A
Dimensions: H152 x L381mm.
Universal Markers Pk/10
£39.95
Price per pack of 6.
4226598
Write-on Shelf Marker Pk/6
£11.80
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
99
ght ue
DISPLAY | Signage Letter height visibility 152mm Letters can be viewed at 200ft 203mm Letters can be viewed at 350ft 304mm Letters can be viewed at 525ft
Free-standing Foam Letters Direct people to your featured displays with these colourful Letters. Create your own highly visible signage solution, great for shelf-guiding or tabletop displays. Individual uppercase Letters are available in various colours to suit your environment and shelving. • 50mm thick colourful foam • Available in 3 heights to provide visibility at a distance • Uppercase Helvetica Bold font • A-Z Letters available • Create a clean professional look for your space • Include double-sided tape for low height displays so letters will stay put • Multiple colours available to make Letters stand out Dimensions: D50mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black, navy blue, bright blue, bright red, burgundy, grey, hunter green, light green, neon green, orange, purple, white or yellow. When ordering please tell us letter: A to Z.
Height (mm) Black
Grey
White
Navy Blue
Bright Blue
Purple
Bright Red
Burgundy
Orange
Hunters Green
4229403 Light Green
4229414 4229425
Neon Green
Free-standing Foam Letter Yellow
152
£17.50
Free-standing Foam Letter
203
£24.50
Free-standing Foam Letter
304
£39.90
8
weeks
Purple
Bright Red
Burgundy
Orange
Hunters Green
Light Green
Neon Green
Yellow
Minimum order: 4229403 is 6 letters, 4229414 is 5 letters and 4229425 is 3
Now available with doublesided print
Specify your requirements
Options available
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Black, white, chocolate, cream, tomato red, ultramarine blue, other please specify Black, lime green, white White, clear, light blue, red Gill Sans, Helvetica Normal, Humanist, Raleigh Centre, left, right Please specify (case sensitive)
Colour of sign background Colour of text Acrylic base strip colour Font Text alignment Wording
Shelf Signs Attractive signs for quick identification.
100
These Shelf Signs are smart yet functional, in a range of colours to suit any environment. Available in either foamex or acrylic, the base is made up of two perspex strips and a clear acrylic stand. Choose single or double-sided print.
4200286
Shelf Sign TG1 Foamex - Single-sided
£30.65
4210604
Shelf Sign TG1 Foamex - Double-sided
£36.00
Dimensions: H65 x W300 x D30mm.
4200297
Shelf Sign TG2 Perspex - Single-sided
£32.20
Price each.
4211935
Shelf Sign TG2 Perspex - Double-sided
£38.25
When ordering please tell us casing, wording, alignment, background colour, text colour for the sign and colour of perspex strip for the base.
3
Phone: 01992 454511
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Signage | DISPLAY
5
6
Helvetic Light Font 4030956/4030967 Acrylic
1
7
7
Helvetic Normal Font 403425616/4030967 Acrylic
5
6
9
8
1
2
3
4
4
7
Gill Sans Bold font 4030956/4030967 Acrylic
1
8
Raleigh Font 4030978/4030989 Foam Board
2
8 Sign Holders
Gill Sans Regular Font 4031000/4030989 Foam Board
Alpha Signage
3
Simple, effective signage for clarity of message. Designed for use with shelving to clearly present your information, our range of signage provides a choice of styles, materials and colours, allowing you to create the appearance that suits your space. Sign holders are available with adhesive or magnetic pad on the bottom to prevent slipping. Please contact Customer Services to order. Dimensions: Signage H100mm x L500mm, Directional Signage H250 x L200mm. Disc/ Dome Holders H200 x Dia. 50mm, Book End/Triangular Holders H120mm x L40mm.
1 4030956
Book End Style Sign Holders Acrylic Set/2
£31.45
2 4030978
Book End Style Sign Holders Wood Set/2
£55.00
3 4031000
Triangular Style Sign Holders Wood (ALP5) Set/2 Black
£37.40
4 403425616
Book End Style Sign Holders Oak/Stainless Steel Set/2
£30.35
5 4242680
Disc Sign Holders Set/2
£15.50
6 4242691
Dome Sign Holders Set/2
£17.50
Signage Acrylic - Single-sided
£19.45
Signage Acrylic - Double-sided
£25.95
Signage Foam Board - Single-sided
£12.65
4210593
Signage Foam Board - Double-sided
£21.40
4242702
Directional Sign Foam Board- Single-sided
£18.50
Directional Sign Foam Board - Double-sided
£26.50
Signage 7 4030967
4210582 8 4030989
Price each, holders price per set of 2. When ordering please tell us colour of sign holders, signs and text (see table); text alignment (centred, left or right), font (Raleigh, Gill Sans or Humanist 777) and actual text (case sensitive). Sign holder base (adhesive or magnetic pad). 4031000 only available in black.
9 4242713
4
weeks
Variations of colours and fonts are available, please contact Customer Services for details.
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
101
DISPLAY | Signage
Canopy Guiding Set Clear signage to make resources easier to find.
H x Lmm
Made from lightweight plastic, these Canopy Guides are both practical and robust to meet the needs of all libraries.
4018988A
Canopy Guiding Set
72 x 745
£12.50
4060667
Canopy Guiding Set
72 x 895
£12.50
4060678A
Canopy Guiding Set
72 x 995
£15.95
• Guide strip holder and one texted insert included
4019032
Texted Canopy Guide Insert
72 x 745
£8.75
• Spare texted inserts may be ordered separately
4057279
Texted Canopy Guide Insert
72 x 895
£8.85
4057290
Texted Canopy Guide Insert
72 x 995
£8.95
4009099
Double-sided Adhesive Tape
12 x 33
£4.25
• E asily fixed in place by attaching heavy-duty, double-sided tape, fixing pads or mounting tape
• Canopy guides are available in white only Price each. When ordering please tell us requirements from the checklist below.
5
weeks
Checklist for ordering Specify your requirements
Options available
1. 2. 3.
Canopy width to suit bay size Lettering Wording
750mm, 900mm or 1000mm Uppercase or mixed case Please specify
4. 5. 6. 7.
Text alignment Background colour Text colour Font
Centred, right or left-hand justified Red, yellow, white, green, blue or black Red, white, green, blue or black Standard font supplied is Helvetica Normal (non-italic) H30mm. Special order fonts subject to availability
Engraved Signs Customised signs offer real value for money. These engraved signs are justifiably popular in libraries. Two sizes available; the 20mm size is suitable for shelf guiding while the 40mm size can be used for bay ends or canopies. Screw holes are provided on request, or signs can be fixed using double-sided tape.
The maximum number of letters for: • 4008230: uppercase 16 letters and mixed case 25 letters • 4008241: uppercase 30 letters and mixed case 35 letters Price each. When ordering please tell us lettering: text alignment (left, right or centred), colour (see table), case (uppercase or mixed), font (Helvetica - see image, Gothic or Times New Roman) and number of screw holes required.
H x Lmm
Options available Background
102
Wording
Black, Blue, Green or Red
White
White Yellow, White, Brushed Gold, or Brushed Silver
Red or Blue Black
Clear
White
Phone: 01992 454511
4008230
Engraved Sign
20 x 300
£12.85
4008241
Engraved Sign
40 x 300
£15.50
4009099
Double-sided Adhesive Tape
12 x 33
3
weeks
Font shown in image is Helvetica.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£4.25
Signage | DISPLAY
For perspex sign holders see page 106
1
2
Demco® Acrylic End of Bay Guides Display your own generated signage.
Magnetic Document Pocket
• Cost-effective signage ideal for use in schools, colleges or libraries
Ideal for bay end signage. Tough PVC pockets designed for storing and displaying documents. Magnetic pockets holdfast to any steel surface. Dimensions: H310 x W220mm.
• Recommended on wood shelves and bay ends only • Available in A4 and A5 • Comes with self-adhesive dots for mounting
Price each.
4052769
• Top opening clear styrene construction
Price each.
Magnetic Pocket - A4 Vertical
£4.75
1 4011552
A5 Acrylic End of Bay Guide
£5.65
2 4011541
A4 Acrylic End of Bay Guide
£6.95
End Panel Label Holder and Dewey® Labels
Bay End Sign Holder
Clip-on signage.
Show your visitors the way.
These End Panel Label Holders are made from 2mm acrylic and will accept labels measuring 51 x 217mm. Labels not included.
This Bay End Sign Holder is a perfect way to direct visitors around the library. Made from 3mm high impact acrylic with ample space to display your signs, which can be visible from both sides. With holes drilled for easy fixing, two 15mm screws are supplied.
Dimensions: Holder H218 x W30 x D60mm (widest), Labels H217 x W51mm. Holders price each.
Dimensions: H110 x L300mm, wall fixing lip 55mm.
4042528
End Panel Label Holder
£7.40
4043342
Dewey® Classification Labels
£9.95
Price each.
4038403
Bay End Sign Holder
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£6.90
103
DISPLAY | Signage
Self-cling Window Poster Holder Display posters in your windows for optimum impact.
A4 Wall-mounted Poster Holder
• N o fixings needed - with a small amount of pressure the holder can be positioned, repositioned and removed as desired
A highly attractive way to display notices and posters. These acrylic Wall-mounted Poster Holders are perfect for posters, notices or directional signage. The satin chrome wall-mounted supports hold the acrylic holder 25mm away from the wall.
• Leaves no residue after removal • Use with landscape and portrait posters • Made from 100 micron clear polyester
• Quick and easy to install
• 2 sizes available - A4 and A3
• Change information in seconds
Price each.
• Portrait pocket
4064825
Self-cling Window Poster Holder A3
£8.81
4064836
Self-cling Window Poster Holder A4
£7.65
Price each.
4029526
A4 Wall-mounted Poster Holder
Frames 4 Docs
409235801
Frames 4 Docs A4 Black Magnetic
Perfect to display all types of literature, certificates or information.
409236901
Frames 4 Docs A4 Black Self-adhesive
£8.20
Frames 4 Docs are ideal for the portrayal of important information and for displaying reminders. Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm thick. Self-adhesive or magnetic fixing on three edges. One edge is clear to allow for the easy insertion of your information. The self-adhesive frames have an aggressive adhesive that has been selected to adhere to most sealed surfaces. The magnetic frames have a very strong pull force and can be applied to any flat steel surface.
409239101
Frames 4 Docs A3 Black Self-adhesive
£12.25
• A3 or A4 size • Vertical or horizontal format Price each.
Phone: 01992 454511
£7.75
Other colours and sizes available in packs of 10, please ask Customer Services for price details.
• Magnetic or self-adhesive fixing
104
£25.50
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Signage | DISPLAY
Aluminium Poster Frames Rapid access, front loading poster frames.
4057059
Anodised Aluminium Frame A4
£13.80
• Smart, aluminium frame with 25mm profile
4057070
Anodised Aluminium Frame A3
• Available in either anodised aluminium or 2 colours
£17.10
4057081
Anodised Aluminium Frame A2
£33.50
4057092
Anodised Aluminium Frame A1
£41.50
4218634
Coloured Aluminium Frame A4
£29.30
• Easily co-ordinate displays
4218645
Coloured Aluminium Frame A3
£31.50
• C an be mounted using the screw fixing pack provided, strong double-sided tape or with Velcro® when fixing to fabric
4218656
Coloured Aluminium Frame A2
£41.85
• Available in sizes A4 to A1. A4 and A3 stocked for fast delivery
4218667
Coloured Aluminium Frame A1
£56.00
Price each.
2
When ordering please tell us Coloured Aluminium Frame: black or blue.
Anodised Aluminium A4 and A3 sizes stocked for fast delivery
• Transparent PVC cover protects posters from damage and dust • Easy to mount with pre-drilled holes • Lightweight and blends with any environment
weeks
A4 Quick Sign A totally flexible paper-based sign system. The design of this product gives you total control of your signage. Once the holder is fixed, simply design your sign and place inside the snap frame.
Demco® A4 Dry-wipe Information Board
• Contents can be changed as often as required with only the cost of a sheet of paper • Mount landscape or portrait
This A4 Dry-wipe Information Board is ideal for displaying daily messages or sharing important information with your visitors. Made from 5mm foamex the information board can be wall-mounted or displayed on an easel.
• Landscape signs ideal for doors showing directions, opening hours etc
Dimensions: H297 x W210mm.
Dimensions: H108 x W326mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4234903
Demco® A4 Dry-wipe Information Board
£8.50
• A4 size • Fixing kit included
4019626
A4 Quick Sign
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
£19.50
105
DISPLAY | Signage Double-sided
Perspex Free-standing Sign Holders
Single-sided
Quickly and easily display your signs. • Made from clear 2mm thick acrylic • Notices slide in easily • Single-sided are angled for easy viewing • Double-sided allow double displays • Choose from landscape or portrait options Price each.
Single-sided
4061932
Landscape Sign Holder A5
£5.25
4061943
Portrait Sign Holder A5
£5.25
4061954
Landscape Sign Holder A4
£8.20
4061965
Portrait Sign Holder A4
£8.20
Double-sided
Demco® Poster Displayer
4053726
A5 Portrait Sign Holder
£9.00
4053737
A4 Portrait Sign Holder
£11.40
Flexiframe Sign Holder
Maximum two-sided visibility.
Uses include the display of photographs, certificates, notices and menus.
3mm clear acrylic poster displayer offers crystal clear display for media and can be viewed from either side. Poster slides easily in place and is held securely between the plastic. For A4 sized notices.
Flexiframes are an ideal sign holder for tabletop displays. To use simply unfold the foot and back stand and slot together.
Dimensions: H330 x W210 x D110mm.
• Made from one-piece moulded and die-cut perspex
• Temporary sign holders store flat and open out when needed • A4 size
Price each.
Price each.
4060755
106
Poster Displayer
£9.95
Phone: 01992 454511
4011057
Flexiframe A4
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£5.95
Signage | DISPLAY Poster Frames Floor-standing Single-sided, floor-standing information points to hold A4 and A3 graphics. These slimline Poster Frames are floor-standing and can easily rotate from portrait to landscape. Posters are secured using the snap-frame mechanism. The stable base ensures the units are ideal for public areas. • 25mm wide aluminium snap-frame profile with chrome, rounded corners • Adjustable from portrait to landscape configurations • Heavy-duty telescopic option (4019923) can be shortened to H900mm Price each.
W x Dmm (Base)
Hmm (Portrait)
4019901
Poster Frame A4
350 x 250
1060
£68.75
4019912
Poster Frame A3
350 x 250
1100
£71.55
4019923
Poster Frame A3 Telescopic
350 x 350
max. 1280
£71.25
Free-standing Sign Boards Ideal for exhibitions, seminars or conferences. • Aluminium framed board with plastic base • Dry-wipe surface on one side, Velcro® compatible fabric on reverse • Available in landscape or portrait • Co-ordinated A4 Leaflet Dispenser with bracket available separately Dimensions: Sign Boards H500 x W350mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of Velcro® fabric: red, blue, black or grey.
4048908
Free-standing Sign Board - Portrait
£129.00
4048919
Free-standing Sign Board - Landscape
£129.00
4053132
A4 Leaflet Dispenser
£49.00
4
weeks
Stainless steel tamper-proof hanging clips
Magnet poster pocket holds A2 graphic posters
All Weather Double-sided A-Frame Sign Holder Guide and inform customers.
Pavement 'Switch' Swing Sign
Ensure that users can see displays and notices clearly with this Double-sided A-Frame Sign Holder. Two sizes available - A1 or A2 size signs.
'Switch' your poster, quickly and easily! This Pavement Switch Swing Sign is ideal for regularly changing promotions or headline grabbing displays.
• Holds posters A1 or A2 size
• Double-sided magnetic poster pocket with printable header section
• Display kept in place by grip frame
• Houses A2 poster (594 x 420mm)
• Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use
• Weighs almost 12 kilos
• Supplied with rounded chrome corners
• Available in black or white frame and poster pocket options
Dimensions: A1 H1160 x W640 x D800mm, A2 H985 x W465 x D680mm.
Dimensions: H915 x W585 x D460mm.
Price each.
• Strong gloss protected PVC cover
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of frame and poster pocket: white or black.
4067883
All Weather A1 Double-sided A-Frame Sign Holder
£118.00
4068983
All Weather A2 Double-sided A-Frame Sign Holder
£106.00
4034267
4
3
weeks
Pavement 'Switch' Swing Sign
£106.00
weeks
Please note: This product should be brought indoors during adverse weather such as high winds.
www.gresswell.co.uk/display
107
MEDIA DISPLAY
Media Display
Attracting new visitors and increasing footfall is a great way to cement your library as a central hub within your community. Varying the way media is displayed can create an immediate and positive effect on your circulation. Displayers and spinners offer a striking way to present stock to users, and can break up shelving blocks. Slatwall units and wall mounted displayers not only increase your display space but offer quick and easy access for a range of media.
117
108
119
Phone: 01992 454511
Spinners............................................................................... 111-116 Multimedia Displayers........................................................ 117-124 Periodical Displayers.......................................................... 125-126 Leaflet & Magazine Displayers......................................... 127-137 Slatwall Displayers.............................................................. 138-139 Slatwall Accessories........................................................... 140-142
121
orders@gresswell.co.uk
127
MEDIA DISPLAY
Media Display Within the Media Display section you will find an enhanced range of products designed and manufactured specifically for the library setting. We have increased the options and colours on our best selling ranges and introduced new contemporary looking display units, for an eyecatching statement display piece. For the most comprehensive range of library media display units on the market, look no further.
Display tables Page 117
Spinners Page 110-116
Multimedia Displayers
Wall Mounted Dispensers
Page 118-124
Page 133
Set the right tone... We have a whole host of products now sharing the same colour swatch to enable you to coordinate and suite together your Demco® media display furniture. You can be sure that the same colour matches perfectly between different products. Just look out for the Demco® Colour Match swatch throughout the Media Display section. Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
109
MEDIA DISPLAY Demco® Spinners staple of the library for many years, the traditional Spinner is the perfect way to store and display all types of media. Books, CDs, Graphic Novels and more are all at home in this iconic piece of library furniture.
A
At Gresswell, we've listened and learned from libraries and library users over the years, and whilst many things change and adapt, the basic design of the spinner is relied on and appreciated time and again. We've added to our range, so you can choose from bright, vibrant colours, calming pastels or the more traditional wood finish, whichever suits your library environment. Don't forget to look out for our child friendly and table top versions too! (see pages 115-116)
Suitable for all your media Multiple tower options are available to enable you to display paperbacks, magazines, DVDs and CDs. Media capacities have been listed next to each range for guidance. Sturdy tower The tower silently and smoothly rotates offering a good browsing experience.
Chrome plated dividers Strong dividers keep your media in an upright position, and finished in chrome, they look good too when media is removed.
Acrylic panels Running the full length of the tower, the arcylic panels keep all your media in place, offers good protection and ensures instant visibility.
Robust turntable
Demco® Colour Match swatch Our Spinners now come in a variety of colours and finishes. Look out for the Demco® Colour Match swatch on other media display units to coordinate and suite together your library furniture.
110
Phone: 01992 454511
A strong fixing secures the tower to the base and ensures both remain sturdy and stable, even if they are in constant use.
Multiple base options Single and double bases are available for your Spinner depending on your requirements (see page 111). For Double Spinners, different media type towers can feature on the same base. Alternatively, the single base option offers a compact footprint. We also offer Mobile Spinners with castors (see page 113) and Children's Low Level Spinners (see page 115), all sharing the same great colour options and features.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Spinners | MEDIA DISPLAY
4
1
Spinner tower media capacity (approximate) Paperback/DVD tower: 60 paperbacks or 70 DVDs CD tower: 300 CDs Magazine/Graphic novel tower: 200 magazines
1
Demco® Spinners The ideal way to present your paperbacks, DVDs, and CDs. Choose from three different media towers and two base options. Spinners will accommodate paperbacks/DVDs, CDs and magazines/graphic novels in rotating towers. All towers feature Perspex strips to ensure the titles are visible whilst keeping them in good condition. The paperback/DVD and CD towers feature chrome plated dividers and the magazine/graphic novel tower has a central column to provide support to media. All Spinners are available in traditional wood finish or colour finish. Dimensions: Overall unit H1660mm. Single base W400 x D400mm. Double base W870 x D400mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: see Demco® Colour Match Swatch
Tower 1
Tower 2
1 4236553
Spinner Single
Paperback/DVD
-
£275.00
2 4236564
Spinner Single
CD
-
£302.00
3 4011992
Spinner Single
Magazine
-
£372.00
4 4236586
Spinner Double
Paperback/DVD
4236597
Spinner Double
Paperback/DVD
CD
£469.00
4236608
Spinner Double
Paperback/DVD
Magazine
£570.00
4236619
Spinner Double
Magazine
Magazine
£651.00
4236630
Spinner Double
Magazine
CD
£595.00
4236641
Spinner Double
CD
CD
£499.00
2
3
Paperback/DVD £443.00
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
2
weeks
These units are designed for use with media without security cases. Please check compartment dimensions carefully if using with these cases.
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
111
MEDIA DISPLAY | Spinners
2
1
Austin Paperback and DVD Displayers Our rotating Austin displayers feature angled shelves for quick and easy access to paperbacks and DVDs. Constructed using 19mm beech melamine with 3mm edging and high-impact polystyrene shelves. The two-sided unit displays 220 paperbacks or 230 DVDs; three-sided unit holds 330 paperbacks or 345 DVDs and the four-sided unit holds 440 paperbacks or 460 DVDs. Media can be mixed if required. Beech finish.
Overall W x Dmm £579.00
1
405030518
2-sided Austin
514 x 514
2
405758718
3-sided Austin
699 x 699
£879.00
405041518
4-sided Austin
889 x 889
£1,125.00
8
weeks
Dimensions: Overall H1625mm. Price each.
Rotor Stands with Wood Towers Create instant accessibility with minimum floor space. Showcase paperbacks and DVDs in these unique tower units. • All-wood design in a light oak finish • Economical spine-out display for easy selection • Capacity of 100 paperbacks or 140 DVDs per tower • Pocket measurements H225 x W114 x D114mm Dimensions: H1550 x W395 x D395mm. Price each.
401158516
Single Tower Rotator
8
weeks
112
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£499.00
Spinners | MEDIA DISPLAY
Mobile Spinner tower media capacity (approximate) Paperback/DVD tower: 60 paperbacks or 70 DVDs CD tower: 300 CDs Magazine/Graphic novel tower: 200 magazines
More tower options now available
Demco® Mobile Spinners Easily move your collections to where they are needed. Increase the flexibility of your library space with our Mobile Spinners, available with three tower options. The robust turntable ensures easy browsing and bases are fitted with four castors, two of which are lockable. Dimensions: Overall H1560 x W425 x D425mm.
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
4213706
Mobile Spinner Paperback/DVD
£299.00
4243241
Mobile Spinner CD
£339.00
4243252
Mobile Spinner Magazine
£399.00
2
weeks
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Single Metal Rotor Stand High capacity display to grow with your library. Perfect for young adult areas, this single metal rotor stand has 5-tiers for the storage and display of large paperbacks and DVDs. • Black oak base with steel tower • Choice of tower colour combinations • Capacity for 160 large paperbacks or 186 DVDs Dimensions: Overall H1574 x W432 x D432mm. Shelf H225mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour combination of Shelf & Upright: shelf black/upright black, shelf silver/upright black, shelf silver/upright silver, shelf black/upright silver.
401538016
Single Metal Rotor Stand
£449.00
10weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
113
MEDIA DISPLAY | Spinners Bubblegum Swivel Storage Add colour and fun to your library space.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
With no dividers there is no restriction on the type of items that can be stored. Inner cubes measure H344 x W344 x D380mm. Dimensions: H1175 x W400 x D400mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour/finish: cyan, japanese ash, lime, tangerine or white.
4220724
£219.00
Bubblegum Swivel Storage
4
weeks
Available in three colours
Wire Paperback Spinner Economical paperback display.
Mobile Slatwall Rotating Tower Slatwall display that really stands out. This rotating slatwall column combines the key elements of mobility with a compact footprint, creating a truly versatile display unit. • Laminate finish with black plastic edges
Who says wire has to only come in white? Our Wire Paperback Spinners are available in silver and black as well as white for a look that will fit in to any library environment. The five star base with castors mean the Wire Paperback Spinner can be moved anywhere easily and two braked castors ensure stability once situated. • 48 pocket wire spinner with 12 pockets each side
• Supplied with 4x 76mm castors, two of which are lockable
• Pockets measure H213 x W118 x D95mm designed for books H178 x W110mm
• Optional extender cap can be used to add 432mm to the overall height
Dimensions: H1650 x W449 x D449mm.
Dimensions: H1403 x W464 x D464mm. Tower W298 x D298mm.
Price each.
Price each.
402029729
When ordering please tell us colour: black, silver or white.
Mobile Slatwall Rotating Tower
£379.00
4078036
Wire Paperback Spinner
3
weeks
Please note this product is only suitable for paperbacks up to the above dimensions.
114
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£235.00
Spinners | MEDIA DISPLAY
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Demco® Low Children's Spinner • Five-tiers to store over 100 books • Low H126mm base provides easy access to all ages • Provides high capacity storage in a small footprint Dimensions: H1336 x W400 x D400mm.
4220713
Price each.
Low Children's Spinner
£268.00
5
weeks
When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
Delivered fully assembled!
For more Children's Furniture, see pages 239-286
For MiMi 2 Shelving and accessories, see pages 164-166
Demco® Children's Picture Book Spinner Provide a large amount of storage within a small footprint. The Children's Picture Book Spinner has been specially designed to accommodate picture books and provide easy access for younger children. Dimensions: H1210 x W610 x D610mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour/finish, see swatch.
4211880
£342.00
Children's Picture Book Spinner
5
weeks
Demco® MiMi 2 Spinner A perfect addition to our exclusive MiMi 2 library shelving range, the MiMi 2 Spinner provides high volume book storage in a small footprint. Incorporating colours that compliment the end panel colours available for MiMi 2 Shelving and book storage, we have taken the guess work out of choosing the perfect colour mix.
Demco® Colour Match
Dimensions: H1336 x 400 x 400mm. Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Price each.
4220735
MiMi 2 Spinner
£285.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
115
MEDIA DISPLAY | Spinners
Demco® Tabletop Spinners An eyecatching way to highlight multimedia and paperbacks. • Tower rotates 360° in either direction • Shelves feature clear polycarbonate supports to ensure titles are visible • Spinners have a 19mm melamine base with a 3mm edge banding Dimensions: Unit W337 x D337mm, Pockets 225 x 114 x 114mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
Hmm 4093887
Tabletop Spinner 2-tier
559
£146.00
4093898
Tabletop Spinner 3-tier
794
£199.00
4
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
3
3
1
1
4
4
Demco® Media Cubes Flexible and space conscious stacking system. • Tough acrylic system that allows the stacking of different media cubes
H x W x Dmm
Max height of contents
• The top and bottom of each cube has an incorporated clip together system
1 4057532
Paperback/DVD Cube
275 x 300 x 300
230
£76.95
• A carousel base is available separately, allowing the whole stack to be changed into a spinner
2 4057543
Paperback Cube
205 x 270 x 270
190
£76.95
3 4057565
Sign Holder
100 x 155
-
£14.50
4 4057576
Carousel Base
35 x 230
-
£17.95
• All cube and carousel units are sold separately • For books H198 with book covers please select the Paperpback/DVD Cube Price each.
116
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Multimedia Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
3
Book Easels can be used to showcase your media, see pages 73-76.
Demco® Express Display Units Great for multimedia and special collections. Make an eye-catching centrepiece with this exclusive display unit to attract attention to collections and new volumes. Available in wood melamine faced chipboard in a four-sided display or two-sided display with storage. The storage on the two-sided unit is accessible via two lockable side panels at either end. An optional Central Display Stand is also available to sit on top of the Express Display Units, providing an elevated position for featured media. Create 'book store' style merchandising or use book supports and easels to display all sorts of media. Delivered fully assembled. • Made from quality melamine faced board in a variety of colours
2
• Maximise 'pick-up' appeal • Optional Central Display Stand available • Display accessories can be used to expand display potential Dimensions: Unit: H900 x W1000 x D1000mm. Top Box: H300 x W500 x D500mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of sides/frame, shelves and top, see Demco® Colour Match swatch. 1
4087232
Express 2-sided Shelf Display with Storage
£699.00
2
4087221
Express 4-sided Shelf Display
£699.00
3
4014137
Optional Central Display Stand
£99.95
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
1
Demco® Presentation Table A colourful and stylish display table that really stands out. The simple table design allows media to be displayed from all angles and is available in bold, bright colours for a real statement piece or muted tones to compliment decor. The optional Central Display Stand gives media maximum exposure, great for that pick of the week. The Display Stand attaches to the table top for stability and can be ordered in a contrasting colour.
2
• Sturdy construction • Chunky plywood panels with melamine coating • Optional Central Display Stand Dimensions: Table H500 x W1000 x D1000mm. Central Display Stand H250 x W450 x D450mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of table and optional Central Display Stand, see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
£435.00
1 4243197
Presentation Table
2 4243208
Optional Central Display Stand
5
3
weeks
£99.95
1
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
117
MEDIA DISPLAY | Multimedia Displayers
3
2
1
Demco® Pick & Choose Display Units Our Pick & Choose Display Units combine display and storage for showcasing new additions and popular titles or can be used to promote a specific genre or topic. Each tier features two display shelves and two storage shelves and each unit comes with castors, two of which are lockable. Available in three heights and a range of colours. Dimensions: W604 x D604mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us body, display shelf and edging colour, see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
Hmm 1 4218392
Pick & Choose Unit - Mini
447
£262.00
2 4218403
Pick & Choose Unit - Midi
794
£389.00
3 4218414
Pick & Choose Unit - Tall
1132
£512.00
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
118
Phone: 01992 454511
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Multimedia Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
2 1
1
1
Demco® Quick Pick Display Units
2
Promote your stock from all angles. These Quick Pick Display Units hold various sizes of media and books so you can promote your stock without wondering whether it will fit. The large unit features twelve H280 x W270mm storage compartments. Small units feature eight storage compartments measuring H275 x W265mm with four browser compartments in the top.
New colour options!
Dimensions: W600 x D600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us body and insert colours, see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
Hmm 1 4034388
Quick Pick Display Unit - Small
1009
£399.00
2 4034399
Quick Pick Display Unit - Large
1300
£465.00
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
119
MEDIA DISPLAY | Multimedia Displayers
Demco® Promo Tripod Displayer A large, stand-out display unit. This large book and periodical display unit is an ideal way to increase your library's display space and draw attention to popular titles. Constructed using solid MDF for the body with silver plinths on the base, making it robust enough to withstand the rigours of a heavily-used library.
Demco® Colour Match
Dimensions: H1150 x Dia.1230mm. Price each. Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
4020550
Promo Tripod Displayer
£869.00
5
weeks
Demco® Aztec Displayer Provide a focal point for new releases. An aesthetically impressive and highly practical unit for new releases and merchandise for your library. This is a large displayer that makes its presence felt both visually and functionally, blending the flexibility of slatwall with flat shelving to maximise display capacity. 13 slats on four sides provides ample scope for books and media displays, shelving is non-adjustable. Dimensions: H1500 x W836 x D836mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
401409306
£559.00
Aztec Displayer
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
120
Phone: 01992 454511
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Multimedia Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
3
1
2
Book Displayers Budget busting book display. Ideal for positioning near the entrance or counter. Make your budget go that bit further with these stylish yet economically priced Book Displayers. Draw visitors to your latest stock, display your library's most popular reads, or display stock for sale. Side panels in natural timber finish with steel shelves in dark grey finish. 250mm clearance between shelves on 4 shelf unit, 330mm clearance on 5 shelf unit. (190mm top and bottom shelf height on 5 shelf unit). Add an A4 header for your own signage. Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1 403010906 4 Shelf Book Displayer
1210 x 430 x 400 £199.00
2 4006965
5 Shelf Book Displayer with Castors 1500 x 510 x 420 £260.00
3 4030120
A4 Header
£19.90
5
weeks
Other colours available to special order, please contact Customer Services.
Demco® Mobile Library A modern all-in-one solution for mobile shelving. The Mobile Library features vibrant end panel colours which contrast against the rustic, natural look of the birch effect wood base and shelves. The unit is doublesided and allows the top two shelves on either side to be placed either flat or angled for display purposes, depending on your requirements. • Melamine wood 18mm with ABS edges • Double-sided unit with 4 adjustable shelves and 4 fixed shelves • Features 75mm castors, 2 of which are lockable Dimensions: H1660 x W900 x D600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of frame/shelves and end panels.
4243219
Mobile Library
£599.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
121
MEDIA DISPLAY | Multimedia Displayers
2
1
Multipod Displayers Contemporary units with fully adjustable shelves. Use at the end of bookcase runs or against walls; they also look great as a centre floor unit. Shelves are adjustable in 32mm increments. Available single or doublesided in maple veneer supplied with four or eight silver book shelves. Dimensions: H1400 x W520mm.
Dmm 1 4092512
Single-sided Multipod Displayer
500
£399.00
2 4092523
Double-sided Multipod Displayer
900
£599.00
4
weeks
Price each.
Multimedia Display Free-standing A functional and versatile unit. This free-standing Multimedia Display will fit into any environment. Two 64mm dia. non-locking castors can be added to single-faced units for easy mobility and are available separately. • Legs and sides are 18mm thick MDF covered with laminate • Silver powder-coated metal shelves • Crossbars are 25mm dia. round tubes with powder-coated finish • Metal inserts allow shelves to reconfigure between holding books and magazines easily, without stripping threads • Flat shelf measures D133mm; magazine shelf measures D48mm • Sign holder measures H215 x W265mm
4205555
Multimedia Display Free-standing
• Combine two single-faced units back-to-back to create a double-faced display
4205566
Castors for Multimedia Display Free-standing Pk/2
Dimensions: H1400 x W759 x D599mm.
8
Price each or pack as specified.
122
Phone: 01992 454511
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£375.00 £11.95
Multimedia Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY Unit Colour
Traffic White
White Aluminium
Jet Black
Side Profile Colour
Beech
Maple
Walnut
Bama Oak
Wenge
Japanese Ash
Warm Cherry
Granite
Rocket Multimedia Display Stand Increase circulation with innovative displays. These Rocket Display Stands provide optimum product access, presentation and stock capacity to increase circulation. Innovative designs with a sturdy steel frame construction in a choice of coloured finishes to create the 'wow' factor in your library. • Constructed from high-capacity steel
H x W x Dmm
• Single-sided capacity: 366 DVDs, 522 CDs, 300 Paperbacks • Double-sided capacity: 732 DVDs, 1044 CDs, 600 Paperbacks • Mobile version of double-sided unit available Price each.
£855.00
4011915
Single-sided Rocket
1790 x 1130 x 460
4011904
Double-sided Rocket
1790 x 1130 x 480
£999.00
4225113
Double-sided Mobile Rocket
1890 x 1130 x 480
£1,059.00
4
When ordering please tell us unit colour and side insert finish, see swatch.
weeks
Demco® Face-on Book Display Unit Contrasting side panels to suit your decor. Two different sized units available. The Three Shelf Display Unit is sized specifically for children's environments. • Display books face-on or spine-on • Three or four shelves - bottom shelf is fixed, top shelves are adjustable in 30mm increments • Supplied with beech end panels as standard, with a choice of accent colours • H175 x W565mm header panel Price each. When ordering please tell us accent colour, see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
H x W x Dmm 4202838
Face-on Book Display Unit - 3 Shelf
1165 x 600 x 350 £189.00
4243428
Face-on Book Display Unit - 4 Shelf
1550 x 550 x 450 £339.00
8
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
123
MEDIA DISPLAY | Multimedia Displayers
For slatwall accessories see pages 140-142
Demco® Mid-floor Gondolas These Mid-floor Gondolas provide all of the flexibility needed for the display of books and media. Each Mid-floor Gondola comes complete with two fixed and eight adjustable, reversible shelves. Shelves are adjustable in 32mm increments. These double-sided units are available in a variety of colours with matching shelves. You can also expand the display capability of the Mid-floor Gondola with slatted end panels. Delivered fully assembled.
When ordering please tell us colour from Demco® Colour Match swatch below.
Dimensions: H1420 x W1036 x D650mm.
5
Mid-floor Gondola with Plain End Panels
£639.00
4092578
Mid-floor Gondola with Slatted End Panels
£699.00
Quick Pick Slatwall Unit
£589.00
weeks
Price each.
For slatwall accessories see pages 140-142
4092567
More colour options now available
4036830
4
weeks
Demco® Quick Pick Slatwall Unit This double-sided Quick Pick Slatwall Unit is the ideal island display. Promote your book stock, CD/DVD or newspaper and magazine stock by accessorising with our wide range of wire and acrylic shelves, holders and dispensers. The frame/sides and slatwall panels are available in a variety of colours. The plinth on the base and the inserts between the slats on the slatwall panels are both silver.
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Dimensions: H1150 x W1000 x D500mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of frame/sides, edging and slatwall panels from Demco® Colour Match swatch.
124
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Periodical Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
Updated unit now available in a variety of colour options
Now features a stylish silver plinth on the base
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Demco® Richmond Periodical Displayer An attractive library display unit stores periodicals with up-and-over sloping shelves. The Richmond Periodical Displayer features five continuous shelves with back storage compartments. Simply lift the shelf up and slide into the unit to reveal storage behind each shelf. Back issues can be stored neatly out of site yet remain easily accessible. Dimensions: H1800 x W1138 x D408mm. Price per unit. When ordering please tell us colour: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
4055178
Richmond Periodical Displayer
£769.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
125
MEDIA DISPLAY | Periodical Displayers
1
2
3
4
6
Updated range now available with more size and colour options
Now features a stylish silver plinth on the base
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Demco® Hawk Periodical Displayers A library favourite for many years! The Hawk Periodical Displayer provides face-out display for periodicals, magazines and graphic novels, with an ample display lip to cater for larger journals. A choice of sizes are available, ideal for any busy library and stylish enough for use in reception areas. Back issues can be stored neatly out of sight within the compartments yet remain easily accessible. Available in a range of coloured frames and all come with white display shelves/front of compartments and a silver plinth on the base. Dimensions: Compartments internal H296 x W266 x D350mm. Price per unit. When ordering please tell us colour: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
5
No. Compartments (H x W)
H x W x Dmm
1
4050844
Hawk Periodical Displayer - 8 Compartments
2x4
794 x 1155 x 418
£590.00
2
4237807
Hawk Periodical Displayer - 9 Compartments
3x3
1130 x 870 x 418
£625.00
3
4050833
Hawk Periodical Displayer - 12 Compartments
3x4
1130 x 1155 x 418
£725.00
4
4237818
Hawk Periodical Displayer - 12 Compartments
4x3
1504 x 870 x 418
£835.00
5
4237829
Hawk Periodical Displayer - 16 Compartments
4x4
1504 x 1155 x 418
£945.00
6
4050822
Hawk Periodical Displayer - 20 Compartments
5x4
1800 x 1155 x 418
£999.00
5
weeks
126
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Leaflet & Magazine Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
Newspaper Displayer Read all about it. Draw attention to your newspaper collection with this attractive Newspaper Displayer. Four shelves keep everything tidy and accessible and shelves feature a wide front ledge for easy labelling. Light oak finish. Dimensions: H914 x W406 x D356mm. Price each.
401642516
Newspaper Displayer
£499.00
8
weeks
1
2
3
Magazine Pockets
Steel Magazine Rack
Wall-mounted magazine pockets.
Stylish, inexpensive magazine display. This magazine rack can hold up to seven publications and is ideal for reception areas or even staff rooms. Made from black powder coated steel with decorative perforations on the front pocket. Supplied fully assembled with wall fixings included.
Steel magazine rack with attractive design on the pockets available as 5, 11 or 23 pocket versions. Price each.
H x W x Dmm
Dimensions: H552 x W241 x D51mm. Price each.
4034410
Steel Magazine Rack
£49.95
Note: This product may not be suitable for publications where the title is not at the top of the front cover.
£59.95
1 4020616
5x Magazine Pockets
521 x 254 x 102
2 4016964
11x Magazine Pockets
921 x 254 x 102
£79.95
3 4016975
23x Magazine Pockets
1664 x 254 x 102
£132.00
1
week
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
127
MEDIA DISPLAY | Leaflet & Magazine Displayers Economical and Space-saving Display With budgets and space increasingly squeezed, being able to provide additional book storage and display in the library may seem difficult to achieve. In these circumstances wire display products offer a cost-effective solution. Where floor space is precious wall-mounted racks enable you to make the most of unused wall space and the flexibility to mount them at the right height for your audience. Where cost is important wire floor displayers offer high volume storage in a small footprint at a lower price than some wood alternatives.
Toronto Rack Display over 100 A4 titles where space is limited. This high-volume rack makes the most of limited display space. Lightweight, strong and double-sided, it provides economical display for books and periodicals. Features four castors, two locking. Dimensions: H1300 x W795 x D570mm. Price each.
4050140
£139.00
Toronto Rack
3
weeks
2
1
1
2
High Volume Canada Racks
Wall-mounted Wire Leaflet Holders
When floor space is limited make the most of the wall.
• Robust 3mm wire frame
Wire racking provides an economical, space-saving solution to literature display and dispensing. Our Wall-mounted Wire Leaflet Holders provide angled wire pockets to allow easy viewing of material whilst holding contents firmly within the high restraints to prevent curling and flopping. Choose from three sizes of holder to cater for popular sizes: A4, A5 or ⅓ A4 literature. All holders are made from strong wire frames finished in white plastic coating.
Dimensions: D70mm.
Price each.
Choose from the extra wide Calgary with six rows or the Montreal, offering ten rows, to hold paperbacks. Simply unbeatable value. • Electrostatically epoxy powder coated for long-term library use
Price each.
H x Wmm
128
H x Wmm
Tiers
A4 Holder
1302 x 479
8
£32.45
A5 Holder
1257 x 312
10
£33.45
⅓ A4 Holder
1259 x 351
15
£38.65
1 405015112
Calgary Wall Rack
560 x 1080
6
£43.75
403773212
2 405012912
Montreal Wall Rack
1063 x 416
10
£43.75
2 403774312
Phone: 01992 454511
Pockets
1 403771012
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Leaflet & Magazine Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
Wire Wall Displayers Minimalist design, minimalist price. Display leaflets, brochures or magazines clearly. • Each pocket holds 50mm of material • Fittings for wall-mounting included • Choose from 3, 5 or 7 pockets
1
Dimensions: W235 x D165mm. Price each.
Hmm 1 4210725
3 Pockets
495
£22.65
2 4210736
5 Pockets
737
£27.75
3 4210747
7 Pockets
978
£32.95
2
1
week
3
1
2
Rotating Wire Displayers Simple design, great price.
Mobile Literature Rack
• 32x ⅓A4 or 16x A4 pockets • Simple pocket design offers near full-front view of literature
Display with versatility.
• Tiers rotate independently
An ideal way to display magazines, newspapers and other literature. The slanted wire shelves on this Mobile Literature Rack allow unlimited display options, with the extra tall shelves easily accommodating oversized publications. Welded wire construction with a charcoal powder coated finish. Easy mobility on four castors, two of which are lockable.
• Five dual wheels (two locking) Dimensions: W381 x D381mm. Price each.
Dimensions: H1613 x W826 x D387mm. Price each.
Hmm 1
4210703
Rotating Wire Displayer - 32x 1/3 A4
1524
£132.00
2
4210714
Rotating Wire Displayer - 16x A4
1499
£122.00
2
weeks
4016997
Mobile Literature Rack
£142.00
1
week
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
129
MEDIA DISPLAY | Leaflet & Magazine Displayers
Onyx Mesh Displayer Made of steel mesh with a rolled edge and a black powder coated finish, this Onyx Mesh Displayer is ideal for use in the office, reception area or work area to keep literature close to hand. • Wall-mounting fittings included • Black steel mesh construction • Supplied fully assembled • 19mm deep pockets Dimensions: W260 x D95mm. Price each.
Hmm 1 4020583
Onyx Mesh Displayer 5x A4
718
£51.50
2 4020594
Onyx Mesh Displayer 10x A4
1289
£72.05
1
week
1
2
Onyx Rotating Mesh Displayer 1
2
Onyx Mesh Floor Displayers Part of the bestselling Onyx range, these floor displayers are perfect for displaying newspapers and magazines in a reception or library. The Onyx Newspaper Floor Displayer can accommodate both tabloid and broadsheet newspapers. Dimensions: W318mm.
A floor-standing version of our popular Onyx Mesh Displayers, this Onyx Rotating Mesh Displayer features 30x A4 pockets to accommodate your magazines or brochures. This contemporary displayer will look great in any reception, waiting room or lounge area. • Three sided, 30x A4 pocket displayer • Rotates 360 degrees for access to all literature • Made from black powder coated, heavy gauge steel mesh
Price each.
Dimensions: H1651 x Dia. 406mm.
H x Dmm
Price each.
1 4210758
Onyx Mesh Newspaper Displayer
1168 x 470
£39.00
2 4210769
Onyx Mesh Magazine Floor Displayer 679 x 330
£54.00
2
130
4029075
Onyx Rotating Mesh Displayer
1
weeks
week
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£242.00
Leaflet & Magazine Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
1 2
Metropolis Displayers Classic design in acrylic and metal. Neat and stylish range of co-ordinating displayers. Pockets are angled for quick retrieval of contents. The Floor-standing units come with a stem and base constructed from hard-wearing metal. The trumpet base is fitted with rubber pads to protect surfaces. Pockets are made from acrylic with a perforated design to allow easy viewing.
Choose from: • Desk Displayer with three pockets • Revolving Tabletop Displayer offering a two-sided display and six pockets • Wall Displayer with five pockets on a metal holder • Free-standing Displayers with 30 pockets Price each.
4 Holders
H x W x Dmm
1 4017019
Desk Display
3x A4
330 x 240 x 300
£19.95
2 4010540
Tabletop Displayer
6x A4
465 x 240 x 255
£76.95
3 4010529
Wall-mounted Displayer
5x A4
578 x 241 x 150
£26.95
4 4010551
Floor-standing Displayer
30x A4
1720 x 440 x 440
£279.00
3
3
weeks
Rotating Literature Display Maximum display, minimum space. Acrylic pockets display literature prominently in a variety of settings. The contoured lip on the front of the pockets keeps literature in place without obscuring the cover, making selection quick and easy. The sturdy steel base supports a lightweight aluminium frame and 12 acrylic pockets. Black, lightly textured, powder coated finish hides fingerprints and resists wear. Dimensions: H1651 x Dia. 413mm. Price each.
4017008
Rotating Literature Display
£239.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
131
MEDIA DISPLAY | Leaflet & Magazine Displayers
Expanda™ Stand One of the most advanced literature dispensing systems on the market. Display mixed-sized literature together. The sturdy mild steel stem is fitted with a heavyduty plastic base featuring anti-tip feet. Clear acrylic pockets clip easily onto unit. • Tiers fully rotate and are height adjustable • Choose between A4, A5 or a combination of pocket sizes including ⅓ A4 • Glass-like, clear acrylic pockets have a high front to keep literature upright Dimensions: H1760 x W610mm. Price per unit.
4010584
18x A4 Dispensers
£199.00
4010595
18x A5 Dispensers
£199.00
4010617
6x A4 / 6x A5 / 12x ⅓ A4 Dispensers
£199.00
4210681
18x A4, 6x A5, 12x 1/3 A4
£225.00
2
weeks
4
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer
2
Suitable for literature up to A4 portrait or A3 landscape, these Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayers have no dividers allowing a fully flexible open space for storing magazines, brochures, papers and other types of literature. The full height, strong 6mm acrylic facia panel allows literature to be seen clearly. Mount one above the other or side by side in multiples to make the most of your wall space. The deep 58mm pockets allow multiple items to be stored one in front of the other. Supplied flat-packed, fixings included. Dimensions: H222 x W1314 x D92mm. Price each or per pack of three.
3
Single Shelf 1 421078001
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer - Black
£125.00
2 421078002
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer - Blue
£125.00
3 421078012
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer - White
£125.00
4 4036852
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer - Beech
£128.00
421079101
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer Pk3 - Black
£325.00
421079102
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer Pk3 - Blue
£325.00
421079112
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer Pk3 - White
£325.00
4036863
Shelf Style Wall-mounted Displayer Pk/3 - Beech £340.00
Pack of 3 1
4
weeks
132
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Leaflet & Magazine Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
Panorama Leaflet Dispensers These attractive Panorama Leaflet Dispensers are ideal for the distribution of flyers, leaflets and brochures. Combine different pocket sizes to promote library and community activities and services. Manufactured from tough, vacuum-formed high impact plastic, with clear styrene pockets. Available in grey only.
4
Dimensions: H525 x D80mm.
3 2
Price each.
1 Pockets
Wmm
1 402893206
⅓ A4 Panorama Dispenser
4
135
£42.85
2 402895406
A5 Panorama Dispenser
4
185
£30.10
402896506
A5 Panorama Dispenser
8
350
£46.35
3 402897606
A4 Panorama Dispenser
3
270
£35.55
4 402898706
A4 Panorama Dispenser
6
500
£47.35
Panorama Colour Leaflet Dispensers These Panorama Wall-mounted Leaflet Dispensers are made from moulded plastic with clear acrylic holders. Each pocket holds up to 20mm of material. Available in a range of bright colours. Dimensions: H525 x D80mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: lilac, apple green, sunset orange, blue or red.
Wmm 4038359
4x 1/3 A4 Pockets
135
£53.55
4038370
4x A5 Pockets
185
£57.00
4038381
3x A4 Pockets
270
£57.00
4038392
6x A4 Pockets
500
£75.75
3
weeks
Velcro® Mounted Leaflet Displayers Flexible leaflet dispensing. • Supplied with Velcro® dots that enable mounting on any loop nylon covered surface, perfect for attaching to exhibition stands • Can also be wall-mounted with screws through fixing holes (screws not included) Price each.
4029328
Single Pocket Literature Holder ⅓ A4
£15.00
4029339
Single Pocket Literature Holder A5
£17.65
4029350
Single Pocket Literature Holder A4
£18.50
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
133
MEDIA DISPLAY | Leaflet & Magazine Displayers
1
2
Info Wall
2
1
The eye-catching Info Wall is perfect for information distribution and display. Whether it is the council magazine or leaflets on local services and events the Info Wall is the best solution for getting information in front of your visitors. The smart, perforated metal back panel features a 100mm curve with the information sign laser etched. Choose from black metal shelves or clear acrylic pockets.
Info Tower Draw attention to key information for your visitors. • Sleek, modern design • Smart perforated design doubles as easy mounting for shelves or pockets
Dimensions: H782 x D100mm.
• Choose metal shelves or acrylic pockets
Price each.
• Non-slip rubber pads to protect floors • Easy assembly
Wmm 1 4225410
4225421 2 4225432
4225443
Dimensions: H1540 x W582 x D455mm.
Info Wall - 4 Sloping Shelves
580
£92.65
Info Wall - 4 Acrylic Pockets
580
£82.35
Info Wall - 6 Sloping Shelves
854
£113.00
1 4225454
Info Tower - 8 Sloping Shelves
£199.00
Info Wall - 6 Acrylic Pockets
854
£97.80
2 4225465
Info Tower - 8 Acrylic Pockets
£179.00
Price each.
3
3
weeks
weeks
3
1
3 2
4 Pocket Configurations
Hmm
⅓ A4 Pocket Displayers 1 4057928
5
2 4010573
See-thru Literature Displayers Show off your literature without obscuring the covers. These cleverly designed displayers each feature a clear plastic front to prevent magazines from falling out. Displayers are made from one thermo-formed piece of optically-clear, break-resistant acrylic. Five sizes available to accommodate A4, ⅓ A4 and A5 literature. Each pocket holds approximately D75mm of material. Screws for wall-mounting included. Can also be used with floor stand for freestanding flexibility. Dimensions: W762mm.
£159.00
762
£137.00
9 Pocket A4 Displayer
936
£147.00
12 Pocket A4 Displayer
1245
£184.00
6 Pocket A4 and 6 Pocket ⅓ A4 Displayer
883
£147.00
Reveal Floor Stand *
1346
£66.50
12 Pocket A5 Displayer
A4 Pocket Displayers 3 4053451
4032364 4 4057917
Floor Stand 5 4020605
3
weeks
Price each.
134
1041
24 Pocket ⅓ A4 Displayer
A5 Pocket Displayers
* Floor Stand is suitable for use with models 4053451 and 4057917.
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Leaflet & Magazine Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
1
1
Shown with pocket dividers
Luxe Wall Displayers A sleek and elegant way to display your literature. These versatile Luxe Wall Displayers can house magazines one day and pamphlets the next, or both at the same time. The acrylic A4 pockets can easily be converted to accommodate ⅓ A4 pamphlets and leaflets with pocket dividers. • Silver coated, brushed aluminum frame with clear acrylic pockets • Convert pockets from A4 to ⅓ A4 with pocket dividers (included) Dimensions: W806 x D127mm. Price each.
Hmm 1 4029042
Luxe Wall Display - 3 Pocket
387
£69.95
2 4029053
Luxe Wall Display - 9 Pocket
1041
£169.00
1
week
2
Luxe Floor-standing Displayer A sleek and elegant way to display your literature. The Luxe Floor-standing Displayer offers the flexibility to display magazines or leaflets. Display up to nine magazines or 18 ⅓ A4 leaflets, or a combination of the two. • Silver coated, brushed aluminum frame with nine clear acrylic pockets • Convert pockets from A4 to ⅓ A4 with pocket dividers (included)
4029064
Dimensions: H1594 x W806 x D508mm.
1
Price each.
Luxe Floor-standing Displayer
£199.00
week
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
135
MEDIA DISPLAY | Leaflet & Magazine Displayers
Single-sided Displayer Mobile displayers with five multi-angle shelves, suitable for featuring books, magazines, newspapers and other literature. Made from styrene plastic material, these Single-sided Displayers are designed to be strong but light in structure as well as lighter on your budget. Choose from five single A4 shelves or five triple A4 shelves, also suitable for unconventional sized literature. Dimensions: H1650 x D382mm. Price each.
Wmm 1
4033387
Single-sided Displayer - Slim
350
£165.00
2
4030197
Single-sided Displayer
825
£277.00
3
1
weeks
2
1
2
Reception Display An all-in-one display and storage solution. Present literature of various sizes with this Reception Display. Add the optional base for storage, extra height and mobility (castors included). The Reception Display easily mounts on to the base with included fixings, no tools needed. The Reception Display is available in black only and the Storage Base comes in black with a blue roller shutter door.
10 Compartment Literature Displayer Budget friendly display. Easy to assemble literature holder made from styrene plastic with 10 acrylic A4 pockets. Each pocket holds up to 24mm of material.
Price each.
Dimensions: H1610 x W302 x D382mm. Price each.
4030164
H x W x Dmm 10 Compartment Literature Displayer
£214.00
2 4030153
Storage Base for Reception Display 511 x 750 x 407 £179.00
weeks
weeks
136
Reception Display
3
3
Phone: 01992 454511
860 x 738 x 400 £194.00
1 4030142
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Leaflet & Magazine Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY
1
2
1
2
Mobile Display Stands with Acrylic Shelves
Mobile Display Stands with Metal Shelves
• Four acrylic shelves with 35mm lip
• Four metal shelves with 35mm lip
• Choose from four or twelve A4 facings
• Choose from four or twelve A4 facings
• Four castors, two locking for easy relocation
• Four castors, two locking for easy relocation
Dimensions: H1580 x D390mm.
Dimensions: H1580 x D390mm.
Price each.
Price each.
Wmm
Wmm
1 4225388 Mobile Display Stand with Acrylic Shelves - Narrow
260
£163.00
1 4225366 Mobile Display Stand with Steel Shelves - Narrow
260
£122.00
2 4225399 Mobile Display Stand with Acrylic Shelves - Wide
750
£195.00
2 4225377 Mobile Display Stand with Steel Shelves - Wide
750
£143.00
3
3
weeks
weeks
1
Wave Leaflet Dispenser Eye-catching, contemporary design. • Four oversized A4 shelves accommodate up to 35mm of brochures • Stable, floor-standing unit • Supplied with optional castors for mobility • Simple self-assembly Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black, grey or white.
H x W x Dmm 1 4023465
Wave Leaflet Dispenser
1430 x 350 x 310
£79.95
2 4211979
Wide Wave Leaflet Dispenser 1430 x 500 x 310
£99.95
2
2
1
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
137
MEDIA DISPLAY | Slatwall Displayers Custom made sizes to match your exact requirements are available on request, please call Customer Services for details.
Now available in a wider range of colour options.
Demco® Slatwall Display Panels Ideal for literature and media display. Make the most of your wall space by creating flexible display options using slatwall. Available in two standard sizes in a variety of finshes with matching edging. Panels feature silver inserts between each slat for a neat finish. Please note: wall fixings are not included. Dimensions: H900 x D18mm. Price per panel. When ordering please tell us colour from Demco® Colour Match swatch.
Wmm 405591518
Small Slatwall Display Panel
600
£79.95
405592618
Large Slatwall Display Panel
1200
£117.00
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Looking for Slatwall Bay End Panels for Demco® Cantilibra Shelving? See page 152.
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Custom made sizes available on request, please call Customer Services for details.
Demco® Quick Pick Slatwall Unit This double-sided Quick Pick Slatwall Unit is the ideal island display. Promote your book stock, CD/DVD or newspaper and magazine stock by accessorising with our wide range of wire and acrylic shelves, holders and dispensers. The frame/sides and slatwall panels are available in a variety of colours. The plinth on the base and the inserts between the slats on the slatwall panels are both silver. Dimensions: H1150 x W1000 x D500mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of frame/sides, edging and slatwall panels from Demco® Colour Match swatch.
4036830
Quick Pick Slatwall Unit
4
weeks
138
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£589.00
Slatwall Displayers | MEDIA DISPLAY For Slatwall Accessories see pages 140-142
Now available in more colour options.
Demco® Slatwall A-frame Displayer
Demco® Colour Match
These Slatwall A-frame Displayers are an ideal solution to showcase your best books or favourite reads. The single-sided displayer is useful where floor space is limited, perfect for positioning against a wall or as a bay end to shelving. The double-sided unit can be used as an island displayer to bring attention to new releases. Sturdy construction features slats for holding wire or perspex displayers. Available in a variety of colours and features silver inserts between the slats of the Slatwall panels.
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Dimensions: Single-sided unit H1525 x W540 x D300mm. Double-sided unit H1525 x W540 x D540mm.
4015248
A-frame Displayer Single-sided
£489.00
Price each.
4015226
A-frame Displayer Double-sided
£559.00
When ordering please tell us colour of sides/base and slatwall panel, see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
4
weeks
Custom made sizes available on request, please call Customer Services for details.
Looking for Slatwall Bay End Panels for Demco® Cantilibra Shelving? See page 152.
Demco® Slatwall Bay End Panels Spruce up tired looking bay ends and create extra display space. Panels are constructed from high quality 18mm melamine faced MDF with a 3mm PVC edging. Three standard heights are available. Fixings are not supplied as panels require drilling to fix to walls and shelving. Suitable for use on W560mm shelves only. Dimensions: W560mm.
Slatwall Newspaper Wall Display Great for displaying daily newspapers or new issues of periodicals. • Fully visible front pages • Easy access • Converts from seven open newspaper pockets to 14 periodical pockets using snap-in divider bar (supplied) • Black metal frame
Price per panel. When ordering please tell us colour from Demco Colour Match swatch, see above. ®
Hmm 4055882
Slatwall Bay End Panel
1200
£112.00
4055893
Slatwall Bay End Panel
1500
£117.00
4055904
Slatwall Bay End Panel
1800
£122.00
• Mounting bracket for slatwall included Dimensions: H940 x W444 x D127mm. Price each.
405355001
Slatwall Newspaper Wall Display
£69.95
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
139
MEDIA DISPLAY | Slatwall Accessories Slatwall Accessories We stock a large variety of Slatwall accessories manufactured from high impact clear acrylic. Display products, media, books and literature for maximum exposure. Choose from our range of Literature Displayers, Display Shelves and Sign Holders to create your own unique Slatwall display. Easy-to-fit units simply slot between the panels with no additional fixings required.
1
3
4
6
5
Slatwall Dispensers A variety of different sized acrylic Slatwall Dispensers. Display your library's promotional material in these attractive, clear acrylic literature dispensers. All accessories are compatible with all our Slatwall Displayers, Panels and Bay End Panels. Price each.
2
140
1 4013191
⅓ A4 Acrylic Dispenser - Style 1
195 x 110 x 75
£3.95
2 4054287
⅓ A4 Acrylic Dispenser - Style 2
195 x 110 x 75
£5.55
3 4054298
A5 Acrylic Dispenser
195 x 160 x 75
£7.15
4 4054309
A4 Acrylic Dispenser
285 x 225 x 95
£10.25
5 4014489
Prints/Maps Acrylic Dispenser
250 x 600 x 35
£21.65
6 4036973
Bookmark Acrylic Dispenser
185 x 65 x 45
£10.65
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Slatwall Accessories | MEDIA DISPLAY 10
1 6
7 3
9
2
4
8
12
5
Slatwall Display Shelves Make the most of your space by utilising your Slatwall to the full. Display Shelves come in a variety of different sizes and shapes and will allow you to display products at various angles for maximum exposure. All Shelves come in clear acrylic and are compatible with all our Slatwall Displayers, Panels and Bay End Panels. Price each.
Dimensions mm 1 4051152
Flat Shelf
W305 x D150
2 4023795
Angled Shelf
W150 x D150
3 4014533
CD Rack
4 4014500
Book Support
5 4055970
5 Compartment Sundries Tray
6 405116315 7 4054243
H125 x W600 x D115 H150 x W75 x D95. Lip H50
£7.65 £9.25 £19.60 £5.95
H150 x W600 x D50-100
£39.65
Bookshelf with Ends
H150 x W600 x D105
£19.95
Shelf with Lip
W500 x D100. Lip H30
£14.65
8 4014522
Flat Shelf with Lip
W300 x D250. Lip H25
9 4054232
Narrow Shelf
H80 x W500 x D150
£17.50
10 4014467
Periodical Shelf
H215 x W500 x D120
£46.50
11 4019857
Slatwall Trough
H100 x W400 x D100
£24.95
12 4015270
Zig-zag Display Shelf
H115 x W600 x D155
£36.55
£9.95
www.gresswell.co.uk/mediadisplay
11
141
MEDIA DISPLAY | Slatwall Accessories
3
1
Slatwall Sign Holders Add Sign Holders to your Slatwall display. Media can be inserted into the Sign Holders and changed with ease. All Sign Holders are compatible with all our Slatwall Displayers, Panels and Bay End Panels. Price each.
H x W x Dmm 2
A4 Portrait Sign Holder
H300 x W210
2 4055981
A5 Landscape Sign Holder
H150 x W210
£6.95
3 4056003
A4 Landscape Sign Holder
H210 x W300
£11.05
A3 Portrait Sign Holder
H420 x W300
£16.95
4054276
2
1
Slatwall Wire Accessories We offer a range of Slatwall Wire Accessories in durable black coating. Ideal for displaying various media. Price each.
142
Phone: 01992 454511
£9.95
1 4055992
H x W x Dmm 1
405593701
Small Wire Easel
200 x 89 x 40
£3.65
2
405594801
Large Wire Easel
200 x 160 x 40
£3.85
orders@gresswell.co.uk
SHELVING
Shelving
The Library can become a welcoming destination, not only for study but also for relaxation and leisure. Ultimately, this is about creating an environment that supports homework and study whilst encouraging participation. Space planning and shelving can be determining factors in creating the right tone, with focus given to the total book stock and other display or reference materials in circulation, the age groups of users, number and types of readers, which will relate to the height of the shelving and furniture you use; and the number of study spaces needed – and type and preferred layout – table, group, single.
Cantilibra............................................................................ 146-153 Mode................................................................................... 154-157 Boreal.................................................................................. 158-161 MiKa..................................................................................... 162-163 MiMi 2.................................................................................. 164-166
MiMi 2 - vivid contrasting colours, great for children’s corner shleving 164-166
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
Cantilibra - Our best selling shelving 146-153
143
SHELVING | Shelving Range Overview
Demco® Cantilibra Shelving
Demco® Mode Shelving
A library design classic! Built to high standards from top quality steel................................................... Pages 146-153
A four-post steel shelving system for a contemporary ‘open’ look.......................................... Pages 154-157
Demco® Boreal Shelving
Demco® MiKa Shelving
Timeless timber elegance cladding with a strong steel frame and shelves.................................... Pages 158-161
A traditional wooden shelving range......................... Pages 162-163
Range Cantilibra Mode Boreal
Material Steel frame with optional wooden end panels Steel frame with optional acrylic end panels Steel frame with wooden veneered cladding
££ £££
Melamine faced chipboard
£
MiMi 2
Melamine faced chipboard
££
A colourful wooden shelving range that’s perfect for children, young adults and the young-at-heart... Pages 164-166
Phone: 01992 454511
£
MiKa
Demco® MiMi 2 Shelving
144
Price
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Planning for your Shelving | SHELVING
The library plays an ever increasing role in shaping the future of our students. A library space can create a destination for students, attracted by a modern library with new furnishings, learning materials, technology and services. It’s no secret that young people can be put off by the negative stereotypes of quiet, dingy libraries but now is the time to reconnect with your students and create modern, comfortable and welcoming library interiors with new furnishings and technology.
Function and purpose Identify the role of the library - is it just to act as a resource for books and learning; will it also be used as a class study centre; double up as a classroom or be an IT/learning centre? Consulting with users and those involved can be very useful and will ensure that you create a library that is relevant as well as functional.
Get the right mood The right furnishings, colour schemes and accessories can change a library at a glance. It should be a destination to study, to socialise with peers and to have some personal space to dip into, not only books but magazines, DVDs and lifestyle resources.
Identify requirements • Total book stock and other material or media i.e. magazines, DVDs, CDs etc. • Consider age groups, number and types of readers - this will have a bearing on the height of shelving and furniture
To discard the image of a library being predominantly quiet, think about creating: • Areas or hubs for specific needs and uses • Optional areas for quiet reading or study using study tables
• Number of study spaces - size and type and preferred layout i.e. table, single or group study carrels
• More relaxed, informal reading areas with magazine storage and display
• Mood - what sort of atmosphere are you trying to create?
• Comfortable, soft furnishings such as bean bags and sofas for students to relax
Spatial requirements
• Areas for class/group discussions with larger tables
Quite often the book stock will represent the largest single requirement for furniture i.e. the book shelving. As a guide:
• Music areas with comfortable seating for some personal space
• For children’s picture books allow approx. 60 titles per 900mm shelf length • For general fiction/non-fiction approx. 30-35 books per 900mm shelf length • In secondary schools and colleges, shelving may be taken up to 1800mm high, giving five shelves per bay. Having established the number of shelves and bays required, consider the types of shelving available to use: - Wall Fixed Units - should only be used on solid walls. They have the advantage of being less expensive and can be fitted above radiators and heating pipes. However, they are not as easy to remove or relocate - Wall Free-standing Units - can be used against solid or partition walls. They can be easily removed and relocated but cannot be fitted around radiators or heating pipes - Double-sided Island Units - provide compact, free-standing storage. The benefit of using Island Units is to allow easy access to material on both sides. Units can be placed in straight rows or positioned at angles to make effective use of space - Mobile Island Units - should generally be no more than two bays long and four shelves high (1500mm). For safety, locking castors should always be fitted. These units provide complete flexibility and are perfect for multi-purpose rooms
• A space with some level of acceptable noise
Exam time This is a key time when young people are highly motivated to look for places to study, revise and get support and assistance on coursework from Tutors and Librarians. The school or college library can offer a place of privacy and quiet which may not be available at home or in the classroom. When planning your library, think about the busy times and look at flexible layouts and furnishings that can be re-jigged to cope with extra demand. Consider furniture designed for easy stacking and storage when not in use. Screens can create temporary work space areas and give students and staff some valuable space.
Last but not least Once you have your new library, don’t forget the everyday essentials such as good quality book supports to keep your book stock orderly and book coverings to extend the life of your collection. Quality, durability and flexibility are as important as the costs being within budget. Free delivery is often available on orders over a certain amount and, remember, most furnishings are available in a range spanning from economy through to top end. With heavy wear and tear, it may not always be economical to go for the cheapest option. Look for functionality, sustainability and overall value for money.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
145
SHELVING | Demco® Cantilibra Shelving
Cantilibra Our best selling library shelving system, Cantilibra is functional and built to last. Cantilibra Shelving is everything you need library shelving to be. Used in library spaces around the world Cantilibra is the steel shelving of choice in numerous learning environments.
• Strength Cantilibra shelves are made of steel, so they will not bow even under heavy loads, like many wooden systems can do. • Easy Assembly With just four screws per upright, Cantilibra is easy to put together and quick to change and comes with simple-tofollow instructions. Shelf positions can be selected and changed with ease. • Hygiene Cantilibra shelves are finished with ACTIVECOAT®, a hard-wearing, non-slip, epoxy powder paint. This antibacterial technology lasts the entire life of the coating and independent tests have found that there is a 99% reduction in transference of E.Coli and MRSA.
146
Phone: 01992 454511
• Versatility Cantilibra is expandable and modular, so you can add bays, shelves, end panels and accessories as your library grows. Different heights work for various age levels, but maintain a common look and feel. • Aesthetics Cantilibra is available in colours and heights that suit any environment as they all can be mixed and matched: lower heights with brighter colours for early years and more sophisticated colours for older children and adults; whatever works for the look and feel you want to create. • Peace-of-mind Cantilibra is made by us so we can guarantee quality. All components are manufactured under an 1S09001 accredited process, to meet relevant British and European standards.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® Cantilibra Shelving | SHELVING
Cantilibra is the Danish cantilever shelving system designed in 1949 by Rudolf Koreska and manufactured by us from the original Reska tooling
Design that stands the test of time Cantilibra is shelving that has been designed intelligently and with care, to function with integrity over a long period of time. Purity of purpose is what has created the valued Cantilibra look, with a flexibility to achieve the feel you want for your space. Cantilibra is the antithesis of fashion. There are few products, designs or brands that remain relevant and fresh yet relatively unchanged over decades. Cantilibra shelving is exactly that. The original design by Rudolf Koreska still forms the basis of today’s Cantilibra range. Now manufactured in the UK using the original Danish tooling, Cantilibra has stood the test of time - yet we continue to develop options to keep in step with the demands of today’s library users.
Function. Value for money. Built to last. That’s Cantilibra. Cantilibra Shelving is made by us so we can guarantee the quality. We offer a 10 year guarantee as standard. That includes every single Cantilibra component that makes up the shelving units, from the frame and individual shelves to the levelling feet and castors, it’s all covered.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
147
SHELVING | Demco® Cantilibra Shelving
Versatility to create your look The components of Cantilibra: shelves, uprights and brackets, can be finished in a wide range of colours. They can also be complemented by additional items such as Bay End Panels or Bay End Displayers. Create a balance of style and function for your library space.
Classic design, built to last – a great investment Built to very high standards from top quality steel and with a classic, timeless design, Cantilibra shelving is an investment that will keep paying back over time. In libraries, schools, universities and offices throughout Europe, you’ll find Cantilibra shelves still looking good and working hard after twenty, thirty, forty or even more years. We offer a full ten year warranty against defects in workmanship or materials.
Keep a clear conscience with a sustainable choice Functionality, appearance and longevity are not the only criteria by which a design can be judged as successful. Cantilibra shelving is manufactured from steel, the world’s most recyclable material. So you can specify Cantilibra with confidence and a clear conscience.
UK manufacture, lower costs & faster delivery
Cantilibra is manufactured in the UK at our ISO 9001 accredited plant with the capacity to produce one kilometre of shelving every week – which means we can offer lead times from as little as three weeks. This makes Cantilibra the most cost effective cantilever steel library shelving system on the market.
148
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® Cantilibra Shelving | SHELVING
Attention to detail is what makes Cantilibra Shelving great Wide range of integrated system components Whatever you need to store or display, there’s a Cantilibra component specifically designed to suit your needs: flat shelves, display shelves and shelves for paperback/DVDs are all available.
Square end brackets Create a modern, clean look to your Cantilibra Shelving system.
Steel shelves that won’t deflect under heavy loads Cantilibra shelves have a maximum load capacity of 60Kg, so even when fully loaded they will keep their shape.
End panels to suit any scheme Choose from our standard range of plain coloured laminate, wood finish laminate, slatwall end panels and bay end displayer panels. Alternatively, feature custom graphics (available to special order), to really make your system stand out. The choice is yours.
Plain shelf fronts Sleek plain shelf fronts provide a minimalist look. Channelled shelf fronts to hold shelf guiding can be specially ordered.
Durable polyester powder coat finish The surface of the Cantilibra steel is durable and impact resistant with anti-bacterial qualities in a matt finish.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
149
SHELVING | DemcoÂŽ Cantilibra Shelving
Step One Select your components H:1200mm units 1
2
4
5
3
6
H:1500mm units
150
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® Cantilibra Shelving | SHELVING Dimensions Double-Sided
Single-Sided
H:1800mm units 16
15
18
17
Starter: W940mm Add-on: W920mm D: 330mm
20
19
Display
22
21
D: 590mm
Starter: W940mm Add-on: W920mm
Display and Store
Shelving Colours
Red Yellow Green Colours Shelving Unit Colours
Red White
White
Yellow Light Grey
Light Grey
Green Silver
Silver
Lemon Lilac Shelving Shelving Colours Colours Colours Special Premium
Blue
Orange
Blue Black
Orange Red Anthracite
Black
Anthracite White
Lemon Yellow Red Ocean
Lilac Green Yellow
Green Blue
Orange Blue
Orange Lemon
Please note: available on request. Additional charge applies on special colours, contact Customer Services for further details
White Ocean Light Grey
Silver Light Grey
Silver Black
Black Anthracite
Anthracite Ocean
Lemon Lilac
Starter: W940mm Add-on: W920mm
Lilac
D: 355mm
D: 790mm
Ocean
Starter: W940mm Add-on: W920mm
Construct your Demco® Cantilibra Shelving Height
Shelves
Unit Type (Standard, Display or Display and Store)
3 1200mm
6
Single-sided Static Double-sided Mobile
Standard
6
Double-sided Static
4 8
Single-sided, Double-sided Mobile or Double-sided Static
Single-sided Static Double-sided Mobile
Standard
1500mm 8 3
Double-sided Static Display
Single-sided Static
5
Single-sided Static Standard
10
Double-sided Static
1800mm 4 4
Display
Single-sided Static
Display and Store
Single-sided Static
Starter or Add-on
Code
Price
1 4214982 2 4215026
£296.00
3 4227753 4 4227764
£452.00
5 4215070 6 4215114
£378.00
7 4214993 8 4215037
£332.00
9 4227775 10 4227786
£506.00 £430.00
Add-on
11 4215081 12 4215125
Starter
13 4056696
£275.00
Add-on
14 4056707
£225.00
Starter
15 4215004
£366.00
Add-on
16 4215048
£317.00
Starter
17 4215092
£499.00
Add-on
18 4215136
£399.00
Starter
19 4056718
£299.00
Add-on
20 4056729
£252.00
Starter
21 4056762
£386.00
Add-on
22 4056773
£349.00
Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
£258.00 £377.00 £269.00 £292.00 £403.00 £320.00
151
SHELVING | Demco® Cantilibra Shelving
Step Two Select your end panels or bay end displayers
23
24
Plain End Panel
Slatted End Panel
End Panel Colours
Purple Purple
Green Green
Turquoise Turquoise
Red
Pink Pink
Orange Orange
Blue/Grey Blue/Grey
Olive Olive Green Green
Blue Red
Oak Oak Mint
Walnut Walnut Mint Sky Blue
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Green Blue
Black Black Mint Sky Multi Blue Coloured
Anthracite Anthracite Sky Multi Plum Blue Coloured
Lagoon Yellow GreenBlue Lagoon Pumpkin GreenBlue Lagoon Pumpkin Avocado Blue
White White Multi Black Plum Coloured
Light Grey Light Grey Plum Black Beech
Black Maple Beech
Pumpkin Avocado
Avocado
Maple Beech
Maple
25
26
Demco®Demco Colour® Match Colour Match
Bay End Displayer - H1200mm
Bay End Displayer - H1500mm
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Pumpkin
Avocado
Red
Blue Red
Yellow Blue
Green Yellow
Mint Sky Blue
Sky Multi Blue Coloured
Multi Plum Coloured
Black Plum
Lagoon GreenBlue Lagoon Pumpkin Blue
Black White
White Maple
Pumpkin Avocado
Avocado Mint
Beech Maple
Beech
Select your End Panels or Bay End Displayers Sky Blue
Height
Multi Coloured
Plum
Black
White
Maple
Beech
Single-sided or Double-sided
End Panel 23 Plain or 24 Slatted
Price
Single-sided
Plain Slatted
4109364 4110486
£78.00 £125.00
Double-sided
Plain Slatted
4109320 4110442
£97.00 £141.00
Single-sided
Plain Slatted
4109375 4110497
£93.00 £139.00
Double-sided
Plain Slatted
4109331 4110453
£112.00 £175.00
Single-sided
Plain Slatted
4109386 4110508
£101.00 £155.00
Double-sided
Plain Slatted
4109342 4110464
£143.00 £192.00
1200mm
1500mm
1800mm
152
Bay End Displayer
Code
Phone: 01992 454511
Code
Price
25 4040383
£739.00
26 4040372
£799.00
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Mint
Demco® Cantilibra Shelving | SHELVING
Step Three Select your accessories Demco® Book Supports Keep your books neat and tidy with Suspended Book Supports specifically designed for Demco® Shelving units or use our L Shaped Book Supports with a magnetic base. The suspended support is moulded in strong, flexible nylon in a light grey finish with a 250mm drop. The metal magnetic book supports would suit any metal shelving system and are available in two sizes - Standard 150mm high and Quarto 200mm high. The metal L shaped supports have a magnetic base to resist the pressure applied by books and are available in a range of colours to match Mode
28
Shelving. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour for magnetic supports: black, light grey, silver, or white. Suspended supports only available in grey.
27 H x W x Dmm Suspended Book Support for 27 4107461 Shelving Colours Cantilibra II/Mode/Boreal Shelving 28 4107428 4107439 Red
240 x 100 x 190
Magnetic Book Support Standard Magnetic Book Support Quarto Yellow
Green
Blue
Orange
Lemon
£8.25
150 x 95 x 85
£7.50
200 x 150 x 160
£11.75
Lilac
Magnetic Support shown on upper shelf, Suspended Book Support shown below shelf White
Light Grey
Silver
Black
Anthracite
Ocean
Conversion Brackets
Flat Shelf and Brackets Kit
Convert a standard flat shelf (supplied in starter and add-on units) into a sloping display shelf without the need of purchasing a new shelf. Conversion Brackets supplied in a pair suitable for converting one flat shelf.
Replacement or additional flat shelves available in a kit. The kit is supplied with flat shelf, end brackets (pair) and an acrylic strip which acts as a shelf backstop. The flat shelf and end brackets can be ordered in a variety of colours to match your shelving system (see page 151 for colour swatch).
29
31
30
Display Shelf and Brackets Kit
DVD/Paperback Shelf and Brackets Kit
Replacement or additional sloping display shelf available in a kit. The kit is supplied with a shelf, conversion brackets (pair) and an acrylic strip which acts as a shelf backstop. The shelf and end brackets can be ordered in a variety of colours to match your shelving system (see page 151 for colour swatch).
A shelf with back support specifically designed for DVDs and paperbacks. The shelf angles up the spine and makes browsing easier. The kit comes complete with shelf and end brackets. The shelf and end brackets can be ordered in a variety of colours to match your shelving system (see page 151 for colour swatch).
32
Select your accessories Accessories
Code
Conversion Bracket Set Flat Shelf and Brackets Kit Display Shelf and Brackets Kit DVD/Paperback Shelf Kit
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
Price
29 4187552 30 4221780
£42.90
31 4108110 32 4189851
£59.00
£31.15 £47.10
153
SHELVING | Demco® Mode Shelving
Mode Contemporary book storage and display With minimalist styling and simplicity of construction, Mode retains all of the functionality you require from a shelving system for your study areas. Sturdy, steel components for assured storage, Mode is designed to be easily reconfigured and upgraded in the future as your space requirements change.
Mode features: • Manufactured in the UK and Certificated to BS 4875-7:2006, BS4875-8:1998 for strength, stability and durability • Single and double-sided bays in a choice of heights • Available in a choice of colours, the epoxy powder coating of the shelves and frame features Dupont Activecoat® antibacterial coating and provides a slip resistant surface, perfect for book presentation • Uprights manufactured of 2mm roll-formed thick steel of 40 x 20mm section • Shelves are easily adjusted at 25mm height spacings to adapt to your stock requirements with a maximum shelf-to-shelf clearance of 330mm. Shelves feature a 20mm
plain front, book support rail, acrylic backstop and are designed to carry a load up to 60kg
• Options within the system include display shelves, conversion brackets to change a flat shelf to display and book supports. • Acrylic end panels sold separately and supplied with fixings
154
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® Mode Shelving | SHELVING
Step One Select your components Single-sided Starter Units
Single-sided Add-on Units
W: 942mm
W: 922mm
Double-sided Starter Units
Double-sided Add-on Units
W: 942mm
W: 922mm
End elevations - showing shelving depth and range of bay heights
Shelving Colours
Red Yellow Green Colours Shelving Unit Colours
Red White
White
Yellow Light Grey
Light Grey
Green Silver
Silver
Lemon Lilac Shelving Shelving Colours Colours Colours Special Premium
Blue
Orange
Blue Black
Orange Red Anthracite
Black
Anthracite White
Lemon Yellow Red Ocean
Lilac Green Yellow
Green Blue
Orange Blue
Orange Lemon
Please note: available on request. Additional charge applies on special colours, contact Customer Services for further details
White Ocean Light Grey
Silver Light Grey
Silver Black
Anthracite Black
Anthracite Ocean
Lemon Lilac
Lilac
Ocean
Construct your Demco® Mode Shelving Height
Shelves 3
Single-sided or Double-sided Single-sided
1200mm 6
Double-sided
4
Single-sided
8
Double-sided
1525mm
5
Single-sided
1850mm 10
Double-sided
6
Single-sided
12
Double-sided
2175mm
Starter or Add-on
Code
Price
Starter
4187772
£357.00
Add-on
4187728
£273.00
Starter
4187618
£559.00
Add-on
4187563
£431.00
Starter
4187783
£411.00
Add-on
4187739
£325.00
Starter
4187629
£660.00
Add-on
4187574
£529.00
Starter
4187794
£472.00
Add-on
4187750
£376.00
Starter
4187640
£767.00
Add-on
4187585
£681.00
Starter
4187805
£537.00
Add-on
4187761
£434.00
Starter
4187651
£880.00
Add-on
4187596
£792.00
System designed as ‘starter’ bays, with add-on extension bays that can be employed when creating a run of two or more bays in a line. All dimensions are nominal. End panels are sold separately. *Top canopy shelf is also included as part of the kit.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
155
SHELVING | Demco® Mode Shelving
Step Two Select your End Panels
1
2
Frosted see-through acrylic
Orange
Light Red
Deep Red
Medium Blue Deep Blue
Light Green Leaf Green
Deep Yellow
Orange
Light Red
Deep Red
Fuchsia
Rose
Heaven Blue
Light Blue
(samples available on request)
Medium Blue Deep Blue
Medium Green
Yellow Green
Light Green Leaf Green
Light Grey
Grey
End Panels
Deep Yellow
(samples available on request)
Frosted see-through acrylic
Select your End Panels Height
Single-sided or Double-sided
End Panels Code
1200mm 1525mm 1850mm 2175mm
156
Price
Single-sided
1 4043397
£194.00
Double-sided
2 4043441 1 4043408
£293.00
2 4043452 1 4043419
£324.00
Single-sided Double-sided Single-sided
£231.00 £244.00
Single-sided
2 4043463 1 4043430
£256.00
Double-sided
2 4043474
£406.00
Double-sided
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£353.00
Fuchsia
Rose
Heaven Blue
Demco® Mode Shelving | SHELVING
Step Three Select your accessories Demco® Book Supports Keep your books neat and tidy with Suspended Book Supports specifically designed for Demco® Shelving units or use our L Shaped Book Supports with a magnetic base. The suspended support is moulded in strong, flexible nylon in a light grey finish with a 250mm drop. The metal magnetic book supports would suit any metal shelving system and are available in two sizes - Standard 150mm high and Quarto 200mm high. The metal L shaped supports have a magnetic base to resist the pressure applied by books and are available in a range of colours to match Mode Shelving.
4
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour for magnetic supports: black, light grey, silver, or white. Suspended supports only available in grey.
H x W x Dmm 3 Shelving Suspended Book Support for Cantilibra II/Mode/Boreal Shelving 4107461 Colours 4 4107428 Magnetic Book Support Standard 4107439
Magnetic Book Support Quarto
240 x 100 x 190 150 x 95 x 85 200 x 150 x 160
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Orange
Lemon
White
Light Grey
Silver
Black
Anthracite
Ocean
£8.25
3
£7.50 £11.75
Magnetic Support shown on upper shelf, Suspended Book Support shown below shelf
Lilac
Accessories Accessory 5 Conversion Bracket Set Convert your existing flat shelf into a display shelf. Supplied in pairs suitable for converting one shelf.
6 Display Shelf and Brackets Kit For face-on display of magazines, periodicals and graphic novels. Supplied complete with brackets.
Code
Price
Conversion Bracket Set (Pair)
5 4187552
£31.15
Display Shelf and Brackets Kit
6 4187607
£39.85
The accessories below are all available to special order, to display your media just as you want to. Please contact our Customer Services team if you wish to order any of these or for help to build your Mode shelving.
Browser Shelf Designed for picture books and graphic novels, with an open front for increased visibility.
Perforated Divided Shelf A versatile unit with movable and adjustable dividers.
Flip-through Media Browser Adjustable dividers on this unit are designed to accept a mix of CDs and DVDs.
Flip-through Media Browser The fixed dividers in this unit allow orderly stock management.
Lift-up Display and Store Compartments Top hinged tilted shelves allow easy access to storage behind.
Multi-purpose Tilted Shelf This is ideal for displaying DVDs and CVDs spine-on. Also suitable for popular fiction material.
Spine and Face-on Display This unit adds interest for attractive, attention-grabbing displays.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
157
SHELVING | Demco® Boreal Shelving
Boreal Timeless timber elegance. Boreal offers clean lines with a contemporary blend of real wood beech veneer and steel; providing an unbeatable combination of strength and aesthetics in a library shelving system.
Boreal features: • High quality beech veneered end panels in substantial 26mm MDF material and 3mm solid lipping • Single and double-sided bays in 950mm width and a choice of heights • Steel frame designed to provide superior strength and stability • Manufactured in the UK
Shelves and Canopy: • Textured shelf finish provides a slip-resistant surface, perfect for book presentation in a library • Finished in white as standard, the shelves and top canopy shelf feature a Dupont Activecoat® antibacterial coating • Shelves can be easily adjusted in 32mm height increments to adapt to your stock requirements • Options within the system include display shelves, conversion brackets to change a flat shelf to display, book supports, zig-zag displayers and canopy signage guiding • Active Coat® - Dupont Activecoat® antibacterial powder coating has been internationally recognised and tested, providing a 99.9% reduction in E-coli, MRSA and other superbugs. Long-term protection – antimicrobial agents are an integral part of the powder coating and are active for the life of the product Dimensions: Overall W950mm. Shelves W895 x D250mm.
158
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
DemcoÂŽ Boreal Shelving | SHELVING Steel canopy, with front guiding facility
Based on 250mm shelf Single-sided units are 300mm deep, double-sided 570mm
End panels: 26mm thick MDF with real wood AA grade veneer. MDF core material provides solidarity; AA grade veneer is hardwearing for use in public spaces and gives a quality appearance
Variety of media display options
Hard-wearing 3mm solid wood front edge compliments end panel
Steel shelf - 20 gauge (0.9mm) Textured paint finish resists book slipping on shelf, and available in a wide choice of colours. Epoxy powder coat finish includes DuPont ActivecoatÂŽ antibacterial treatment. Flat shelf depth - 250mm
4105030 with optional Canopy Guiding. Display Shelves & Zig-zag Acrylic Shelf Displayer (4016392) UK designed and manufactured
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
Adjustable levelling feet
159
SHELVING | Demco® Boreal Shelving
Step One Select your components Double-sided Starter Units
Double-sided Add-on Units
D: 570mm
D: 570mm
W: 950mm
Single-sided Starter Units
Single-sided Add-on Units
W: 924mm D: 300mm
W: 950mm
D: 300mm
W: 924mm
Appearance Metal shelves and frame are supplied in white as standard. Other colours are available on request (silver, pale grey, anthracite, black), please contact Customer Services for full details. End panels are supplied in 26mm thick MDF with real wood beech veneer and hard-wearing 3mm solid wood front edge.
Construct your Demco® Boreal Shelving Height
Shelves 3
Single-sided or Double-sided Single-sided
1210 6
Double-sided
4
Single-sided
1520 8
Double-sided
5
Single-sided
10
Double-sided
1840
6
Single-sided
2140 12
Double-sided
Starter or Add-on
Code
Price
Starter
4105448
£310.00
Add-on
4105404
£220.00
Starter
4105008
£492.00
Add-on
4104953
£370.00
Starter
4105459
£380.00
Add-on
4105415
£275.00
Starter
4105019
£575.00
Add-on
4104964
£420.00
Starter
4105470
£422.00
Add-on
4105426
£305.00 £690.00
Starter
4105030
Add-on
4104975
£495.00
Starter
4105481
£470.00
Add-on
4105437
£350.00
Starter
4105041
£775.00
Add-on
4104986
£570.00
System designed as ‘starter’ bays, with add-on extension bays that can be employed when creating a run of two or more bays in a line. All dimensions are nominal. *Top Canopy Shelf is also included, canopy guiding is available separately. Boreal is not compatible with Softline Shelving. If you have existing Softline in your library please contact Customer Services.
160
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® Boreal Shelving | SHELVING
Step Two Select your accessories Accessories
1 Conversion Bracket Set Convert a standard Flat Shelf into a Display Shelf with these Conversion Brackets. Supplied in pairs to convert one shelf.
2 Flat Shelf Kit Starter Units and Add-on Units are supplied with Flat Shelves as standard. If you require additional Flat Shelves this kit can be ordered. Supplied complete with fixing brackets.
3 Display Shelf and Brackets Kit Display periodicals, magazines and graphic novels face-on with this Display Shelf Kit. Supplied complete with fixing brackets.
4 DVD/Paperback Shelf and Brackets Kit Holds and displays DVDs and paperback books angled up. Supplied complete with fixing brackets.
Code
Price
1 Conversion Bracket Set
4104942
£12.50
2 Flat Shelf Kit
4240909
£36.00
3 Display Shelf and Brackets Kit
4104997
£29.00
4 DVD/Paperback Shelf and Brackets Kit
4240920
£59.00
5 Suspended Book Support for Boreal Shelving
4107450
£8.75
5 Suspended Book Support Suspended Book Supports can be attached to the shelf above to support your media. Supports can be slid along the shelf to the desired position.
One size doesn’t fit all That’s why we can create your very own bespoke Boreal shelving unit to suit your space and requirements. From electrical points to integrated tables and seating, the possibilities are endless. Contact our Customer Services team for full details.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
161
SHELVING | Demco® MiKa Shelving
MiKa Create a truly flexible library or reading space with MiKa Shelving. The range consists of single-sided wall and double-sided free-standing units which can be supplied with castors. You can add as many extension units as necessary to create your own individual layout. Each new run will need its own starter unit, then just carry on extending. Choose from a selection of contemporary finishes. • Made from 25mm melamine faced chipboard • All units supplied with levellers as standard (castors available separately) • Display shelf available separately
1 2
162
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® MiKa Shelving | SHELVING Choose your shelving height
Choose single or double-sided Double-sided
Single-sided
1200mm
1500mm
1800mm
D: 282mm
W: 750mm
D: 538mm
W: 750mm
Do you need castors?
Choose your number of units
3 Starter units
Add-on units
Construct your Demco® MiKa Shelving Height
Shelves
Single-sided or Double-sided
3
Single-sided
1200mm 6
Double-sided
4
Single-sided
1500mm 8
Double-sided
5
Single-sided
10
Double-sided
1800mm
Starter or Add-on
Code
Price
Starter
1 4084262
Add-on
2 4084295
£136.00
Starter
4084328
£278.00
Add-on
4084361
£242.00
Starter
4084273
£245.00
Add-on
4084306
£224.00
Starter
4084339
£437.00
Add-on
4084372
£394.00
£169.00
Starter
4084284
£267.00
Add-on
4084317
£245.00
Starter
4084350
£489.00
Add-on
4084383
£438.00
Accessories Display Shelf with Lip Double-sided Shelving Castor Set
4084416
£37.00
3 4084394
£69.00
Please order castors at the same time as shelving units.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
163
SHELVING | Demco® MiMi 2 Shelving
MiMi 2 Better choice, better price. Our improved MiMi 2 Shelving is now available in a wide range of finishes and colours. In addition to our original maple finish MiMi 2 Shelving is available in five finishes and you can now choose your own end panel colours. Our Kinderboxes and Cube Kinder Seat are also now available in finishes and colours to perfectly complement the shelving units. Choose from bay-end square Kinderbox and seat, designed to be the right size to fit alongside double-sided shelving or the free-standing Kinderbox with circle top. • Made from 25mm thick MFC with 2mm ABS edging on exposed edges • Available in three heights to suit different age groups • All units include a fixed bottom shelf with adjustable shelves • Display shelf and additional flat shelves available separately
164
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Demco® MiMi 2 Shelving | SHELVING
Step One Select your components Choose your shelving height
Choose single or double-sided
865mm
1215mm
1570mm
Single-Sided Double-Sided
D: 282mm
W: 800mm
D: 538mm W: 800mm
Do you need castors?
Choose your number of units
Starter units
4221703
Add-on units
Choose your shelving colours
Castor Set for Double-sided Starter Units
£99.95
Additional Flat Shelves or Display Shelves
1. Left panel 2. Right panel 3. Top/bottom plinth, back panel and shelves (must be the same colour)
2 3
1
2
3 4084251
Extra Flat Shelf
£23.00
4084108
Display Shelf
£44.00
Construct your Demco® MiMi 2 Shelving Height
Shelves
Starter or Add-on
Code
Price
Starter
4084119
£179.00
Add-on
4084152
£149.00
Starter
4084185
£285.00
Add-on
4084218
£246.00
Starter
4084130
£223.00
Add-on
4084163
£188.00
Starter
4084196
£359.00
Add-on
4084229
£305.00
Starter
4084141
£282.00
Add-on
4084174
£239.00
Starter
4084207
£449.00
Add-on
4084240
£389.00
Flat Shelf
4084251
£23.00
Display Shelf
4084108
£44.00
Castor Set for Double-sided Starter Units
4221703
£99.95
2
Single-sided or Double-sided Single-sided
865mm 4 3
Double-sided Single-sided
1215mm 6 4
Double-sided Single-sided
1570mm 8
Double-sided
Accessories
Please note: MiMi 2 Shelving is not compatible with original MiMi Shelving (pre-2015). If you require additional MiMi units please contact Customer Services for information and pricing.
www.gresswell.co.uk/shelving
165
SHELVING | Demco® MiMi 2 Shelving
Step Two Select your accessories
2
When ordering please tell us
When ordering please tell us
1. Body Colour
3
1
3. Insert 1 Colour 1
4. Insert 2 Colour
H x W x Dmm 4067729
Cube Kinder Seat 4 5
1. Body Colour
4
2. Seat Colour
3
385 x 540 x 600
H x W x Dmm £359.00
4067718
Infant Height Kinderbox
300 x 540 x 600
When ordering please tell us
When ordering please tell us
1. Body Colour
3
1. Body Colour
4
3. Insert 1 Colour 1
3. Insert 1 Colour
4. Insert 2 Colour
4. Insert 2 Colour
1
5. Circle Top Colour
H x W x Dmm 4197321
Circle Top Shaped Kinderbox - free-standing
455 x 600 x 600
£229.00
H x W x Dmm £399.00
4067696
Junior Height Kinderbox - free-standing
430 x 600 x 600
£239.00
Seat Fabrics (Xtreme Plus)
Parasol
166
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Madura
Tonga
Campeche
FURNITURE
Furniture
Design is intuitive when users can focus on a task at hand without stopping even for a second. Intuitive designs direct people’s attention to tasks that are important. Years of designing, furnishing and resourcing library spaces gives us a great understanding of how a space can be configured to make it intuitive. Colours, lighting, furnishings can invisibly direct students to what they need to find and where they want to be. A well designed space is both relaxing and pleasant to be in, which in turn makes it motivating and inspiring. Design does not need to be formal, but it creates ownership of the space for the end user. The library is a multi-functional space incorporating individual study with group activities.
221
Easy & Reception Seating................................................. 168-186 Bean Bags........................................................................... 187-188 Carpets........................................................................................189 Operator Chairs.................................................................. 190-193 Study Chairs........................................................................ 194-204 Stool Seating...............................................................................205 Tables................................................................................... 206-215 Exam Desks.................................................................................216 Cafe Tables & Chairs.................................................................217 Meeting Spaces & Booths................................................. 218-221 Office Furniture................................................................... 222-226 Storage Cupboards & Filing.............................................. 227-229 Media Storage & Large Format Filing.............................. 230-232 Charging Stations.......................................................................233 Laptop & Tablet Storage................................................... 234-235 Counter & Reception Units............................................... 236-238
204
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
183
167
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
10 YEAR GUARANTEE 1
3
2
4
Majic Reception Seating
Glides
Sculptured curves and flowing contours create a contemporary look.
1
4012685
Majic Tub Chair on Glides with open front
The sophisticated, curved design of this versatile tub chair provides infinite opportunities to create an inviting reception or easy seating area.
£279.00
2
4012707
Majic Tub Chair on Glides with closed front
£289.00
4012718
Majic Tub Chair on Castors with open front
£288.00
4012674
Majic Tub Chair on Castors with closed front
£299.00
Castors
• Fully upholstered seat and back cushions for lasting comfort and support • Available with open or closed front • Choose from glides or castors
3
• Matching round table with light oak top complements the set Dimensions chairs: Seat H457mm. Overall H762 x W635 x D635mm. Table H380 x W620 x D620mm.
Table 4
Price each.
401269616 Majic Upholstered Table
£169.00
4
weeks
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Sirena Club Chair
Reception Tub Chair
Stylish and robust.
Uptown image, downtown price.
• Contoured back
Modern, stylish seating, the fully upholstered Sirena chair will project the right image for reception or lounge areas. This inviting range of easy seating has a solid construction for years of reliable service. Create a two-tone appearance by selecting alternative colours for seat and back.
• Features glides for easy manoeuvrability
Dimensions: Seat H420mm. Overall H730 x W480 x D500mm.
Create a big city image with this leather look tub chair, featuring a deep padded seat for added comfort. Available in black only.
Dimensions: H760 x W460 x D630mm.
Price each.
Price each.
401887801
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
Reception Tub Chair
£139.00
3
168
4016678
Sirena Club Chair
4
weeks
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£349.00
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE
Cambridge Tub Chair and Sofa Create a warm welcome to your reception or reading area with the Cambridge Tub Chair and Sofa. Finished in wipe clean faux leather with stylish chrome feet in a choice of traditional and contemporary colours. Complete the look with a Cambridge Coffee Table. Dimensions: Seat H440 x D590mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
H x W x Dmm 4222176
Cambridge Tub Chair
740 x 750 x 550
£145.00
4222187
Cambridge Tub Sofa
740 x 1240 x 550
£239.00
4222198
Cambridge Coffee Table
380 x 620 x 620
£112.00
5
Red
Pink
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Aqua
Lime
Brown
Black
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Starlite Seating Stylish yet comfortable. A stylish yet functional seating solution, the Starlite range offers exceptional comfort, lending itself well to any lounge or reception area. Available as either a single tub or 2-seat sofa. Manufactured in the UK and comes with a full 10 year structural guarantee. Dimensions: Seat H430mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
H x W x Dmm 4025775
Starlite Chair
760 x 840 x 760
£499.00
4025786
Starlite 2-seat Sofa
760 x 1400 x 760
£569.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
169
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
All Pad Seating now features a 10 year guarantee for complete peace of mind.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
3
2
Pad Seating Shapely and stylish! The Pad Chair and Sofa look good in any environment with excellent levels of comfort. The cleverly designed back on the sofa provides space between users and ensures both seat areas can be comfortably utilised. The Zig-zag Pad Seating options feature two-tone upholstery to stunning effect - a zig-zag seat and a choice of colours for the back. Price each. When ordering please tell us Pad Chair and Pad Sofa fabric colour of the seat and back from the Blazer range, see inside back cover. Zig-zag Pad Chair and Zig-zag Pad Sofa come with a zig-zag seat fabric, please specify fabric colour of back from the Blazer range, see inside back cover.
H x W x Dmm 1
4214311
Pad Chair
690 x 670 x 660
£369.00
2
4237972
Zig-zag Pad Chair
690 x 670 x 660
£389.00
4214322
Pad Sofa
690 x 1200 x 660
£569.00
4237983
Zig-zag Pad Sofa
690 x 1200 x 660
£589.00
1 3
5
weeks
170
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
1
Solar Tub Chair A two-tone tub chair with an optional stripy twist. The Solar Chair is fully upholstered and will look great in reception and lounge areas. Create a two-tone appearance by selecting different seat and back fabric colours to suit your style. A stripy seat fabric is also available with a choice of back colours.
2
Dimensions: Seat H460mm. Overall H790 x W680 x D600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us seat and back fabric colour for 4238-027 from Era range, see inside back cover. When ordering please tell us back fabric colour for 4238-038 from Era range, see inside back cover. 1 4238027
Solar Tub Chair
£359.00
2 4238038
Solar Tub Chair with Stripy Seat
£389.00
5
weeks
2 5
Neon Tub Seating Smart and trendy tub chairs.
3 4
Neon Tub Seating is a space saving range of tub chairs ideal for breakout, leisure, meeting and informal areas. Single Tub Chairs available with four different base options; four legged chrome, four legged raised spider chrome, four legged raised wooden and chrome trumpet base. The Two Seater comes with a four legged chrome base as standard. Create a twotone appearance by selecting different seat and back fabric colours to suit your style. A honeycomb patterned seat fabric is also available with a choice of back colours.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Dimensions: Seat H475mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us Plain Neon colour of seat and back from Era swatch, see inside back cover. For Honeycomb Neon, please tell us back seat colour from Era swatch, see inside back cover.
1
H x W x Dmm
H x W x Dmm
Plain Seat Fabric
Honeycomb Seat Fabric
4238104
Neon Chair Chrome 4 Legged Base
780 x 595 x 655 £249.00
1
4238049
Neon Chair Chrome 4 Legged Base
780 x 595 x 655 £259.00
4238115
Neon Chair Chrome Spider Base
780 x 595 x 655 £270.00
2
4238060
Neon Chair Chrome Spider Base
780 x 595 x 655 £288.00
4238126
Neon Chair Chrome Trumpet Base
780 x 595 x 655 £289.00
3
4238071
Neon Chair Chrome Trumpet Base
780 x 595 x 655 £299.00
4238137
Neon Chair Wooden Base
780 x 595 x 655 £269.00
4
4238082
Neon Chair Wooden Base
780 x 595 x 655 £288.75
4238148
Neon Two Seater Chrome 4 Legged Base 780 x 1170 x 655 £439.00
5
4238093
Neon Two Seater Chrome 4 Legged Base 780 x 1170 x 655 £465.00
5
weeks
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
171
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
1
2
3
4
Willow Reception Furniture Range
H x W x Dmm
The Willow Reception Furniture is a comfortable range of soft seating, manufactured to a very high standard and available in a range of styles to suit your space. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from the Xtreme Plus Fabric range or Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
1
4045454
Sofa Straight Back No Arms
755 x 610 x 690
£215.00
2
4045465
Sofa Straight Back Left Arm
755 x 740 x 690
£279.00
3
4045476
Sofa Straight Back Right Arm
755 x 740 x 690
£279.00
4
4045487
Sofa Straight Back Two Arms
755 x 870 x 690
£420.00
5
404549818
Coffee Table Beech Laminate
370 x 620 x 620
£110.00
6
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Citi Seating now comes with a 10 year guarantee for complete peace of mind.
Citi Seating Classic seating style. For your reception areas or relaxed spaces, Citi provides a range of comfortable contemporary seating options. • Options of single seat armchair, two-seat sofa or three-seat sofa • Matching coffee table available • Seat cushions fixed in place • Writing tablets available to special order Dimensions: Seat H406mm. Overall Sofa H762mm. Table H508mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
W x Dmm 4027194
Single Armchair
762 x 787
£339.00
4027205
Two-seat Sofa
1283 x 787
£499.00
4027216
Three-seat Sofa
1829 x 787
£699.00
402722718
Table
1016 x 508
£156.00
5
weeks
Image shows seats with writing tablets - tablet versions of Citi are available to special order, please contact Customer Services for details.
172
5
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE
Cambridge Chairs
1
Style, comfort and flexibility. Create a reception area or easy seating space that meets your exact needs with the Cambridge Chair. Cambridge Chairs sit neatly side by side whilst providing ample, personal space or alternatively choose the Cambridge 2-Seater. Dimensions: H800 x D660mm. Seat H440mm. Price each.
2 Wmm
1 4025863
Cambridge Chair
560
£239.00
2 4210692
Cambridge 2-Seater
1170
£349.00
5
weeks
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Main Line Plus and Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
5
2
CornerSmart Reception System Simple, stylish and sensibly priced.
3
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Easily configure your reception seating to suit the space available with the CornerSmart Reception System. • Modular design allowing customised configuration • Use matching table to create a corner unit
4
• Table sides are upholstered and top is made of easy-clean light oak laminate Dimensions: Seat H420mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
H x W x Dmm 1
4054518
CornerSmart Seat Unit
750 x 600 x 625 £139.00
2
4012773
CornerSmart Seat with Left Arm
750 x 680 x 625 £199.00
3
4012784
CornerSmart Seat with Right Arm
750 x 680 x 625 £199.00
4012795
CornerSmart Seat with both Arms
750 x 760 x 625 £259.00
4
4012806
CornerSmart Seat 30 Link
750 x 285 x 625 £139.00
5
4012817
CornerSmart Seat 60 Link
750 x 406 x 625 £139.00
6
4054529
CornerSmart Table Unit
380 x 620 x 620 £129.00
1 6
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
173
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
2
1
3
UC Seating Give your seating area the edge. The UC seating range features choice of relaxed sofa units in vibrant, wipe-clean vinyl colours providing a practical seating choice with a contemporary appearance. • Both the seat and back colour can be selected, allowing you to create a contrasting or complementary look for your space • All components sourced and manufactured in the UK • Full 10 year structural guarantee Dimensions: H720 x D520mm. Seat H460mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of seat and back fabric from Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
Wmm 1 4030846
UC Seat Unit - Single
520
£199.00
2 4030868
UC Seat Unit - Double
820
£235.00
3 4030890
UC Seat Unit - Corner
820
£299.00
5
weeks
174
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
1 2
Comet Chairs Create your own unique environment. A versatile range of reception or break-out seating that configures into many layout options. • Seat back can be a different fabric colour from the base to create an eye catching seating space • Available in circular or segment shape • Segment Chair has two crescent shape cut-outs • Full 10 year structural guarantee
Wmm
• All components sourced and manufactured in the UK Dimensions: H780 x D800mm. Seat H440mm.
1
4025676
Comet Circular Chair
800
£320.00
Price each.
2
4025687
Comet Segment Chair
670
£318.00
When ordering please tell us fabric colour for both seat and back from Xtreme Plus or Main Line Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
5
weeks
1 1
1 2
2 1
1
1 1
Granat Chair and Pouffe
1
Get squared up. A versatile range of reception or break-out seating that configures into many layout options, perfect for creating an interesting reading corner. The Granat range is available as a square Chair with an upholstered back or a square Pouffe. Each unit can be used as part of a group or individually. Dimensions: W700 x D700mm. Seat H475mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour of base and back from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
Hmm 1
4025819
Granat Chair
820
£265.00
2
4025830
Granat Pouffe
475
£229.00
2
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
175
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
2
1
All chairs on this page comply with BS5852 and BS4875
Campus Chairs and Coffee Tables
Fabric
H x W x Dmm
Chairs that provide superlative comfort year after year.
1 4014588
Fabric Campus Chair
W530
£174.00
• Sturdy, exceptionally comfortable easy seating for more relaxed areas of the library or staff room
2 4014599
Fabric Campus Chair with Arms
W585
£194.00
• Solid beechwood frame with generously padded, web-sprung seat
Vinyl
• Matching coffee tables have solid timber legs and Grade A natural beech veneered tops
4014610
Vinyl Campus Chair
W530
£184.00
4015435
Vinyl Campus Chair with Arms
W585
£194.00
• Fire Retardancy rating to BS5852, Part 2 - ideal choice for all high activity areas
Tables
Dimensions: H785 x D660mm. Seat H406mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus range, see inside back cover. Vinyl colour from Just Colour range, see inside back cover.
4049051
Coffee Table
415 x 660 x 610
£159.00
4049062
Coffee Table
510 x 660 x 610
£163.00
4049073
Coffee Table
415 x 1170 x 610
£205.00
4049084
Coffee Table
510 x 1170 x 610
£211.00
4049106
Coffee Table
H415 x Dia.900mm
£212.00
5
weeks
2
1
Thatcher Low Height Easy Chairs A simply-styled, practical chair for staff rooms, reading areas or receptions. Curved back design with lower seat height encourages relaxation and longer reading sessions. • Solid timber frame with strong dowel joints • Fire Retardancy rating to BS5852, Part 2 - ideal choice for all high activity areas • Generous, well-padded seats
Wmm
• Wood finish is natural beech as standard Dimensions: Overall H760 x D710mm. Seat H380mm.
1 4048809
Thatcher Fabric Easy Chair
610
£199.00
Price each.
2 4048820
Thatcher Fabric Easy Chair with Arms
660
£215.00
When ordering please tell us fabric colours from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
176
Phone: 01992 454511
5
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE Easi Chair Range
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Choose from chairs and sofas, with or without arms and a matching coffee table in easy to clean light oak laminate. • Steel tubular framework • Generously padded seating and backrests • Legs capped with rubber tips to avoid floor damage • Choice of frame finishes and fabric options Chair dimensions: Overall H820 x D530mm. Seat H430mm. Table dimensions: H340 x W580 x D580mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: black, silver grey or gold. fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
Seat Wmm 4010815
Easi Chair without Arms
490
£139.00
4010826
Easi 2-seat Sofa without Arms
980
£245.00
4010837
Easi Chair with Arms
490
£149.00
4010848
Easi 2-seat Sofa with Arms
980
£260.00
401089216
Easi Light Oak Reception Table
£80.60
4
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Casey Reception Furniture Revamping your reception seating on a budget? The Casey range of traditional, steel framed reception furniture comes in bright Advantage Fabric colours to match your environment. • Manufactured with durable 25mm steel tubing, coated in black epoxy powder paint • Chairs meet BS5852 safety standards • Deep padded upholstery offers comfort and long life • Team your seating with a light oak melamine topped coffee table which can be used to display latest releases or library information Dimensions: Overall H820 x W500 x D450mm. Seat H430mm. Table H340 x W580 x D580mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
4055002
Casey Chair with Arms
4055013
Casey Chair without Arms
£81.20
405502401
Casey Table
£78.00
£109.00
4
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Beam Seating Beam Seating is a cost efficient and compact way of seating waiting visitors. • Available with two to five seats per seating unit • Flat legs with rubber feet to protect floors • Padded and upholstered seat and back Dimensions: Overall H1245 x D600mm. Seat H435mm.
1
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of seat and back from Advantage range, see inside back cover.
Wmm 1
4211539
Beam 2 Seat Unit
1000
£199.00
4211550
Beam 3 Seat Unit
1500
£258.96
4211561
Beam 4 Seat Unit
2000
£310.96
4211572
Beam 5 Seat Unit
2500
£352.56
5
weeks
Delivered fully assembled!
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
177
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
Oxford Seating Make a good first impression.
H x W x Dmm
Create a welcoming reception or relaxing reading area with this Oxford Seating Range. Available as a single seat, two-seat or three-seat sofa.
4025643
Oxford Chair
730 x 830 x 730
£310.00
Dimensions: Seat H440mm.
4025654
Oxford 2-seat Sofa
730 x 1370 x 730
£439.00
Price each.
4025665
Oxford 3-seat Sofa
730 x 1900 x 730
£539.00
When ordering please tell us colour from Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
5
weeks
2 1
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Ruby Seating The versatility of Ruby Seating makes it ideal for breakout and reception areas alike. Configure side-by-side, back-to-back or make use of an underutilised corner. For extra privacy choose the Ruby High Back Chair. 1 4211990
Ruby Low Back Chair
780
£369.00
Price each.
2 4212001
Ruby High Back Chair
1350
£469.00
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Main Line Plus and Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
178
Hmm
Dimensions: H670 x W670mm.
Phone: 01992 454511
5
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE The Rocca Wood Seating and Rocca Seating ranges both come with a long 10 year guarantee for complete peace of mind.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
2
Rocca Seating
1
Merge design with comfort. The Rocca Seating range lends itself to eye-catching, two-tone upholstery combinations that will look and feel good in any soft seating application. Simply choose the seat colour and back support/frame colour when ordering. The back support can feature optional buttons in the upholstery which can be ordered in a choice of fabric colours also. The range is suitable for reception and meeting areas alike. Available in one, two and three seater units.
H x W x Dmm 1
• A corporate looking seating range made in the U.K. • Upholstered in soft-to-touch, long lasting fabric • Choose with or without buttons in back support 2
Seat height 440mm. Price per unit.
4237686
Single Armchair
740 x 750 x 780
£499.00
4237697
Single Armchair with Buttons
740 x 750 x 780
£519.00
4237708
Two Seater
740 x 1300 x 780
£589.00
4237719
Two Seater with Buttons
740 x 1300 x 780
£619.00
4237730
Three Seater
740 x 1900 x 780
£689.00
4237741
Three Seater with Buttons
740 x 1900 x 780
£739.00
4
When ordering please tell us colour of seat, back support/frame and buttons from Xtreme Plus swatch, see inside back cover.
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
2
1
Rocca Wood Seating Rocca Wood Seating provides a stylish and retro solution for both casual and formal meeting areas. The Rocca Wood Seating range cleverly uses optional buttons in the upholstery along with wooden legs for a softer, less corporate look. The buttons can be ordered in the same fabric, in a contrasting colour to really make the units stand out or without buttons at all. The range is suitable for reception and meeting areas alike. Available in one, two and three seater units.
H x W x Dmm 4237620
Single Armchair
740 x 750 x 780
£499.00
4237631
Single Armchair with Buttons
740 x 750 x 780
£519.00
4237642
Two Seater
740 x 1300 x 780
£589.00
4237653
Two Seater with Buttons
740 x 1300 x 780
£619.00
Seat height 440mm.
4237664
Three Seater
740 x 1900 x 780
£689.00
Price per unit.
4237675
Three Seater with Buttons
740 x 1900 x 780
£739.00
1
• A casual, retro looking seating range made in the U.K. • Upholstered in soft to touch, long lasting fabric
2
• Choose with or without buttons in back support
When ordering please tell us colour of seat, back support/frame and buttons from Xtreme Plus swatch, see inside back cover.
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
179
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
4
3
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
5
2 1
Available in Just Colour Vinyl on request, please contact Customer Services for details
6
7
H x W x Dmm 2 Seat Units 1 4030747
2 Seat + Corner Inset Back
840 x 1320 x 670
£579.00
2 Seat + Inset Back with Arm
840 x 1320 x 670
£679.00
2 4030769
2 Seat + 2 Inset Back - Straight
840 x 1320 x 670
£569.00
3 4030780
2 Seat + 2 Inset Back - Offset
840 x 1320 x 670
£569.00
4 Seat Block
440 x 1320 x 1320
£499.00
4 Seat Block with Back
840 x 1320 x 1320
£866.00
4030758
4 Seater Units 4030725
Ice Seating Cool styling for a warm welcome. A range of seating units with many shape and back options to create the perfect arrangement for your social or study space.
D Ends and Pie Segments 5 4030791
D Seat Block
440 x 1320 x 670
£349.00
• Both the seat and back colour can be selected, allowing you to create a contrasting or complementary look for your space
6 4030802
Pie Segment
440 x 670 x 670
£239.00
• All components sourced and manufactured in the UK
7 4030813
Table Segment - Small
440 x 670 x 670
£369.00
4030824
Table Segment - Large
440 x 1320 x 1320
£449.00
• Full 10 year structural guarantee Dimensions: Seat H440mm.
Tables
5
weeks
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of seat and back fabric from Main Line Plus or Xtreme ranges, see inside back cover.
180
4 4030736
Phone: 01992 454511
Please note the striped fabric (Warwick Stripe) shown is to special order, please contact Customer Services for details.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Ice Long Island Combining the Ice 4 seat block with two D seat blocks the Ice Long Island is ideal for casual seating in a library or reception environment. Comfortably sits up to eight people. Dimensions: H840 x W2660 x D1320mm. Seat H440mm.
4226950
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from Mainline Plus and Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
£1,399.00
Ice Long Island
4
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Ice Island Find your own space on the Island. Create an inspiring seating statement with the Ice Island, perfect for relaxed social seating and casual study spaces. A place to read, browse or chat. • Match or contrast the fabric colours of the seat and back column to create the finish you require
When ordering please tell us for both seat base and central back column; upholstered fabric colour from Blazer range or vinyl colour from Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
• Chrome feet • All components sourced and manufactured in the UK
4039811
Ice Island - Vinyl
• Full 10 year structural guarantee
4039822
Ice Island - Fabric
Dimensions: H830 x W1600 x D1600mm. Seat H440mm.
5
Price each.
£989.00 £1,100.00
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
181
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
1
4 3 For up-to-date images of the Tri Seating range, please visit www.gresswell.co.uk
Tri Seating A different take on seating. Create an interesting space with angular Tri Seating. If you find square and round seating too conventional Tri Seating is the perfect solution. Dimensions: Overall H790mm. Seat H450mm. Table H450mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour of seat and back from the Blazer range, see inside back cover.
2
W x Dmm £559.00
1 4214333
Tri Sofa
1700 x 850
2 4214344
Tri Island
2700 x 2700
3 4240887
Tri Stool
850 x 850
£380.00
4 4240898
Tri Table
1700 x 850
£360.00
£1,200.00
7
weeks
Please note the legs on all products in this range have been updated to chrome cylindrical (not pictured).
3
1
2
Coax Seating
W x Dmm
Coax your visitors to stay a while. Coax seating units are fun and modern. Use the Nought, Cross and Square seats as islands or create configurations with three or more units.
1 4214278
Coax Nought Seat
1500 x 1500
£599.00
2 4214289
Coax Cross Seat
1900 x 1900
£599.00
Dimensions: H450mm.
3 4214300
Coax Square Seat
1500 x 1500
£599.00
Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Blazer range, see inside back cover.
182
Phone: 01992 454511
7
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE
6
2
4
The Stripy Scoop Seat features a striped fabric on the front and back panels. A contrasting colour can be picked for the side and top panels.
2
Scoop Seating Would you like one, two or three scoops? Contoured for comfort, this scooped-out seat comes in three sizes for a shapely place to sit. Scoop Seating is ideal for social spaces and reading areas. Configure and reconfigure the versatile Scoops in a variety of shapes. The Stripy Scoop now features stripy fabric for striking, contrasting panels on the front and back of the unit. Dimensions: Seat height 450mm. Price each.
1
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Mainline or Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover. When ordering Stripy Scoop please tell us fabric colour for top/sides from Xtreme Plus range, see inside back cover.
3
H x W x Dmm 1 4034652
Scoop Seat - Single
450 x 450 x 450
£115.00
2 4237752
Scoop Seat Stripy - Single
450 x 450 x 450
£139.00
3 4034663
Scoop Seat - Double
450 x 900 x 450
£159.00
4 4237763
Scoop Seat Stripy - Double
450 x 900 x 450
£199.00
5 4034674
Scoop Seat - Triple
450 x 1350 x 450
£229.00
6 4237774
Scoop Seat Stripy - Triple
450 x 1350 x 450
£249.00
3
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
183
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
1
2
Tandem Bench & Seat
Dimensions: Bench H450 x W1230 x D430mm. Seat H450 x W430 x D430mm.
Easily configure into multiple layouts and shapes.
Price each.
The Tandem range is ideal for versatile educational spaces and libraries. The individual Tandem Seat can be used to connect the 2 Seater Bench, creating an area that can be easily reconfigured. The Tandem Seat can also be used as a stand alone unit/stool.
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Blazer range, see inside back cover.
• The 2 Seater Bench and Seat can be used together • The Tandem Seat can also be used as a stand alone unit • Flat steel feet with felt pads, finished in satin silver • Weight tolerance 114kg
184
Phone: 01992 454511
1 4243692
Tandem Seat
£159.00
2 4243703
Tendem Bench
£199.00
4
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easy & Reception Seating | FURNITURE
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Square and Round Stools
Flashfire Stools Brighten up your environment. Available in a variety of shapes the Flashfire range is ideal for any reading area or relaxed environment. Add colour to your space with a wide choice of vinyl finishes to complete the look for a fun, contemporary feel. • Available in a variety of shapes which seat from one to three people • Wide choice of colours available • All components are sourced and manufactured in the UK
1
• Full 10 year structural guarantee
2
3
Dimensions: H440mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
Wmm 1
4071744
Flashfire Square Stool
400
£135.00
2
4071755
Flashfire Round Stool
400
£135.00
3
4039745
Flashfire Square Two-seater Stool
800
£189.00
4
4039756
Flashfire Square Three-seater Stool
1200
£230.00
5
4039767
Flashfire Oval Stool
780
£179.00
6
4039778
Flashfire Wedge Stool
530
£149.00
7
4039789
Flashfire Quadrant Stool
860
£189.00
8
4039800
Flashfire Tangent Stool
790
£239.00
4
5
5
weeks
6
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
7
8
185
FURNITURE | Easy & Reception Seating
Low level seating.
For more children's soft seating, see pages 240-252.
Quilted Snuggle Seats Supplied as a set of five colourful seats. Quilted Snuggle Seats are made with a quilted vinyl for extra comfort.
4211209
Dimensions: Each seat H360 x W660 x D600mm.
£399.00
Quilted Snuggle Seats
5
Price per set of 5.
weeks
1 4
10 YEAR GUARANTEE 1
2 2
2
3 2
Dot/Dash Modular Seating A modern take on the modular concept. Made using four different free-standing units that join together and can be arranged to create different configurations.
1 4019967
Dot Seat
£199.00
• Designed to be sturdy and stable
2 4019978
Dot Seat with Bite
£215.00
Dimensions: Dot H450 x Dia. 630mm. Dash H450 x L1230 x D630mm.
3 4019989
Dash Seat
£299.00
Price each.
4 4020000
Dash Seat with Bites
£315.00
• Fully upholstered
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus ranges, see inside back cover.
186
Phone: 01992 454511
4
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Bean Bags | FURNITURE 2
1
Indoor/Outdoor Cube Boost your learning space with a touch of creativity. Great for libraries or communal areas, this cube stores neatly under a desk or stacks in a corner when not in use. Bolds pack of three comes with lime, aqua and orange cubes. Brights pack of 5 comes with lime, red, blue, black and purple cubes. From only £29.80 per Cube!
• Stackable for easy storage • Large and comfortable for teens and adults • Ideal for creative breakout sessions or outdoor games • Water-resistant and wipe-clean fabric for low maintenance • Double or triple stitched seams for added strength • Fire Retardant to BS5852
1 4225091
Indoor/Outdoor Cube Pk/3
2 4200407
Indoor/Outdoor Cube Pk/5 Brights
2
Dimensions: H380 x W380 x D380mm.
weeks
Price per pack.
Red
Purple
Blue
£93.50 £149.00
Please note: bean bags should be stored indoors when not in use.
Lime
Black
Orange
Aqua
Super Study Bean Bag The versatile bean bag that can be used by students or teachers alike! The teardrop shaped Super Study Bean Bag offers a higher seating position and gives great back and neck support, perfect for reading and studying. Made from a wipe-clean, indoor/outdoor polyester making them perfect for outdoor use when the weather permits! Pack of three contains aqua, lime and red bean bag as pictured. • High seating position
Student Bean Bag Chair The Student Bean Bag Chair provides more back support and structure than a regular bean bag but still adds a relaxed feel to breakout areas. • Made from strong, water-resistant, durable polyester fabric
• Excellent back and neck support
• Concealed outer zip head with an extra internal zip for security of the bean filling
• Filled with polyester beans so very lightweight • Fire Retardant to BS5852
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
Dimensions: H920 x Dia. 900mm.
• Lightweight and portable
Price each or per pack.
Dimensions: H700 x W620 x D620mm.
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch above.
Price each.
4094426
Super Study Bean Bag
£104.00
4200352
Super Study Bean Bag Pk/3 Bold
£262.00
2
weeks
Please note: bean bags should be stored indoors when not in use.
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch above, Aqua colour is not available in this range.
4211132
Student Bean Bag Chair
£82.10
2
weeks
Please note: bean bags should be stored indoors when not in use.
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
187
FURNITURE | Bean Bags Faux Leather Bean Range Faux leather, real comfort. Available in a variety of shapes, sizes and finishes to suit your spaces, our Faux Leather Bean Range combines comfort, style and practicality. Traditional and contemporary colour choices allow you to create the feel you require for your relaxed seating areas. • Soft, supple polyurethane fabric with faux-leather appearance • Fabrics and Polybean fillings tested to ensure compliance with Furniture and Furnishing (Fire Safety) Regulations 1988 (BS5852)
1
• Easy-care fabric which is spill/stain resistant, wipe-clean and contains antibacterial properties
4
• Polybean filling within water-resistant inner liner Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
H x W x Dmm 1
4040394
Bean Chair
950 x 900 x 900
2
4020495
Bean Bag - Adult
930 x 670 x 670
£99.95
3
4040405
Bean Bag - Hercules
950 x 700 x 700
£153.00
4
4040416
Bean Bag - Collusus
2000 x 1320 x 200
£163.00
£174.00
4
weeks
2
3
Faux Leather Swatches
Burgundy
Black
Atlantic Blue
Antique Brown
Royal Blue
Antique Cream
Purple
Red
Lime Green
Spruce
Hot Pink
Orange
Yellow
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Buy pack of 5 save over £40*
Large High Back Indoor/Outdoor Bean Bag Pod Functional seating, perfect for students. The unique bucket seat design on this high back pod makes this one of the most comfortable bean bags around. • Excellent back and neck support • Deep broad bucket seat for maximum comfort filled with polystyrene balls • Six panel design moulds to your body shape and seating position • Inspires reading indoors and outdoors
Red
• Engaging colours and creative style
Lime
Sky
Midnight
Fuchsia
Purple
Yellow
• Water-resistant and wipe-clean fabric for low maintenance
Adult/Teen Bean Bags
• Fire retardant to BS5852 • Pack of 5 pods contains: 1x black, blue, lime, purple and red
Constructed to meet the demands of daily use.
Dimensions: H1000 x Dia. 1000mm.
• Soft, durable cotton cover for a more comfortable feel
Price each or per pack.
• Comfortable filling - 5cuft of polybead in removable liner
When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, red, purple or lime.
• Wide range of vibrant colours available • Fabrics and polybead fillings tested to BS5852
4094382
Large High Back Indoor/Outdoor Bean Bag Pod
£82.10
4200330
Large High Back Indoor/Outdoor Bean Bag Pod Pk/5 Bold
£369.00
2
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch
4228149
weeks
Please note: bean bags should be stored indoors when not in use. *On total price when bought individually
188
Dimensions: H940 x Dia.680mm.
Phone: 01992 454511
Adult/Teen Bean Bag
3
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£88.50
Carpets | FURNITURE
Buy pack of 5 save £63
Giant Indoor/Outdoor Floor Cushion Cool, contemporary and comfortable. This Giant Floor Cushion offers versatile and multi-use seating that can be used indoors or out. Made using strong and robust 100% polyester fabric which is hard-wearing, water-resistant and fire retardant. Pack of five available containing mixed colours - black, blue, lime, purple and red.
Red
Purple
Blue
Lime
Black
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
• Multi-functional - many ways to sit • Comfortably sits multiple students • Water-resistant and wipe-clean fabric for low maintenance
4094415
Giant Indoor/Outdoor Floor Cushion
£103.00
• Fire Retardant to BS5852
4200341
Giant Indoor/Outdoor Floor Cushion Pk/5 Bold
£452.00
Dimensions: L1800 x W1400mm.
2
weeks
Price each or per pack.
Please note: cushion should be stored indoors when not in use.
Green
Storymaster Soft Carpets
Orange
Red
Royal Blue
Soft to touch pile for a superior carpet.
Sky Blue
Yellow
W x Lm
• Warm and noise-reducing carpets • Can be rolled-up and stored when not in use • Soft to touch pile carpet material
4239072
Storymaster Soft Carpet
2x2
£265.00
4239083
Storymaster Soft Carpet
2x3
£392.00 £520.00
• Rubber bevelled edge ensuring carpets always lay flat
4239094
Storymaster Soft Carpet
2x4
• Passes European Safety Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1
4239105
Storymaster Soft Carpet
3x4
£724.00
Dimensions: Depth 10mm.
4239116
Storymaster Soft Carpet
4x4
£897.00
Price each.
3
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
189
FURNITURE | Operator Chairs
1 2
3
Zari Chairs
4
Wide choice, best price. Keep your office, IT room, reception area or library perfectly co-ordinated with the extensive Zari range of chairs. A choice of back size and chair styles provides you with many seating options. Some simple assembly required. Operator Chair • Ideal for computer and work areas, supplied with castors • Choose from a mid or high backrest • Three arm options: fixed loop, adjustable height or multi-functional adjustable arms which fold away when not in use • Two-lever mechanism controls seat height and back angle Draughting Chair • Ideal for higher desks/counters • Adjustable footring and glide feet
4027290 Fixed Loop Arms
• Adjustable back and height • All chairs rated to 110kgs, and certified to BS1335 Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus fabric ranges, see inside back cover.
Seat H x W x Dmm Mid-back Operator and Draughting Chairs 1
2
4027293
Zari Mid-back Chair
440-580 x 480 x 480
£99.95
4027304
Zari Mid-back Chair with Fixed Loop Arms
440-580 x 480 x 480
£113.00
4027315
Zari Mid-back Chair with Adjustable Arms
440-580 x 480 x 480
£131.00
4027326
Zari Mid-back Chair with Multi-adjust Arms
440-580 x 480 x 480
£154.00
4027337
Zari Mid-back Draughting Chair
590-860 x 480 x 480
£134.00
4027271 Adjustable Arms
High-back Operator Chairs 4027249
Zari High-back Chair
440-580 x 480 x 480
£99.95
3
4027260
Zari High-back Chair with Fixed Loop Arms
440-580 x 480 x 480
£103.00
4
4027271
Zari High-back Chair with Adjustable Arms
440-580 x 480 x 480
£134.00
4027282
Zari High-back Chair with Multi-adjust Arms
440-580 x 480 x 480
£161.00
4
4027282 Multi-adjustable Arms
weeks
190
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Operator Chairs | FURNITURE
2
1
4
3
Task Chair • High back task chair • Pump-up lumbar support • Spacious seat and back • Lever back height adjustment
1
4225938
Task Chair - no arms
£166.00
• Choice of arm options
2
4225949
Task Chair - loop arms
£179.00
Dimensions: H480-610 x W510 D500mm.
3
4225960
Task Chair - height adjustable arms
£199.00
Price each.
4
4225971
Task Chair - height adjustable and folding arms
£207.00
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
1
4
weeks
4
3
2
High Back Operator Chair High back operator chair with back and height on castors. Wide choice of arm options. • High back operator chair • Pump-up lumbar support • Manual back height adjustment • Choice of arm options Dimensions: H450-580 x W470 x D450mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
1
4225894
High Back Operator Chair - no arms
2
4225905
High Back Operator Chair - loop arms
£113.00
3
4225916
High Back Operator Chair - height adjustable arms
£121.00
4
4225927
High Back Operator Chair - height adjustable and folding arms
£132.00
£95.95
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
191
FURNITURE | Operator Chairs
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Tamper Resistant Chair Designed as a unit with minimal separate parts.
Available with castors or glide feet
Tamperproof Chairs are specifically designed for demanding education environments with minimal loose parts for busy hands to play with. • Padded and upholstered seat and back • Adjustment for seat depth and height
Advantage
Dimensions: H440-540 x W460 x D460mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us Advantage fabric colour, see swatch. Please specify glides or castors.
4066343
Adult Operator Chair with Back Height Adjustment
Aztec
Shamrock
Raspberry
Kingfisher
Aqua
Delta Blue
Clipper
Nightshade
Black
Cranberry
Red
Cinnamon
Cobalt
Graphite
Charcoal
Mineral
£89.95
4
weeks
1 2
Mesh Back Operator Chair • High, mesh back chair • Manual back height adjustment • Choice of arm options Dimensions: H450-580 x W470 x D450mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
192
Phone: 01992 454511
3
4
1 4225982
Mesh Back Operator Chair - no arms
£124.00
2 4225993
Mesh Back Operator Chair - loop arms
£138.00
3 4226004
Mesh Back Operator Chair - height adjustable arms
£149.00
4 4226015
Mesh Back Operator Chair - height adjustable and folding arms
£159.00
4
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Operator Chairs | FURNITURE Demco® Orthopaedic Operator Chair Create an operator chair perfectly suited to each user. An Orthopaedic Operator Chair with a high back and contoured seat provides exceptional levels of comfort and support for users. The standard chair comes with an adjustable seat, height and angle adjustable backrest and bodyweight tension control. A whole host of additional features can then be added to create a perfectly suited chair for each user.
Choose your seat back fabric and seat fabric from the Advantage fabric range. Patterned fabrics are available to special order, please speak to Customer Services
Additional features: • Armrests Height Adjustable: Raise and lower each armrest • Armrests Retractable: Raise, lower and adjust depth of each armrest • Armrests Fold Away: Armrests can be folded away when not required • A rmrests 4D Adjustable: Raise, lower, adjust depth and adjust width of each armrest • I nflatable Lumbar Support: The lumbar pump adjusts air in the lumbar cushion, providing extra support • Seat Slide: Adjustable seat depth positioning • Memory Foam Seat: Memory foam can be added for extra comfort • Coccyx Cut-out: Seat Coccyx cut-out in seat base suitable for injured coccyx • Adjustable Neck Roll: Height adjustable neck roll support • Extra Large Seat: Additional width and depth compared to the standard seat • Polished 5 Star Base: A polished aluminium base for a more corporate look Dimensions: Back H600 x W510 x D500mm. Seat H430-520mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour: seat back and seat from Advantage range, see inside back cover.
Back pain is a common issue which is often caused by poor posture whilst sitting for long periods of time. Many musculoskeletal conditions can be easily improved or even solved by having the appropriate chair that is set-up correctly for the user.
Polished 5 Star Base
4238203
Orthopaedic Operator Chair
Fold Away Arms
Lumbar support
£260.00
Additional Features 4238214
Adjustable Neck Roll
£53.00
4238280
Extra Large Seat
£23.00
4238313
Polished 5 Star Base
£19.00
4238247
Arms - Height Adjustable
£28.00
4238258
Arms - Retractable
£39.00
4238236
Arms - Fold Away
£38.00
4238225
Arms - 4D Adjustable
£34.00
4238291
Lumbar Support
£22.00
4238324
Seat Slide
£22.00
4238302
Memory Foam Seat
£19.00
4238269
Coccyx Cut-out
£22.00
Create your own Orthopaedic Operator Chair Order your Orthopaedic Operator Chair and additional features at the same time and we will build your chair to your specification. For example: 4238-203 Orthopaedic Operator Chair
4238-236 4238-291 Fold Away Arms Lumbar Support
5
weeks
Additional features must be ordered at the same time as the Orthopaedic Operator Chair.
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
193
FURNITURE | Operator Chairs
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Titan Swivel Chairs A practical and stylish chair. The Titan Swivel Chairs are available in two sizes, suitable for children 6 years of age to 11+. The seats are egonomicall designed for comfort and offer good lumbar support. Chairs feature a super strong chrome base and gas lift. • Classroom safe with lumbar support for 8 hours usage • Impact resistant polypropylene seat shell • Height adjustable gas lift • Weight capacity 107kg Dimensions: Junior H365-435 x W387 x D320mm. Senior H435-525 x W423 x D406mm. Base Dia. 600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: yellow, red, blue, lime or sky blue.
6+ 4243637
Titan Junior Swivel Chair
£69.00
4243648
Titan Senior Swivel Chair
£74.00
2
weeks
Minimum order 6 chairs.
Uni Swivel Seat Extremely versatile chair, suitable for all educational environments. The Uni Swivel Chair is ideal for use in libraries and classrooms. • Classroom safe with lumbar support for 8 hours usage • Height adjustable gas lift with black frame finish • Weight capacity 115kg Dimensions: Seat H470-590 x W465 x D460. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue or green.
6+ 4243681
Uni Swivel Chair
2
weeks
Minimum order 6 chairs.
194
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£79.00
Study Chairs | FURNITURE
Pennine Alston Chair Traditional standard reader chairs that are at home in almost any library or study room. • Back and seat padded and upholstered • Heavy-duty steel frame, epoxy powder coated in three colours • Armchair features solid beechwood arms
Wmm
• Side chair is stackable Dimensions: Overall H750 x D540mm. Seat H470mm.
4051240
Side Chair
460
£66.95
Price per chair.
4051251
Armchair
610
£96.95
When ordering please tell us frame colour: black, silver or light grey. Fabric colour from the Main Line Plus range, see inside back cover.
6
weeks
Trinity Chair Encourage your students to study for longer with the comfortable Trinity Chair.
Study Chair
• Back and seat padded and upholstered • Round tubular frame in silver hammer finish
The 'use-anywhere' chair.
• Stackable
• Back and seat padded and upholstered
Dimensions: Overall H750 x W460 x D540mm. Seat H470mm.
• Durable welded square frame in black epoxy powder coated finish
Price each.
Dimensions: Overall H850 x W500 x D590mm. Seat H470mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Main Line Plus range, see inside back cover.
4056751
6
weeks
Study Chair
£68.50
When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Main Line Plus range, see inside back cover.
4+ 4012113
Trinity Chair
£75.50
6
weeks
Minimum order four chairs, same colour.
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
195
FURNITURE | Study Chairs
1
2
3 6+
Urban Upholstered Chairs
1 4212430
Sled Base Stacking Chair
The sled base Urban Chair is lightweight, comfortable and stackable; everything you need in a conference chair. Urban Chairs stack up to 10 high or up to 25 high on the Urban Trolley and feature a chrome effect frame.
2 4212441
Sled Base Stacking Armchair
3 4212452
Urban Trolley
Dimensions: H845 x W515 x D550mm. Seat H470mm.
5
When ordering please tell us colour: blue or red.
Minimum order six chairs.
Club Chair
£57.95 £79.95 £159.00
weeks
2
1
Great value, general use chair. The Club Chair is an ideal choice for conferences and training rooms. Tested to BS EN15373: Level 2. Choose from black or chrome frame in three standard fabric colours or Xtreme fabrics. Dimensions: Oveall H795 x W530 x D590mm. Seat H485mm.
196
4+ 1 4226070
4226081 2 4226092
Price each.
4226103
When ordering please tell us standard fabric colour for 4226070 and 4226092: charcoal, claret or royal blue. Fabric colour for 4226081 and 4226103: from Xtreme range, see inside back cover.
2
Phone: 01992 454511
Club Chair Black - Standard Fabric
£29.95
Club Chair Black - Xtreme Fabric
£39.95
Club Chair Chrome - Standard Fabric
£39.95
Club Chair Chrome - Xtreme Fabric
£49.95
weeks
M inimum order four chairs. Please note: Leadtime for Xtreme fabrics is 5 weeks.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Study Chairs | FURNITURE
1
1
2
1
2
2
Pavilion Chair The Pavilion Chair is a practical chair for all environments from halls and meeting rooms to reception areas. The chrome framed Pavilion Chair is available as side chair or armchair. Choose from three standard fabric colours. Dimensions: H850 x W570 x D640mm. Seat H500mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour: charcoal, claret or royal blue.
3+ 1 4226136
Pavilion Side Chair - Black Frame
2 4226158
Pavilion Side Chair - Chrome Frame
3 4226180
Pavilion Armchair - Chrome Frame
£96.95 £99.95 £129.00
2
weeks
Minimum order three chairs.
3
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
197
FURNITURE | Study Chairs 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Titan Wooden Conference Chair The distinctive style combined with the durability of the popular Titan Wooden Conference Chair makes this an ideal study or conference/meeting room chair. • Back and seat padded and upholstered • Natural wood finish frame • Available with or without arms • Both models are stackable Dimensions: Overall H830 x W420 x D480mm. Seat H480mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from the Advantage range, see inside back cover.
4016458
Titan Wooden Conference Chair
£126.00
4016447
Titan Wooden Conference Armchair
£126.00
4
weeks
Summit Banquet Chair Summit Banquet Chairs are ideal for large halls, conferences and events. The seat is generously padded for comfort. Choose from three standard fabric colours. Dimensions: Overall H850 x W445 x D575mm. Seat H470mm.
198
4+ 4226114
Summit Banquet Chair
Price each.
2
When ordering please tell us fabric colour: charcoal, claret or royal blue.
Minimum order four chairs.
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£45.95
Study Chairs | FURNITURE
Grangeline Campus Chair Unbeatable value for money.
Wmm
• Upholstered seat and back
Fabric
• Robust, solid timber construction • Designed to be stackable • Meets BS4875 Level 4 for heavy contract use
4052054
Grangeline Campus Chair
488
£139.00
4052065
Grangeline Campus Chair with Arms
535
£149.00
Dimensions: Overall H775 x D482mm. Seat H440mm.
Vinyl
Price each.
4058247
Grangeline Campus Chair
488
£118.00
4048325
Grangeline Campus Chair with Arms
535
£125.00
When ordering please tell us fabric colour: choose from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus fabric, see inside back cover. Vinyl upholstery from Just Colour range, see inside back cover.
6
weeks
1 2
Charlotte Chair A favourite, available as a Side or Armchair. • Seat and back padded and upholstered • Beech laminate frame • Both versions are stackable • Strong construction, to conform to BS4875 Part 1 Level 4 Dimensions: Overall H850 x W510 x D482mm. Seat H470mm.
1
4049370
Charlotte Side Chair
£167.00
Price each.
2
4049381
Charlotte Armchair
£177.00
When ordering please tell us fabric colour: choose from Main Line Plus or Xtreme Plus fabrics, see inside back cover.
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
199
FURNITURE | Study Chairs 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Chairs weigh less than 3kg
1
2
Classic Folding Chairs
3
Affordable, lightweight and durable. Classic and Classic Plus Folding Chairs are the economical and flexible choice for seating large numbers of people or setting up temporary seating arrangements. Lightweight yet strong these chairs are the perfect choice for assemblies, exams, dining, meetings, functions and events. The Classic Plus Folding Chair features a fan-back design that provides added support and comfort. Create fixed rows of seating with Linking Clips. It is advisable to attach two clips per chair, one at the top and one at the bottom. Linking Clips provide a 50mm gap between each chair. • Contoured seat and back for comfort
Hmm
8+
• Strong 19mm diameter riveted steel frame
1 4215279
Classic Folding Chair
820
£14.95
• Weight capacity 115kg
2 4215290
Classic Plus Folding Chair
870
£15.95
Dimenisons: Overall W470 x D550mm. Seat H450mm.
3 4215301
Linking Device
£0.75
2
Price each.
weeks
When ordering please tell us colour: blue, burgundy, charcoal with silver frame or all black.
Minimium order 8 chairs
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Prima Folding Chair The all steel construction and neutral grey colour of the Prima Folding Chair makes it a good choice for any environment. Finished in a grey hard-wearing stove-enamelled gloss paint the Prima Folding Chair is easy to clean and is a smart look for any event. • All steel construction for easy maintenance • 22mm diameter steel frame for increased strength and durability • Integrated linking device for forming fixed rows of seating Dimensions: H750 x W470 x D510mm. Seat H450mm. Price each.
4+ 4215312
Prima Folding Chair
2
weeks
Minimum order 4 chairs
200
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£21.95
Study Chairs | FURNITURE 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Comfort Folding Chair Cushioned for extra comfort. The Comfort Folding Chair takes durability and comfort to a new level with padded seat, back and a 22mm steel frame. • High density foam seat and back for extra comfort • 22mm diameter steel frame for increased strength and durability • Integrated linking device for forming fixed rows of seating Dimensions: H750 x W470 x D510mm. Seat H450mm.
4+ 4215323
£38.00
Comfort Folding Chair
Price each.
2
When ordering please tell us colour: blue, burgundy or charcoal.
Minimum order 4 chairs
weeks
1
2
Folding Chair Trolleys Stack and store. Easily store folding chairs away when not needed on a Folding Chair Trolley. Trolleys also enable quick and easy set up and take down of chairs, simply wheel to the required location and load/unload chairs row by row. Both Folding Chair Trolleys are easy to manoeuver with two swivel and two fixed castors. • 24 chair trolley holds 24 Classic, Classic Plus, Comfort or Prima chairs - side bars can be removed and chairs loaded easily from the side • 40 chair trolley holds 40 Classic or Classic Plus Chairs
4215345
24 Folding Chair Trolley
£299.00
4215334
40 Classic/Classic Plus Folding Chair Trolley
£138.00
Dimensions: W470mm.
2
Price each.
Larger capacity trolleys available on request, please contact Customer Services.
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
201
FURNITURE | Study Chairs 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Yellow
NP Chairs
Orange
Red
Practical and affordable seating. The durable, stackable NP Chair is designed to withstand the rigours of regular classroom use. Comfortable, with a well-defined lumbar back support, this chair is EN1729 compliant and come with a 5 year guarantee. NP Chairs are available in 10 colours and the frames are speckled light grey Duraform. • Comfortable, with well-defined lumbar back support • EN1729 compliant Price each.
Purple
Tangy Green
Green
Soft Blue
Blue
Phone: 01992 454511
Charcoal
Seat Hmm
Age Range
260
3-4
£17.20
Stacking Chair
310
4-6
£17.65
Stacking Chair
350
6-8
£20.50
4068235
Stacking Chair
380
8-11
£21.55
4068246
Stacking Chair
430
11-14
£22.20
4068202
Stacking Chair
4068213 4068224
5
weeks
When ordering please tell us chair colour: see swatch.
202
Lilac
Minimum order four chairs.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
4+
Study Chairs | FURNITURE 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Shell Colours
Yellow
Lime
Ocean
Flame
Mulberry
Red
Textured Silver
Dark Grey
Charcoal
Slate
Onyx
Metal Frame Colours
Geo Chairs
Light Grey
The robust shell and sturdy frame of the Geo Chair make it the practical choice for high usage areas such as libraries and classrooms. Choose from a wide range of seat and frame colours.
Chrome Silver
Black
Seat Hmm
Age Range
4212419
Geo Chair
350
6-8
£23.95
• Backrest features hand hole for easy lifting
4212408
Geo Chair
380
8-11
£24.95
• Stack up to eight high
4212397
Geo Chair
430
11-14
£25.95
• Meets EN1729 parts 1 & 2
4212386
Geo Chair
460
14+
£26.95
Price each.
5
• Seat has a waterfall front for comfort
When ordering please tell us shell colour: see swatch. Frame colour: see swatch.
10+
weeks
Minimum order ten chairs.
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
203
FURNITURE | Study Chairs
Titan One Piece Chairs Built for the toughest classroom environments! The Titan One Piece Chair is one of the toughest chairs around. Made from one piece polypropylene construction the Titan Chair features a 'S' shape back for lumbar support to promote good posture. • Ultra strong, tamperproof, one piece construction • Complies with BS EN 1729 parts 1 & 2 • Stack up to 15 high
4221032
Titan One Piece Chair
Seat Hmm
Age Range
260
3-4
£16.60
6+
4221043
Titan One Piece Chair
310
4-6
£17.05
Price each.
4221054
Titan One Piece Chair
350
6-8
£18.15
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch. 4221032 only available in blue, green, red and yellow.
4221065
Titan One Piece Chair
380
8-11
£18.85
4221076
Titan One Piece Chair
430
11-14
£21.25
4221087
Titan One Piece Chair
460
14+
£21.95
• Child safe anti-tilt design
2
weeks
Green
Yellow
Red
Blue
Purple
Lime
Sky
Minimum order six chairs.
ST Chairs Ergonomically designed for correct posture. Ensure children sit in the correct position with the ergonomically designed ST chairs. • S -shaped profile seat back for correct lumbar support • Fully complies with all requirements of BS/ EN1729 Parts 1&2 • Steel legs have an oval tube profile for strength and are finished in light grey with anti-slip feet • Strong and durable polypropylene seat shell, with smooth curves and no sharp edges
For matching tables see page 282
• Safe and stable when stacked Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Seat Hmm
Age Range
260
3-4
£19.30
ST Chair
310
4-6
£20.35
ST Chair
350
6-8
£22.35
4072503
ST Chair
380
8-11
£23.40
4072514
ST Chair
430
11-14
£28.50
4072525
ST Chair
460
14+
£29.50
4072470
ST Chair
4072481 4072492
4+
5
weeks
Minimum order four chairs. Colours and sizes can be mixed to achieve minimum order.
204
Phone: 01992 454511
Yellow
Orange
Red
Lilac
Purple
Tangy Green
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Green
Soft Blue
Blue
Charcoal
Stool Seating | FURNITURE
OneLeg® Stool The OneLeg® Stool is an alternative method of seating that promotes good posture and improves core strength. This alternative method of seating works in all environments from early years through to offices. The OneLeg® Stool is supplied with a black Anti-slip foot cover. Anti-slip Seat Covers are available separately. Height 480mm and 540mm available in black only. Dimensions: Overal Dia. 260mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour for 4230162 and 4230173 : black, blue, lime or orange. Colour for 4230206: black, blue or lime.
Age Range 4230162
OneLeg® Stool - H320mm
3-8
£46.95
4230173
OneLeg® Stool - H400mm
8-12
£52.95
4230184
OneLeg® Stool - H480mm
12+
£58.95
4230195
OneLeg® Stool - H540mm
12+
£59.95
4230206
Anti-slip Seat Cover
-
£13.00
1
week
Active sitting, otherwise known as dynamic sitting, is the concept of flexibility and movement that has proven to be beneficial to the human body while sitting, providing improved core strength and posture.
Moov Stool The sturdy and durable Moov Stool has a flexible core which allows free movement while sitting so you can always find a position that is comfortable. The 350mm diameter seat and broad base provide stability. Available in three seat heights and four colours. Dimensions: Overall Dia. 350mm Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue, lime, orange or red.
Age Range 4230217
Moov Stool - H380mm
8-11
£89.00
4230228
Moov Stool - H460mm
14+
£95.00
4230239
Moov Stool - H520mm
14+
£99.00
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
205
FURNITURE | Tables Link Table
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Create a truly dynamic space for learning and collaboration. The dynamic shape of the new Link Table enables multiple configurations or single-use dependant on requirements. Great for collaboration and learning environments, these tables bring both impact and interest to any room. • Link Tables can be joined together to create numerous configurations • Frame is constructed from silver anodised aluminium with matching legs • Easy to clean plastic laminate top has a honeycomb core creating strength without compromising on weight • Each Link Table only weighs 11.7kg and is light enough to easily move around • Easy self-assembly, simply attach the legs Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of table top, see swatch. Colour of edge, see swatch. Height S1-S6.
Edge Colours
Light Grey
Mid Grey
Table top colours
Dusky Blue
Green
Red
Black
Beech
Maple
Oak
Teak
Pastel Blue
Azure
Acid Green
Pea Green
Fuchsia
Storm
Snow Grit
Alisa Grey
Poppy Red
Yellow
Lilac
White
4243538
Link Table
£179.00
5
weeks
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Leaf Tables Shaped for group work or individual study. Modular tables that combine style, functionality and versatility. Leaf worktop shape allows the tables to be arranged together as a circle that brings pupils together or separated for individual or small group work. • Use four tables together to create a circular shape 1750mm in diameter, suitable for seating 8 people • Mandrell bend equation frame 32mm in speckled light grey Duraform • 25mm laminated worktop with charcoal Duraform edging • Duraform polyurethane edging gives extra protection to the tables for a longer service life • Fully EN1729 compliant Dimensions: Segment W1440 x D875mm. 4x tables: Dia.1750mm. Price per table segment. When ordering please tell us tabletop colour, see swatch on opposite page. Height: S1-S6.
4197618
Leaf Table
£179.00
For more Children's Tables, please see pages 281-283.
5
weeks
206
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tables | FURNITURE
Jewel Table Ultimate versatility with endless shape combinations. The stylish modular design of the Jewel Table is extremely versatile, providing working space for large groups of pupils when placed in numerous shape combinations. Three tables together create a hexagonal table of 1730mm diameter. With a 32mm round tube frame in light grey Duraform and 25mm MDF top the Jewel Table is a truly robust classroom table.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Dimensions: W1440 x D866mm Price per table segment. When ordering please tell us tabletop colour, see swatch. Edge colour: light grey or charcoal. Height: S1-S6.
4080621
£184.00
Jewel Table
5
weeks
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Connect Table
For table height guide see page 208
Versatile and funky. The flexible and dynamic shape of the Connect Table makes it a brilliant classroom solution. Connect Tables can seat one person within a classroom environment or up to three people when a full working space is not essential. • 32mm round tube frame finished with scratch resistant speckled light grey Duraform paint • 18mm MDF laminate top available in a variety of colours • Resilient Duraform spray PU edging in either light grey or charcoal Dimensions: W940 x 890mm at widest point.
4080632
Price per table segment. When ordering please tell us tabletop colour, see swatch above. Edge colour: light grey or charcoal. Height: S1-S6.
Connect Table
£99.95
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
207
FURNITURE | Tables
2
Demco® Stacking Tables
1
The legs on Demco® Stacking Tables are longer on one side to enable neat and easy stacking by sliding one table over the other. • 25mm square legs made from 1.5 mm gauge steel • 18mm laminated MDF tabletops
1
• 2mm PVC edge Price each. When ordering please tell us tabletop colour: see swatch on page 210. Frame colour: black, light grey or textured silver. Table height: 710 or 760mm.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
2
H x Wmm
4+
600 x 600
£52.50
Demco® Stacking Table - Rectangular
1100 x 550
£63.00
Demco® Stacking Table - Rectangular
1200 x 600
£63.00
4212639
Demco® Stacking Table - Square
4212661 4212672
5
weeks
Minimum order four tables.
Equation Tables The right formula for flexible study spaces. Designed to be hard-wearing and flexible, the Equation Table range is available in a variety of shapes, sizes and finishes to suit modern study environments. Comprehensive table height options for ages three to adult, with height adjustable feet to prevent table wobble. • Six table heights to EN1729 and a choice of colour finishes • 32mm round frames in a light grey Duraform finish • 25mm laminate worktops with hard-wearing Duraform PU edging in charcoal finish • Tamper-proof screw fixings for security • Delivered assembled Price each. When ordering please tell us tabletop colour: see swatch. Table height: S1-S6.
W x Dmm Equation Table - Round
1100 x 1100
4040229
Equation Table - Trapezoidal
1100 x 550
£99.95
4040240
Equation Table - Trapezoidal
1200 x 600
£109.00
4040251
Equation Table - Square
600 x 600
£74.50
4040262
Equation Table - Square
750 x 750
£118.00
4040273
Equation Table - Rectangular
1100 x 550
£98.45
4040284
Equation Table - Rectangular
1200 x 600
£99.95
4040295
Equation Table - Rectangular
1500 x 750
£196.00
4040306
Equation Table - Arc
1490 x 600
£182.00
4040317
Equation Table - Semi-circular
1200 x 600
£107.00
5
weeks
208
Phone: 01992 454511
£179.00
4040218
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tables | FURNITURE
4
Demco® Tables Our versatile tables come in a range of tabletop and frame finishes to suit the space they are being used in. 18mm tabletops are supported by 32mm diameter round or 25mm square legs. Square framed tables can be stacked making them perfect for multipurpose areas.
Ideal for: • Meeting rooms • Study rooms
2
• Classrooms • Reading rooms Price each. When ordering please tell us frame and tabletop colour: see swatch. Table height: 710 or 760mm.
W x Dmm
4+
Rectangular
1
4212463
Demco® Rectangular Table Square Legs
1200 x 600
£69.85
4212474
Demco® Rectangular Table Square Legs
1400 x 600
£103.00
4212485
Demco® Rectangular Table Square Legs
1200 x 800
£125.00
4212496
Demco® Rectangular Table Square Legs
1400 x 800
£143.00
4212507
Demco® Rectangular Table Round Legs
1200 x 600
£80.35
4212518
Demco® Rectangular Table Round Legs
1400 x 600
£112.00
4212529
Demco® Rectangular Table Round Legs
1200 x 800
£145.00
4212540
Demco® Rectangular Table Round Legs
1400 x 800
£152.00
1
Circular 2
4212551
Demco® Circular Table Square Legs
800 dia
£95.50
4212562
Demco® Circular Table Square Legs
1000 dia
£108.00
4212573
Demco® Circular Table Square Legs
1200 dia
£129.00
4212584
Demco® Circular Table Round Legs
800 dia
£108.00
4212595
Demco® Circular Table Round Legs
1000 dia
£129.00
4212606
Demco® Circular Table Round Legs
1200 dia
£146.00
Semi-circular 3
4212617
Demco® Semi-circular Table Square Leg
1200 x 600
£70.85
4
4212628
Demco® Semi-circular Table Round Leg
1200 x 600
£85.00
5
weeks
3
Minimum order four tables.
Laminated Tabletop Colours
Maple
Oak
Beech
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Dark Grey
Charcoal
Red
Blue
Green
Metal Frame Colours
Light Grey
Chrome Silver
Black
Yellow
White
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
209
FURNITURE | Tables Co-ordinated Tables for Every Space The Telford range of tables incorporates an assortment of tables for all areas. From static fixed top tables to mobile and foldable tables that can be stored away. Telford tables can be configured for individual or group work in study areas, meeting rooms and classrooms.
Wood Finishes
Oak
Maple
Beech
White
Telford Tilt Top Tables • 25mm MFC tops • Simple one-handed operation to tilt tabletop
Wmm
• Tilted tables next together for storage • Mounted on castors for manoeuvrability
4227412
Telford Rectangular Tilt Top Table
1200
• Available in rectangular and trapezoidal shapes
£297.00
4227423
Telford Rectangular Tilt Top Table
1600
£359.00
4227401
Telford Trapezoidal Tilt Top Table
1600
£359.00
• Trapezoidal tables can create a U-shape, three required Dimensions: H720 x D800mm.
4
weeks
Price each. When ordering please tell us tabletop finish: beech, maple, oak or white. Frame/leg colour: metallic or white.
Telford Fixed Top Tables • 25mm MFC tops • Available in rectangular and semi-circular shapes Dimensions: H720 x D800mm.
Wmm
Price each.
4227467
Telford Rectangular Fixed Top Table
1200
£281.00
When ordering please tell us tabletop finish: beech, maple, oak or white. Frame/leg colour: metallic or white.
4227456
Telford Rectangular Fixed Top Table
1600
£299.00
4227478
Telford Semi-circular Fixed Top Table
1600
£299.00
4
Wood Finishes
Oak
210
Maple
/
Beech
weeks
White
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tables | FURNITURE
Telford Folding Leg Tables
Wmm
• 25mm MFC tops
4227500
Telford Rectangular Folding Leg Table
1200
£196.00
Dimensions: H720 x D800mm.
4227489
Telford Rectangular Folding Leg Table
1600
£217.00
Price each.
4227511
Telford Semi-circular Folding Leg Table
1600
£237.00
• Desktop features cut-out port for cable access
When ordering please tell us tabletop finish: beech, maple, oak or white. Frame/leg colour: metallic or white.
4
weeks
Telford Segment Tables
2
• 18mm MFC tops • Fixed or Tilt top • Tilt top tables nest together for easy storage • C reate a circular cofiguration with six 60° or eight 45° tables
3
Wood Finishes
• Centre void can accommodate a power tower Dimensions: H720mm. Price each.
Oak
Maple
Beech
White
When ordering please tell us tabletop finish: beech, maple, oak or white. Frame/leg colour: metallic or white. 1
4225476
Telford Segment Table - 45° Fixed Top
£149.00
2
4225487
Telford Segment Table - 60° Fixed Top
£149.00
3
4225498
Telford Segment Table - 45° Tilt Top
£241.00
4225509
Telford Segment Table - 60° Tilt Top
£241.00
4
1
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
211
FURNITURE | Tables
1
2
Demco® Meeting Tables Part of the Demco® office furniture range our Meeting Tables come with metal leg frames or a cruciform base which acts as a modesty panel. Tables seat up to four people for meeting or small group study.
Meeting Table - Metal Legs
1000
£80.75
4226037
Meeting Table - Metal Legs
1200
£99.95
2 4226048
Meeting Table - Cruciform Base
1000
£90.85
Dimensions: H720mm.
4226059
Meeting Table - Cruciform Base
1200
£121.00
Price each.
4
• Metal leg frame tables feature leveliing feet adjustable to +10mm • Panels on cruciform desks double as modesty panels
When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
212
Dia. mm 1 4226026
Phone: 01992 454511
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tables | FURNITURE Round Folding Tables Simple to fold and neat to store. Round Tables feature scuff resistant laminated surfaces, a lightweight aluminium frame and ribbed outer extrusions for added edge protection. Available in different height options (see chart for guidance). 4062735 is only available in two heights - Adult and Buffet.
For Folding Chairs see page 200-201.
• Folds flat for easy storage • Versatile and easy-to-use • Extremely light yet thoroughly robust • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Price each. When ordering please tell us tabletop colour, see swatch. When ordering please tell us table height
4064528
Circular Folding Table
1220Dia. mm
£225.00
4062735
Circular Folding Table
1520Dia. mm
£249.00
5
weeks
Group
Bench Height
Table Height
Nursery
-
508mm
Pre-school
-
546mm
Infant
-
Beech
Maple
Oak
Teak
Pastel Blue
Azure
Fuchsia Pastel Beech Blue
Storm Azure Maple
Snow Grit Acid Oak Green
Alisa Grey Pea Green Teak
Poppy Red
Yellow
Pastel Blue
Azure
Poppy Red
Yellow
584mm
Junior
381mm
635mm
Adult
432mm
698mm
Buffet
483mm
760mm
Mobile Multi-purpose Table
Beech
Maple
Oak
Teak
Fuchsia
Storm
Snow Grit
Alisa Grey
Beech
Maple
Oak
Teak
Poppy Red Fuchsia Pastel Blue
Yellow Storm Azure
Lilac Snow Grit Acid Green
White Alisa Grey Pea Green
Fuchsia
Storm
Snow Grit
Alisa Grey
Poppy Red
Yellow
Lilac
White
Wood Finishes
Achieve flexibility and mobility with the Mobile Multi-purpose Table. Perfectly sized for individual study with a small footprint, tables can be pushed together to facilitate group work. Oak
• Fitted with lockable castors
Maple
Beech
White
• silver, 35 diameter circular legs • 25mm MFC tabletops Dimensions: H725 x W600 x D600mm.
4225520
Price each.
4
Mobile Multi-purpose Table
£139.00
weeks
When ordering please tell us tabletop colour: see swatch.
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
213
FURNITURE | Tables Contour25 Stacking Benches are now available
Contour25 Tables & Benches Introducing the next generation of lightweight folding tables and benches. Contour25 Tables are based on the original Contour Tables found in hundreds of educational establishments. The tables still feature the same great specification but are now 5% lighter, feature an improved corner moulding, a simplified folding mechanism and have a reduced lip around the edge for better comfort. Tables still have a scuff resistant laminated surfaces, moulded polypropylene corner buffers, lightweight aluminium frame and ribbed outer extrusions for added edge protection. Tables are available in six heights and three widths, benches in three lengths and three heights (see chart). All tables and benches in the range share the same high quality attributes: • Folds flat for easy storage • Versatile and easy-to-use • Extremely light yet thoroughly robust • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch. Please specify height of bench/table, see chart on page 213.
4236168
Contour25 Table
915 x 610
£90.60
4053627
Contour25 Table
915 x 685
£89.95
4236179
Contour25 Table
915 x 760
£95.95
4236190
Contour25 Table
1220 x 610
£102.00
4053638
Contour25 Table
1220 x 685
£103.00
4236201
Contour25 Table
1220 x 760
£111.00
4236212
Contour25 Table
1520 x 610
£113.00
4053649
Contour25 Table
1520 x 685
£115.00
4236223
Contour25 Table
1520 x 760
£121.00
4236234
Contour25 Table
1830 x 610
£126.00
4053660
Contour25 Table
1830 x 685
£128.00
4236245
Contour25 Table
1830 x 760
£133.00
4243604
Contour25 Bench
1830 x 254
£86.00
4243615
Contour25 Bench
1520 x 254
£79.00
4243626
Contour25 Bench
1220 x 254
£69.00
5
weeks
* 915mm table length not available in Buffet height.
Beech
Maple
Oak
214
Teak
Pastel Blue
Azure
Acid Green
Pea Green
Phone: 01992 454511 Fuchsia
Storm
Snow Grit
Alisa Grey
Poppy Red
Yellow
Lilac
Beech
Maple
Oak
Teak
Pastel Blue
Azure
Acid Green
Pea Green
Fuchsia
Storm
Snow Grit
Alisa Grey
Poppy Red
Yellow
Lilac
White
orders@gresswell.co.uk White
Tables | FURNITURE 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Signal Red Sparta Grey
Teak
Premier Folding Tables
Beech
Yellow
Paradiso
Campanula
Heather
Green
Alisa Grey
L x Wmm
Hygienic, simple to fold, neat to store and sturdy in use.
Premier Benches
The premier range incorporates POLYEDGE, the smooth rounded tabletop corner formed from polyurethane. • Offers superb damage and water resistance for a long life • Tables can be joined to create various configurations
£84.45
4015446
Bench
1220 x 254
4015457
Bench
1520 x 254
£99.95
4015468
Bench
1830 x 254
£111.00
• Co-ordinating benches available, stackable 10 high
Premier Tables
• Aluminium frame for minimum weight with strength
4053671
Table
915 x 685
£120.00
• Large choice of finishes and heights
4053682
Table
1220 x 685
Price each.
£143.00
4053693
Table
1520 x 685
£163.00
4053704
Table
1830 x 685
£184.00
When ordering please tell us top colour, see swatch. Please Specify height, see chart on page 213.
8
weeks
Please note: product 4053671 is not available in buffet height (760mm).
1
2
Table Trolleys Store and transport folding tables quickly. For easy transportation and storage these Table Trolleys are ideal. The small trolley can accommodate up to seven Contour or Premier tables and the round trolley up to eight tables. Complete with safety straps, braked castors for safe loading and unloading and non-slip mat covering the base. Trolleys supplied flatpacked for quick assembly. Price each.
Round Table Trolley
1738 x 751 x 1000
£359.00
2 4011728
Small Table Trolley
875 x 745 x 1127
£221.00
weeks
A simple, time-saving idea. The Bench Skates consist of two ABS plastic moulded skates, enabling stacked benches to be moved with ease. Each skate features two large slots to fit the bench legs and an anti-tilt feature. Price per pair.
L x W x Hmm 1 4010705
5
Bench Skates
4017778
5
weeks
Bench Skates
£87.55
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
215
FURNITURE | Exam Desks
Exam Desks Exam tables to make the grade. We're sure every school or campus will love this compact and mobile Exam Trolley with Exam Desks. Purchase the desks and trolley separately or as a package ready for exam time. • Folding Exam Desks feature black legs and pen groove
H x W x Dmm
• Trolley holds 25 Exam Desks (desks not included) • Exam Pack available featuring trolley complete with 25 Exam Desks
4031011
Exam Desk
710 x 600 x 600
£28.35
• Trolley frames available in blue, black, grey or red
4031022
Exam Trolley
950 x 1200 x 610
£158.00
• Delivered fully assembled
4031033
Exam Pack
950 x 1200 x 610
£689.00
Price each, Exam Pack price per set. When ordering please tell us colour of trolley frame: blue, black, grey or red.
2
weeks
Exam Desks - minimum order 25 desks.
Available in beech or grey laminate finish
2
1
Exam Desk Bundles Exam time essentials. Quickly set up and take down your exam hall with 20 or 40 exam desks and storage trolley. Exam desks are made from heavy-duty steel folding legs with plastic feet to protect floors and hard-wearing 16mm MDF tops with rounded edges for safety. The 20 desk trolley allows desks to be loaded from the side reducing the need to repeatedly bend down whilst the 40 desk trolley stores the desk in two stacks. Dimensions: Exam desks H720 x W600 x D600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us desk finish: beech or grey.
Trolley H x W x Dmm 1 4215356
20 Exam Desk Bundle
1200 x 1030 x 690
£516.00
2 4215367
40 Exam Desk Bundle
1220 x 1320 x 600
£975.00
2
weeks
216
Phone: 01992 454511
For Exam and Folding Chairs, please see pages 200-201.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Café Tables | FURNITURE
1
1
1
2
2
2
Ellipse Tables The Ellipse Tables are classically designed with a four-leg or trumpet chrome finished based. Tabletops are available in traditional beech and walnut real wood veneer or modern white high gloss finish. Dimensions: H740 x W800 x D800mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of table: beech, walnut or white. 1 4226312
Ellipse 4 Leg Table
£148.00
2 4226323
Ellipse Trumpet Base Table
£149.00
2
weeks
For vinyl covered stools see page 185
Astral Low Table Great for informal breakout areas, Astral Low Tables are perfectly complemented by stool seating. • Chrome finished trumpet base • Beech or walnut real wood veneer finish or white high gloss lacquer Dimensions: H420 x W600 x D600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of table: beech, walnut or white.
4226301
Astral Low Table
£126.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
217
FURNITURE | Meeting Spaces & Booths 1 2
Unique bow front worktops
1
1
3
1
4
Zeta Study Carrel System Attractive, well designed carrels for library, school and university study areas. This modular range has been designed to be used either stand-alone or can be used with add-ons to configure to your space. Fully flexible units may be changed at any time as your needs develop. D-end Tables and Half Cluster Units can be fitted to the system, or choose the stand-alone Four Cluster Mini Carrel where space is limited. • Tabletops and panels made from 25mm melamine faced chipboard with protective edging • Bow fronted worktop provides best distance from VDU screens and ample desktop space - D763mm • All carrels have two-position desk height adjustment facility from standard H730mm to H760mm for use with wheelchairs • Carrels contain cable outlets and cable routing capability • Supplied flat-packed for easy, one-person assembly
Zeta Study Carrels can be made in alternative finishes and modified shape fronts, to special order
Dimensions: Carrel H1320 x D800mm, D-end Table H730 x D800mm, 4-Cluster H1320 x D1600mm. Price per unit. When ordering please tell us colour: beech or maple.
Wmm 1 4087243
Starter Study Carrel
800
£376.00
4087254
Starter Study Carrel
1200
£418.00
2 4087265
Add-on Study Carrel
800
£313.00
4087276
Add-on Study Carrel
1200
£387.00
3 4087287
D-end Table inc. Leg
1600
£215.00
4 4087298
Four Cluster Mini Carrel
1600
£679.00
6
weeks
218
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Meeting Spaces & Booths | FURNITURE
3
2
Nautilus Study Booth and Carrels Acoustically enhanced, free-standing Booths and Carrels to provide private study points within your learning spaces. The Nautilus Booth is a compact footprint study point, with a tighter curve around the user - available in up to three fabric colours. The Carrels are wider and available in two depths and up to two fabric colours. • Stylish panel detailing, in acoustically enhanced materials, help to reduce noise within your space and quieten the study experience • Includes a 25mm thick white melamine faced chipboard desktop at 720mm height from floor • Desktop features cut-out port for cable access • All models include levelling feet Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour(s) from the Blazer range, see inside back cover.
H x W x Dmm 1 4044618
Curved Study Carrel - Two Tone
1500 x 1300 x 750
£1,120.00
2 4044629
Curved Study Carrel - Two Tone
1500 x 1300 x 900
£1,240.00
3 4047291
Curved Study Booth - Three Tone
1600 x 1200 x 1000
£1,710.00
6
weeks
Select up to three colours for the study booth, up to two for the carrels.
1
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
219
FURNITURE | Meeting Spaces & Booths
Cable ports, cordless phone chargers and power banks can be supplied as optional extras. Please talk to our Customer Services team for full details and prices.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Poetry Meeting Pod Contemporary meeting pod perfect for meetings, casual dining or as a quiet area. The Poetry Pod is perfect for informal or impromptu meetings or as a quiet area away from the hustle and bustle. The adjoining media wall back panel is designed to accommodate wall mounted monitors. Fitted with robust and inconspicuous joining links, media wall links are individually locked in place once positioned but the pod can be easily deconstructed and moved if necessary. Dimensions: Seat H480mm, Table W600mm. Price per unit When ordering please tell us colour of sides and seat, see swatch below. Table colour: beech, white or Oak.
Overall H x W x Dmm 4237840
Poetry Pod 4 Seat
1270 x 1600 x 2280
£2,250.00
4237851
Poetry Pod 4 Seat with Table
1270 x 1600 x 2280
£2,350.00
4237862
Poetry Pod 6 Seat
1270 x 2000 x 2280
£2,550.00
4237873
Poetry Pod 6 Seat with Table
1270 x 2000 x 2280
£2,800.00
5
weeks
Generation CSE02
History CSE21
220
Prime CSE09
Cycle CSE06
Span CSE05
Lifetime CSE03
Period CSE07
Generation CSE02
History CSE21
Everlasting CSE10
Event CSE18
Rest CSE37
Phone: 01992 454511
Prime CSE09
Allowance CSE38
Cycle CSE06
Span CSE05
Lifetime CSE03
Period CSE07
Rest CSE37
Chapter CSE08
Range CSE42
Quota CSE41
Elapse CSE44
Forward CSE14
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Everlasting CSE10
Eve CSE
riod E07
Meeting Spaces & Booths | FURNITURE
Harmony Meeting Pod
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
An excellent value meeting pod that can be tailored to your exact requirements. The Harmony Meeting Pod provides the perfect solution for meetings or for creating a quiet area in high traffic spots in your library. Pods are available as a four or six seater with a back panel connecting wall. Optional tables are available in three depths, enabling you to tailor the pod to your requirements. Units are supplied with robust linking devices that are cleverly concealed once the pod has been constructed, providing a sturdy, seamless finish. Easily deconstructed to be moved if necessary.
Cable ports, cordless phone chargers and power banks can be supplied as optional extras. Please talk to our Customer Services team for full details and prices.
Dimensions: Harmony Meeting Pod height 1380mm. Table height: 740mm. Seat height 450mm. When ordering please tell us colour of Pod, see swatch below. Table colour: beech, white or Oak.
W x Dmm 4237884
Harmony Meeting Pod 4 Seat
2300 x 1300
£1,999.00
4237895
Harmony Meeting Pod 4 Seat
2500 x 1300
£1,999.00
4237906
Harmony Meeting Pod 6 Seat
2300 x 1900
£2,499.00
4237917
Harmony Meeting Pod 6 Seat
2500 x 1900
£2,499.00
4237928
Harmony Pod Meeting Table for 4 Seat
600 x 1000
£170.00
4237939
Harmony Pod Meeting Table for 4 Seat
700 x 1000
£180.00
4237950
Harmony Pod Meeting Table for 4 Seat
800 x 1000
£199.00
4240953
Harmony Pod Meeting Table for 6 Seat
600 x 1400
£260.00
4240964
Harmony Pod Meeting Table for 6 Seat
700 x 1400
£275.00
4240975
Harmony Pod Meeting Table for 6 Seat
800 x 1400
£290.00
5
weeks
Rest CSE37
Generation CSE02
History CSE21
Everlasting CSE10
Event CSE18
Prime CSE09
Allowance CSE38
Cycle CSE06
Span CSE05
Lifetime CSE03
Period CSE07
Rest CSE37
Chapter CSE08
Range CSE42
Quota CSE41
Elapse CSE44
Forward CSE14
Everlasting CSE10
Event CSE18
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
Allowance CSE38
Chapter CSE08
Range CSE42
Quota CSE41
Elapse CSE44
221
Forward CSE14
FURNITURE | Office Furniture Demco® Office Furniture The Demco® Office range of furniture is hard-wearing and practical. Create an integrated look with desks, pedestals, meeting tables and storage cupboards available in a choice of finishes. Price includes on-site assembly.
Wood Finishes
Oak
Maple
Beech
White
Demco® Rectangular 4 Legged Desk Features: • 25mm MFC desktops with 2mm ABS edging • Levelling feet adjustable to +10mm • Cantilever or round tube leg options • Cantilever desks supplied with integrated modesty panel as standard
4225674
Rectangular 4 Legged Desk - W800mm
£149.00
• Matching under desk and desk height pedastals available
4225685
Rectangular 4 Legged Desk - W1000mm
£156.00
• Matching wood or tambour door storage available
4225696
Rectangular 4 Legged Desk - W1200mm
Dimensions: H720 x D700mm.
£165.00
4225707
Rectangular 4 Legged Desk - W1400mm
£172.00
Price each.
4225718
Rectangular 4 Legged Desk - W1600mm
When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
£176.00
4225729
Rectangular 4 Legged Desk - W1800mm
£189.00
4
weeks
Demco® Rectangular Cantilever Desk Features: • Levelling feet adjustable to +10mm • Cantilever desks supplied with integrated modesty panel as standard • Matching under desk and desk height pedestals available • Matching wood or tambour door storage available • Cantilever or round tube leg options available Dimensions: H720 x D800mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
4225608
Rectangular Cantilever Desk - W800mm
£140.00
4225619
Rectangular Cantilever Desk - W1000mm
£145.00
4225630
Rectangular Cantilever Desk - W1200mm
£155.00
4225641
Rectangular Cantilever Desk - W1400mm
£160.00
4225652
Rectangular Cantilever Desk - W1600mm
£170.00
4225663
Rectangular Cantilever Desk - W1800mm
£175.00
4
weeks
Demco® Mobile Under Desk Pedestals Under desk pedestals supplied with castors for mobility. Available in a choice of drawer combinations for all your storage and filing needs. Dimensions: W415 x D500mm.
2
Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Hmm
1
222
3
Phone: 01992 454511
1 4213145
3 Personal Drawers
510
£139.00
2 4213156
1 Personal, 1 Filing Drawer
510
£149.00
3 4213167
2 Personal, 1 Filing Drawer
638
£159.00
2
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Office Furniture | FURNITURE Demco® Rectangular Panel End Desk Dimensions: H720 x D800mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
4225740
Rectangular Panel End Desk - W800mm
£130.00
4225751
Rectangular Panel End Desk - W1000mm
£140.00
4225762
Rectangular Panel End Desk - W1200mm
£155.00
4225773
Rectangular Panel End Desk - W1400mm
£165.00
4225784
Rectangular Panel End Desk - W1600mm
£170.00
4225795
Rectangular Panel End Desk - W1800mm
£180.00
4
weeks
Demco® Crescent Cantilever Desk Dimensions: H720 x D1200mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
4225806
Crescent Cantilever Desk - Left Hand - W1600mm
£239.00
4225817
Crescent Cantilever Desk - Left Hand - W1800mm
£249.00
4225828
Crescent Cantilever Desk - Right Hand - W1600mm
£239.00
4225839
Crescent Cantilever Desk - Right Hand - W1800mm
£249.00
4
weeks
Demco® Static Desk High Pedestals Desk high pedestals with two personal and one filing drawer. Available in a choice of finishes. Dimensions: H720 x W415mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech, maple, oak or white.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE 1
2
Dmm 1 4213211
2 personal drawers and 1 filing draw
600
£169.00
2 4213222
2 personal drawers and 1 filing draw
800
£189.00
2
weeks
2
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
2
223
FURNITURE | Office Furniture Workspace Tables Create the ideal working environment. The smart silver anodised aluminium frame makes the Workspace Tables far lighter than usual steel framed equivalents. Perfect for moving around for a collaborative work area or even furnishing an office space. • Encourage dynamic spaces for creativity and flexible working environments • Sturdy construction allows tables to be moved around your work space • Lightweight anodised aluminium frame • Available in a choice of table top colours and edging • Supplied flat packed with simple allen key fixing Dimensions: H710mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us table top colour: white or grey. Edge colour: plywood or woodgrain.
L x Wmm Workspace Table Corner Unit
1200 x 1200
£215.00
4243472
Workspace Table
1400 x 750
£199.00
2 4243483
Workspace Table
1200 x 600
£169.00
4243494
Workspace Table
750 x 750
£155.00
3 4243505
Workspace Table
600 x 600
£125.00
4 4243516
Workspace Table Circular
Dia. 900
£189.00
4243527
Workspace Table Circular
Dia. 1200
£215.00
1 4243461
5
weeks
Woodgrain edge colour
Plywood edge colour
1
2
3
224
Phone: 01992 454511
4
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Office Furniture | FURNITURE 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
1
2
Demco® Wooden Double Door Cupboards Tailor our wooden double door cupboards to your requirements with our wooden shelves (sold separately). Low cupboards up to a maximum height of 1200mm can be made mobile by adding castors at the time of ordering. Doors secured by key lock, two keys supplied.
Wood Finishes Wood Finishes
Dimensions: W1000 x D475mm.
All products on this page delivered within 2 weeks!
Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech, oak or white. Oak
Maple Oak
Maple Beech
Beech White
White
Hmm 4240535
Wooden Double Door Cupboards
720
£145.00
1
4213233
Wooden Double Door Cupboards
754
£169.00
2
4213244
Wooden Double Door Cupboards
1120
£199.00
4213255
Wooden Double Door Cupboards
1508
£249.00
4213266
Wooden Double Door Cupboards
1874
£299.00
4213277
Shelf for Wooden Double Door Cupboards
£19.50
2
weeks
10 YEAR Demco® Wooden Tambour Door GUARANTEE Cupboards Wooden cabinets with silver tambour doors. Shelves sold separately. Low cupboards up to a maximum height of 1200mm can be made mobile by adding castors at the time of ordering. Doors secured by key lock, two keys supplied. Dimensions: W1000 x D475mm. Price each.
1
When ordering please tell us finish: beech, oak or white.
Hmm 4240810 Wooden Tambour Door Cupboard
720
£265.00
1 4213288 Wooden Tambour Door Cupboard
754
£345.00
4213299 Wooden Tambour Door Cupboard
1120
£399.00
4213310 Wooden Tambour Door Cupboard
1508
£519.00
4213321 Wooden Tambour Door Cupboard
1874
£539.00
4218887 Shelf for Wooden Tambour Door Cupboards 2 4218898 Castors for Cupboards (max H1200mm)
£18.00 £41.95
2
weeks
2
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
225
FURNITURE | Office Furniture Origin Office Screens Quality screens for desk mounting or floor standing. • Full aluminium picture style frame • Effective linking system enabling simple installation • Multiple panel finishes available • A ll desk screens supplied with pair of matching brackets to fit standard 25mm desk top • Top rail includes clip point for accessory trays • Each screen supplied with two inline link/end covers Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Xtreme Plus range, see inside back cover.
H x Wmm
4
3
1
2
5
2
4047885
Desk Screen Rectangle
400 X 800
£149.00
4047896
Desk Screen Rectangle
400 X 1000
£152.00
1 4047907
Desk Screen Rectangle
400 X 1200
£165.00
4047918
Desk Screen Rectangle
400 X 1400
£177.00
2 4047929
Desk Screen Rectangle
400 X 1600
£202.00
4047940
Desk Screen Rectangle
400 X 1800
£215.00
4047951
Desk Screen Wave
400-200 x 800
£189.00
4047962
Desk Screen Wave
400-200 x 1000
£194.00
3 4047973
Desk Screen Wave
400-200 x 1200
£222.00
4047984
Desk Screen Wave
400-200 x 1400
£227.00
4047995
Desk Screen Wave
400-200 x 1600
£247.00
4048006
Desk Screen Wave
400-200 x 1800
£251.00
4048017
Floor Screen
1200 X 1000
£276.00
4 4048028
Floor Screen
1200 X 1200
£288.00
5 4048039
Floor Screen
1200 X 1600
£336.00
4048050
Floor Screen
1600 X 1200
£358.00
4048061
Floor Screen
1600 X 1000
£342.00
Accessories 4048072
Spigot T Foot
£25.95
4048083
Spigot Disc Foot
£39.95
3
weeks
5
3
4
2
6
7
View Mobile Screens
5
Zone out in style. • Multiple finishes - fabric, laser-cut steel, glazed, dry-wipe and split • Full aluminium frame 30mm or 50mm • Durable castor system Dimensions: H1800mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour from Xtreme Plus range, see inside back cover. Frame finish: silver or white
W x Dmm 1 4047302
View Mobile Straight Fabric Screen
1000 x 30
£499.00
2 4047313
View Mobile Straight Fabric/Part Dry-wipe Screen
1000 x 30
£585.00
3 4047324
View Mobile Straight Metal Screen
1000 x 50
£935.00
4 4047335
View Mobile Curved Fabric Screen
1000 x 30
£799.00
5 4047346
View Mobile Curved Fabric/Part Dry-wipe Screen
1000 x 30
£1,240.00
6 404459615
View Mobile Straight Opal Frosted Screen
1000 x 30
£659.00
7 404460715
View Mobile Curved Opal Frosted Screen
1100 x 30
£1,046.00
3
weeks
1
226
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Storage Cupboards & Filing | FURNITURE 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Demco® Metal Filing Cabinets
Delivery within 2 weeks!
Locking filing cabinets with anti-tilt for safety. Dimensions: W458 x D620mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
Hmm 4213332
Demco 2 Drawer Filing Cabinet
711
4213343
Demco 3 Drawer Filing Cabinet
1009
£119.00
4213354
Demco 4 Drawer Filing Cabinet
1320
£129.00
£99.00
2
weeks
Metal Colours
Goose Grey
Coffee & Cream
White
Demco® Executive Filing Cabinets • Anti-tilt mechanism for safety
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
• Lockable drawers for security • Suitable for foolscap files • Choice of three colours Dimensions: W458 x D620mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch above.
Hmm 4213365
Executive 2 Drawer Filing Cabinet Lockable
711
£129.00
4213376
Executive 3 Drawer Filing Cabinet Lockable
1009
£149.00
4213387
Executive 4 Drawer Filing Cabinet Lockable
1320
£169.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
227
FURNITURE | Storage Cupboards & Filing 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Demco® Metal Double Door Cupboards Metal cupboards supplied with shelves. Key lock - two keys supplied. Dimensions: W915 x D458mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
No. of Shelves
Hmm
4213486
Metal Double Door Cupboard
1
690
£139.00
4213497
Metal Double Door Cupboard
1
1000
£149.00
4213508
Metal Double Door Cupboard
2
1650
£169.00
4213519
Metal Double Door Cupboard
3
1800
£179.00
4213530
Metal Double Door Cupboard
4
1950
£189.00
2
Metal Colours Other colours available to special order; please contact Customer Services Goose Grey
Coffee & Cream
White
weeks
Demco® Metal Tambour Door Cupboards Configure our tambour door cupboards your way by adding as many or as few shelves as you need. Key lock - two keys supplied.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Dimensions: W1000 x D475mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
Hmm 4213398
Metal Tambour Door Cupboards
690
£249.00
4213409
Metal Tambour Door Cupboards
1000
£269.00
4213442
Metal Tambour Door Cupboards
1320
£299.00
4213420
Metal Tambour Door Cupboards
1651
£315.00
4213431
Metal Tambour Door Cupboards
1970
£319.00
1 4213453
Shelf for Metal Tambour Door Cupboards
£16.50
2
weeks
1
228
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Storage Cupboards & Filing | FURNITURE iKon Shelving A stylish and clean cut solution. iKon Shelving is a functional yet stylish, bolt free shelving system, quality engineered to provide a sturdy and robust system that will offer many years of service. Shelf heights have been optimised for efficient storage of all your books, media and files. Available in a white finish incorporating ActiveCOAT anti-bacterial coating. This shelving is supplied flat-packed but is simple and quick to build as the system is entirely boltless. If you prefer a closed back, simply remove the cross bracing and replace with Back Cladding, available separately. • Maximum bay loading 600 kgs • Maximum shelf loading 100 kgs • Slim, True DELTA edge adds style and strength • Each bay is complete with 4x adjustable shelves and one fixed bottom shelf • Cross-brace assemblies for maximum rigidity, Back Cladding Kit is also available • Shelves can be raised or lowered by 25mm increments • Finished in White RAL 9016 Dimensions: W1000 x D400mm. Price each.
Hmm Starter Units 4005755
Starter Unit
1830
£177.84
4005788
Starter Unit
2130
£191.36
4005821
Starter Unit
2430
£205.00
Back Cladding Kits 4007218
Add-on Unit
1830
£114.00
4007251
Add-on Unit
2130
£124.00
4007284
Add-on Unit
2430
£136.00
4007075
Back Cladding Kit
1830
£37.95
4007086
Back Cladding Kit
2130
£43.95
4007097
Back Cladding Kit
2430
£50.15
Add-on Units
4
weeks
1
3
2
iKon Shelving Accessories A wide range of accessories makes the iKon Shelving a flexible system to suit your needs. Price each.
Shelves and Dividers 1
4005986
Drop Over Divider
2
4005920
Pull Out Shelf
£6.40 £116.00
Decor End Panel 3
4005953
For H1830mm Units
£23.65
Metal Double Door Sets 4
4006030
For H1830mm Units
£154.00
4006041
For H2130mm Units
£175.00
Tambour Door Sets 5
4006008
For H1830mm Units
£395.00
4006019
For H2130mm Units
£404.00
4
weeks
4
5
P lease note pull out shelves are not compatible with Tambour Doors or Door Sets; Tambour Doors and Door Sets are not available in height 2430mm.
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
229
FURNITURE | Media Storage & Large Format Filing
Shows 2 chests stacked
Horizontal Steel Plan File Ideal for flat storage of artwork, plans and larger archive material. • Fully extending drawers (D75mm) provide quick and generous access
This all-steel construction plan chest is built for a long life and heavy usage.
• Fitted with steel runners to reduce strain when opening fully laden drawers
• Lockable and fitted with anti-tilt mechanism
• Features anti-tilt mechanism and integral locking mechanism for safety and security
• Stackable or with legs
• All-steel construction with tough grey paint coating for long life
• Drawer weight load in excess of 50kg per drawer
• Optional mobile base unit for A0 or A1 unit features four strong castors, allowing unit to be moved
• Full width drawer handles for ease of use
Price each.
Price each.
• Superb steel roller action gives smooth drawer operation
• Plinth size: 50mm as standard When ordering please tell us colour: light grey, black, white, beige, yellow, green, blue or red. Colours are available as single or multi-tone at no extra charge.
Size
H x W x Dmm
405545306
5 Drawer Unit
A0
535 x 1327 x 900
£999.00
Size
H x W x Dmm
405546406
5 Drawer Unit
A1
535 x 975 x 650
£925.00
4052593
5 Drawer
A1
434 x 977 x 670
£869.00
401214606
8 Drawer Unit
A1
808 x 975 x 650
£1,235.00
4052604
5 Drawer
A0
434 x 1326 x 920
£899.00
401434606
Mobile Frame
A0/A1
H130mm
£329.00
4055431
6 Drawer
A0
509 x 1326 x 920
£999.00
405547506
Set of 4 Legs
-
H250mm
£184.00
4015534
Set of 4 Legs
-
H250mm
£153.00
4
4
weeks
weeks
Four Drawer Open Paper Storage
Six Drawer Plan Chest
Easy access paper storage. • Open front drawers make identification of contents easy
Keep artwork, maps and plans organised. In an attractive beech finish to suit any environment, this Six Drawer Plan Chest has a large surface area worktop, ideal for viewing materials. Perfect for storing artwork, maps and plans where easy or frequent access is required. Stores paper up to A1. Drawers measure H80 x W902 x D680mm.
• Store paper up to A1 • Supplied with castors for mobility • Made from 18mm beech melamine faced chipboard with ABS edging • Drawers measure W940 x D710 with 40mm lip
Dimensions: H780 x W1015 x D755mm.
Dimensions: H772 x W1006 x D754mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4017448
Six Drawer Plan Chest
£399.00
3
4028514
Four Drawer Open Paper Storage
3
weeks
230
Superdrawer Horizontal Plan File Chest
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£399.00
Media Storage & Large Format Filing | FURNITURE
Bromley Multimedia Cabinet Our Bromley Multimedia Cabinet is constructed from zinc coated steel then powder coated with a non-gassing, conservation spec epoxy polyester paint. • Fitted with lock and anti-tilt mechanism for safety • Three partitions per drawer • Heavy-duty full extension ball slides • One lock secures all drawers Dimensions: H699 x W965x D445mm.
4036610
Price each.
4
When ordering please tell us colour: beige, black, light grey or white.
£899.00
Bromley Multimedia Cabinet
weeks
Crown Multimedia Cabinets Crown Multimedia Cabinets are made from high grade steel with anti-tilt drawers. Each drawer has a 30kg loading capacity for all your multimedia storage needs. • Safe - cabinets have integral lock and anti-tilt device allowing only one drawer to be opened at a time
Smart, secure and high capacity storage for all forms of media.
• Stores per drawer (approx): 150 CDs, 160 DAT tapes, 70 cased DVDs/150 DVDs in sleeves, 9675 microfiche, 88 rolls of 16mm film, 56 rolls of 35mm film
• Five easy-action drawers with built-in safety interlock which only allows one drawer to be opened at any time
• Finished in light grey colour RAL 7035
Newbury Multimedia Storage Cabinet • Follower blocks (pack of 10) are for use with magnetic media such as VHS and Audio tapes • Five removable dividers included in each drawer
• Great value - price includes internal partitions Dimensions: Overall W575 x D635mm. Internal drawer H145 x W470 x D590mm. Price each.
• Capacities per drawer: CDs - 300, DVDs - 160
Hmm
• Available in light grey only Dimensions: Overall H927 x W938 x D635mm, Internal Drawer H152 x W850 x D582mm. Follower blocks H62 x W152mm.
422807206
Multimedia Cabinet 4 Drawer
785
£695.00
422808306
Multimedia Cabinet 6 Drawer
1125
£922.00
Price each.
422809406
Multimedia Cabinet 8 Drawer
1465
£853.00
422810506
Multimedia Cabinet 10 Drawer
1788
£1,025.00
4051713
Follower Blocks Pk/10
405120706
6
weeks
Newbury Cabinet
£1,100.00
£149.00
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
231
FURNITURE | Media Storage & Large Format Filing
Budget Vertical Planfile Cabinet
Microfilm Cabinet
This stylish and sturdy vertical planfile will hold up to 1,000 drawings or 250 kilos in weight and is available in two sizes A1 = H1200 x W700 x D425mm and A0 = H1380 x W930 x D425mm.
High capacity 10-drawer storage for microfiche and roll film.
• Access information fast with the drawing reference system
• Strong - made in the UK from 1mm thick mild steel
• Door stop design for stability
Ten drawer cabinet for 6"" x 4"" microfiche or roll film cartridges. Supplied in light grey. • Integral safety lock and anti-tilt device allowing only one drawer to be opened at a time
• Anti-tilt legs for extra safety • Fully overlapping lid protects drawings against water and dust
• Capacity per drawer: 88x 16mm film, 56x 35mm film, 6380 aperture cards, 9900 fiche
• Fully lockable lid and front door Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: light grey, black, white or beige. Colours are available as single or multi-tone.
Dimensions: Overall H1355 x W570 x D630mm, Internal Drawer H110 x W470 x D575mm. Price each.
Size 4055739
Anti-tilt 2-prong Unit
A1
£899.00
4228061
4055750
Anti-tilt 2-prong Unit
A0
£899.00
4055761
Anti-tilt 4-prong Unit
A1
£885.00
6
4055772
Anti-tilt 4-prong Unit
A0
£885.00
Microfilm Cabinet
weeks
4
weeks
Suspension Wallets and Filing Strips Protect and neatly store your special drawings and projects. Filing strips attach directly to the item you wish to hang in the suspension file by a strip of adhesive. Suspension Wallets offer extra protection, insert your document into the wallet, which comes with a welded polyproplene strip incorporated in the design, ready for hanging. 0 hole wallets are used for protecting items in horizontal files. Wallets are top opening (short side). Filing strips price per pack of 100, Suspensions Wallets price per pack of 10.
Size
Holes
Suspension Wallets (Pack 10) 4097198
Polyprop Top (Short)
A0
0
£134.00
4097209
Polyprop Top (Short)
A0
2
£134.00
4097220
Polyprop Top (Short)
A0
4
£134.00
4097231
Polyprop Top (Short)
A1
0
£59.50
4097242
Polyprop Top (Short)
A1
2
£59.50
4097253
Polyprop Top (Short)
A1
4
£59.50
594mm
4
£32.95
Filing Strips - A1 Portrait (Pack 100) 4097165
Polyester Filing Strip
Filing Strips - A0 Portrait (Pack 100)
232
4097176
Polyester Filing Strip
841mm
2
£43.45
4097187
Polyester Filing Strip
841mm
4
£43.45
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£999.00
Charging Stations | FURNITURE Tubestation Power Towers Create flexible data and power points to energise devices and minds. Create recharging and information points for flexible learning spaces. An integrated unit, each can be customised to suit the power and data requirements of your areas. Perfect for the desires of users within modern study environments. • Stylish, compact tubular design • Mobile or static versions • Options include modules for Power (240V 50Hz), data for internet (LBRG45) , powered USB sockets and integrated WiFi booster • Models shown feature modules on three sides, with a total of 6x 240V AC electrical sockets, 6x Internet Data points. See our website or call customer services to enquire about customised power/data/communications configurations • Data leads are wired through to the base of the tower, electrical modules wired to a 13amp plug at base of tower Dimensions: H1200 x W170 x D170mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: silver, white or black.
4040350 Tubestation - 6x Power Sockets, 6x Data Sockets - Static
£860.00
4040361 Tubestation - 6x Power Sockets, 6x Data Sockets - Mobile £985.00
5
weeks
Boost+ Multi Tablet Charger The Boost+ Multi Tablet Charger is a portable unit which enables you to plug in, charge and sync up to 16 tablets. Suitable for all kinds of USB-powered tablets including iPad, Android and Kindle Fire, also mobile phones. • Intelligent charging automatically recognises device and ensures each gets the right amount of power • Syncs all devices and lets you sync your apps, media and usable content through the iTunes and Apple configurator • Easy-to-install updates keep it compatible with all latest tablets • Delivered fully assembled
Deskcabby Tablet Storage/Charger Cabinet A portable, stackable cabinet that stores, charges and syncs up to 12 tablets. The Deskcabby Tablet Storage/Charger Cabinet fits neatly on a desktop and has inset handles, allowing easy lifting and moving. The vertical dividers hold up to 12 USB-powered tablets including iPad, Android and Kindle Fire. • Intelligent charging automatically recognises device and ensures each gets the right amount of power
Dimensions:H90 x W143 x L285mm.
• Syncs all devices and lets you sync your apps, media and usable content through the iTunes and Apple configurator
Price each.
• Easy-to-install updates keep it compatible with all latest tablets • LED lights show charging and syncing status
4203443
2
weeks
Boost+ Multi Tablet Charger
£575.00
• Cable storage with rear-access door keeps cables compact, neat and tidy • Delivered fully assembled Dimensions: H330 x W496 x D398mm. Price each.
4203432
Deskcabby Tablet Storage/Charger Cabinet
£699.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
233
FURNITURE | Laptop & Tablet Storage LapCabby lockable storage and recharging units provide a safe and secure way to recharge laptops. • Dual point locking mechanism - with one turn of the key, the doors are simultaneously locked at the top and the bottom for increased security • Sequential switching facility turns one section of laptops on at a time to avoid circuit breakers being overloaded when the power is switched on • Energy saving power management: adjustable 7-day timer allows you to preset charging times • Air venting system has been specifically designed and tested to keep laptops cool when recharging • Separate electrical compartment with hidden door release for child safety • Rubber corner bumpers provide protection for the unit, walls and furniture as well as shock absorption for the laptops • Choice of handle colours
GoCabby Tablet Storage/Charger Cabinet The GoCabby Tablet Storage/Charger Cabinet allows you to store, charge and sync 16 tablets with or without protective cases. Suitable for all kinds of tablets including iPad, Android and Kindle Fire (USB chargeable). Future proof technology via updatable firmware - easy to install updates ensures the GoCabby can charge and sync all latest tablets. • Intelligent charging automatically recognises device and ensures each gets the right amount of power • Air ventilation system keeps tablets cool while charging
• Supportive foam and Velcro straps protects in transit • Two locks at top can be secured with padlocks (not supplied) Dimensions: H795 x W565 x D400mm. Price each.
4203476
GoCabby Tablet Storage/Charger Cabinet
weeks
• Telescopic Case handle
1
2
1
LapCabby Laptop Trolley
TabCabby Compact Tablet Trolley
Secure storage for laptops. LapCabby lockable storage and recharging units provide a safe and secure way to recharge laptops. Choose horizontal or vertical storage for up to 32 laptops. • Suitable for laptops up to 19"" • Laptop compartment size: Horizontal Trolleys - H56 x W368 x D510mm. Vertical Trolleys - H360 x W62 x D480mm Trolley Dimensions: D703mm.
A trolley that stores tablets safely and efficiently. TabCabby Compact is available in two sizes, storing 16 or 32 tablets. The built in Power7 Energy Management System can be programmed to suit your needs seven different charging schedules, one for each day of the week, allow charging between lessons, overnight or during lower rate energy hours. • Air ventilation system keeps tablets cool while charging
Price each.
• Suitable for iPad and Android Tablets and Kindle Fire, with or without protective cases
When ordering please tell us handle colour: blue, charcoal, lime or orange.
• Durable 100mm rubberised castors for easy manoeuvrability
• Delivered fully assembled • Fixed angle shelves
H x Wmm 4023003
10 Port Laptop Trolley - Vertical
4023025 1 4023036
1115 x 616
£825.00
16 Port Laptop Trolley - Horizontal
1215 x 857
£1,359.00
32 Port Laptop Trolley - Horizontal
1215 x 1291 £1,999.00
• Adaptors and power supply stored in separate compartments, accessible via a concealed door for added safety Price each.
3
H x W x Dmm
weeks
1 4203454
TabCabby 16H Compact
1030 x 620 x 473
£899.00
2 4203465
TabCabby 32H Compact
1030 x 840 x 473
£1,050.00
2
weeks
234
£1,079.00
2
• Delivered fully assembled
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Laptop & Tablet Storage | FURNITURE
2
1
3
LapCabby Lyte Sapce-saving, static ICT storage solutions. LapCabby Lyte incorporates all the features you have come to expect from LapCabby but with a smaller footprint. LapCabby Lyte Single can accommodate a range of devices from laptops, Chromebooks and tablets up to 15.6" to smaller devices such as iPads, Kindles and mobile phones. Lyte Wall holds tablets up to 11". Grey body with a choice of accent colours.
Features: • Charge a wide range of devices • Isolated power compartment for safety • Air vents to allow constant air circulation • Single lock door • Cable clip portholes feed cables from the back power compartment to the front • Wall fixings included with Lyte Wall • Small footprint • 10 or 16 (Single only) device capacity • Non-marking feet • Delivered fully assembled Price each. When ordering please tell us accent colour: blue, orange, lime, purple or charcoal.
H x W x Dmm 1
4230404
Lyte 10 Single
698 x 539 x 523
£435.00
2
4230415
Lyte 16 Single
1086 x 539 x 523
£735.00
4230426
Lyte Wall 10
1022 x 528 x 187
£435.00
3
1
3
weeks
2
1
UniCabby Compact, high volume storage for devices up to 14" Features: • Store and charge 20 or 32 laptops, Chromebooks and tablets • Integrated cable management with cable clips that secure cables at five points • Power 7 energy management system - programme up to 21 automatic charging schedules • Sliding shelves for easy access • Side and base vents for constant air circulation • Small footprint • Delivered fully assemble and ready to use Dimensions: D510mm. Price each.
H x Wmm 1
4230382
UniCabby 20H
1180 x 626
£899.00
2
4230393
UniCabby 32H
1008 x 947
£1,050.00
1
week
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
235
FURNITURE | Counter & Reception Units
Price includes delivery & installation
4 6
1
5 Cable ports link up between top and bottom units
2 3
Denver Reception Module Units Modular reception desking to add the personal touch. 3 Base units have adjustable feet
These Denver Reception Module Units are designed to create simple and practical configurations for the majority of reception applications. Available with three sizes of base and top units to allow a fully customised arrangement. These units are manufactured from a solid 25mm melamine faced chipboard available in a scratch-resistant beech finish. Straight desk units and straight tops include 65mm dia. cable ports. Base units have adjustable feet for levelling. Modules are supplied fully built. Price each.
H x W x Dmm Desks
6
1 402037418
Straight Desk Unit
742 x 800 x 800
£269.00
2 402038518
Straight Desk Unit
742 x 1200 x 800
£314.00
3 402039618
Corner Desk Unit
742 x 800 x 800
£325.00
Desk Top Units
Example Configurations
4 402040718
Straight Desk Top Unit
430 x 800 x 350
£185.00
5 402041818
Straight Desk Top Unit
430 x 1200 x 350
£189.00
6 402042918
Corner Desk Top Unit
430 x 800 x 350
£229.00
3
weeks
236
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Counter & Reception Units | FURNITURE Demco® MiMi Counter For an inviting and accessible contact point. The MiMi Counter is a quality timber-look counter, available in six colour combinations to best suit your library's colour scheme. • Timber effect straight and front panels • Coloured laminate front curved panel • Hard-wearing, long-lasting Marmoleum top • Stylish brushed aluminium plinths • Includes cable management (4m trunking and one outlet) Dimensions: H760 x D800mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour combination 1-6.
4018680
£1,950.00
MiMi Counter
9
weeks
For MiMi Shelving, please see pages 164-166.
Straight units = 1000mm Curved unit = 1200mm
COUNTER COLOUR COMBINATION OPTIONS: 1. Olive/Violet Scheme with Maple
2. Turquoise/ Green Scheme with Oak
3. Red Scheme with Beech
4. Royal Blue Scheme with Maple
5. Grey Scheme with Ash
6. Mauve Scheme with Maple
Marmoleum Top
Coloured Laminatefront curved panel
Timber Frontstraight panels Due to the printing process some colours shown may not be exact
www.gresswell.co.uk/furniture
237
FURNITURE | Counter & Reception Units 3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Add your library school or university name in vinyl or acrylic lettering. Contact Customer Services for more information.
Welcome Reception Counter Make a good first impression with the modern and stylish Welcome Reception Counter. Supplied with a Maestro cantilever or Adapt four leg frame. Available in two widths and three colour ways. Desk height is 725mm. Dimensions: Overall H1130 x D890mm Price each. When ordering please tell us finish: beech/white, walnut/white or white/white.
Counter and Desk Unit Only 4225531
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk - W1462mm
£369.00
4225542
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk - W1662mm
£399.00
4225553
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk - W1462mm
£449.00
4225564
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk - W1662mm
£489.00
With D-end Unit 4226378
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk and D End - W1462mm
£479.00
4226389
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk and D End - W1662mm
£519.00
4226400
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk and D End - W1462mm
£559.00
4226411
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk and D End - W1662mm
£589.00
With Lighting 4226433
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk and lighting - W1662mm
£689.00
4226444
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk and lighting - W1462mm
£729.00
4226455
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk and lighting - W1662mm
£769.00
4226422
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk and lighting - W1462mm
£659.00
With D-end Unit and Lighting 4226466
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk, D End and lighting - W1462mm
£659.00
4226477
Reception Counter with Maestro Desk, D End and lighting - W1662mm
£689.00
4226488
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk, D End and lighting - W1462mm
£729.00
4226499
Reception Counter with Adapt Desk, D End and lighting - W1662mm
£769.00
4
weeks
238
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
| CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Children’s Furniture
Open up discovery A dedicated reading space for young minds serves as an invitation for children to pick up a book and read. Children’s areas create a physical space, set apart, where attention can be focused on early reading and stories.
Soft Seating ....................................................................... 240-253 Carpets .............................................................................. 254-260 Book Browsers ................................................................... 261-268 Children’s Shelving ........................................................... 269-272 Library Furniture Sets ............................................................... 273 Spinners ............................................................................. 274-275 Storage .............................................................................. 276-280 Tables and Chairs ............................................................. 281-286
Reading is fun and a comfortable, inviting, well-stocked children’s area is instrumental in helping children discover a love of books, shaping their long-term attitude towards reading. Different shelving display options and low, soft seating are hallmarks of a successful cosy children’s area.
281
263
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
245
239
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating
Horizon Reading Set The Horizon Reading Set consists of a sofa, chair and table, providing a complete and co-ordinated seating area. Use the set to create a focal point in your school library or classroom reading corner. Dimensions: Sofa H380 x W630 x D500mm. Chair H380 x W550 x D500mm. Table H340 x W470 x D470mm.
4211242
Horizon Reading Set
£349.00
Corner Set
£386.00
5
weeks
Price each.
Corner Set A flexible all-in-one solution for your library or classroom reading corner, the Corner Set includes three modular chairs and a stool that are easily configured in to various arrangements. Dimensions: Left Hand Unit H630 x W560 X D380mm. Right Hand Unit H630 x W560 x D380mm. Chair H630 x W500 x D380mm. Stool H300 x W380 x D380mm Price each.
240
Phone: 01992 454511
4211253
5
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
1
2
Kiddietubbies Tub Chair and Sofa Bright, vibrant and perfectly sized for children in the primary school phase Kiddietubbies Tub Chairs and Sofas are the perfect seating option. With two or more chairs or sofas you can mix and match seat cushions to create a vibrant seating environment. Choose from two sizes, infant for ages 6-8 and junior for ages 8-11. Made from stain resistant and easy, wipe clean vinyl. Maximum weight capacity 115kg. Dimensions: Chair W560 x D430mm. Sofa W960 x D580mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Seat Hmm 1 4221659
Infant Tub Chair
280
£108.00
2 4221670
Junior Tub Chair
340
£118.00
3 4221681
Infant Tub Sofa
280
£153.00
4221692
Junior Tub Sofa
340
£153.00
3
2
weeks
Red
Pink
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Aqua
Lime
Junior Chair A perfect chair for your library seating area, supplied in vinyl. Dimensions: H700 x W780 x D650mm. Price each.
4211264
Primary Chair
£287.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
241
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating
3 5
1
2 4
Modular Seating Seating your way. Create a bright and welcoming reading area in your library or classroom with this range of Modular Seating. Durable and hard-wearing each seating unit is constructed from high grade foam covered in stain resistant vinly which can be easily wiped clean. Choose from single chair, pouff, sofa and corner units according to what your space allows. • High specification vinyl covering with high grade foam inserts • Stain resistant, wipe clean vinyl • Vibrant colours
Mix and match seating units to your requirements
Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1 420337702
Modular Seating Unit Chair - Blue
350 x 400 x 520
£74.95
2 420337713
Modular Seating Unit Chair - Yellow
350 x 470 x 520
£74.95
3 420339905
Modular Seating Unit Corner Seat - Green
420 x 420 x 520
£94.95
4 420341009
Modular Seating Unit Pouf - Red
400 x 280 x 250
£52.95
5 420342109
Modular Seating Unit 2 Seat Sofa - Red
700 x 470 x 520
£124.00
3
weeks
242
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Crayon Seating These bright and colourful Crayon Seats make the perfect attraction for your library. The two high back chairs and a pouff stack in to a giant crayon which can be stored neatly in a corner when not in use. M-Link® magnetic connectivity ensure the pieces safely connect together and do not come apart. Dimensions: Overall H1170 x Dia.400mm. Seat H300mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue, green, red or yellow.
4207623
£149.00
Crayon Seating
3
weeks
Caterpillar Sofa Wriggle into a good book! The Caterpillar Sofa is a fun playful set of five seats designed for any children’s area. The seats can be used individually or as a complete sofa. Made with a strong wooden frame, easy to clean pvc and fire retardant foam. Dimensions: H600 x W1600 x D400mm. Seat H400mm. Price per set of 5.
4083998
Caterpillar Sofa
£469.00
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
243
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating
Arrangement shows 3-seat sofa, 2-seat sofa, chair and 4x pouffes
Island Reading Corner
H x W x Dmm
Inject energy into reading with this fabulous soft seating range. This Island Reading Corner offers easy to position modular units: two and threeseat sofas, wedge pouffe and chair, allowing you to create the ideal reading corner for your classroom or library. All seating units are constructed with flameretardant dense foam inners covered with wipe-clean PVC covers. Price each. When ordering please tell us seat colour and side colour, see swatch.
White
Blue
Dark Blue
Pink
Purple
Orange
Red
Grey
Black
4065034
Island 2-seat Sofa
500 x 700 x 480
£139.00
4065045
Island 3-seat Sofa
500 x 1050 x 480
£179.00
4065056
Island Chair
500 x 350 x 480
£93.50
4065067
Island Wedge Pouffe
250 x radius 480
£65.50
3
weeks
Green
Lime
Yellow
SiT Children's Theatre Comprised of 8 individual units • 2x H300 x W500 x D500mm low square units • 2x H300 x W1000 x D500mm low rectangular units • 2x H600 x W1000 x D500mm mid-height rectangular units • 2x H600 x W1000 x D1000mm medium corner units Dimensions: H600 x W4000 x D1000mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from Just Colour Vinyl range, see inside back cover.
4214355
SiT Children's Theatre
£1,995.00
7
weeks
244
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Quilted Snuggle Seats Supplied as a set of five colourful seats. Quilted Snuggle Seats are made with a quilted vinyl for extra comfort.
4211209
Dimensions: Each seat H360 x W660 x D600mm.
£399.00
Quilted Snuggle Seats
5
weeks
Price per set of 5.
Caterpillar Configuration
Flower Configuration
Petal Seating
Minibeast Modular Caterpillar
Made up of a single round stool and five petal stools, Petal Seating will fit perfectly in to any foundation or Key Stage 1 setting. Built to last, the Petal Seating is manufactured with solid wooden frames covered in vinyl.
Getting outdoors isn't practical? Bring the outdoors in!
• Petal stools measure H520 x D300 x W720mm
The Caterpillar Modular Bean Seat seats up to six children and can be re-arranged into a flower shape or used separately. Water resistant, wipe-clean fabric is suitable for use indoors or outdoors. Each segment measures H220 x Dia. 380mm.
Dimensions: Overall H520 x W1020 x D1020mm.
Dimensions: Overall H220 x W2280 x D380mm.
Price per set.
Price per set.
• Round stool measures H520 x W300 x D300mm
4222693
4
weeks
Petal Seating
£389.00
4083602
Minibeast Modular Caterpillar
£135.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
245
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating
Save £12.50 on individual prices when you buy a pack of 3
Oval Bean Bag 2-seater Perfect for buddy reading, Oval Bean Bags seat either two children or one adult and a child. Dimensions: H200 x W800 x D500mm. Price each or per pack. When ordering please tell us colour: red, aqua or lime.
4200495
Oval Bean Bag
4200506
Oval Bean Bag Pk/3
£44.20 £119.00
2
weeks
Bean Filled Support Seat An alternative to beans bags and cushions, Bean Filled Support Seats provide relaxed seating that children can use in a variety of positions. Early years children can use the seat as back support whilst children in key stages 1 and 2, can use Bean Filled Support Seats as a comfortable back and arm rest when reading upright or neck rest when lying back with a book.
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: beige, lime or purple.
Price per pack of 5.
4211110
Bean Filled Support Seat
£41.55
2
weeks
Please note: For floor use only. Adult supervision required at all times with babies and small children. Do not allow infants to sleep in this product.
246
Seat Pod Bean Bags Comfortable and compact seat pods. Can be stacked five high when not in use to save space. Choose from mixed packs of bright colours (blue, aqua, red, purple, orange) or natural colours (brown, grey beige, lime, green).
Dimensions: Overall H250 x W700 x D500mm. Internal H220 x W300 x D250mm.
Phone: 01992 454511
4200473
Seat Pod Bean Bags Brights Pk/5
£104.00
4200484
Seat Pod Bean Bags Naturals Pk/5
£104.00
2
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
1
2
Sea Life Bean Chairs These gorgeous sea creatures are ideal for role-play and to create engaging displays for cross-curricular learning topics. Perfect for the classroom or library, these comfortable soft seats will brighten up any reading area. Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1 4081666 Sea Life Octopus
480 x 1560 x 156
£116.00
2 4081699 Sea Life Fish
960 x 640 x 640
£74.95
2
weeks
1
3
2
Safari Soft Seating Take a walk or read on the wild side. High quality printing and durable filling make these seating options attractive yet durable. • Lion Support Seat provides back and arm support when reading upright or acts as a neck rest when lying back with a book. • Modular Snake can seat six children with a twin seat head stool and four body stools. Head H200 x W500 x L800mm; Body H220 x Dia 380mm per segment. • Monkey Bean Bag Chair provides support hugging the child as they sit with double stitched seams for added strength. D630 x W720mm. Price each or per set. 1 4210978
Safari Lion Support Seat
2 4210967
Safari Modular Snake
3 4210934
Safari Monkey Bean Bag Chair
£59.95 £149.00 £89.95
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
247
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating
Adult/Teen Bean Bags Constructed to meet the demands of daily use. • Soft, durable cotton cover for a more comfortable feel
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
• Comfortable filling - 5cuft of polybead in removable liner • Wide range of vibrant colours available • Fabrics and polybead fillings tested to BS5852 Dimensions: H940 x Dia.680mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch
Red
Lime
Sky
Midnight
Purple
Fuchsia
4228149
Yellow
£88.50
Adult/Teen Bean Bag
3
weeks
1
3 YEAR GUARANTEE 2
3
Child Bean Bags
Fresco Bean Bags
Super soft bean bags, constructed with longevity in mind.
Get comfortable in the great outdoors.
• Soft, durable cotton cover for a more comfortable feel • Durability - securely stitched, machine washable outer covers
These colourful Fresco Bean Bags are made with a fabric which is wipe-clean and machine washable, making them ideal for indoor and outdoor use. The polybead filling is contained in a waterproof liner for added durability. With 3.5 cu.ft filling.
• Flexibility - wide range of colours
Dimensions: H750 x Dia. 650mm.
• Fabrics and polybead fillings tested to BS5852
Price each.
• Comfortable filling - 3.5cuft of polybead in removable liner
Dimensions: H750 x Dia.650mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch
4228127
£79.95
Child Bean Bag
3
weeks
1 406843398
Fresco Child Bean Bag Turquoise, Lime, Orange
£72.50
2 406661898
Fresco Child Bean Bag - Royal Blue, Turquoise & Hot Pink
£72.50
3 406660798
Fresco Child Bean Bag - Red, Yellow & Burnt Orange
£72.50
2
weeks
rouge
248
vert pomme
bleu ciel
bleu foncé
fuchsia
violet
jaune
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
2
1
Indoor/Outdoor Cube Boost your learning space with a touch of creativity. Great for libraries or communal areas, this cube stores neatly under a desk or stacks in a corner when not in use. Bolds pack of three comes with lime, aqua and orange cubes. Brights pack of 5 comes with lime, red, blue, black and purple cubes. • Stackable for easy storage
From only £29.80 per Cube!
• Large and comfortable for teens and adults • Ideal for creative breakout sessions or outdoor games • Water-resistant and wipe-clean fabric for low maintenance • Double or triple stitched seams for added strength • Fire Retardant to BS5852 Dimensions: H380 x W380 x D380mm.
1 4225091
Indoor/Outdoor Cube Pk/3
2 4200407
Indoor/Outdoor Cube Pk/5 Brights
£93.50 £149.00
2
weeks
Price per pack.
Please note: bean bags should be stored indoors when not in use.
Lightweight and portable
Kids High Back Indoor/Outdoor Pod
Primary Bean Bag Chair
Indoor or outdoor reading.
The Student Bean Bag Chair provides more back support and structure than a regular bean bag, but still adds a relaxed feel to breakout areas.
The Kids Bean Bag Pod is a bright bean bag chair, made from strong and durable fabric. Styled with top stitching, double zips and a water-resistant material, this is a quality bean bag ideal for independent reading, studying or gaming. Combining excellent back and neck support with a wide comfortable seat this bean bag is most suitable for ages 3-10. Available in a range of colours, please see colour swatch. Dimensions: H700 x Dia. 650mm.
• Made from strong, water resistant, durable, polyester fabric • Features an external zip head pocket to conceal the outer zip head with an extra internal zip for security of the bean filling • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use • Lightweight and portable Dimensions: H560 x W580 x D580mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
4116041
Children's High Back Pod
4200396
Children's High Back Pod Pk/5 Brights
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
£72.50
2
£269.00
4211121
Primary Bean Bag Chair
£59.95
2
weeks
weeks
Please note: Bean bags should be stored indoors when not in use.
Red
Purple
Aqua
Blue
Orange
Lime
Red
Purple
Blue
Orange
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
Lime
249
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating
Save over £110 on individual price when you buy a pack of 5
Children's Giant Indoor/Outdoor Bean Bag Multiple positions for up to two children. This bright and stylish bean bag is great for kids to relax and chill out. A versatile and water-resistant bean bag floor cushion makes it easy to sponge clean from spills and marks. You can even use it outdoors. The fabric is robust and strong, meaning this bean bag is a hard-wearing, quality purchase! Available in a range of colours. • Water resistant and wipe clean fabric for low maintenance
£79.95
4114281
Children's Giant Bean Bag
Dimensions: L1250 x W1000mm.
4200418
Price each.
Children's Giant Bean Bag Pk/5 Brights
2
• Filled with the finest virgin polystyrene bead for maximum comfort • Fire retardant to BS5852
When ordering please tell us colour for 4114281: purple or orange.
£289.00
weeks
Set of 3
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Floor Cushions Floor cushions for individual use. • Super soft cotton material • Soft, durable cotton cover for a more comfortable feel • Durability - securely stitched, machine washable outer covers • Wide range of vibrant colours • Fabrics and polybead fillings tested to BS5852
Sagbag Giant Floor Cushions
Price each.
Sagbag Giant Floor Cushions are designed to surround and support children whilst sitting and reading. The cover is made from wipe clean soft touch durable vinyl with a bean filled inner.
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Dimensions: H100 x Dia. 900mm.
2
Sagbag Giant Floor Cushions - Vibrant Colours
£169.00
3
rouge
weeks
Please note: colours may vary
250
£49.95
Floor Cushion
weeks
Price per set of 3.
4207711
4228138
Phone: 01992 454511
vert pomme
bleu ciel
bleu foncé
orders@gresswell.co.uk
fuchsia
violet
jaune
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
1
Donut Reading Cushion and Trolley Sets Safe, stackable seating. Create a soft seating area without creating a mess using these Donut Cushions. Designed to be easy to stack and store, children will love taking a cushion off the trolley when sitting down at storytime. Cushions are foam filled and covered in a fire-resistant wipe-clean PVC (phthalate free). Dimensions: Cushions Dia. 350mm x D50mm. Trolley W700 x D360mm.
2
4 3
Price per set.
Hmm 1
4111091
12 Donut™ Reading Cushions with Trolley
2
4111102
24 Donut™ Reading Cushions with Trolley
730
£259.00
3
4079785
12 Donut™ Children of the World Cushions with Trolley
430
£199.00
4
4079796
24 Donut™ Children of the World Cushions with Trolley
730
£299.00
430
£169.00
7
weeks
Cushion colours may vary.
Carry Cushion Set
Story Cushions Great value pack of 10 Story Cushions available in bright vibrant colours. • Waterproof, wipe clean, soft touch vinyl • Use for individual or group reading
• Wipe clean, hardwearing outer polyester fabric • 100% waterproof
Dimensions: H75 Dia. 500mm
• Stackable, easy storage
Price per set of 10.
4207744
The Carry Cushion Set includes 10 cushions which can be used virtually anywhere. Perfect for storytime or activity sessions, the cushions pack away neatly in the supplied storage bag. Each cushion is filled with dense foam for a comfy seat that retains its shape. The set includes cushions in aqua, lime, orange, red and yellow (two of each).
Dimensions: Cushion H50 x Dia.400mm.
Story Cushions - Vibrant Colours
3
£149.00
Price per pack of 10.
weeks
Please note: colours may vary
4200539
Carry Cushion Set
£119.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
251
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Soft Seating Great value, compact, whole class seating solution
2
1
Rainbow Cushions and Trolley
Trolley H x W x Dmm
A seat for everybody. These brightly coloured, soft Rainbow Cushions are perfect for floor seating and group placement. Ideal for classrooms and reading areas each set is supplied with 32 cushions, so everyone gets a seat. Store cushions neatly in the trolley when not in use. Cushions are washable at 30°c for convenient cleaning.
1
4079807
32 Rainbow Square Cushions & Tuf 2 Trolley
2
4079818
32 Rainbow Circular Cushions & Donut Trolley
400 x 800 x 380
£239.00
430 x 700 x 360
£239.00
6
Dimensions: Cushions W350 x D20mm.
weeks
Price per set.
Cushion Set and Store Give your cushions a home.
Quilted Square Outdoor Cushions Quilted Square Outdoor Cushions have a quilted showerproof, wipe clean cover with a comfortable inner cushion. The useful handle makes them easy to carry. Pack includes 10 cushions supplied in aqua, yellow, orange, red and green (two of each).
• Cushion Set & Store House includes 15 coloured, compact sized cushions • The bag features a screen-printed house motif on the reverse
Dimensions: H180 x W400 x D400mm.
Dimensions: Bag measures H820 x W540 x D270mm. Cushions measure 250 x 310mm.
Price per pack of 10.
Price each.
4211176
Quilted Square Outdoor Cushions
£139.00
5
4110618
Cushion Set & Store House
3
weeks
252
A truly simple idea with bags of potential. Furnish a whole class with colourful cushions at story time or games with our Cushion Set and Store. The large round access point means that children can help themselves and tidy away afterwards. Made from a washable polyester cotton fabric in bright colours that will enhance any hall or classroom.
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£105.00
Soft Seating | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
2
1
3
Sold in packs of 2.
4
5
Indoor/Outdoor Mats Transform learning spaces both indoors and out. These mats can be used flat for playtime activities or transformed into a corner segment to create a cosy nook for individual reading time. Research shows that little ones benefit from safe coves and corners to retreat into, to digest their learning experiences and boost confidence and emotional development. • Foldable foam filled, water resistant mats • Suitable for outdoor use • Use the mats to create immersive playtime activities and comfortable story time • Easily transform into a corner segment
6
• Different colours and prints available - cool blue, beige, bright hexagonal pattern, realistic daisy grass and UV reflective galaxy • The UV reflective galaxy print features stars that light up in the dark Dimensions: H30mm x Dia.1240mm. Price per pack of 2.
Plain Colour 1 4240832
Circular Mat - Beige
£169.00
2 4240821
Circular Mat - Cool Blue
£169.00
Printed Design 3 4240865
Circular Mat - Bark Print
£169.00
4 4240854
Circular Mat - Hexagon Print
£169.00
5 4240876
Circular Mat - Daisy Grass Print
£169.00
6 4240843
Circular Mat - Galaxy Print
£169.00
2
weeks
Quilted Square Mat
4211198
Add a splash of colour and a cosy feel to your reading corner or take the classroom outdoors with a Quilted Square Mat. Measuring 4m² Quilted Square Mats can accommodate a whole class but are lighter than a carpet making them easy to transport. Showerproof and wipe clean for easy maintenance.
£189.00
Quilted Square Mat
5
weeks
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Yellow
Red
Orange
Blue
Purple
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
Green
253
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Carpets Storymaster Original Carpets Ideal carpets for reading corners and quiet areas at a great price. • Noise-reducing carpets • Can be rolled-up and stored when not in use • Hard-wearing, 100% polypropylene • Rubber bevelled edge ensuring carpets always lay flat • P asses British Standard flammability tests BS5287, BS7490 and BS EN 1351:2002 Dimensions: Depth 13mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
W x Lm 4239017
Storymaster Original Carpet
2x2
£215.00
4239028
Storymaster Original Carpet
2x3
£329.00
4239039
Storymaster Original Carpet
2x4
£425.00
4239050
Storymaster Original Carpet
3x4
£580.00
4239061
Storymaster Original Carpet
4x4
£729.00
3
weeks
Green
Blue
Red
Purple
Storymaster Soft Carpets Soft to touch pile for a superior carpet.
W x Lm 4239072
Storymaster Soft Carpet
2x2
£265.00
4239083
Storymaster Soft Carpet
2x3
£392.00
4239094
Storymaster Soft Carpet
2x4
£520.00
• Rubber bevelled edge ensuring carpets always lay flat
4239105
Storymaster Soft Carpet
3x4
£724.00
• Passes European Safety Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1
4239116
Storymaster Soft Carpet
4x4
£897.00
Dimensions: Depth 10mm.
3
• Warm and noise-reducing carpets • Can be rolled-up and stored when not in use • Soft to touch pile carpet material
weeks
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Green
254
Phone: 01992 454511
Orange
Red
Royal Blue
Sky Blue
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Yellow
Carpets | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
7
1
2
3
4
Playmaster Carpets Ideal carpets for nurseries, primary reading corners and quiet areas. A range of vibrant designs and colours to really enhance your room. Choose from square and circular carpets to suit your space. The carpets meet all relevant flammability tests and standards. • Rubber bevelled edge to carpets • Approximately 8mm deep • Passes European Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1 • CE certificate of Conformity 2014-EN Dimensions: Square carpets H2000 x W2000mm. Circular carpets Dia.2000mm. Price each.
5
Square Carpets 1
4238467
Reading Corner Carpet
£239.00
2
4238445
Animal Carpet
£239.00
3
4238456
Transport Carpet
£239.00
4
4238478
Number Carpet
£239.00
5
4238489
Rainbow Carpet
£239.00
Circular Carpets 6
4238423
Multicultural Carpet
£239.00
7
4238434
Rainbow Carpet
£239.00
2
weeks
6
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
7
255
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Carpets
Demco® Toddler Alphabet Blocks Carpets Provide a cosy place for storytime. This decorative Toddler Alphabet Carpet features 40 squares with the alphabet and associated pictures. The use of bright primary colours really bring this carpet to life. • A rubber bevelled edge prevents the carpet slipping and curling • Approximately 8mm deep • Passes European Safety Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1 • CE Certificate of Conformity 2014-EN Price each.
L x W mm 4244330
Toddler Alphabet Carpet Small
1500 x 1000
£99.95
4244341
Toddler Alphabet Carpet Medium
2000 x 1333
£169.00
4244352
Toddler Alphabet Carpet Large
3000 x 2000
£369.00
4244363
Toddler Alphabet Carpet Extra-Large
4000 x 2666
£649.00
3
weeks
Demco® Ocean Carpets Immerse yourself in an underwater world. Let children's imagination wonder with this vivid ocean scene carpet. Highlight the important topic of ocean conservation and the need to preserve fragile ecosystems relied on for food, peoples livelihoods, climate regulation and more. • A rubber bevelled edge prevents the carpet slipping and curling • Approximately 8mm deep • Passes European Safety Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1 • CE Certificate of Conformity 2014-EN Price each.
L x W mm 4244231
Ocean Carpet Small
1500 x 1000
£99.95
4244242
Ocean Carpet Medium
2000 x 1333
£169.00
4244253
Ocean Carpet Large
3000 x 2000
£369.00
4244264
Ocean Carpet Extra-Large
4000 x 2666
£649.00
3
weeks
Demco® Jungle Carpets Take a walk on the wild side. A jungle scene carpet with plenty to spot, from crawling critters to a prowling leopard. Highlight the important topic of jungle and rainforest conservation and the practical role they play in stabilising the Earth's climate and keeping our planet healthy. • A rubber bevelled edge prevents the carpet slipping and curling • Approximately 8mm deep • Passes European Safety Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1 • CE Certificate of Conformity 2014-EN Price each.
L x W mm 4244286
Jungle Carpet Small
1500 x 1000
£99.95
4244297
Jungle Carpet Medium
2000 x 1333
£169.00
4244308
Jungle Carpet Large
3000 x 2000
£369.00
4244319
Jungle Carpet Extra-Large
4000 x 2666
£649.00
3
weeks
256
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Carpets | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE Demco® Multi-cultural Carpet Where children from around the world come together. A vivid, beautifully designed carpet, featuring illustrated children from all around the world. Engage discussion around ethnicity to develop cultural and religious awareness. The carpet meets all relevant flammability tests and standards. Available in a variety of sizes to suit your space. • A rubber bevelled edge prevents the carpet slipping and curling • Approximately 8mm deep • Passes European Safety Standard Flammability Test EN13501-1 • CE Certificate of Conformity 2014-EN Price each.
L x W mm Rectangle 4244165
Multi-cultural Carpet Small
1500 x 1000
£99.95
4244176
Multi-cultural Carpet Medium
2000 x 1333
£169.00
4244187
Multi-cultural Carpet Large
3000 x 2000
£369.00
4244198
Multi-cultural Carpet Extra-Large
4000 x 2666
£649.00
Oval 4244209
Multi-cultural Carpet Medium
2000 x 1333
£169.00
4244220
Multi-cultural Carpet Large
3000 x 2000
£369.00
3
weeks
Sunny Day Carpet Encourage alphabet and number learning in young children. Create a striking reading corner with the bright rainbow colours and encourage number and letter recognition in younger readers.
L x W mm 4060051
Rectangular Carpet - Small
1778 x 1346
£249.00
• Kidply backing helps prevent wrinkling and creasing
4060062
Rectangular Carpet - Medium
2540 x 1778
£389.00
• Increased sound and thermal insulation, unmatched softness and flexibility
4060018
Oval Carpet - Small
1778 x 1346
£249.00
• Antibacterial treatment and double-stitched edges
4060029
Oval Carpet - Medium
2870 x 2057
£389.00
• Commercial grade nylon cut pile to prevent unravelling ®
• Meets or exceeds the Class 1 Flammability Rating Price each.
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
257
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Carpets Kit for Kids® Carpets are designed to support teaching staff whilst providing opportunities for children to learn, be creative and enjoy the process along the way. All Kit for Kids® Carpets have an anti-slip Dura-Latex™ backing making them suitable for any indoor surface. All carpets are eco-friendly and 100% recyclable.
Rainbow Placement Carpets Brighten up your room. This highly colourful Placement Carpet is great for reading areas or as a bright addition to the classroom or nursery environment. • Tuf-Pile™ - thick and soft pile • Distinctive and brightly coloured • Abrasion resistant, laboratory rub tested to heavy-duty standards • Tightly bound edges to prevent fraying • Nylon twist soft textured finish • Meets all relevant safety standards Price each.
L x Wmm 4079752
Rainbow Placement Carpet - 16 Circles
2000 x 2000
£189.00
4079763
Rainbow Placement Carpet - 16 Squares
2000 x 2000
£189.00
4079774
Rainbow Placement Carpet - 24 Squares
3000 x 2000
£221.00
6
weeks
Colour Tubes Carpet Wonderfully colourful. This vibrant Colour Tubes Carpet will brighten up any classroom setting. Made from a robust, soft textured loop nylon.
Rainbow ABC Rectangle Carpet Colour the alphabet.
• Anti-slip backing for safety
This colourful Rainbow ABC Rectangle Carpet features the alphabet and is great for reading areas or just a bright addition to the classroom or nursery environment. Features 20 placement spots.
• Tightly bound edges to prevent fraying
• Tuf-Pile™ - thick and soft pile
• High quality pile with a soft textured finish
• Abrasion resistant, laboratory rub tested to heavy-duty standards
• Meets all relevant safety standards
• Nylon twist soft textured finish with tightly bound edges to prevent fraying
Dimensions: Dia. 2000mm.
• Meets all relevant safety standards
Price each.
Dimensions: L3000 x W2000mm.
• Tuf-Loop™ - light and durable pile
Price each.
4080401
Colour Tubes Carpet
£84.80
Rainbow ABC Rectangle Carpet
weeks
weeks
258
4079719
6
6
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£241.00
Carpets | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE There are two grades of pile in the Kit for Kids® Carpet range: Tuf-Pile™ and Tuf-Loop™. Both grades are hardwearing Nylon piles. The Tuf-Loop™ is durable, lighter and shorter, ideal for walkways and receptions. The Tuf-Pile™ is thick and soft textured and is recommended for classrooms and reading areas.
Alphabet Carpet Play and learn. This large Alphabet Carpet is colourful and visually appealing with word, letter and picture associations. Designed specifically with the Key Stage 1 Literacy Curriculum in mind, this carpet is ideal to encourage word and letter recognition in a fun, interactive way. Made from heavy-duty tufted pile. • Tuf-Loop™ - light and durable pile • Safe anti-slip backing • Tightly bound edges to prevent fraying • Letters in Infant Sassoon font • Designed to encourage learning through interaction and play • Meets all relevant safety standards Dimensions: L3000 x W2000mm. Price each.
4106867
£199.00
Alphabet Carpet
6
weeks
Chloe the Caterpillar Carpet
Rainbow Alphabet Carpet
ABC, 123, that's how easy it can be!
Add a splash of interest to your reading corner with this bright and colourful Rainbow Alphabet Carpet. • Tuf-Loop™ - light and durable pile
The giant alphabet caterpillar and numeracy ladybirds that are featured on this brightly coloured carpet are great for encouraging cross-curricular learning through interaction and play.
• Features the letters of the alphabet in upper and lower case in easy to read Infant Sasson font
• Tuf-Pile™ - thick and soft pile
• Durable, abrasion and crease resistant - laboratory rub tested to heavy-duty standards
• Tightly bound edges to prevent fraying
Dimensions: L2000 x W1500mm.
• Meets all relevant safety standards
Price each.
Dimensions: L3000 x W2000mm.
4207392
2
weeks
Rainbow Alphabet Carpet
£80.75
• Anti-slip backing for safety • High quality pile with a soft textured finish
4081941
Chloe Caterpillar Carpet
£241.00
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
259
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Carpets Kit for Kids® Carpets are designed to support teaching staff whilst providing opportunities for children to learn, be creative and enjoy the process along the way. All Kit for Kids® Carpets have an anti-slip Dura-Latex™ backing making them suitable for any indoor surface. All carpets are eco-friendly and 100% recyclable. There are two grades of pile in the Kit for Kids® Carpet range: Tuf-Pile™ and Tuf-Loop™. Both grades are hardwearing Nylon piles. The Tuf-Loop™ is durable, lighter and shorter, ideal for walkways and receptions. The Tuf-Pile™ is thick and soft textured and is recommended for classrooms and reading areas.
Multi-cultural Rug A fun introduction to multi-culturalism. This vivid, eye-catching Multi-cultural Rug depicts children from around the world. Each child is illustrated to engage discussion around ethnicity and to develop cultural and religious awareness. • High quality and heavy-duty tufted pile • Non-slip backing for added safety
4067575
Dimensions: Dia. 2000mm.
6
Multi-cultural Rug
£185.00
weeks
Price each.
Multi-cultural Welcome Carpet Bienvenue, Willkommen, Merhba, Witamy, Welcome! Give everyone a warm welcome! The Multi-cultural Welcome Carpet shows children from different cultures and the word 'Welcome' in multiple languages. Colourful and durable, the rug features an anti-slip backing making it ideal for either the school entrance or classroom. Designed to be non-creasing, stain resistant and washable with a tightly woven, soft texture loop nylon.
Multi-cultural Welcome Carpet
weeks
Price each.
260
4070875
6
Dimensions: L2000 x W1300mm.
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£87.35
Book Browsers | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
1
2
Ripple Mobile Kinderboxes Available in a selection of soft, bright or muted colours, there's a Ripple Mobile Kinderbox that will perfectly fit your library's children's area. Each kinderbox features four compartments. The Infant Ripple Mobile Kinderbox is the perfect height for younger readers to access books independently, whilst the Junior Ripple Mobile Kinderbox also features a shelf for big books.
1
4211770
Infant Ripple Mobile Kinderbox
279
£125.00
Dimensions: W620 x D620mm.
2
4211759
Junior Ripple Mobile Kinderbox
380
£199.00
Hmm
5
Price each.
weeks
When ordering please tell us from Demco® Colour Match swatch below
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Pumpkin
Avocado
Sky Blue
Multi Coloured
Plum
Black
White
Maple
Beech
Mint
The Basic Kinderbox
Small Low Level Kinderbox with Shelf
Hard-wearing, quality kinderbox.
Put books within easy reach.
Sturdy Basic Kinderbox with four compartments, designed with rounded corners and shaped base for easier access to books. Made from hard-wearing melamine faced particleboard with PVC edging. Supplied assembled. Dimensions: H460 x W600 x D580mm.
Dimensions: H405 (excludes castors) x W550 x D570mm.
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour from Demco® Colour Match swatch below.
4050668
4
weeks
The Small Low Level Kinderbox with Shelf, features four compartments and a shelf for big books. A set of lockable castors are included that can be added if required for mobility. Castors add 50mm to height. Made from 15mm covered MDF with polished, bull-nosed edges. Available in beech or multi-colour.
Basic Kinderbox
£179.00
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: beech or multi-colour.
4064077
Small Low Level Kinderbox with Shelf
6
£99.95
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
261
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Book Browsers
Kinderboxes Compact browser, compact price.
H x Wmm
These smart Kinderboxes come in either a four or six bay configuration with a choice of castors or coloured leg frame. Perfect for storing all your books. Made from MDF and finished in beech. Dimensions: D600mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour for 4080181 and 4080192, see swatch.
4 Bay Kinderbox with Legs
430 x 600
£108.00
4080192
6 Bay Kinderbox with Legs
430 x 886
£129.00
4080203
4 Bay Kinderbox with Castors
273 x 600
£108.00
4080214
6 Bay Kinderbox with Castors
273 x 886
£129.00
3
weeks
Big Book Box on Wheels
Low Level Kinderbox with Shelf
Easy to move your big books around.
Put books within easy reach.
The Big Book Box on Wheels grants easy access to big books for younger readers. Five storage compartments provide plenty of space for big books. Made from 15mm covered MDF with polished bull-nosed edges and 8mm plain MDF separators.
This Kinderbox includes compartments for storing books and a shelf for 'big' books. Choose from either a four or six compartment unit which has an extra wide shelf. It comes with a set of lockable castors that can be added if mobility is required. Made from 15mm covered MDF with polished, bull nosed edges.
Dimensions: H465 x W760 x D395mm.
Dimensions: H405 (excludes castors) x W815 x D570mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us colour: beech or red/maple.
When ordering please tell us colour: beech, red/maple or multicolour.
4070820
Big Book Box on Wheels
£112.00
7
4070809
Large Low Level Kinderbox with Shelf
6
weeks
262
4080181
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£139.00
Book Browsers | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Pumpkin
Avocado
Sky Blue
Multi Coloured
Plum
Black
White
Maple
Beech
Mint
Mobile Picture Book Kinderbox
Dune Mobile Kinderbox
• Two top browsing compartments - H190 x W302 x D262mm
• Double-sided with six MDF shelves (three each side)
• Lower shelf for big books
• Top curved panel and plinth supplied in beech
• Body supplied in beech with choice of end panel accent colours
• A choice of vibrant end panel colours available
• Supplied with castors
• Supplied with castors
Dimensions: H420 x W302 x D262mm.
Dimensions: H560 x W500 x D500mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us accent colour: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
When ordering please tell us accent colour: see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
4211792
Mobile Picture Book Kinderbox
£199.00
5
4211781
Dune Mobile Kinderbox
£199.00
5
weeks
weeks
Our full MiMi 2 range is on pages 164-166
MiMi 2 Circle Top Kinderbox
MiMi 2 Kinderbox
A unique circular kinderbox that really makes a statement Available in a wide range of finishes and vibrant colours. Use different contrasting colours to really make your Kinderbox stand out. • Choose different colours and finishes for the body, inserts and circle top • Delivered fully assembled
Complement your MiMi 2 Shelving or use as a stand-alone unit. Available in a wide range of finishes and vibrant colours. Use different contrasting colours to really make your Kinderbox stand out. • Available in two different sizes • Four finishes available for the body of the Kinderbox
Dimensions: H455 x W600 x D600mm.
• Choose two colours for the inserts
Price each.
• Delivered fully assembled
When ordering please tell us body colour, insert colour 1, insert colour 2 and circle top colour.
Dimensions: Infant H300 x W540 x D600mm. Junior H430 x W600 x D600mm.
4197321
Circle Top Shaped Kinderbox - free-standing
6
weeks
Body Colour
Insert and Circle Top Colour
£399.00
Price each. When ordering please tell us body colour, insert colour 1 and insert colour 2 from swatch opposite.
4067718
Infant Height Kinderbox
£229.00
4067696
Junior Height Kinderbox
£239.00
6
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
263
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Book Browsers
Colour Range A
Black
Blueberry
Tomato
White
Colour Range B
Bean
Lime
Orange
ColourBox® Slimline Kinderbox Trolley At only 300mm deep, the ColourBox® Slimline Kinderbox Trolley is ideal where space is limited. With four upper compartments for face-on book storage and four lower cubby holes for spine on display, you can make maximum use of minimal space. Supplied with heavy-duty, locking castors for mobility. Dimensions: H630 x W1200 x D300mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
4220790
Slimline Kinderbox Trolley - Colour Range A
£159.00
4220801
Slimline Kinderbox Trolley - Colour Range B
£169.00
3
weeks
Supplied with four small trays!
Butterfly Book Storage with Seat
Snail Cabinet This Snail Cabinet is a versatile and appealing shelf and storage unit for books, toys and other accessories. The unit includes a circular maze for children to practise fine motor skills.
This bright and colourful Butterfly Book Storage with Seat will make a neat and compact reading corner, taking up less than 1m of floor space. The unit features four top compartments for book storage, cushioned seats and under seat compartments for tray storage with four trays included. Supplied flat pack for easy assembly.
Dimensions: H1420 x W800 x D410mm.
Dimensions: H530 x W1050 x D580mm.
Price each.
Price each.
Put away and play.
4080445
Snail Cabinet
£179.00
2
264
4202959
Butterfly Book Storage with Seat
3
weeks
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£189.00
Book Browsers | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
1
2
3
4
Book Box Storage Range A bright and colourful range of book storage solutions. Book Box Storage offers a coordinated look for your library whilst allowing you to provide an easy browsing experience. Book Boxes have a sturdy polystyrene structure and come supplied with castors for easy mobility. Each top loading compartment can hold up to 50 books. • Book Box Storage Kinderbox - sized perfectly for early years and Key Stage 1 • Book Box Storage Large - features four H345 x W600 x D500mm compartments and a lower shelf for bog books
H x W x Dmm
• Book Box Storage 8 Compartment - features four H250 x W290 x D160mm compartments and four H320 x W290 x D160mm cubby holes
1 4211605
Book Box Storage Kinderbox
329 x 615 x 410 £139.00
2 4211627
Book Box Storage Large
• Book Box Storage 9 Compartment - features four H250 x W290 x D160mm compartments and five H260 x W115 x D350mm vertical book slots
705 x 615 x 510 £215.00
3 4211660
Book Box Storage 8 Compartment 1140 x 615 x 410 £249.00
4 4211638
Book Box Storage 9 Compartment
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: green/blue, green/orange or blue/ green.
750 x 615 x 410 £179.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
265
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Book Browsers
1 4
2
3
Mobile Classroom Organisers The smart way to organise. Give classrooms an attractive book browsing and storage option with this Mobile Classroom Organiser. The unit comprises of six compartments, it is fitted with castors on one end and a handle on the other for manoeuvrability. Once in position the castors can be locked and the solid opposite end, ensures additional stability. Supplied in flat-pack form with easy-to-follow instructions. 15mm covered MDF finish in beech, maple or bright multicolour.
H x W x Dmm
• Made from MDF material • Six compartments for storage
1 4065507 Mobile Book Organiser
800 x 920 x 390
£139.00
Double-sided Mobile Classroom 2 4068180 Organiser
753 x 930 x 735
£239.00
Dimensions: H800 x W920 x D390mm.
3 4078058 Single-sided with 12 Cushions
800 x 920 x 390
£199.00
Price each.
4 4078069 Double-sided with 24 Cushions
753 x 930 x 735
£320.00
• Supplied with 2x lockable castors and a handle for easy manoeuvrability, with legs at the opposite end to ensure stability when positioned • Supplied in flat-pack form with easy-to-follow assembly instructions
4
When ordering please tell us colour: beech, maple or multicolour. 4068180 available in beech or maple only.
weeks
Trays included
Children's Browser The browsers that offers more. For a mobile book browser with extended storage, choose the four top bay option. Combining the top bay browser with tray storage underneath, it is ideal for storing books as well as smaller items safely. Available in beech or multicoloured to suit any surroundings. Delivered assembled. Dimensions: H625 x W690 x D450mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
401740418
Children's Browser 8 Tray
3
weeks
266
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£159.00
Book Browsers | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE Milan Co-ordinated Book Storage The Milan Storage Range features book units for various types of need. Combined book and tray storage units come with heavy-duty storage trays. All units are made from 20mm MDF a with hard-wearing vinyl t-moulded trim with rounded egdes for safety. All Milan storage is delivered flat-packed for easy assembly.
Trays included!
Milan Double-sided Book Storage Unit Double-sided book unit which can double as a room divider to define your reading area.
Features: When ordering please tell us colour: blue or red.
• Eight face-on compartments • Eight cubby compartments for spine-on display • Eight tray compartments with four co-ordinating trays
4202860
Dimensions: H900 x W1200 x D500mm. Trays H210 x W260 x D350mm.
3
Price each.
Milan Double-sided Book Storage Unit
£249.00
weeks
Trays included!
Milan Tiered Bookcase with Large Trays When ordering please tell us colour: blue or red.
• Easy to browse face-on book display • Supplied with three large colour co-ordinated storage trays • Ideal for all sized books
4202915
Dimensions: H800 x W1200 x D300mm.
3
Price each.
Milan Tiered Bookcase with 3 Large Trays
£199.00
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
267
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Book Browsers
1
2
Stepped Book Shelves Make book choices simple for younger readers with these face-on book displayers. With book covers in full view and titles within easy reach of younger hands, these Stepped Book Shelves are perfect for a classroom reading area or childrens reading corner in your library. Available in either four or five tiers. Delivered fully assembled.
Hmm 1
4200187
Shelf Unit 4-tier
780
£169.00
2
4200198
Shelf Unit 5-tier
965
£189.00
3
Dimnsions: W760 x D350mm.
weeks
Price each.
Face-on Display Unit Display your books face-on. Show off your children’s book collection with this Face-On Book Display Unit. The unit has six shelves on one side, made from 15mm covered MDF with polished, bull-nosed edges. Supplied with castors.
When ordering please tell us colour: beech or red/maple.
Dimensions: H1275 x W800 x D480mm.
6
Price each.
268
Phone: 01992 454511
4070776
Face-on Book Display Unit
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£229.00
Children's Shelving | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
KIDZ Shelving Practical and inviting children's shelving. Take advantage of the benefits provided by this practical and affordable Kidz Shelving. • Flexible to accommodate all shapes and sizes of books with 288mm deep shelves • Shelving adjusts in 87mm increments to allow ample clearance for tall books • Quality construction - durable 15mm melamine and vinyl covered MDF with rounded polished bull-nosed edges for safety
Hmm
No. of Shelves
4064297
Double-sided
1500
2 fixed, 12 adjustable
£299.00
Dimensions: Static Shelving W750mm. Single-sided D325mm, Double-sided D600mm.
4064308
Single-sided
1500
1 fixed, 6 adjustable
£199.00
4064627
Double-sided
1200
2 fixed, 8 adjustable
£279.00
Price each.
4064638
Single-sided
1200
1 fixed, 4 adjustable
£175.00
When ordering please tell us colour finish: red/maple, blue/maple or beech finish.
4065265
Lectern Shelf
• Units fitted with full back panels to prevent books from falling through • Lectern Shelf available as an addition to shelving units
£28.65
4
weeks
1
Demco® Face-on Book Display Unit Contrasting side panels to suit your decor.
2
Two different sized units available. The Three Shelf Display Unit is sized specifically for children's environments. • Display books face-on or spine-on • Three or four shelves - bottom shelf is fixed, top shelves are adjustable in 30mm increments • Supplied with beech end panels as standard, with a choice of accent colours • H175 x W565mm header panel Price each.
Demco® Colour Match
When ordering please tell us accent colour, see Demco® Colour Match swatch.
H x W x Dmm 1 4202838 Face-on Book Display Unit - 3 Shelf
1165 x 600 x 350 £189.00
2 4243428 Face-on Book Display Unit - 4 Shelf
1550 x 550 x 450 £339.00
8
weeks
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
269
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Children's Shelving
Free-standing Shelves Solid, single-sided design. These free-standing shelving units make a practical and attractive addition to book storage areas. The single-sided design makes contents easily accessible. • 320mm distance between shelves • 15mm covered MDF with bull nosed polished edges • Supplied in flat-pack form with easy to follow instructions Dimensions: H975 x W1250 x D540mm.
4065474
Extra Deep Single-sided Shelf Unit
6
weeks
Our lowest priced shelving system!
Demco® MiKa Shelving Create a truly flexible library or reading space with MiKa Shelving. The range consists of single-sided wall and double-sided free-standing units which can be supplied with castors. You can add as many extension units as necessary to create your own individual layout. Each new run will need its own starter unit, then just carry on extending. Choose from a selection of contemporary finishes. • Made from 25mm melamine faced chipboard • All units supplied with levellers as standard (castors available separately) • Display shelf available separately
View the full MiKa range on pages 162-163
270
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£169.00
Children's Shelving | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE 3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Lock In Book Trolley Attractive and contemporary design with secure storage. Our Lock In Book Trolley is sure to meet all your book storage and transportation needs. The foldback lock on the doors can be secured with a padlock. The lightweight body is made from aluminium for easy manoeuvrability. Features six mesh sloping shelves with 8x 75mm castors, two of which are lockable. • Provides shelf space for up to 200 standard size books • The width of the shelves is 610mm • The depth between each of the shelves is 315mm • Available in two colour variations, graphite with beech doors (pictured) or black with maple doors Dimensions: H1140 x W700 x D700mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: graphite with beech doors or black with maple doors.
4027843
£535.00
Lock In Book Trolley
4
weeks
2
1 1
Hinged Bookcases Create more shelving space. Use Hinged Bookcases for ample storage to easily hold a library of books. These versatile bookcases with adjustable shelves provide flexible storage and allow you to quickly reconfigure any room in minutes. Fitted with eight free running castors, units are easily moved out of the way for story time or other special events. 15mm covered MDF with polished bull-nosed edges. Back in plain MDF. Available in beech, maple or multicolour. Self-assembly. Dimensions: Open bookcase each bay - W823 x D340mm. Closed bookcase D680mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: beech, maple or multicolour.
Hmm 1 4064748
Hinged 3 Shelf Bookcase
860
£319.00
2 4064759
Hinged 4 Shelf Bookcase
1250
£358.00
6
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
271
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Children's Shelving 1
Sofia Library Furniture Range
2
Designed for Nursery Schools, Infant Schools and Junior Schools, the Sofia Library Furniture Range has all the elements you need to design your own coordinated and perfectly matched school library. The Sofia range is sturdy and up to the job of withstanding the rigours of daily use. Made from 18mm melamine faced particleboard with matching ABS edging all products in the range come with beech shelves and a beech back panel. Choose your end panel and accent colours from a pallet of bold and pastel shades. • Shelving units are available single or double-sided in three heights. If you wish to create a seamless run of shelving along a wall choose a starter unit followed by the necessary number of add-on units. For more flexibility starter units can be placed next to each other. • A selection of Kinderboxes can be mixed and match according to your book storage requirements. From the static Basic Kinderbox to the Toddler Doublesided Display Unit books large and small can be accommodated for high volume or high impact book storage and display • The Reading Den provides a comfortable and quiet place to read with additional storage underneath. Available in two sizes • Reversible shelves converts from flat shelf to tilted shelf Dimensions: Single-sided D330mm. Double-sided D630mm. Starter Unit W761mm. Add-on Unit D743mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us end panel/accent colour, see swatch.
3 Reading Den and Toddler Double-sided Display Unit delivered fully assembled!
H x W x Dmm
Adjustable Shelves
Single-sided Starter Bays
4
4221164
Starter Unit
900 x 761 x 330
1
£299.00
4221175
Starter Unit
1200 x 761 x 330
2
£352.00
4221186
Starter Unit
1500 x 761 x 330
3
£402.00
Single-sided Extension Bays 4221197
Add-on Unit
900 x 743 x 330
1
£281.00
4221208
Add-on Unit
1200 x 743 x 330
2
£332.00
1 4221219
Add-on Unit
1500 x 743 x 330
3
£372.00
Double-sided Starter Bays 4221230
Starter Unit
900 x 761 x 630
2
£443.00
4221241
Starter Unit
1200 x 761 x 630
4
£554.00
2 4221252
Starter Unit
1500 x 761 x 630
6
£625.00
Double-sided Extension Bays
5
4221263
Add-on Unit
900 x 743 x 630
2
£399.00
4221274
Add-on Unit
1200 x 743 x 630
4
£499.00
4221285
Add-on Unit
1500 x 743 x 630
6
£554.00
Accessories 4221296
Header Panel
£55.60
200 x 630 x 18
Book Browsers & Display Units 3 4221120
Basic Kinderbox
480 x 580 x 580
£180.00
Mobile Kinderbox
480 x 580 x 580
£190.00
Big Book Box
430 x 520 x 500
£165.00
Toddler Doublesided Display Unit
765 x 1000 x 570
£272.00
Double-sided Book Trolley
890 x 840 x 500
£252.00
6 4221307
Reading Den
1200 x 761 x 630
£857.00
4221318
Reading Den
1500 x 761 x 630
£959.00
4221153 6
4 4221109
4221131 5 4221142
Reading Dens
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
272
Phone: 01992 454511
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Reading Corner Sets | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Reading Corner and Storage Set: 1x Reading Corner Seat, 1x Double-sided Perspex Display Unit, 1x Singlesided Three-tier Perspex Display Unit, 1x Tray and Shelf Storage Unit, 1x Corner Storage Unit
1
Reading Corner Set: 1x Reading Corner Seat, 1x Double-sided Perspex Display Unit, 1x Single-sided Threetier Perspex Display Unit
2
Reading Corner Sets A beautifully designed, out of the box reading corner. Reading Corner Sets contain all the components required to create an instant reading corner. Individual units come together to form a comfortable, physical reading space, set apart from the rest of the room, where attention can be focused. Units can be moved to allow your space to be reconfigured at any stage. Manufactured out of 15mm covered MDF in maple finish, featuring rounded corners and bull nosed polished edges for safety. Supplied in flat pack form with easy to follow assembly instructions. • R eading Corner Seat: a comfortable seating unit designed for use by under 3's. Cushions are PU coated 100% polyester fabric. Features a stow away storage trolley under the seat, fitted with locking castors. H430 x W1020 x D420mm. • D ouble-sided Perspex Display Unit: a book storage unit with four deep compartments on either side. The Perspex in front of each compartment means books are instantly visible. H406 x W860 x D360mm. • S ingle-sided Three-tier Perspex Display Unit: a book storage unit with three-tiers and six compartments, suitable for large children's books. There is further storage on the reverse of the unit. H620 x W860 x D360mm. • Tray and Shelf Storage Unit: supplied with two clear Gratnell Cubby Trays (J2) and two shelves for storage. H442 x W860 x D360mm. • Corner Storage Unit: a handy unit with additional storage over three shelves. Supplied with guide feet. H442 xx W360 x D360mm. Price per set.
Reading Corner Seat
Double-sided Perspex Display Unit
1 4243439
Reading Corner Set
£699.00
2 4243450
Reading Corner and Storage Set
£899.00
1
week
Single-sided Three-tier Perspex Display Unit
Tray and Shelf Storage Unit
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
Corner Storage Unit
273
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Spinners Demco® Children's Picture Book Spinner Provide a large amount of storage within a small footprint. The Children's Picture Book Spinner has been specially designed to accommodate picture books and provide easy access for younger children. Dimensions: H1210 x W610 x D610mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour/finish, see swatch.
4211880
£342.00
Children's Picture Book Spinner
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
Delivered fully assembled!
Bubblegum Swivel Storage
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Add colour and fun to your library space. With no dividers there is no restriction on the type of items that can be stored. Inner cubes measure H344 x W344 x D380mm. Dimensions: H1175 x W400 x D400mm.
274
Price each.
4220724
When ordering please tell us colour/finish: cyan, japanese ash, lime, tangerine or white.
4
Phone: 01992 454511
Bubblegum Swivel Storage
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£219.00
Spinners | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Demco® Low Children's Spinner • Five-tiers to store over 100 books • Low H126mm base provides easy access to all ages
Demco® Colour Match
• Provides high capacity storage in a small footprint Dimensions: H1336 x W400 x D400mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
4220713
£268.00
Low Children's Spinner
5
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
weeks
For MiMi 2 Shelving and accessories, see pages 164-166
Demco® MiMi 2 Spinner A perfect addition to our exclusive MiMi 2 library shelving range, the MiMi 2 Spinner provides high volume book storage in a small footprint. Incorporating colours that compliment the end panel colours available for MiMi 2 Shelving and book storage, we have taken the guess work out of choosing the perfect colour mix. Dimensions: H1336 x 400 x 400mm. Price each.
4220735
MiMi 2 Spinner
£285.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
275
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Storage The Callero modular storage system; stylish and modern, can be used as single units or combined for maximum storage in any classroom. Each storage unit comes complete with trays in your choice of colour and are supplied with both castors and feet so you can choose static or mobile use in your classroom. The featured Stopsafe™ system, prevents trays from falling when pulled outwards with the added option to create a stop and tilt motion when the tray is pulled out, for added safety. Callero double width units are ideal for smaller spaces whilst treble width units offer greater capacity. Manufactured in the UK and come with a five-year guarantee.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Callero Set 5
Callero Set 13
Double column unit with 16 shallow Gratnells trays.
Double column unit with eight deep Gratnells trays.
Dimensions: H1025 x W689 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Dimensions: H1025 x W689 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: blue or silver. Tray colours: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
4096098
£221.00
Callero Set 13
5
Callero Set 3
Callero Set 5
£236.00
5
Callero Set 19
Treble column unit with 24 shallow Gratnells trays.
Treble column unit with three deep and six extra deep Gratnells trays.
Dimensions: H1025 x W1020 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Dimensions: H1025 x W1020 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: blue or silver. Please Specify tray colours: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
Callero Set 3
£298.00
5
Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: blue or silver. Tray colours: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
4096142
Callero Set 19
5
weeks
276
4096054 weeks
weeks
4096043
Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: blue or silver. Please Specify tray colours: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£267.00
Storage | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE Tray Storage to Keep Classrooms Tidy and Organised Whatever your classroom tray storage needs, we have a solution. All the Tray Storage Units on this page are made from 18mm thick beech laminated fibreboard for durability and come with lockable castors. Units are supplied with Gratnells trays in a choice of colours.
Double Column Shallow Tray Storage Unit
Single Column Shallow Tray Storage Unit
Supplied with 12 shallow Gratnells trays
Supplied with 6 shallow Gratnells trays.
Dimensions: H620 x W692 x D450mm.
Dimensions: H620 x W355 x D450mm.
Price each.
Price each. When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, cyan, pink, purple, tangerine, lime or clear.
4064220
£92.65
6 Shallow Tray Unit
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, cyan, pink, purple, tangerine, lime or clear.
4064231
12 Tray Double Column Unit
£149.00
3
3
Triple Column Shallow Tray Storage Units
Quad Column Shallow Tray Storage Unit
Supplied with shallow Gratnells trays.
Supplied with 32 shallow Gratnells trays
Dimensions W1022 x W450mm.
Dimensions: H790 x W1360 x D465mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, cyan, pink, purple, tangerine, lime or clear.
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, cyan, pink, purple, tangerine, lime or clear.
weeks
weeks
Hmm
4080258
4064242
18 Shallow Tray Unit
625
£169.00
4064253
24 Shallow Tray Unit
820
£210.00
32 Tray Quad Column Unit
£277.00
3
weeks
3
weeks
Deep Tray Storage Units Supplied with 12 deep Gratnells trays. Dimensions: H710 x W136 x D455mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
4066519
12 Deep Tray Storage Unit
£242.00
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
277
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Storage
12 Extra Deep Tray Storage Unit
Extra Deep Tray Storage Units
Supplied with 12 extra deep Gratnells trays.
Supplied with extra deep Gratnells Trays H225 x W312 x L427mm.
Dimensions: H855 x W1335 x D450mm.
Dimensions: H1115 x W1335 x D450mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, cyan, pink, purple, tangerine, lime or clear.
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
4066541
12 Extra Deep Tray Unit
£273.00
3
16 Extra Deep Trays
£349.00
3
weeks
weeks
8 Jumbo Tray Storage Unit Large capacity classroom storage.
12 Jumbo Tray Storage Unit
Supplied with 8 jumbo Gratnells trays.
Supplied with 12 jumbo Gratnells trays.
Dimensions: H740 x W1335 x D455mm.
Dimensions: H1070 x W1350 x D455mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
When ordering please tell us tray colour: red, yellow, blue, green, cyan, pink, purple, tangerine, lime or clear.
4064187
8 Jumbo Tray Unit without Doors
£239.00
3
4064165
12 Jumbo Tray Unit without Doors
3
weeks
278
4066552
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£299.00
Storage | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE 6 7
4 2
1
3
5
Monaco HangUp® Bags
Amazing Value For Money!
Keep your multimedia organised. Use Monaco HangUp® Bags to integrate your CD's, DVD's, puppets and books. These 100 micron clear polythene storage bags are available in twelve sizes and give fast, easy access and maximum protection for all your materials. Supplied in packs of 10.
Ordering Tip: Dimensions in chart represent storage space. To accommodate hanging bag displays, add an extra 63mm to height shown in chart for the handle.
Price per pack of 10.
Size No.
Suggested Use
H x Wmm
B4 Landscape Books
343 x 254
£10.15
5
Large Books
343 x 343
£11.15
6
Posters, Photos
368 x 318
£11.30
4 4049854
7
Charts, Prints
533 x 356
£11.40
5 4049920
8
Computer Print-outs
305 x 406
£11.75
1 4049898
4
2 4049909 3 4062559
4062570
10
Prints (not shown)
762 x 457
£17.20
6 4049986
11
Big Books
635 x 508
£17.85
7 4062581
12
Posters, Big Books
711 x 559
£18.20
Handle adds 63mm to overall Height Storage Space Height
High capacity hanging bag trolley.
Two Tier Hanging Bag Trolley A large storage capacity trolley for smaller hanging bags. The Two Tier Hanging Bag Trolley is ideal for storing smaller hanging bags. The lower rail can be removed in the event of needing to store larger bags. Manufactured from 18/19mm high quality melamine faced particleboard with PVC edges all round. Complete with lockable castors for easy transportation. Dimensions: H900 x W700 x D350mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
4236157
£169.00
Two Tier Hanging Bag Trolley
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
279
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Storage
2
3
1
Deluxe HangUp® Bags Stronger, tougher HangUp® bags. Deluxe HangUp® Bags have stronger handles that won't crack or break. The sturdy handle is 60% thicker and designed to allow a comfortable grasp for all ages. Moulded thumb grips help to easily pop the handle back open. The 'poppets' in the handle prevent materials from falling out during circulation. This more durable polybag provides greater protection for your materials, is available in seven popular sizes and supplied in packs of 5. Price per pack of 5.
Suggested Use
H x Wmm
1 4235849
103
Size No.
Games, B5 Landscape Books
229 x 305
£8.85
2 4235882
107
Prints, Charts and Posters
533 x 355
£10.85
3 4235904
111
Posters, Big Books
635 x 508
£17.20
Handle adds 100mm to height.
Can also be used as a dressing-up storage trolley.
Hanging Bag Trolley A great storage solution for your hanging bags. The Hanging Bag Trolley is ideal for storage of big books. It will accept approximately 30 hanging bags up to 440mm wide and 700mm high. The base can be used for additional storage and the flat top shelf incorporates a small lip to prevent items rolling off. Manufactured from 18/19mm high quality melamine faced particleboard with PVC edges all round. Complete with lockable castors for easy transportation. Dimensions: H1000 x W900 x D490mm. Depth at top 270mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
4095240
£229.00
Hanging Bag Trolley
5
weeks
Demco® Colour Match
280
Phone: 01992 454511
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Lagoon Blue
Turquoise
Sky Blue
Pumpkin
Jaffa Orange
Avocado
Mint
Lime
Plum
Black
White
Multi Coloured
Maple
Beech
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tables & Chairs | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE Choosing your tables and chairs Getting the right mix of heights for your tables and chairs will aid your students' posture, comfort and concentration. The British and European Standards for chairs and tables for educational institutions were approved in January 2007 and provide a standard against which educational tables and chairs are measured. BS EN 1729 Part 1 (functional dimensions) ensures furniture is the appropriate size, shape and ergonomic design to maintain good posture and reduce RSI and back pain in students. The size mark indicates which fixed seat heights and table heights are suitable for the students' age, and which should be used together.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
1 2
3
1 4
Tabletop Colours
Beech GP38
Poppy Red GP43
Yellow GP23
Azure GP44
Green
Ruby Red
Acid Green GP63
Snow Grit GP64
Lilac GP65
Fuchsia GP34
4
Pastel Blue GP41
Edge Colours
Light Grey
Dusky Blue
When ordering please tell us table height: S1-S4. Tabletop colour: see swatch. Edge colour: see swatch.
Enviro Early Years Tables Eyecatching children's tables in funky shapes and bright, vibrant colours. • Rounded edges for safety • BSEN1729 Parts 1 & 2 compliant • Recyclable aluminium frame and legs • Simple self-assembly Price each.
1 4211671
Keyhole Table
Dia. 1500
£266.00
2 4211682
Bean Table
W750 x L1400
£153.00
Rectangular Table
W600 x L1200
£138.00
4211693 3 4211715
Round Table
Dia. 1200
£194.00
4 4211726
Daisy Table
Dia. 1200
£199.00
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
281
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Tables & Chairs
StartRight Height Adjustable Tables Sit right with StartRight. Create a flexible and fun learning environment with StartRight Height Adjustable Tables. Designed for nursery and classroom environments, StartRight Tables are height adjustable from 460-640mm, with sturdy 25mm tabletops and hardwearing Duraform polyurethane edging for safety (light grey edging as standard). Select from a choice of shapes to create a truly flexible space, adaptable to your changing needs. Matching top and frame colours with lower adjustable leg in light grey speckled Duraform, except the maple option which is contrasted in cream.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
4073174
StartRight Height Adjustable Table - Rectangular
£169.00
4073185
StartRight Height Adjustable Table - Circular
£248.00
Dimensions: W1220 x D600mm. Circular Table Dia. 1200mm.
4073196
StartRight Height Adjustable Table - Trapezoidal
£169.00
Price each.
4073207
StartRight Height Adjustable Table - Semi-circular
£178.00
When ordering please tell us colour: red, purple, soft lime, soft blue or maple.
282
For ST Chairs see page 285
Phone: 01992 454511
5
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tables & Chairs | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Mixed pack colours
Natural Beechwood Tables and Chairs Various shaped tables and vibrant chairs to brighten any reading area. Maximise your classroom space and reading areas with our range of shaped tables, made from European solid beechwood. All tables have rounded edges with a hard wearing acrylic finish and are CE marked meeting health, safety and environmental standards. Enhance your classroom further by co-ordinating the tables with the Natural Beechwood Chairs. Tables are delivered flat-packed requiring simple screw-in leg assembly (no tools required). Table heights conform to EN1729 and are available in sizes S1, S2 and S3.
1
Our matching Natural Beechwood Chairs add a splash of colour and can be stacked away neatly if need be. Available in chair height sizes S1, S2 and S3. Tables price each. Chairs price per set of 4. When ordering please tell us table height (S1-S3), see chart. Chair/finish: beech, green, blue, yellow, red or mixed.
Tables
W x Dmm
3
1060 x 600
£221.00
Rectangle Table
1200 x 600
£167.00
Round Table
1000 x 1000
£205.00
Square Table
800 x 800
£163.00
Trapezoid Table
1200 x 600
£172.00
1 4074670
Hexagonal Table
2 4074681 3 4074692 4 4074703 5 4074714
5
Chairs (set of 4) 4206237
Stackable Chairs - Size 1
£142.00
4206248
Stackable Chairs - Size 2
£153.00
4206259
Stackable Chairs - Size 3
£168.00
2
2
weeks
Size Mark
Age
Table Height
Seat Height
S1
3-4
460mm
260mm
S2
4-6
530mm
310mm
S3
6-8
590mm
350mm
4
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
283
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Tables & Chairs 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Geo Chairs The robust shell and sturdy frame of the Geo Chair make it the practical choice for high usage areas such as libraries and classrooms. Choose from a wide range of seat and frame colours. • Seat has a waterfall front for comfort • Backrest features hand hole for easy lifting • Stack up to eight high • Meets EN1729 parts 1 & 2 Price each. When ordering please tell us shell colour: see swatch. Frame colour: see swatch.
Shell Colours
Seat Hmm Yellow
Lime
Ocean
Flame
Mulberry
Red
Slate
Onyx
Metal Frame Colours
10+
4212419
Geo Chair
350
£23.95
4212408
Geo Chair
380
£24.95
4212397
Geo Chair
430
£25.95
4212386
Geo Chair
460
£26.95
5
weeks
Light Grey
Chrome Silver
Black
Textured Silver
Dark Grey
Charcoal
Minimum order ten chairs.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
NP Chairs Practical and affordable seating.
The durable, stackable NP Chair is designed to withstand the rigours of regular classroom use. Comfortable, with a well-defined lumbar back support, this chair is EN1729 compliant and come with a 5 year guarantee. NP Chairs are available in 10 colours and the frames are speckled light grey Duraform. • Comfortable, with well-defined lumbar back support • EN1729 compliant Price each. When ordering please tell us chair colour: see swatch.
Yellow
Orange
Red
Lilac
Purple
Tangy Green
Green
4068202
Stacking Chair
4068213
Stacking Chair
4068224
Stacking Chair
4068235
Stacking Chair
4068246
Stacking Chair
5
Soft Blue
weeks
Blue
Seat Hmm
Age Range
260
3-4
£17.20
310
4-6
£17.65
350
6-8
£20.50
380
8-11
£21.55
430
11-14
£22.20
Charcoal
Minimum order four chairs.
Lilac
Purple
284
Tangy Green
Green
Soft Blue
Blue
Charcoal
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
4+
Tables & Chairs | CHILDREN’S FURNITURE
Titan One Piece Chairs Built for the toughest classroom environments! The Titan One Piece Chair is one of the toughest chairs around. Made from one piece polypropylene construction the Titan Chair features a 'S' shape back for lumbar support to promote good posture. • Ultra strong, tamperproof, one piece construction • Complies with BS EN 1729 parts 1 & 2 • Stack up to 15 high • Child safe anti-tilt design Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch. 4221032 only available in blue, green, red and yellow.
Seat Hmm
Age Range
260
3-4
£16.60
Titan One Piece Chair
310
4-6
£17.05
Titan One Piece Chair
350
6-8
£18.15
4221065
Titan One Piece Chair
380
8-11
£18.85
4221076
Titan One Piece Chair
430
11-14
£21.25
4221087
Titan One Piece Chair
460
14+
£21.95
4221032
Titan One Piece Chair
4221043 4221054
6+
2
Green
weeks
Yellow
Red
Blue
Purple
Lime
Sky
Minimum order six chairs.
15 YEAR GUARANTEE
For matching tables see page 282
ST Chairs
Seat Hmm
Age Range
260
3-4
£19.30
ST Chair
310
4-6
£20.35
ST Chair
350
6-8
£22.35
4072503
ST Chair
380
8-11
£23.40
4072514
ST Chair
430
11-14
£28.50
4072525
ST Chair
460
14+
£29.50
Ergonomically designed for correct posture.
4072470
ST Chair
Ensure children sit in the correct position with the ergonomically designed ST chairs.
4072481 4072492
• S-shaped profile seat back for correct lumbar support • Fully complies with all requirements of BS/EN1729 Parts 1&2 • S teel legs have an oval tube profile for strength and are finished in light grey with anti-slip feet • Strong and durable polypropylene seat shell, with smooth curves and no sharp edges • Safe and stable when stacked
4+
5
weeks
Minimum order four chairs. Colours and sizes can be mixed to achieve minimum order discount.
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Yellow
Orange
Red
Lilac
Purple
Tangy Green
www.gresswell.co.uk/childrens-furniture
Green
Soft Blue
Blue
Charcoal
285
CHILDREN’S FURNITURE | Indoor/Outdoor Signs
8
Emoji-Style Emotions Signs Express your emotions Emoji-style! Encourage children to celebrate the positive emotions associated with the library and reading using a style that will be very familiar to them. We are increasingly using Emojis to demonstrate how we feel in our personal lives, and these signs are a great way to bring this familiar context to the school environment. The signs shown being held by children are jumbo. Dimensions: Emoji Signs - Medium Dia. 250mm, Jumbo Dia. 450mm. How Do You Feel Sign H100 x W140mm. Price each.
8
4
Medium
Jumbo
1 4222781
Emoji-Style Amused Sign
£13.00
£28.00
2 4222814
Emoji-Style Delighted Sign
£13.00
£28.00
3 4222869 4 4222891
Emoji-Style Excited Sign
£13.00
£28.00
Emoji-Style Happy Sign
£13.00
£28.00
5 4222924 6 4222935
Emoji-Style Pleased Sign
£13.00
£28.00
Emoji-Style Proud Sign
£13.00
£28.00
7 4222957 8 4223001
Emoji-Style Relaxed Sign
£13.00
£28.00
How do you Feel? Sign
£13.00
£28.00
2
weeks
3
1 2
6
4 7
1
2
3
5
Wall Talk™ Quotes Inspiring messages for your walls. Famous quotes and inspiring messages from popular writers can make an impressive wall display for any space. Ideal for use in the library, classroom or public spaces where you want to make a statement or leave visitors with something to ponder. Dimensions: H89mm x 1.1 - 1.3mtrs long. Price per pack.
4
286
5
Phone: 01992 454511
6
1 4201551
Wall Talk™ Quotes - Keep Calm and Read On...
£23.50
2 4201496
Wall Talk™ Quotes - A Room Without Books...
£23.50
3 4201507
Wall Talk™ Quotes - Why Fit In...
£23.50
4 4201518
Wall Talk™ Quotes - Never Ever Ever...
£23.50
5 4201529
Wall Talk™ Quotes - The book you don't read...
£23.50
6 4201540
Wall Talk™ Quotes - There is no friend...
£23.50
orders@gresswell.co.uk
MAKERSPACES
Makerspaces
There’s no doubt about it — makerspaces in libraries are here to stay. The maker movement is a perfect fit for institutions that are already providing access to tools for learning, be it in public, school or academic settings.
Makerspace Equipment..................................................... 288-291 Makerspace Furniture......................................................... 292-295
And the benefits are twofold: 21st-century learning models require students to have a firm grasp of technology and to be able to use it to demonstrate their knowledge. Expectations for students have increased so much that even the littlest learners are expected to be able to use technology tools to collaborate, research and publish their work. But there is also another side to the maker movement — a side that values the lost art of creating with one’s hands. It places new emphasis on ideas that are hastily scribbled on scraps of paper, and it offers a platform for taking those ideas from the design stage to fruition. And what better venue to establish and celebrate the maker movement than the library?
289
291
www.gresswell.co.uk/makerspaces
293
287
MAKERSPACES | Makerspace Equipment
Raspberry Pi 3 Type B The Raspberry Pi 3 is the third generation of the original Raspberry Pi. The ever-popular Raspberry Pi is an open-source computer board. Measuring no bigger than the size of a credit card, the Pi 3 is an exciting means of improving computing and programming skills for people of all ages. Connect to a TV or monitor and keyboard to get going. Simple programming means the Pi 3 can do many of the things a desktop computer can do.
Pi 3 comes with: • 1.2GHz 64-bit quad-core ARMv8 CPU
Full technical specification of the Pi 3 is available online www.gresswell.co.uk/ makerspaces
• 802.11n Wireless LAN • Bluetooth 4.1 • Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) Price each.
4216852
SEE WEBSITE
Raspberry Pi 3 Type B
Arduino Starter Kit including UNO Board The UNO is the best microcontroller board to get started with electronics and coding. This starter kit serves as a hands-on introduction to the basics of the Arduino system. Using the accompanying 170-page project book and the comprehensive kit contents, you will learn to build useful, creative projects. • Begin with the basics of electronics and progress to more complex projects • Kit will enable control of the physical world through sensors and actuators • UNO Board is robust and easy to configure Price per kit.
4208107
Arduino Starter Kit including UNO Board
SEE WEBSITE
We are constantly adding to our makerspace product range. Remember to check back regularly www.gresswell.co.uk/ makerspaces
Price for 12 kits sold together. Great for workshops and classes.
DIY Gamer Kit Build your own game console.
Learn to build your own gaming console with electronics and microcontrollers. This kit is a hands-on approach covering many principals and disciplines. Interactive project based learning which incorporates computer science, design and technology and maths.
Hackspace Kit
Learn about:
All the essential hackspace products in a money saving kit.
• Microcontrollers and how to use them to programme physical devices
This kit is great for makerspace and hackspace. It can be used as a starting point to create new digital coding and robotics workshops or to top-up on your existing kit.
• Principles of animation and how to create your own frame-by-frame animations • Physical inputs to control the screen
• 3 Raspberry Pi 3 Tybe B
• Infrared to wirelessly send and receive data
• 1 lot of 12 DIY Gamer Kits
Price per 12 kits.
4208118k
288
Each kit contains: • 6 Arduino Starter Kits
• Process of designing a game and game dynamics
Price per kit.
DIY Gamer Kit - 12 Kits
SEE WEBSITE
Phone: 01992 454511
4216863
Hackspace Kit
orders@gresswell.co.uk
SEE WEBSITE
Makerspace Equipment | MAKERSPACES
K'NEX Gears Building Set
3Doodler 2.0 3D Printing Pen
Hands-on introduction to simple machines using K’NEX.
The world’s first 3D printing pen reinvented.
Get excited about STEM. Make real-life replicas with colour-coded building instructions, including photos and key facts. Models demonstrate 2 spur gear examples, 2 crown gear examples and 2 sprocket gear examples. The set includes 198 K’NEX connectors and rods, enough for 2–3 students working as a team.
The 3Doodler allows you to draw in 3 dimensions by extruding heated plastic filament that cools almost instantly into a solid, stable structure. You’ll be able to draw up into the air and create anything you can think of, whether it be a lamp shade, an architectural model, decorations or even jewellery.
• Build fully functioning replicas of machines
• Sleek look with anodized aluminium casing
• Comes in a solid storage tray with snap-on lid
• Easy to use and comfortable to hold
• Supplied with full colour instructions and a comprehensive teachers guide on CD
• Works with ABS and PLA filament
• Suitable for ages 8+
• Supplied with power supply and filament packs
Price each.
• Design freehand or use with stencils
• Dual speed control helps you doodle at your own pace
Weight: 50g.
4216874
SEE WEBSITE
K'NEX Gears Building Set
Price each.
4208129
3D Printing Pen
SEE WEBSITE
For public libraries a makerspace can be broadly defined as a place where people can meet to collaborate, create and innovate. It's what everyone is talking about. Search #makerspaces #fablabs #hackspaces and you can be in little doubt that something different is in the air. As we enter a new age in product design with innovative, exciting outputs (3D printers, Laser Cutters), the draw for people of all ages and backgrounds in a community is growing. It's a great way for people in their community to work together on new and challenging projects. The makerspace is the public library zeitgeist. We have featured some items to get you started on your makerspace. We are constantly evolving our makerspace range, so be sure to check our website www.gresswell. co.uk/makerspaces for our full range of exciting products.
Ozobot® Robotics Kit Ozobot® is one of the smallest programmable robots in the world.
Robotics Smart Machines Kit An introduction to cutting-edge robotic technology. This is a simple, fun and customisable interdisciplinary kit. Construct robots then use a tablet or smartphone to operate them. Build 7 robot models including a humanoid, stag beetle, crocodile, mini spy-bot and robo-dino. The kit is compatible with iPad 3 or later, iPhone 4S or later, iPod 5 or later and Android 4.3 or later.
This is a great, fun tool to teach the basics of programming. Each Ozobot® Bit measures just 25mm in diameter and height and features a durable bottom cover and tough polycarbonate shell. Bits are controlled by OzoCodes by simply drawing lines and colour segments. Users advance to OzoBlockly, a web-based visual editor. Suitable for ages 6+ to advanced.
Each kit contains: • 2 Ozobot® Bits (Crystal White and Titanium Black) • 4 custom skins
• 194 pieces and a full-colour, 64-page instruction manual
• 2 carry cases
• Free app download to programme the robots
• Micro USB charging cable
• Suitable for ages 8+
• Quick guide booklet
Price each.
Price each.
4216896
Robotics Smart Machines Kit
SEE WEBSITE
4216929
Ozobot® Robotic Kit
www.gresswell.co.uk/makerspaces
SEE WEBSITE
289
MAKERSPACES | Makerspace Equipment Technology Will Save Us Kits A fun, hands-on way to learn, The Technology Will Save Us Kits help develop multiple skills related to Design and Technology by building projects with real world applications, encouraging resourceful design and innovation. Electronics, programming and design are the key skills at the heart of these DIY kits which all use real components and electronics enabling pupils to better understand the technology around them in this digital age. DIY Kits focus on various skills and abilities with resources available to help make and develop the finished product. • DIY Electro Dough Kit – Make teaching circuitry fun with electronic dough • DIY Synth Kit – Build an electronic synthesizer to create electronic music • DIY Gamer Kit – Learn to design and code their own video game
Contents:
DIY Electric Dough Kit
• AA batteries
A fun and hands on way to learn about circuits.
• Crocodile clips
Learn how to make modelling dough with conductive or insulating properties and develop an understanding of series and parallel circuits with the DIY Electric Dough Kit. Incorporate sensors, switches and buzzers for endless modelling and circuitry fun. Includes recipe to make your own conductive dough using basic kitchen ingredients.
• Buzzer • Tilt switch • LEDs • Jumper wires Price each.
4221549
DIY Synth Kit
DIY Electric Dough Kit
SEE WEBSITE
DIY Gamer Kit
Become a music maker.
No soldering required!
Everything you need to build your own synthesizer. Experiment with pitch, frequency and volume to make your own electronic music. Requires 1x 9V battery (not included). Price each.
Simply press, snap, bolt, clip, and stick parts together, and you're ready to go. All you need is a 9V battery (not included) to start gaming. Pupils design their own video game and then write the code to make it into a reality. Pre-written coded games resources are available online to get started. Price each.
4221560
290
DIY Synth Kit
SEE WEBSITE
Phone: 01992 454511
4221571
DIY Gamer Kit - Soldered
orders@gresswell.co.uk
SEE WEBSITE
Makerspace Equipment | MAKERSPACES Sublimation Printing Package Make your library a destination for users can design, print and press their own gifts or merchandise with the Sublimation Package. From individuals creating birthday and Christmas gifts to local organisations producing merchandise for promotion or resell you can generate funds to reinvest in your makerspace.
Contents: • 1x A3 Sublimation Starter Kit with Apollo Digital Heat Press • 1x A4 Sublimation Starter Kit with Apollo Digital Heat Press • 1x Mug Press Kit • 3x replacement cartridge sets for A4 and A3 printers • 500x Sheets A4 Sublimation Paper • 500x Sheets A3 Sublimation Paper • 144x Ceramic Mugs • 300x pieces of printable merchandise including shopping bags, aprons, coasters and jigsaws Price each.
4237257
Sublimation Package
SEE WEBSITE
4
weeks
PC or Mac required with photo and art packages
For deatailed list of contents for our makerspace packages and up-to-date pricing visit www.gresswell.co.uk
3D Printer Package 3D printing (also known as Rapid Prototyping and Additive Manufacturing) has been around for over 30 years. It has always been a key feature of research and development within industry. Advances in equipment and software design, widening demands for its use, and descending machinery prices have led to an explosion in interest in 3D printing in education.
Contents: • 1x Ultimaker 3 Extended • 1x Ultimaker 3 • 4x PVA Dissolvable Support Material • 2x Ultimaker 3 Filaments • 2x each ABS blue, green, red and white • 2x each PLA blue, green, red and yellow Price each.
4237235
3D Printer Package
SEE WEBSITE
4
weeks
PC needed for design of 3D object to print
www.gresswell.co.uk/makerspaces
291
MAKERSPACES | Makerspace Furniture
Storage Trolley Store makerspace and workshop components with this all-in-one solution. The Storage Trolley comes with a fixed chrome push/pull handle and swivel 100mm rubber castors provide easy transporatation, two of the castors are lockable. The galvanised shelves prevent damage from acid, oxidation and abrasion and can hold up to 50kg per level. The trolley drawers are designed with an anti-drop device when draw is fully pulled out. Draw Dividers (qty 60) are provided which can be slotted into each draw to enable a partitioning. Index Labels are available separately and slot into the front of the container to enable manual labelling of each drawer. Dimensions: Trolley H880 x W880 x D400mm. Drawer H105 x W164 x D375mm. Price per unit or pack quantity stated.
4240172
Storage Trolley with 30 Drawers
£649.00
4240183
Index Labels for Drawers Pk100
£26.00
2
weeks
Strong steel trolleys with 250kg capacity.
Steel Shelf Trolley Ideal to wheel your makerspace equipment into location. Steel Shelf Trolleys are the perfect solution for your makerspace. The shelves feature 85mm high sides, so equipment is easily accessible but will not fall off when moved. The large shelf size W940 x D620mm will accommodate equipment such as 3D printers and supplies. Both trolleys are easy to manouevre with a push/pull handle on one side and fitted with two swivel, two fixed 125mm rubber cushion castors. Finished in grey enamel coat. Dimensions: H820 x W1020 x D620mm. Price per unit.
Shelf Height mm 4240150
Steel 2 Shelf Trolley
255 / 820
£129.00
4240161
Steel 3 Shelf Trolley
255 / 535 / 820
£149.00
2
weeks
292
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Makerspace Furniture | MAKERSPACES
MakerSpace Trolley Make everything in one space! Perfect for your makerspace area, this new MakerSpace Trolley can hold everything you need in one place. The unique design of this trolley allows you to configure the storage exactly as you need it with a range of storage bin and tray options. Standard Gratnells trays mean you can easily store and transport materials and tools around your work area or between workspaces. • Use your favourite Gratnells trays to accommodate all your tools and materials • Mix and match colours and shapes for interesting display, colour-coding and flexible storage • Easily swap Gratnells trays between your existing storage furniture ranges • Stop Safe' engineering on sliding tray runners allows easy access to materials • Easily moved using ergonomic loop handles Dimensions: H1170 x W560 x D760mm. When ordering please tell us tray colours: green/translucent, green/ yellow, light grey/dark grey or purple/purple.
4240315
Makerspace Trolley - Flat Pack
£515.00
4240942
Makerspace Trolley - Fully Assembled
£549.00
2
What's included with the trolley: 3 x deep trays 12 x shallow trays 12 x green mini bins 1 x roll holder 5 x single hooks 5 x double hooks
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/makerspaces
293
MAKERSPACES | Makerspace Furniture 7
5
6
2
3
Louvred Panel Containers A simple and effective small parts storage system.
Pack Qty
H x W x Lmm
Max. Container Stack Height / Load
These space saving containers are manufactured from polypropylene and can be stacked or used with panels, cabinets and shelving.
1 4240194
Louvred Panel Container - size 1
20
50 x 100 x 90
7 / 12kg
£29.95
2 4240205
Louvred Panel Container - size 2
20
75 x 100 x 165
5 / 12kg
£37.95
• Strong, heavy-duty containers with reinforced base, sides and stacking rim
3 4240216
Louvred Panel Container - size 3
10
132 x 150 x 240
4 / 30kg
£38.95
4 4240227
Louvred Panel Container - size 4
10
132 x 205 x 350
6 / 36kg
£56.95
5 4240238
Louvred Panel Container - size 5
10
182 x 205 x 350
4 / 45kg
£78.95
6 4240249
Louvred Panel Container - size 6
5
182 x 420 x 375
8 / 60kg
£77.95
7 4240260
Louvred Panel Container - size 7
5
200 x 310 x 520
6 / 42kg
£79.95
• Durable and resistant to most solvents • Hygienic, clean and smooth inside surface • Available in 7 sizes and 4 colours as standard Price each.
2
When ordering please tell us colour: blue, red, green or yellow.
weeks
Louvred Panel Container Cabinets Secure storage cabinets for all your makerspace products. The Louvred Panel Container Cabinet comes pre-kitted with containers, for your complete all-in-one makerspace storage solution. The robust all-steel cabinet construction offers flexible storage and features an epoxy powder coated silver/ grey carcass and full length louvre panels. A fully recessed handle comes complete with 2 keys. • Fully assembled, strong all-steel cabinet construction • Internal louvre panel has 420 individual louvre (42 rows of 10), with 126 louvre per door (42 rows of 3) • All cabinets come complete with containers and identification labels that can be applied to the front of containers
Cabinet supplied complete with containers and identification labels
• Option of cabinet with 3 shelves available, with a maximum load capacity per shelf 25kg (evenly distributed) Dimensions: Cabinet H2000 x W1015 x D430mm. Price each.
Container Style/Qty
1
Container Style/Qty
1 4240271
Louvred Panel Container Cabinet
Size 2 Red / 120
Size 3 Blue / 60 £799.00
4240282
Louvred Panel Container Cabinet
Size 2 Red / 120
Size 3 Red / 60 £799.00
2 4240293
Louvred Panel Container Cabinet with 3 Shelves
Size 2 Red / 60
Size 3 Blue / 30 £765.00
4240304
Louvred Panel Container Cabinet with 3 Shelves
Size 2 Red / 60
Size 3 Red / 30 £765.00
2
2
weeks
For our full range of louvred panels, cabinets and trolleys, visit our website www.gresswell.co.uk
294
1
4
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Makerspace Furniture | MAKERSPACES
1 2
Folding Tables
H x W x Dmm
Simple, economical and practical tables that can be folded and put away when you need to use the space for something different.
1
Price each. 2
4045509
Rectangular Folding Table
740 x 600 x 1220
£97.85
4045520
Rectangular Folding Table
740 x 760 x 1530
£113.00
4045531
Rectangular Folding Table
740 x 760 x 1830
£123.00
4045542
Circular Folding Table
740 x 1220mm dia.
£144.00
4045553
Circular Folding Table
740 x 1530mm dia.
£179.00
2
weeks
Telford Segment Tables • 18mm MFC tops • Fixed or Tilt top • Tilt top tables nest together for easy storage • Create a circular configuration with six 60° or eight 45° tables • Centre void can accommodate a power tower Dimensions: H720mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us tabletop finish: beech, maple, oak or white. Frame/leg colour: metallic or white.
Wood Finishes
Oak
Maple
Beech
White
4225476
Telford Segment Table - 45° Fixed Top
£149.00
4225487
Telford Segment Table - 60° Fixed Top
£149.00
4225498
Telford Segment Table - 45° Tilt Top
£241.00
4225509
Telford Segment Table - 60° Tilt Top
£241.00
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/makerspaces
295
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
Presentation & Exhibition
Your library or resource centre will be supporting your strategy to deliver high quality courses and training for a broad universe of students. The librarians’ remit frequently is to help students bridge the gap between a learning and earning environment, so that there is not such a leap when students leave education to go out to work. Also the very nature of courses has changed considerably with more group presentational style of study than heads down individual study. As a result, there is a focus on creating a transitional learning to working environment. Mobile equipment is becoming increasingly popular for sheer versatility of space usage. Board room style layouts with presentation screens give students the experience of presenting their ideas in a commercial style environment. In the past the gap between a college library space and an office space was huge but the gap has narrowed and in fact some university
297
296
301
Phone: 01992 454511
resource centres are not far removed in look and style from Google’s new offices. When designing and furnishing new spaces we ask ourselves the question “do students want to be there” or “do they have to be there”? Whiteboards....................................................................... 297-298 Easels................................................................................... 299-300 Noticeboards...................................................................... 301-305 Exhibition Units.................................................................... 306-308 Floor Screens...............................................................................309 Mobile Screens...........................................................................310 Tablet Displayers................................................................. 311-312 AV Equipment..................................................................... 313-314 Projectors & Screens..................................................................315 Lecterns & AV Cabinets.............................................................316 Display Cabinets................................................................ 317-318
306
311
orders@gresswell.co.uk
313
Whiteboards | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard The original reversible whiteboard – designed to aid writing. These popular whiteboards offer two surfaces to choose from when mounting to a wall; a plain surface on one side and the reverse featuring Guideline – a feint under surface grid to aid writing. • Laminate surface for use with drywipe marker pens • The 20 x 20mm feint grid can only be seen by you as it disappears from view within a few feet • H1200 x W1800, H1200 x W2400 and H1200 x W2700 board supplied with extra central fixings for added stability • Anodised aluminium frame, supplied with corner wall fixings and pen tray Price each.
H x Wmm 4032199
Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard
900 x 1200
£44.95
4228314
Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard
1200 x 1200
£52.45
4228325
Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard
1200 x 1500
£62.95
4032210
Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard
1200 x 1800
£68.95
4032221
Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard
1200 x 2400
£93.05
4228336
Write-On® Laminate Whiteboard
1200 x 2700
£122.00
3
weeks
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard Ideal for training, planning and staff room use. Ultra-smooth surface to improve erasability, with the added advantage of accepting magnets. • Plain white surface with aluminium frame • Mount portrait or landscape according to your needs • Larger boards supplied with extra central fixings for added stability • Supplied with concealed corner fixings and pen tray Price each.
H x Wmm 4032166
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard
900 x 1200
£51.95
4228281
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard
1200 x 1200
£62.95
4228292
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard
1200 x 1500
£78.20
4032177
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard
1200 x 1800
£99.75
4007031
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard
1200 x 2400
£115.00
4228303
Write-On® Magnetic Whiteboard
1200 x 2700
£143.00
2
weeks
Frameless Magnetic Whiteboards Frameless Magnetic Whiteboards butt seamlessly to create continuous runs on flat walls. • Coated steel surface bonded to multi-layered wood backing • Mount portrait or landscape with Button-fix™ mounting system • Mounts flush to the wall Dimensions: H1000mm. Price each.
4235629
Frameless Magnetic Whiteboard
1000 x 1200
£419.00
4235640
Frameless Magnetic Whiteboard
1000 x 2400
£760.00
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/presentation
297
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Whiteboards Economy Revolving Whiteboards Whiteboard on wheels. Increase your presentation space with this double-sided, revolving whiteboard. • Rotates through horizontal axis • Choose from magnetic or non-magnetic dry-wipe laminate surface • N on-magnetic boards are plain on one side and have a 20mm feint grid on the other • Magnetic boards are plain dry-wipe steel on both sides • Manoeuvres easily on 4x castors, two of which are lockable Price each. Board Size H x Wmm
Non-magnetic
4023454
Economy Revolving Whiteboard
900 x 1200
£145.00
4029317
Economy Revolving Whiteboard
1200 x 1500
£165.00
Magnetic
4029295
Magnetic Economy Revolving Whiteboard
900 x 1200
£145.00
4029306
Magnetic Economy Revolving Whiteboard
1200 x 1500
£185.00
2
weeks
WriteAngle® Revolving Whiteboards Versatile mobile whiteboard can be pivoted on both axis. Dual pivoting action allows board to be rotated on its horizontal and vertical axis. Both sides of the board can be used and angled towards your audience. • Rotates on both axis • Available with steel drywipe magnetic surface • Supplied with locking castors for mobility Price each.
Board size H x Wmm 4215587
Revolving whiteboard
900 x 1200
£187.00
4215609
Revolving whiteboard
1200 x 1500
£221.00
1
week
Cygnet Easel Great value easel. An affordable tripod easel with brace for increased stability. • Aluminium frame • Steel drywipe surface (accepts magnets) • Adjustable flip-pad holders • Clip-on pen tray included • Starter kit includes Cygnet Easel, a flipchart pad and pack of four marker pens Dimensions: Overall H1850mm. Board H1000 x W680mm. Price each.
4235200
Cygnet Tripod Flipchart Easel
£55.95
4235211
Cygnet Tripod Flipchart Easel Starter Kit
£64.95
1
week
298
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Easels | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION Hawk Tripod Flipchart Easel The economic easel solution. This tripod style easel provides great height adjustability and stability when in use. • H960 x W655mm magnetic drywipe surface • Adjusts from floor to H1850mm • Accepts all standard A1 pads • Full width pen tray • Available in black or white Dimensions: H1850 x W1000 x D1000mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black or white.
4089685
Hawk Tripod Flipchart Easel
£74.50
4031374
Flipchart Pads Pk/5
£23.95
2
weeks
Also available in white
Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel A presenting tool wherever you need it. A stylish, mobile easel giving optimum flexibility, making it ideal for meeting and conference room applications. • H980 x W660mm magnetic drywipe surface • Height adjustable 1570-1820mm • Fold out side arms for additional page display • Flip pad holder accepts all standard A1 pads • Full width pen tray included • Star base with five locking castors aids movement – ideal for multi-room use Dimensions: Overall H1570-1820 x Dia. 700mm. Price each.
403149501
Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel Black Frame
£125.00
2
weeks
WriteOn® Glass Flipchart Easel • Steel back glass board (accepts magnets) • White aluminium frame with black accents • Adjustable flip-pad holders • Full-width pen tray • Height adjustable • Star base with locking castors Dimensions: Max H1850mm. Board H1000 x W700mm. Price each.
4235233
WriteOn® Glass Flipchart Easel
£259.00
www.gresswell.co.uk/presentation
299
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Easels
Ultimate Flipchart Easel Use as floor-standing or tabletop easel. • Height adjustable 1000-1720mm • Double-sided, H860 x W650mm dry-wipe, magnetic surface • Tilts to any angle • Hinged pen tray • Suitable for all A1 standard 2 hole drilled pads • Optional carry bag available Dimensions: Board size H860 x W650mm; max height 1720mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour of easel: black or blue.
4087386
Ultimate Flipchart Easel
£89.95
4064693
Ultimate Flipchart Easel Carry Bag
£29.95
4031374
Flipchart Pads Pk/5
£23.95
2
weeks
Mobile Ultimate Flipchart Easel A mobile, heavy-duty version of the popular Ultimate Flipchart Easel. The large (H1000 x W700mm) magnetic board is mounted on a height adjustable column and round, tubular steel base with castors for easy movement. Features flipchart, pad clamp and pen tray. New colour options now available. Dimensions: Overall H1950 x W700mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, red, green, grey or white.
4092501
Mobile Ultimate Flipchart Easel
2
weeks
300
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£138.00
Noticeboards | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
4
2
3
1 H x Wmm
Unframed
4235244
Noticeboard
600 x 900
£30.35
4235255
Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£50.65
1 4235266
Noticeboard*
1200 x 1800
£95.95
4235277
Noticeboard*
1200 x 2400
£126.00
Aluminium Frame
5
Eco-Colour™ Resist-a-Flame® Noticeboards Ideal product for use within busy public spaces, learning and office environments.
2 4215620
Aluminium Frame Noticeboard
600 x 900
4215631
Aluminium Frame Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£77.50
4215642
Aluminium Frame Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£146.00
4215653
Aluminium Frame Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£171.00
£43.40
Tamperproof - Side-hinged
3 4235431
Side-hinged Noticeboard
600 x 900
£112.00
4235442
Side-hinged Noticeboard
1200 x 900
£152.00
4235453
Side-hinged Noticeboard*
1200 x 1800
£343.00
4 4235464
Side-hinged Noticeboard*
1200 x 2400
£323.00
These noticeboards are fire resistant and have acoustic properties, ideal for displaying information in busy environments.
Tamperproof - Top-hinged
• Aluminium frame with rounded plastic safety corners for concealed portrait or landscape mounting
4235475
Top-hinged Noticeboard
600 x 900
£142.00
4235486
Top-hinged Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£172.00
4235497
Top-hinged Noticeboard*
1200 x 1800
£338.00
5 4235508
Top-hinged Noticeboard*
1200 x 2400
£393.00
• Noticeboard core is certified as class B according to European Reaction to Fire test BS EN 13501-1 • Choose from eight pinnable board colours • Meets public area building regulations for mounting in sensitive areas such as corridors, stairways and entrances in educational environments • Noticeboard achieved a NRC (Noise Reduction Coefficient) rating up to an impressive 0.8
2
weeks
*Supplied in two parts
• Supplied complete with fixing kit Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
Red
Raspberry
Purple
www.gresswell.co.uk/presentation
Blue
Orange
Green
Charcoal
Grey
301
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Noticeboards For corridoor boards see page 301.
These quality felt noticeboards are covered with traditional felt cloth and designed for use with velcro or pins. Open front boards can be mounted portrait or landscape whilst tamperproof boards are portrait mounted.
Unframed Felt Noticeboard Traditional Colours These quality, pinnable Unframed Felt Noticeboards are covered with traditional felt cloth and can be mounted portrait or landscape. Mounts through the board, fixings supplied and the noticeboards are available in a choice of 5 colours. • Mounts through the board • Supplied with capped fixings • 1200 x 1800mm and 1200 x 2400mm boards supplied in two parts Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Traditional swatch.
H x Wmm 4006998
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
900 x 600
£26.75
4007009
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 900
£33.35
4229524
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 1200
£46.95
4007020
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£63.65
4229535
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£74.25
2
weeks
Please be aware, codes 4007020 and 4229535 are supplied in two parts.
Aluminium Framed Noticeboards Traditional Colours The economical solution for displaying your notices. Draw attention to announcements with our practical Aluminium Framed Noticeboards. Available in five popular sizes, these boards are ideal for many uses. • Anodised aluminium frame with rounded corners • Fixings supplied, including corner caps • Board also available in cork • Aluminium frame features concealed corner fixings, all fixings supplied • Felt surface accepts both pins and Velcro® and is colourfast to BS1006 • Available in a choice of felt colours or traditional cork Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Traditional swatch.
H x Wmm 4032265
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
900 x 600
£31.35
4032276
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 900
£45.50
4006976
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 1200
£50.60
4032287
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£71.50
4006987
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£79.75
2
weeks
Tamperproof Noticeboards Traditional Colours The secure way to display notices. Prevent unauthorised access and protect displays in public areas with these hard-wearing Tamperproof Noticeboards. Designed with integral, tamperproof, matching twin locks for extra convenience and a single door for access. Available with felt fabric (BS 476.7 class 1). Polycarbonate front with an aluminium frame. • Protect notices from casual interference • Polycarbonate front with aluminium frame • Tamperproof twin locks • Fixings supplied, including corner caps Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Traditional swatch.
H x Wmm
`
900 x 600
£97.95
(B) Tamperproof N/Board
900 x 900
£109.00
(C) Tamperproof N/Board
1200 x 900
£134.00
(D) Tamperproof N/Board
1200 x 1200
£159.00
4017096
(A) Tamperproof N/Board
4017107 4017118 4017129
2
weeks
Traditional
Red
302
Phone: 01992 454511
Blue
Designer
Green
Grey
Burgundy
Cork
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Purple
Magenta
Lilac
Orange
Cyan
Apple
Noticeboards | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION Fixings supplied with all boards. Noticeboards are available in a choice of popular traditional colours or new and vibrant designer colours. Aluminium Framed Noticeboards are also available with a cork board. 900x600mm 1200x900mm
1200x1200mm
1200x1800mm
1200x2400mm
Unframed Felt Noticeboard Designer Colours • Mounts through the board • Supplied with capped fixings • 1200 x 1800mm and 1200 x 2400mm boards supplied in two parts Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Designer swatch.
H x Wmm 4236542
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
900 x 600
£31.10
4236531
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 900
£41.40
4236498
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 1200
£54.55
4236509
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£73.75
4236520
Unframed Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£83.85
2
weeks
Please be aware, codes 4236509 and 4236520 are supplied in two parts.
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard Designer Colours • Anodised aluminium frame with rounded corners • Fixings supplied, including corner caps • Felt surface accepts both pins and Velcro® and is colourfast to BS1006 • Aluminium frame features concealed corner fixings, all fixings supplied • Available in a choice of felt colours Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Designer swatch.
H x Wmm 4228391
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
900 x 600
£39.35
4228402
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£50.50
4228413
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 1500
£75.70
4239930
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£90.85
4229513
Aluminium Framed Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£110.00
2
weeks
Tamperproof Noticeboards Designer Colours • Protect notices from casual interference • Polycarbonate front with aluminium frame • Tamperproof twin locks • Fixings supplied, including corner caps Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see Designer swatch.
H x Wmm 4236465
(A) Tamperproof N/Board
900 x 600
£121.00
4236487
(B) Tamperproof N/Board
900 x 900
£131.00
4236476
(C) Tamperproof N/Board
1200 x 900
£161.00
4236454
(D) Tamperproof N/Board
1200 x 1200
£182.00
2
weeks
Designer
Burgundy
Cork
Purple
Magenta
Lilac
Orange
Cyan
Apple
www.gresswell.co.uk/presentation
303
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Noticeboards Eco-friendly Felt Noticeboard Our most popular Noticeboard! High quality finish board. Constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials. • Contoured 35mm frame in a light oak finish • Choose from five colourfast felt colours • Supplied complete with fixing kit Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue, grey, red, burgundy or green.
H x Wmm
Frame Size mm £39.40
4055684
Felt Noticeboard
600 x 900
28
4055695
Felt Noticeboard
900 x 1200
45
£56.50
4228501
Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 1200
45
£63.60
4023476
Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
45
£89.95
4228512
Felt Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
45
£94.50
2
weeks
Red
Burgundy
Green
Blue
Grey
Combination Noticeboards Twin surface boards for flexible display. These useful display boards offer the flexibility of both a dry-wipe whiteboard and a pinnable felt or cork surface. • Felt surface accepts both pins and Velcro® and is colourfast to BS1006 • Attractive aluminium frame with concealed corner fixings • Available in three popular sizes Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour: blue, burgundy, green, grey, red or cork.
H x Wmm £40.35
4235288
Felt/Drywipe Noticeboard
600 x 900
4235299
Felt/Drywipe Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£60.50
4235310
Felt/Drywipe Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£110.00
2
weeks
Eco-Colour™ Resist-a-Flame® Mobile Noticeboards Take your message to your audience. Fully mobile, double-sided noticeboard covered in a fire-resistant woven cloth. • Height adjustable with 4x castors, two of which are lockable • Powder coated, steel frame • Fire-resistant board tested to meet the latest building and fire regulations Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch.
H x Wmm 4235651
Double-sided Mobile Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£212.00
4235662
Double-sided Mobile Noticeboard
1200 x 900
£212.00
4235673
Double-sided Mobile Noticeboard
1200 x 1200
£222.00
4235684
Double-sided Mobile Noticeboard
1200 x 1500
£242.00
4235695
Double-sided Mobile Noticeboard
1500 x 1200
£242.00
4235706
Double-sided Mobile Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£252.00
3
1
weeks
Red
304
Phone: 01992 454511
Raspberry
Blue
Green
Charcoal
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Noticeboards | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
Available with Eco-colour™ flame resistant board. Please contact customer services for details.
Shield Wood Effect Frame Noticeboards Make notices stand out with Shield Wood Effect Frame Noticeboards. Constructed from aluminium, the frame has a light oak effect finish with foam backed loop nylon fabric board. • Wood effect aluminium frame • Loop nylon surface accepts Velcro® and pins • 3mm thick lockable PET covers on tamperproof boards Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour: apple green, gunmetal, light grey, royal blue or scarlet.
Open Style
H x Wmm £55.65
4235387
Noticeboard
600 x 900
4235398
Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£80.75
4235409
Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£132.00
4235420
Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£153.00
Tamperproof/Lockable 4235519
Side-hinged Noticeboard
600 x 900
£136.00
4235530
Side-hinged Noticeboard
900 x 1200
£176.00
4235541
Side-hinged Noticeboard
1200 x 1800
£328.00
4235552
Side-hinged Noticeboard
1200 x 2400
£378.00
3
weeks
Apple Green
Gunmetal
Light Grey
Royal Blue
Scarlet
External Shield Noticeboard Keep notices safe and dry. These aluminium framed showcases are completely weatherproof and meet European standards for water and dust ingress (EN60529-IP55). • Hinged doors with support stays • 2x matching locks • Available in a choice of either 11 exterior cloth colours or a cork finish Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour, see swatch below.
H x Wmm 4019230
External Shield Noticeboard
750 x 967
£199.00
4028173
External Shield Noticeboard
1050 x 1012
£258.00
4019241
External Shield Noticeboard
1050 x 1397
£299.00
4
weeks
12 x A4
Loop Nylon Fabric Swatches
18 x A4
8x A4
Loop Nylon Fabric Swatches
Alpha Red
Burgundy
Magenta
Lilac
Alpha Red
Burgundy
Magenta
Orange
Yellow
Purple
www.gresswell.co.uk/presentation
Lilac
Orange
Yellow
Purple
305
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Exhibition Units Heavy-duty Tabletop Displays A portable and durable display system. Create a professional display that is truly portable. Both display systems feature a robust aluminium frame around each panel. The double-sided panels are available in a choice of 13 loop nylon finishes. Each system comes with a header panel, which features loop nylon on one side and black on reverse. Storage bag is supplied as standard. • Aluminium framed double-side panels • Interlocking gear hinge mechanism for easy folding • Header panels are black on reverse for personalising • 13 loop nylon cloth colours available • Storage bag with carry handles and shoulder strap included Dimensions: Portrait H1200 x W2100mm; Landscape H900 x W2000mm. Price each.
1
When ordering please tell us fabric colour, see colour swatch below. 1 4218425
Heavy-duty Tabletop Display Portrait
£199.00
2 4218436
Heavy-duty Tabletop Display Landscape
£189.00
2 Alpha Red
Burgundy
Magenta
Lilac
Orange
Yellow
Royal Blue
Light Blue
Cyan
Emerald Green
Apple
Black
Purple
Busyfold Display Kits Lightweight, folding panel system. A popular choice, this folding display system uses lightweight H900 x W600mm panels. The top and bottom panels are linked with flexible hinges, and clip on top of each other for easy assembly. • PVC framed double-sided panels covered in loop nylon • Loop nylon fire retardant to BS5867 • Easy clip together system
1
• Choose from 6, 7 or 8 panel kit • H200 x W600 header panels supplied in colour of choice on one side and black on the other • Carry bag included Dimensions: H2000mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric colour: see swtach above. 1
2
3
2
306
Phone: 01992 454511
3
4235321
6 Panel Busyfold Light Kit - Black Frame
£185.00
4235332
6 Panel Busyfold Light Kit - Grey Frame
£185.00
4235365
7 Panel Busyfold Light Kit - Black Frame
£268.00
4235376
7 Panel Busyfold Light Kit - Grey Frame
£268.00
4235343
8 Panel Busyfold Light Kit - Black Frame
£235.00
4235354
8 Panel Busyfold Light Kit - Grey Frame
£235.00
1
week
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Exhibition Units | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION Large Panel Exhibition Kits
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Ideal for static displays in entrance halls, reception areas and open day exhibitions. These Large Panel Exhibition Kits are easy to assemble with a unique hook and slot assembly system. The panels slot into the ultra lightweight aluminium poles without the need for tools. The light, yet stable panels can be mounted landscape or portrait. Panels are covered both sides in fire-retardant (to BS5867) velcro compatible loop nylon cloth. Price per kit. When ordering please tell us fabric colour, see colour swatch below.
4051625
Alpha
£272.00
4051669
Primary
£283.00
4051636
Beta
£386.00
4051647
Secondary
£561.00
4051680
Civic
£561.00
4051658
Quadro
£691.00
4
weeks
No tools are required!
Velgrip Loop Nylon Fabric Colours
Light Grey
Burgundy
Blue
Navy
Yellow
Green
Red
10 YEAR GUARANTEE Panel Dimensions A = H850 x W600mm B = H250 x W600mm C = H850 x W1200mm D = H850 x W850mm E = H250 x W850mm F = H250 x W1200mm
Fraimex Display Unit A unique hook and slot assembly, NO tools required, ultra lightweight yet stable. Frames are in strong, lightweight aluminium; support poles are in slim aluminium tube, spigoted to push-fit together and into the neat, grey, plastic, circular bases. Panels are fully pinnable and covered in Velgrip loop nylon. Framework and poles are in a grey finish only. Price per kit.
When ordering please tell us fabric colour, see colour swatch below.
Weight 4049546
Kit 1
A
12kgB
4049557
Kit 2
14kg
4049568
Kit 3
15.5 kg
4049579
Kit 4
15.5 kg
A
A A
A
A
£556.00
B
£646.00
A
A B
A A
A
A
£710.00
A
A A
£699.00
4
weeks
B A
A
Velgrip Loop Nylon Fabric Colours A A
Light Grey
Burgundy
Blue
Navy
Yellow
B A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Green
FB
B
B
EB
B
F
B
A
A
A
CA
A A
A D A
D A
A A DA
AA
C A
A
A
A
A
CA
A A
A D A
D A A A DA
AA
C A
A
Red
Fraimex Kit 1 4049546
Fraimex Kit 2 4049557
www.gresswell.co.uk/exhibition
E
F
D
D A
DC
A
D
D
D
D
D A
DC
A
D
D
D
B A
A
A
A
A
A
Fraimex Kit 3 4049568
E
Fraimex Kit 4 4049579
307
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Exhibition Units Modular Panel and Pole System
2
Easily extendable to suit your exhibition requirements. Standard 600 x 900mm panels can be mounted portrait or landscape on the 1800mm high poles using the C clips provided. • Standard 6, 8 and 10 panel systems available • Additional panels can be added by purchasing the Pole Set and individual Spare Panels • All panels are double-sided and accept pins • 13 loop nylon colours available with black frame • Header panels can be customised and are suitable for portrait and landscape panels Price each. When ordering please tell us loop nylon fabric colour, see swatch below
H x Wmm Complete systems 1 4218491
6 Panel System
1800 x 1800
£293.00
2 4218502
8 Panel System
1800 x 2400
£319.00
10 Panel System
1800 x 3000
£368.00
4218513 Accessories 4218524
Header Set Portrait
200 x 600
£29.85
4218535
Header Set Landscape
200 x 900
£33.95
4218546
Spare Panel - portrait / landscape
600 x 900
£45.30
4218557
Spare Pole Set
£26.75
4218568
Carry Bag for 6 Panels
£50.50
4218579
Carry Bag for 8 Panels
£45.30
4218590
Carry Bag for 10 Panels
£71.05
2
1+2
weeks
Alpha Red
Burgundy
Magenta
Lilac
Orange
Yellow
Purple
6 panel Magenta
Alpha Red
Burgundy
Royal Blue
Light Blue
8Lilac panel
Cyan
Emerald Green
Orange
Apple
10 panel Yellow
Header Purple landscape
Header portrait
Black
Busyscreen® Floor Screen System Display, divide and partition with this classic floor screen system. Royal Blue
Light Blue
Cyan
Emerald Green
Apple
Black
An extremely versatile, modular system with a large selection of fabric colours to suit your decor. Different coloured trim is available depending on your fabric choice (see colour swatch for more information). Flat and curved screens allow you to create your own system to suit your space. Screens feature a 32mm thick pinnable board with a sturdy frame. All screens come complete with stabilising feet and a flexible linking strip for joining screens. Optional castor feet can be added for mobility. • Flat and curved screens can be used to create a system to suit your space • Black and grey trim available depending on your fabric choice • 32mm thick pinnable partitions provides a great acoustic shadow • The Nylon Loop fabric is Velcro friendly • Screens can stack vertically for easy storage • Optional Castor Feet can be supplied for mobility. Must be ordered at the same time as screen
An optional Wall Batten is available to secure the screen to the wall.
Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric and trim colour, see colour swatch below.
1
H x Wmm Flat Floor Screens
1+2 Royal blue colour fabric with black trim
4214597
Flat Floor Screen
1225 x 1200
£246.00
4214608
Flat Floor Screen
1225 x 1600
£258.00
4214641*
Flat Floor Screen
1525 x 1600
£267.00
4214872
Flat Floor Screen
1825 x 1000
£299.00
1 4214883
Flat Floor Screen
1825 x 1200
£357.00
Flat Floor Screen
1825 x 1600
£362.00
1825 x 1131
£325.00
4214894*
Woven cloth with black trim Curved Floor Screens 2 4214927
Curved Floor Screen
Accessories Royal Blue
Red
4214652 Iona Ivy
Castors for Busyscreen
£39.40
Loop nylon with black 3weeks trim
Woven cloth with black trim
* Please note product 4214641 and 4214894 are only available in woven cloth fabric. Royal Blue
Red
Ivy
Iona
Royal Blue
Loop nylon with black trim
Royal Blue
308
Red
Yellow
Emerald
Light Grey
Loop nylon with grey trim
Purple
Phone: 01992 454511
Purple
Lilac
Orange
Cyan
Red
Yellow
Emerald
Light Grey
Loop nylon with grey trim
Apple
Lilac
Orange
Cyan
Apple
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Floor Screens | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
Busyscreen® Curve Floor Screens Safe, curved corner design. A modern range of freestanding screens all featuring rounded upper corners. The 32mm thick pinnable screens are available in a large selection of Woven and Loop Nylon fabrics, with either black or grey trim. Screens are supplied with 2 sturdy stabilising feet. • Rounded upper corners and rounded edge trim • Large range of fabric options available • Loop Nylon fabric is Velcro friendly • 32mm thick pinnable frame • Optional castor feet can be supplied for mobility. Must be ordered with screen Price each. When ordering please tell us fabric and trim colour, see colour swatch above.
H x Wmm 4214509
Curve Floor Screen
1200 x 1000
£196.00
4214520
Curve Floor Screen
1200 x 1200
£199.00
4214531
Curve Floor Screen
1200 x 1600
£208.00
4214542
Curve Floor Screen
1450 x 1200
£215.00
4214553
Curve Floor Screen
1600 x 1000
£205.00
4214564
Curve Floor Screen
1600 x 1200
£208.00
4214575
Curve Floor Screen
1600 x 1600
£236.00
4214652
Castors for Busyscreen
Castors can be added to the stabilising feet for mobility. If required, these must be ordered at the same time as the screen.
£39.40
3
weeks
1
Velcro® Dots and Strips
2
Self-adhesive Velcro¬ dots and strips to secure posters and notices to all loop nylon screens. Price each. 1 4051383
Velcro® Strip 18mm x 2m
£18.50
2 4051372
Busyfix Velcro® Dots Pk/100
£12.80
www.gresswell.co.uk/exhibition
309
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Mobile Screens
Mobile Partitioning Our sound-absorbing, mobile panelling folds away when not in use. Mount eye-catching displays or bring important information to the attention of visitors by attaching posters to surfaces with pins. • Ideal for creating temporary partitioning of larger rooms, reception areas and halls • Totally stable even when placed in a straight line • Panels can form curves or right angles • Double-sided panels are covered in fire-retardant felt fabric • Lockable castors, fitted to each panel for easy manoeuvrability • Available in four colours Dimensions: Panel H1800 x W600mm. Folded square is 680mm. Panel bottom is raised 140mm above floor. Dimensions below illustrate product when fully extended. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue, green, grey or red.
Wmm 4055596
Mobile Partitioning 5 Panel Unit
3000
£699.00
4055607
Mobile Partitioning 7 Panel Unit
4200
£899.00
4
weeks
Image shows three screens joined together
1
Busyscreen Mobile Panels Divide and display. These popular mobile screen panels combine stability with mobility. Loop nylon panels are Velcro® friendly and pinnable. • Supplied with 4x lockable castors
Hmm
• Panels supplied with black or grey trim as best suits • Flexible linking strip included with each panel Dimensions: W1200mm. Price each.
310
Burgundy
Emerald Green
Busyscreen Mobile Panel
1225
£205.00
4053605
Busyscreen Mobile Panel
1525
£246.00
1 4053616
Busyscreen Mobile Panel
1825
£277.00
4
weeks
When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch.
Alpha Red
4053594
Ink Navy
Royal Blue
Phone: 01992 454511
Light Blue
Primrose Yellow
Graphite Grey
Light Grey
Black
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Tablet Displayers | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
Free-standing Tablet Displayer A perfectly simple and effective tablet display solution. The elegant Displayer is ideal for many applications. Securely house your tablet in the lockable enclosure that can be repositioned according to viewing requirements. Continuous power is available by using the optional 2m USB to Lightning Connector Cables. An optional Security Kit is also available containing a security cord and 2 keys. • Suitable for iPad tablets • Free-standing angular tubular stand on shaped base • Lockable enclosure providing 40°-75° viewing and 360° rotation • Continuous power available with optional cables Dimensions: Maximum overall H1245 x W308 x D410mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black or white.
4216797
Tablet Displayer for iPad®
£96.50
4216808
Connector Cable for iPad®
£30.85
4216841
Security Kit
£60.75
2
weeks
iPad/tablet not included.
Suitable for iPad® tablets. Samsung converter kit available, please contact Customer Services
Suitable for iPad® tablets. See the website for full list of compatible tablets.
Tablet Displayer A secure and stylish tabletop displayer. The simple, clean lines make the Displayer a contemporary solution, suitable for any environment. A weighted base provides excellent stability for table top and desk display. An optional Security Kit is available containing a fixing bracket (black or white), security cord and 2 keys. • For use with iPad tablets • Weighted cylindrical base • Lockable enclosure with 45° tilt and 330° rotation • Continuous power can be achieved using your own device charging cable • Available in black or white Dimensions: Overall holder portrait H260 x W225 x D265mm; overall holder landscape H225 x W306 x D240mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black or white.
4216764
Tablet Displayer for iPad®
4216786
Security Kit - optional
£103.00 £61.75
2
weeks
iPad not included.
www.gresswell.co.uk/exhibition
311
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Tablet Displayers
1
2
5 YEAR GUARANTEE Mounts to any worktop
iPad Counter Mount iPad Stands If you want a simple, free-standing iPad display, the iPad Column is perfect. Use on your exhibition stand or, alternatively, in a reception or foyer area to promote your services and events. The iPad Podium includes an acrylic podium top, providing a surface for writing or taking notes. iPad not included.
Add iPad display capability to your existing furniture with the iPad Counter Mount. Easy to follow instructions provide step by step guidance to fit the iPad Counter Mount to any worktop. The iPad Counter Mount features on all our free-standing iPad stands (except iPad Curve Display Stand). • Lightweight, lockable aluminium enclosure supplied with two keys • Holds iPad 2,3 and 4 and iPad Air, with apertures for dock connector lead, camera and speaker
Price each.
• Rotates and swivels 360º with 90º tilt
When ordering please tell us collar and podium colour (for 4039-481): black (with frosted top), blue, green or red.
• Access to home button with instructions of how to lock iPad from interference by customers included Dimensions: Landscape H203 x W270 x D200mm. Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1 4039470
iPad Column
1555 x 465 x 425
£275.00
2 4039481
iPad Podium
1301 x 500 x 445
£338.00
4039459
2
2
iPad not included
iPad not included
iPad Counter Mount
£112.00
weeks
weeks
iPad Curve Display Stand All the looks without the price tag. • Durable, silver grey painted, steel stand with matching enclosure and solid base plate • Black, high gloss acrylic fascia • Versatile enclosure over tilts through 120° and fully rotates 360°
iPad Quad
• Push button security lock with key release
Create a multiuser information hub with the iPad Quad.
• Holds iPad 2, 3 and 4 and iPad Air
• Accommodates up to four users
• Headphone jack/lead, forward facing and rear facing camera aperture and rear speaker opening
• Holds iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” and iPad 9.7” Dimensions: H1365 x W612 x D612mm.
• iPad not included
Price each.
4039503
Dimensions: H1220 x W370 x D370mm.
iPad Info Stand
£787.00
Price each.
2
4002741
iPad not included.
2
weeks
iPad Curve Display Stand
weeks
iPad not included.
312
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£163.00
AV Equipment | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION Califone Personal Stereo Headphones Our best selling headphones. • Convenient, moisture-resistant bag with label area makes it easy to store headphones individually • Flexible, adjustable headband offers the perfect fit • 1.8m length cord with 3.5mm plug • PC and MAC compatible Price each.
4017481
£9.65
Califone Personal Stereo Headphones
Demco® Personal Stereo Headphones Stereo Headphones at a great price. These Personal Stereo Headphones come with foam ear cushions to ensure comfort when wearing them for extended periods of time. • Features a permanently attached 1980mm Dura-Cord™ with a 3.5mm plug • Clear plastic storage bag included Price each.
4228446
Demco® Personal Stereo Headphones
£6.85
Koss® Personal Stereo Headset Personal Stereo Headset with microphone. This double-sided Headset is ideal for voice annotation exercises and testing. • Adjustable headband and foam ear cushions ensuring users comfort • Features a 2440mm straight cord with dual 3.5mm jacks • Electret noise-cancelling microphone Price each.
4228457
Koss® Personal Stereo Headset with Microphone
£21.65
www.gresswell.co.uk/av
313
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | AV Equipment
The removable extension pad allows headphones to be used by adults and kids.
Hamilton Stereo Flex-phones™ ™
Durable and flexible headphones, perfect for every environment. These headphones feature a soft, non-toxic foam headband which is extremely flexible with cushioned leatherette ear cups for comfort. • Available in bright colours to stimulate interest • Removable extension pad sized for the smaller user • Volume output will never exceed 85 decibels, protecting the users hearing • Features a 1220mm straight Dura-Cord™ that is kink, knot and chew resistant • 3.5mm TRRS jack Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black, blue, lime or red.
4228468
Hamilton™ Stereo Flex-phones™
£23.50
Demco® Deluxe Headphones Deluxe headphones at a great price! Softly padded around-ear cushions provide a comfortable fit. • Headphones have an adjustable, padded, double-spring, steel headband for comfort and shape • Soft padded vinyl ear cushions with ambient noise reducing earcups • Volume control on earcup • Long 1525mm cord with 3.5mm and 6.3mm jack • PC and MAC® compatible Price each.
4017470
Demco® Deluxe Headphones
£11.80
Highsmith® Full-Size Headphones Highsmith Deluxe Stereo Headphone with volume Control. • Adjustable headband with leatherette ear cushions • Ear cushions are removable for easy cleaning • Volume control on ear cup • Zip-top plastic storage bag with area for student name • 3m coiled cord with 3.5mm plug and 6.3mm adapter Price each.
4232131
314
Phone: 01992 454511
Highsmith® Full-size Headphones
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£15.95
Projectors & Screens | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
Projection Floor Screen This portable screen is the answer to presenting in different locations. These versatile floor screens have been designed for maximum portability. • Two sizes available - each fully height adjustable • Built-in keystone eliminator • High quality matt white cloth has a 1.2 gain factor • Weight at base means that the screen is very stable • Screen case features an integral carry handle • Square format 1:1 available in two sizes Dimensions: Maximum H2100mm. Price each.
Screen H x Wmm 4086792
Portable Floor Screen
1500 x 1500
£119.00
4086803
Portable Floor Screen
1800 x 1800
£139.00
2
weeks
Please note, video format available on request. Please call Customer Services for a quote.
Epson EB-S41 Projector Combine quality with affordability. • Provides both projector and PC screen visuals so the presenter does not have to turn around to see the screen • Suitable for even the smallest room, large images can be projected from a short distance
Folding Projector Stand
• 3-in-1 USB Display: one USB cable is all that’s needed for picture, sound and mouse control
A stable, functional projector stand suitable for most projectors. • Top platform adjusts for tilt, the lower platform folds flat if not required
• Project photos and documents direct from a tablet or smartphone with Epson’s iProjection app
• Platforms have raised lip edging
• HDMI connectivity
• Total weight is 10kg
• Quick start and instant shutdown
• Load limit is 25kg spread weight
• Slide-lens shutter cuts image and sound
• Levelling adjustment
• 3300 lumens brightness (2050 in eco mode)
• Available in black with grey shelf
• Lightweight and portable Dimensions: H82 x W302 x D237mm.
Dimensions: H1150mm. Top platform W400 x D600mm. Lower platform W450 x D280mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4034377
2
weeks
Epson EB-S41 Projector
£388.00
• Folds flat for storage and transportation
401755801
Folding Projector Stand
£118.00
3
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/av
315
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Lecterns & AV Cabinets
Panel Front Lectern The Panel Front Lectern is designed to fit in to to any modern environment. • Angled upper shelf with steel book rest • Simple self-assembly • 4 castors, 2 locking • Choose from beech or coloured laminate Dimensions: H1200 x W600 x D450mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour for 4235-607: black, blue, grey, lime, orange, red or white.
4235607
Panel Front Lecteern - Coloured
£252.00
4235618
Panel Front Lecteern - Beech
£232.00
2
weeks
3
2
2
Mobile Multimedia Centre 1
This Mobile Multimedia Centre houses all of your multimedia projection equipment in one compact, secure and mobile presentation cabinet. Ideal for a single projector, needed for multi-room usage, these lockable units are easily manoeuvred on 100mm castors, two of which are lockable. Cabinets are finished in traditional beech with ABS edging.
MM80 • Two fixed and one sliding shelf which can accommodate a range of AV equipment such as a projector, DVD player and laptop Delivered assembled, only need to fit castors.
• Cable access ports at top and side for easy connectivity
MM90 • One fixed and three sliding shelves • H445 x W480mm rear lockable access door provides easy access to cabling and connections during installation of all AV equipment; both doors use same set of keys for convenience • Holder for small accessories such as remote controls, cables and wireless presenters fitted to inside of door • Three point lock for added security
MM100 • With the same specification as the MM90, the MM100 is now available in white Price each.
H x W x Dmm 1
4036874
MM80 Mobile Multimedia Centre
930 x 540 x 600 £249.00
2
4029284
MM90 Mobile Multimedia Centre
930 x 524 x 570 £299.00
3
422875412 MM100 Mobile Multimedia Centre White 930 x 524 x 570 £325.00
2
weeks
316
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Display Cabinets | PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION
2
1
3
4
Display Towers Bring prominence to your most important display items. Display trophies, awards, pupils’ projects, artwork and more with these Display Towers. Made from tempered safety glass to UK standards, the Showcases feature lockable doors and castors, plus the option of lighting and storage. Full Display Towers have four glass shelves whilst Display Towers with Storage have three. Delivered fully assembled, all you have to do is place the shelves. • Lockable doors and castors • Available with or without lights or storage • Illuminated showcases include header panel with 3 piece, 35 watt halogen 240 volt downlight set • Available with beech or silver inserts • Delivered fully assembled • Manufactured in the UK Dimensions: Overall H1932mm, Cupboard H430mm. Price each.
5
When ordering please tell us panel colour: beech or silver.
W x Dmm
No. Adjustable Shelves
1 4028415
Full Display Tower Showcase
500 x 500
4
2 4028426
Display Tower Showcase with Storage
500 x 500
3
£839.00
3 4028437
Wide Full Display Showcase
1000 x 450
5
£1,210.00
4 4028481
Illuminated Wide Full Display Showcase
1000 x 450
5
£1,505.00
5 4028492
Illuminated Wide Display Showcase with Storage
1000 x 450
3
£1,485.00
£763.00
5
weeks
Includes delivery to ground floor. Please note: a pre-installation form will be sent for completion by customer, prior to despatch of the product. Deliveries above first floor may incur a surcharge which will be confirmed before despatch.
www.gresswell.co.uk/exhibition
317
PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION | Display Cabinets
Transform your reception area with stylish and flexible reception seating. See pages 168-186 for the full range of reception seating.
1
2
Shield Display Cabinets These contemporary styled display cabinets are made from heavy-duty aluminium framing and toughened safety glass. Illuminated cabinets feature spotlights attached to a 12 volt track which can be rotated for directional positioning.
Aluminium 1 4236410
Wall Cabinet
1200 x 200
£889.00
4236278
Tower Unit
600 x 600
£1,195.00
• Lockable doors and castors
4236322
Wide Tower
1200 x 600
£1,695.00
• Available with or without lights
4236366
Wide Tower with Cupboard
1200 x 600
£1,769.00
• Wide tower units available with or without storage
Aluminium - Illuminated
• Supplied ready assembled
4235156
Wall Cabinet
1200 x 200
£1,256.00
4235046
Tower Unit
600 x 600
£1,565.00
4235090
Wide Tower
1200 x 600
£2,065.00
Wide Tower with Cupboard
1200 x 600
£2,135.00
• Anodised satin aluminium Dimensions: Wall Cabinet H900. Tower Unit H2000mm. Wide Tower Unit H2000mm.
2 4235134
Price each.
6
weeks
318
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
| BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS
Book Trolleys & Returns
Returning your book stock to the shelves for users to browse and select is easier when you have a reliable circulation process and good quality book trolleys. Whether you opt for sloping or flat shelves, a durable construction and heavy-duty capacity will ensure that you can manoeuvre your trolleys easily and quietly to where they are needed.
Metal Book Trolleys............................................................. 320-325 Metal & Wooden Book Trolleys......................................... 326-327 Wooden Book Trolleys................................................................328 Specialist Book Trolleys...............................................................329 Book Return Carts......................................................................330 Book Returns....................................................................... 331-334
Re-stocking, returns and sorting can be effectively established with a few reliable book trolleys and ensure that your users are not waiting for stock to be returned to shelves.
321
326
329
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
331
319
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Metal Book Trolleys
The strong, silent book trolley designed specifically for the library Whether you're moving media or creating impromptu displays, book trolleys are a quintessential library feature. Demco’s exclusive LibraryQuiet™ Book Trolley is an industry leading trolley. All feature thermoplastic rubber castors to reduce rattle and improve manoeuvrability. Each style is available in a wide range of traditional and designer colours to suit any decor.
56kg shelf capacity 25mm box flange under each shelf provides extra support and allows for a high weight capacity
Steel construction 18-gauge arc-welded steel frame construction for extra strength
Powder-coat finish Resilient finish available in traditional and designer colours
Rubber castors Exclusive swivel castors (2 locking) are shockabsorbing for quiet rolling operation and will not mark floors
Ribbed end panels Dissipate sound ensuring quiet operation
The Slimline LibraryQuiet™ Narrow aisles? No problem! We have developed a special LibraryQuiet™ Slimline Trolley, offering all the same great features as the larger trolleys but with a compact footprint. The Slimline Trolley is available in single-sided and double-sided configurations and is perfect for use as an end of aisle display or as your main library trolley. This is a truly versatile and compact solution.
320
Phone: 01992 454511
Demco® Related Products Our range of LibraryQuiet™ Book Trolleys feature the same colour palette as the Titan™ and Titan StrongArm™ Book Supports. Combine both for a coordinated look. Titan™ Book Supports pg. 91
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Metal Book Trolleys | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS
7
5
2
5 YEAR GUARANTEE 4
Demco® LibraryQuiet™ Book Trolleys The slim, strong yet silent book trolley. As durable as ever, these trolleys are manufactured from 18-gauge steel end panels, arc-welded to 25mm steel frames for extra stability and strength. The thermoplastic rubber 127mm swivel castors have a special shock-absorbing quality to ensure quiet rolling operation and will not mark the floor. Castors are supplied as standard (two of which are lockable). Each shelf features a 25mm box flange underneath for greater support. Integral accent ribs also help to reduce noise.
3
• Accent ribs on end panels help reduce noise • 18-gauge steel shelves with 25mm sq. (1”) 18-gauge frame • 56kg capacity per shelf • 317mm clearance between shelves • 127mm thermoplastic rubber swivel castors, two of which are lockable • Single-sided trolleys shelf D330mm sloping shelves • Double-sided trolleys shelf D184mm sloping shelves • Powder coat finish in traditional and designer colours
6
Dimensions: Overall trolley D432mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour, see swatch. 4092435 is available in light beige, black, red or blue.
Double/ Single-sided
H x Wmm
Shelf Clearance mm
1 4092435
2 Flat Shelf
1054 x 787
317
£225.00
2 4088398
4 Sloping Shelf
Double-sided
1054 x 787
280
£265.00
3 4089905
3 Sloping Shelf Slimline
Single-sided
1130 x 457
310
£229.00
4 4089916
6 Sloping Shelf Slimline
Double-sided
1130 x 457
310
£245.00
5 4089927
3 Flat Shelf Trolley
1130 x 787
317
£262.00
3 Sloping Shelf
Single-sided
1130 x 787
292
£265.00
6 4089938
4 Sloping,1 Flat Shelf
Double-sided
1130 x 787
310
£279.00
7 4088409
6 Sloping Shelf
Double-sided
1130 x 787
310
£290.00
4088420
1
Traditional
Light Beige
Royal Blue
Designer
Black
Red
Aubergine /Eggplant
Magenta
Bahama Blue
Dublin Green
Spruce Green
Sun Drop
Teal
Wine
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
Orange Zest
Lilac
321
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Metal Book Trolleys Demco® Iron Horse™ Book Trolleys Exceptionally strong and safe. Our all-welded, ready assembled steel book trolleys are built for years of use and are available at a price that is hard to ignore. • O ne-piece, seamless 18-gauge flat panels with 25mm round tubular steel frames • Shelves made from 18-gauge or 20-gauge steel • Rolled shelf edges and smooth rounded frames for safety • Lockable castors optional • Curved handles for better steering • 127mm ball bearing swivel castors with non-marking rubber wheels, two of which are lockable • Choose from four shelf variations When ordering please tell us colour: Model 4050745 is not available in blue. Models 4050745 and 4050756 in putty or red are held in stock for quick delivery - please allow eight weeks for delivery of all other trollleys and colour variations.
2
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
4050-745 4050-756 4050-767 4050-778
Shelves
Shelf Clearance
3 large flat 4 sloping and 1 flat 2 large flat 4 sloping
298mm Middle 298mm, bottom 279mm 305mm 305mm
H x W x Dmm
Shelf L x Dmm
1 4050745
3 Flat Shelves
984 x 857 x 381
768 x 355
150
£326.00
2 4050756
4 Sloping, 1 Flat Shelf
997 x 857 x 381
768 x 381
381
£346.00
3 4050767
2 Flat Shelves
914 x 762 x 406
675 x 381
85
£265.00
4 Sloping Shelves
914 x 762 x 431
679 x 165
85
£299.00
4050778
Book Capacity
2 Red
Black
Charcoal
Blue
Putty
1
3
2
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
1
Demco® Iron Horse™ Sloping Shelf Trolley • 3 and 4 sloping shelf trolleys • 16-gauge steel tubular frame • 18-gauge steel sloped shelves • Precisely fabricated to eliminate sharp edges • Lockable 127mm swivel castors for easy manoeuvring • Durable baked enamel finish Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: black or putty.
322
HxWxD
Shelf Depth mm
Shelf Clearance mm
1 4092490
3 Sloping Shelves
1092 x 559 x 343
241
Middle 292 Bottom 304
£325.00
2 4087518
4 Sloping Shelves
1385 x 610 x 406
292
285
£335.00
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Metal Book Trolleys | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS
Aluminium Single-sided Trolleys Strong, durable and light. Easy to manage aluminium trolley. Ideal for all your needs and available in two sizes, medium or wide. Fully assembled with black frame and silver shelves. Supplied with four 125mm castors, two of which are lockable. Dimensions: H1100 x D340mm. Price each.
Wmm 1 400513901
S/S Wide 3 Shelf Trolley
950
£469.00
2 400515001
S/S Medium 3 Shelf Trolley
700
£449.00
2
4
weeks
1
Everything Trolley More like a mobile work organiser. These trolleys can hold everything you may need - wherever you go. They also allow for easy browsing of up to 200 picture books large or small. With safety in mind, this child-friendly trolley has been designed with non-finger pinching dual wheel castors. • Double-sided shelves divided into six (W280 x D200mm) bins • Powder coated finish • Supplied with 4x 102mm castors • Load capacity 181kg evenly distributed Dimensions: H914 x W914 x D457mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: blue or red.
4053484
£359.00
Everything Trolley
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Paguis Metal Book Trolley Robust yet easy-to-handle. • Epoxy powder coat finish • Frame pre-drilled in 15mm increments • 4x 80mm castors, two of which are lockable • Available with flat or sloping shelves Dimensions: H1000 x W930 x D560mm.
Vibrant colour options available
Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: see swatch below. Please Specify shelf colour: see swatch below.
4037479
3 Double-sided - Flat Shelves
£345.00
4037490
3 Double-sided - Sloping Shelves
£345.00
7
Pale Green 6019
Dark Green 6029
Light Blue 5015
Royal Blue 5002
Raspberry 4002
Burgundy 3011
Red 3000
White 9016
Lilac 4005
Yellow 1023
Apricot 1017
Clementine 2000
Silver 137
Black 9005
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
Antique White Light Grey 4067 7035
323
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Metal Book Trolleys Demco® Titan Book Trolley Move high capacity loads with ease. This high capacity trolley is constructed on a 25mm 16-gauge steel frame, with six non-slip rubber tyres that grip floor surfaces and ensure a quiet, wobble-free ride.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
• Supplied with 6x 127mm swivel castors • The two centre swivel castors are slightly lower to make the trolley easier to move over obstructions • 6x sloping D184mm shelves • Space between shelves measures 320mm • Capacity approximately 175 titles • Optional movable dividers keep books upright • Load capacity 272kg evenly distributed • Finished in hard-wearing light beige baked enamel Dimensions: H1067 x W787 x D432mm. Price each.
4011090
£469.00
Demco® Titan Book Trolley
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
Double-sided Wood and Steel Trolley Traditional trolley with a combination finish. The Double-sided Wood and Mild Steel Trolley is craftsman built and has a combination of wooden shelves and a metal frame. With wider shelves, this trolley is particularly suitable for larger volumes. Delivered assembled.
Wire Book Trolley
• 3x double-sided shelves in birch ply with polished grey melamine finish • Grey steel frame
Great value, light duty book trolley.
• Central separation on each shelf enabling books to remain vertical
• Features four sloping shelves • D203mm shelves are adjustable in 25mm increments to accommodate various book sizes • Shelf liner provides smooth surface for placing books • 4x 76mm castors, two of which are lockable
When ordering please tell us colour for the ends and edges of shelves: red, blue, green or black.
Price each.
£189.00
2
4027832
Double-sided Wood and Mild Steel Trolley
4
weeks
324
• Load capacity approx. 23kg per shelf, evenly distributed
Price each.
Dimensions: H1022 x W1117 x D476mm.
Wire Book Trolley
• Grab handle for better control Dimensions: H1450 x W470 x D800mm, Shelves H215 x W205 x D730mm, Upper Plate Shelf H700 x W420mm.
• Durable all steel post construction and welded wire shelves
4032386
• 4x 125mm castors, two of which are lockable
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£559.00
Metal Book Trolleys | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS Callero Storage Trolleys If space is at a premium, storage is one of the key elements that can help you create the most productive layout. To be effective, storage must be designed to fit your specific needs - which means it needs to be both flexible and mobile. The new Callero range of Storage Trolleys offer this and more. Callero lets you build up or across, giving you the smallest footprint for the largest storage capacity. Gratnell Trays are available in a range of colours and with Callero's sleek modern styling, this range sets a new standard for library and classroom storage.
Callero Flat Shelf Trolley
Callero Tilted Shelf Trolley
Callero trolley with wide shelves allows you full flexibility for your storage of larger items. Choose between cyan or silver. This trolley comes with both feet and castors allowing you to choose static or mobile use. Ideal for the library or literacy corner, or for storing classroom resources. Supplied fully assembled.
Metal trolley with tilted shelves allowing easy viewing of contents. Ideal for easy display of large books in the library or literacy corner. Choose cyan or silver metal frame. Trolley comes with both feet and castors so you can choose between static and mobile use. Supplied fully assembled.
Dimensions: H1025 x W1020 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Dimensions: H1025 x W1020 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us frame colour: cyan or silver.
When ordering please tell us frame colour: cyan or silver.
4096065
£211.00
Callero Flat Shelf Trolley
5
4096032
Callero Tilted Shelf Trolley
£211.00
5
weeks
weeks
Callero Guided Reading Unit The Callero Guided Reading Unit is a treble column unit specially designed for the school library or literacy corner and is ideal to assist with the guided reading sessions. Six deep trays with plenty of clearance allow varying sizes of books to be stored. Supplied fully assembled.
Callero Tilted Tray Trolley This metal trolley has nine deep tilted trays allowing easy viewing of contents. Trolley comes with both feet and castors so you can choose between static and mobile use. Supplied fully assembled.
Dimensions: H1025 x W1020 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Dimensions: H1025 x W1020 x D430mm. Top of unit: H860mm.
Price each.
Price each.
When ordering please tell us frame colour: cyan or silver. Please Specify tray colours: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
When ordering please tell us frame colour: cyan or silver. Please Specify tray colours: red, yellow, blue, green, clear, tangerine, lime, pink, purple or cyan.
4096109
5
weeks
Callero Guided Reading Unit
£236.00
4096021
Callero Tilted Tray Trolley
£218.00
5
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
325
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Metal & Wooden Book Trolleys 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Demco® Hinkley Book Trolley Compact, practical and available in attractive colours. Attractive metal punched square shelving puts a fresh and modern twist on your everyday book trolley. This trolley would work well in every environment, whether that be a school library or a state of the art creative space.
2
• Approximately 100 book capacity singlesided, 200 book capacity double-sided • Three or six fixed sloping shelves • Supplied with 4x 125mm castors, two of which are lockable • Frame manufactured in powder coated tubular steel • End panels and shelves in polished beech veneer on particle board • Shelf back in powder coated steel • All wood is from a sustainable source • Shelf depth 240mm Dimensions: Single-sided H1120 x W1080 x D430mm. Double-sided H1120 x W1080 x D550mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us frame/shelf colour: white, black, sky blue, blue, grey, lilac or green.
1
1
4228171
Hinkley Single-sided Book Trolley
£319.00
2
4228765
Hinkley Double-sided Book Trolley
£345.00
3
weeks
Demco® Hinkley Compact Book Trolley High capacity trolley with a small footprint.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
The Hinkley Compact Trolley is up to the task of shifting large numbers of standard format books - it's brilliant for paperbacks. • Approximately 60 book capacity single-sided, 120 book capacity double-sided • Three or six fixed sloping shelves • Supplied with 4x 125mm castors, two of which are lockable • Frame manufactured in powder coated tubular steel • End panels and shelves in polished beech veneer on particle board • All wood is taken from a sustainable source • Shelf depth 240mm Dimensions: Single-sided H1120 x W670 x D350mm. Double-sided H1120 x W700 x D550mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us frame/shelf colour: white, black, sky blue, blue, grey, lilac or green.
2 1
326
1 4228776
Hinkley Compact Single-sided Book Trolley
£298.00
2 4228182
Hinkley Compact Double-sided Book Trolley
£319.00
3
weeks
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Metal & Wooden Book Trolleys | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
4 3 1
2
Demco® Henshaw Trolleys Exclusive set of high quality matching trolleys for a multitude of uses. Our exclusive range of Henshaw Trolleys will ensure transporting books is quick and easy, while also adding a modern touch to your library. Four designs are available in the range, all in matching colours, meaning whatever your book transporting requirement might be there is a Henshaw trolley to suit. • 3 shelves single-sided units and 6 shelves double-sided units • Birch plywood side panels with attractive anthracite grey punched metal shelves and light grey metal frame • Supplied with 125mm castors, two of which are lockable • Delivered fully assembled so ready for immediate use Shelf dimensions: Single-sided H150 x W240mm, Double-sided H210 x W190mm. Price each.
H x W x Dmm
Book Supports are now available with a magnetic base, perfect for supporting books on your book trolleys. See page 91 for the full range.
1 4029460
Single-sided Deskside Trolley
1100 x 450 x 340
£399.00
2 4029471
Double-sided Deskside Trolley
1100 x 450 x 470
£389.00
3 4029482
Single-sided Wide Trolley
1100 x 850 x 340
£369.00
4 4029493
Double-sided Wide Trolley
1100 x 850 x 470
£419.00
4
weeks
Other colours available to special order, subject to minimum order quantities. Please call Customer Services for details.
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
327
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Wooden Book Trolleys 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Wooden Double-sided Book Trolley The heavy-duty workhorse. Our Wooden Double-sided Book Trolley is as solid as ever and will last for years. Made from top quality material sourced from managed forests with wood grain finish in melamine faced MDF with 2mm ABS edging. • Trolley has 4 sloping and 1 flat shelf • Sloping shelves feature a sturdy back panel • Full width flat base shelf • Supplied with 4 swivel rubber castors each with a 70kg capacity, two of which are locking Dimensions: H885 x W840 x D465mm. Price each.
Blue
When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch below.
4064022
Wooden Double-sided Book Trolley
£362.00
3
weeks
Wooden Single-sided Book Trolleys A practical wooden trolley that will last years. A classic design now available in a variety of attractive colours to suit any environment. Express delivery available on a selection of colours. • Wood grain finish in melamine faced MDF with 2mm ABS edging
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
• 2 single-sided and 1 flat shelf • Features 2 slightly sloping, deep shelves which hold books in place and allows spine-out sorting and a full width flat base shelf • Trolley features 4 swivel 100ml grey rubber castors each with a 70kg capacity, two of which are locking Dimensions: H885 x W840 x D465mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch below.
Maple
4061041
Wooden Single-sided Book Trolley
£308.00
3
weeks
Wooden Flat Shelved Book Trolley A solid, general purpose trolley. Manufactured from top quality material sourced from managed forests with wood grain finish in melamine faced MDF with 2mm ABS edging. Sturdy under-shelf supports prevent bowing even after years of use.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
• 3 flat, full width shelves • Trolley features 4 swivel 100ml grey rubber castors each with a 70kg capacity, two of which are locking Dimensions: H885 x W840 x D465mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: see swatch below.
Demco Colour Match 4064033 Wooden Flat Shelved Book Trolley Express delivery (1 week) ®
3
weeks
Beech
Demco® Colour Match
Beech
Express delivery (1 week)
Beech
328
Maple
Red
Blue
Maple
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Sky blue
Plum
Standard delivery (3 weeks)
Green
Yellow
Avocado
Mint
Pumpkin
Lagoon blue
Multi Coloured
Standard delivery (3 weeks)
Phone: 01992 454511 Avocado
Mint
Pumpkin
Lagoon blue
Sky blue
Plum
Multi Coloured
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£329.00
Specialist Book Trolleys | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS
5 YEAR GUARANTEE 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Ergonomic Single-sided Trolley
Ergonomic Double-sided Trolley
Minimise strain-related injury.
An Ergonomic Trolley with great benefits, now with double the capacity.
Health and safety concerns, including manual handling legislation, have focused attention on the incidents of fatigue and injury caused by excessive stretching and bending when re-shelving books. The Ergonomic Trolley has been designed to minimise these risks and can be used easily from a seated position.
The Ergonomic Double-sided Trolley has been designed to minimise the risk of manual handling injuries and can be used easily from a seated position.
• Two adjustable middle shelves
Dimensions: H1100 x W600 x D550mm.
• Available in beech finish with a choice of attractive frame colours
Price each.
Dimensions: H1400 x W550 x D550mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us frame colour: white, red, blue, sky blue, green or lilac.
£349.00
Ergonomic Trolley
• Supplied with 4x 125mm castors, two of which are lockable • Available in beech finish with a choice of attractive frame colours
• Supplied with 4x 125mm castors, two of which are lockable
4228787
• Two fixed shelves
When ordering please tell us frame colour: white, red, blue, sky blue, green or lilac.
4228798
Ergonomic Double-sided Trolley
£359.00
3
weeks
3
weeks
White
Red
Blue
Green
Lilac
Sky Blue
White
Red
Blue
Green
Lock In Book Trolley Attractive and contemporary design with secure storage.
Lilac
Sky Blue
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Our Lock In Book Trolley is sure to meet all your book storage and transportation needs. The foldback lock on the doors can be secured with a padlock. The lightweight body is made from aluminium for easy manoeuvrability. Features six mesh sloping shelves with 8x 75mm castors, two of which are lockable. • Provides shelf space for up to 200 standard size books • The width of the shelves is 610mm • The depth between each of the shelves is 315mm • Available in two colour variations, graphite with beech doors (pictured) or black with maple doors Dimensions: H1140 x W700 x D700mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: graphite with beech doors or black with maple doors.
4027843
Lock In Book Trolley
£535.00
4
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
329
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Book Return Carts 3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Economy Returns Cart Great value without compromise. The Economy Returns Cart is possibly the lowest value spring loaded book return cart on the market. The platform height decreases when books are placed in the cart and raises when they are removed. This reduces the risk of damage to books. The great value is achieved without compromising on the standard of quality and finish. Available in grey only. Dimensions: H660 x W510 x D550mm. Price each.
4037446
Economy Returns Cart
£379.00
4
weeks
Wooden Depressible Book Cart Large capacity and high quality book cart. This cart really makes transporting books easy. The built-in soft drop nylon bag reduces the risk of damage to books and the scratch-resistant surfaces are made from light oak laminate with black PVC edging. • Capacity of approx. 220 standard books • Supplied with 4x 76mm castors, two of which are lockable • Constructed from extra thick 25mm particle board • Pull handle drops flat when not in use • Supplied flat-packed for simple self-assembly Dimensions: H609 x W673 x D628mm. Price each.
405632216
Depressible Book Cart
£625.00
Metal Depressible Book Cart Metal Book Cart that will stand the test of time. Constructed from welded steel with a rust-inhibiting, textured black coating for rugged durability. The depressible platform keeps returned materials at the top at all times and the removable canvas liner funnels materials toward the center of the compartment. • Capacity of approx. 100 standard books • Aluminium coated steel inhibits rust • Spring-loaded padded platform to cushion returned books • Canvas bag linings to protect books • Two fixed and two swivel castors for manoeuverability • Black finish only Dimensions including castors: H750 x W510 x D558mm. Price each.
405195501
330
Phone: 01992 454511
Depressible Book Cart
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£879.00
Book Return Carts | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS
Green 019
Dark Green 6029
Light Blue 5015
pberry 002
Burgundy 3011
Red 3000
Royal Blue 5002
Pale White Green 9016 6019
Raspberry 4002
Lilac 4005
Yellow 1023
Antique White Light Light Blue Grey Dark Green 4067 7035 6029 5015
Burgundy 3011
Apricot 1017
Clementine 2000
Silver Royal Blue Blue 137 5002
Black Lilac Black
Red 3000
White 9016
9005 4005
Yellow 1023
Antique White Light Grey 4067 7035
Apricot 1017
Clementine 2000
Silver 137
Black 9005
Heavy-duty Book Return An indoor book return that can go wherever you need it to. • Made from 19mm colour infused MDF
Top Fed Indoor Book Return
• Standard key lock with latch mounted on door • 19mm foam pad to cushion books preventing damage
Reduce queues to return books with our exclusive book return unit.
• 127 x 584mm book drop opening
Maple finish with a 2mm PVC edging to exposed edges, with silver brushed aluminium effect laminate to top and base plinth.
• Black full surround base bumper • Supplied fully assembled, only castors need fixing
• Capacity of approx. 100 standard books
• 4x 100mm dia. dual-wheel castors, all lockable Dimensions: Overall H1016 x W622 x D660mm. Internal dimensions: H635 x W564 x D564mm. Price each.
• Rotate top to set door position Dimensions: H1020 x W600 x D600mm. Opening 305 x 76mm.
£799.00
Mobile Book Return
• Foam lined inside to prevent book damage • Supplied assembled
When ordering please tell us colour: black or blue.
4087760
• Lockable door can be positioned for left or right opening
Transfers 401148602
Blue
£9.95
402080303
Cream
£9.95
Price each.
404501429
Top Fed Indoor Book Return
£489.00
4
weeks
Demco® Children's Book Return No waiting to return books.
Demco® Junior Side-fed Book Return • Low height unit, perfect for use by children
Double the access with our Children's Double-sided Book Return. With two H75 x W300mm slots situated on opposite sides at a child-friendly height and a foam padded base to protect falling books.
• Constructed from 15mm plywood in a birch wood finish
• Fitted with a sturdy book retainer to avoid book avalanches on opening
• Contemporary design to suit any environment • Supplied with 75mm castors for good manoeuvrability
• Manufactured in melamine faced MDF with secure door locks and 4x castors, two of which are lockable
• Delivered fully assembled
• Available in maple/blue only
Dimensions: H500 x W500 x D480mm.
Dimensions: H1000 x W600 x D600mm.
Price each.
Price each.
A great value and attractive Book Return unit.
4218161
4
weeks
Book Return
£399.00
4063032
Children's Book Return Unit
£342.00
6
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
331
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Book Returns Demco® Outdoor Book Returns Maintaining damage-free books and media is the foundation of any successful library. Our Exclusive Demco® Outdoor Book Returns ease the worry by providing innovative features to ensure the highest protection of your returned materials. Aluminised coating on all surfaces and a stainless steel kick-plate wrapping around the bottom of each return maintains the integrity of its construction and keeps rain and snow out of your return. A H102 x W483mm book return chute (H102 x 330mm AV return chute) minimises the force at which a book or media falls, preventing damage. An extended, sloped hood with a slight lip provides a weather barrier, directing moisture away from the chute door and down the sides of the return. Any rain or snow that might still find its way in the chute door is quickly trapped and directed away from materials with our built-in debris trap. The pull-down chute door will not flap open in the wind, further protecting materials housed inside from weather exposure. Locking chute and collection doors offer an additional layer of security. Available in Textured Bronze powder coat paint finish. Includes a maintenance kit, assembly instructions, and 4 self-applying graphic transfers. •B uilt-in debris trap guards against leaves, liquids, and other unwanted items, allowing only your library materials to continue down into the cart • Stainless steel piano hinges resist rust • Hood can be installed on-site to face any direction Book return carts are constructed from welded steel with an aluminised, textured black coating to inhibit rust. Rigid 76mm castors at the back and 76mm swivel castors at the front allow for easy mobility. Spring-loaded, padded platform cushions protects falling materials and ensures that you never have to bend far to retrieve your media. A protective canvas bag lines the inside, ensuring that materials do not slip below the platform or get stuck along the side. Some minor assembly is required.
Demco® Outdoor Book Return
Demco® Outdoor Book Return 250 Series
• Holds up to 250 standard sized books and 750 DVDs in separate compartments
• Holds up to 250 standard sized books
• 4x white ‘Library Return’ transfers supplied
Dimensions: Book Return: H1219 x W813 x D813mm (widest point D1030mm). Return Cart: H787 x W711 x D737mm.
• 4x white ‘Book Return’ transfers supplied
Dimensions: Book Return: H1460 x W965 x D965mm (widest point D1176mm). Return Cart: H990 x W826 x D826mm. Book compartment W508mm. Audio Visual compartment W317.5mm.
Price each.
Price each.
4088761
Demco® Outdoor Book Return Dual Drop
£2,360.00
4088750
Demco® Outdoor Book Return 250 Series
402412501
Demco® Book Return Dual Cart - Black
£1,425.00
402411401
Demco® Book Return Cart - Black
332
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£1,899.00 £885.00
Book Returns | BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS Demco® Heavy-duty All Weather Book Return Comprehensive protection for returns, even after hours. The hard-wearing, security-conscious choice for 24hr returns. Made from 18-gauge galvanised steel with repositionable top and reinforced double-panelled door. Use the Returns Cart for easy transporting of books (sold separately). Both available in tan powder coated finish only.
Book Return: • Liquid and debris deflection system • Rust-resistant, raised stainless steel base protects contents from standing water and the elements • Reinforced double-panelled door gives added strength • H114 x W491mm book drop opening • Improved chute design for easy one-handed operation • Two anti-tamper steel locks • 180° wide door opening for easy access • Ground fixing bolts are included • Optional weather-resistant 'Library Book Return' transfers available Book Cart: • Capacity of approx. 100 standard books • Extra spacious • Fold-down handle • Depressible padded platform • 76mm dia. castors for manoeuvrability Dimensions: Book Return H1219 x W635 x D640mm (widest point D876mm). Returns Cart H749 x W557x D580mm (includes castors). Price each. Return and Cart sold separately.
4011464
Heavy-duty Book Return
4011475
Returns Cart
£1,999.00 £699.00
Transfers 401148602
Blue
£9.95
402080303
Cream
£9.95
Returns Cart included!
Outdoor Book Return Solid construction, simple design. Great metal Outdoor Book Return unit with book cart available in grey only. Delivered fully assembled and ready to use. • Door can be positioned on the left or right side of the unit • Chain stops door swinging round
Demco® Internal Metal Book Return & Cart
• Debris trap can be removed for cleaning
Economical unit ideal for internal use!
• This book return accepts CD cases and will lower them down gently into the cart • Easy close and lockable flap
Steel unit with grey powder coating. Ideal entry level unit complete with a spring loaded returns cart.
• Anti corrosion finish
Dimensions: H1200 x W650 x D640mm (widest point D680mm).
Dimensions: H1260 x W640 x D670mm (widest point 803mm).
Price each.
Price each.
4197288
3
weeks
Outdoor Book Return
£2,850.00
400516106
Internal Metal Book Return
£1,225.00
7
weeks
Other colours available to special order, please contact Customer Services.
www.gresswell.co.uk/booktrolleys
333
BOOK TROLLEYS & RETURNS | Book Returns 1
Great for glass walls.
2
Built-in Glass Wall Unit Ideal for glass walls. Our Book Return Wall Unit has been specially designed for glass, but is also great for fitting on to wooden panels or metal with a maximum thickness of 60mm. Steel construction with a pull down lockable chute designed so you can’t reach back into it.
Book Return: • Finished in light grey RAL 7035 • Installation dimensions H250 x W670mm • Return cart available in black separately Returns Cart: • Capacity of approx. 100 standard books • Aluminium coated steel inhibits rust • Spring-loaded padded platform and canvas bag lining to protect and cushion returned books • Fixed swivel castors • Black powder coat finish only Dimensions: Wall unit H290 x W772 x D290mm; Book Return Cart H750 x W510 x D558mm. Price each. 1 4197563
Built-in Glass Wall Unit
£999.00
2 405195501
Depressible Book Cart
£879.00
3
weeks
Built-in Dual Drop Book Return Wall Unit 1
Designed for 1-hand deposits with no doors to slam closed! Two compartments wall-mounted book return. Cart has a capacity of approx. 380 books and 950 CD/DVD and has a spring-loaded padded platform and canvas bag lining to protect and cushion returned books. It also comes with 4x 100mm dia swivel castors with brakes. Book Return Cart is available to be ordered separately. • 16-gauge stainless steel external faceplates with clear anti-graffiti topcoat • Adjustable chute angle allows for differing ground levels • Built-in weather hood helps prevent the entry of precipitation • Manual KwikLoc locks from inside the building and has an external locked/ unlocked indicator • Air Block™ system helps with drafts entering the building when depository door is opened
2
• Quiet operation silences depository door banging • Chute traps liquids and protects books from weather damage Dimensions: Book return H521 x W914 x D406mm; Books chute opening H79 x W457; CD/DVD chute opening H79 x W279mm. Price each. 1 4033761
Built-in Dual Drop Book Return Wall Unit
£2,700.00
2 4015149
Dual Drop Book Cart
£1,700.00
10
weeks
334
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
Facilities & Office Supplies
The smooth running of your library can be made much easier by managing your facility effectively. Knowing that you have good quality resources that you can choose from a trusted supplier gives you peace of mind. Whether planning or renovating your facility, our lockers, trucks, cabinets and boxes provide solutions to make your life easier.
Steps & Stools...................................................................... 336-337 Utility Trucks & Carts........................................................... 338-339 Lockers........................................................................................340 Traffic Counters...........................................................................341 Suggestion Boxes.......................................................................342 Wall Clocks..................................................................................343 Office Accessories............................................................. 344-345 Filing Accessories........................................................................346 CD & DVD Cases........................................................................347 Laminators & Trimmers...............................................................348
337
340
343
www.gresswell.co.uk/facilities
344
347
335
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Steps & Stools
1
2
Werner Stepladders Strong, tubular aluminium stepladders. These stepladders, tested to BS EN131, are built to the highest standard, yet are surprisingly light. • Twin safety rails
Hmm
Weight kg
1 4053088
Stepladder - 5 Steps
1024
6.50
£119.00
4053099
Stepladder - 6 Steps
1248
7.50
£152.00
2 4053110
Stepladder - 7 Steps
1472
9.00
£178.00
2
• High support rail around platform and handy work tray
weeks
• Standing platform 50% larger than standard stepladders • Load capacity 150kg Price each.
1 1
2
2
Step Ladders Lightweight for maximum mobility.
Steel Step Up Stools
Foldable for easy and quick storage.
These steps are constructed from tubular steel and come complete with non-slip rubber feet and anti-slip treads.
• Tested to GS certified • Sturdy integral rubber comfort handle aids balance
• Tested to GS certified
• Black non-slip mat on every tread
• Powder coated in white
• Rubber feet to prevent slippage
• Welded steel construction
• Folds flat for easy storage
• Distance between treads 230mm
• Available in powder coated silver/grey • Load capacity 150kg
• Load capacity 150kg
Dimensions: Tread W380 x D260mm.
Dimensions: Tread W380 x D260mm.
Price each.
Price each.
H x W x Dmm
Hmm (top tread) 1
405457315
Step Ladder - 3 Step
710
£49.95
1 4228941
Steel Step Up Stool - 1 Tread
255 x 430 x 385
£29.95
2
422893015
Step Ladder - 4 Step
930
£62.95
2 4200902
Steel Step Up Stool - 2 Tread
380 x 430 x 655
£42.95
2
2
weeks
weeks
336
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Steps & Stools | FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
Standard Stepmobile
Dimensions: Overall height; 2 step 1185mm, 3 step 1425mm, 4 step 1683mm, 5 step 1940mm. Tread W380 x D280mm.
Hard to reach shelves in narrow aisles? Purpose built for narrow aisles, these safe, strong steps combine the advantages of both stability and mobility. • Tough, welded, tubular, all-steel construction
Price each. When ordering please tell us colour: red, blue, green, sandstone or yellow.
H (top tread) x W x Dmm
• Deep treads recessed for flush fitting anti-slip rubber mats • D280mm working platform • Wraparound integral rail for hands-free operation • 4x sprung castors retract when climbing commences • 4x circular mounts grip the floor to increase stability
4032034
Stepmobile - 2 Step
508 x 580 x 540
£349.00
4050855
Stepmobile - 3 Step
762 x 580 x 795
£359.00
4050866
Stepmobile - 4 Step
1016 x 580 x 955
£369.00
4050877
Stepmobile - 5 Step
1270 x 580 x 1120
£379.00
3
weeks
Kick Step
Price each.
Clever, compact, colourful and safe. • Cleverly designed castors retract for stability as soon as weight is applied
When ordering please tell us colour: red, blue, black, yellow, light grey or pink.
4049953
• Anti-slip safety liner on the top step
Kick Step
£42.95
• Made from quality steel • GS approved • Load capacity 150kg Dimensions: H400mm. Tread dia. 260mm. Base dia. 430mm.
www.gresswell.co.uk/facilities
337
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Utility Trucks & Carts
Sack Truck Easy transportation, easy storage. An open, tubular frame with a folding toeplate for easy storage when not in use. • Red, powder coated finish • 200mm rubber wheels • Load capacity 90kg
405621209
Dimensions: H1155 x W565 x D640mm. Toeplate W370 x D395mm.
2
Sack Truck
£65.00
weeks
Price each.
Rubber cushion tri-star wheels
Stairclimber Sack Truck Take rough terrain in your stride.
Telescopic Folding Sack Truck
Excellent for moving heavy and difficult loads over uneven terrain and makes light work of stairs. Fitted with a folding toeplate and rubber cushion, tri-star wheels to enable the truck to climb most stairs and pavements.
Collapses in overall size for compact storage. A lightweight aluminium sack truck designed to transport small goods and parcels in almost any environment.
• Blue powder coated finish
• Lightweight aluminium frame
• 6x 160mm rubber wheels
• Telescopic handle
• Load capacity 120kg
• Folding toeplate W355 x D240mm
Dimensions: H1150 x W605 x D765mm. Fixed toeplate W365 x D365mm.
• Fitted with 150mm diameter rubber cushions wheels
Price each.
• Capacity 90kg
4012421
Stairclimber Sack Truck
£95.00
2
weeks
Price each.
4229018
When using this stairclimber please ensure the load does not over-hang the leading edge of the toeplate.
338
Dimensions: Open H1105 x W400 x D410mm. Folded H740 x W400 x D180mm.
Phone: 01992 454511
Telescopic Folding Sack Truck
2
weeks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£56.00
Utility Trucks & Carts | FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
Complete with folding box
Foldable Box Trolley
Utility Tray Trolley A unique, robust tray trolley. Designed for use in all environments and everyday use. Formed aluminium uprights and ribbed plastic shelves provide strength, durability and stability. Fitted with hard-wearing 100mm thermoplastic swivel rubber castors, two of which are lockable. Capacity 200kg. Dimensions: Overall H1010 x W513 x D990mm. Shelves W866 x D500mm. Price each.
4228985
£225.00
Large Utility Tray Trolley
2
weeks
Folding Platform Trolleys A sturdy range of highly manoeuvrable steel trolleys. Suitable for transporting various goods for indoor and outdoor use.
Our versatile trolleys have a large load capacity of 35kg and fold easily for storage or transport. They can easily carry foolscap files. Internal dimensions measure H350 x W395 x D330mm. The integral carry handle extends to 990mm to assist in movement. With 75mm easy glide wheels. Choose from a blue and yellow trolley without lid or red and grey trolley with lid. Dimensions: Opened H990 x W460 x D390mm. Price each.
400990298
Foldable Box Trolley - Blue and Yellow
£39.95
402371898
Foldable Box Trolley with Lid - Red and Grey
£42.95
Dimensions: Standard Trolley H810 x W470 x D730mm. Large Trolley H870 x W608 x D907mm. Price each.
Folded Capacity Height (mm) (Kg)
• Folds flat for compact storage • Fitted with non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners • Fitted with non-marking castors, 2 fixed and 2 swivel
4228996 Standard Folding Platform Trolley
230
150
£49.95
• Powder coated steel handles
4229007 Large Folding Platform Trolley
285
125
£99.95
• Castors for Standard Trolley 100mm, castors for Large Trolley 125mm
2
weeks
www.gresswell.co.uk/facilities
339
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Lockers
Activecoat antibacterial powder coating has been internationally recognised and tested. It provides: • 99.9% reduction of E-coli and MRSA and other super bugs • Long term protection antimicrobial agents are an integral part of the powder coating and are active for the life of the product • All the same metal coat colours
White Gloss RAL9010 available to special order
Lockers Quality engineered, colour co-ordinated lockers - ideal for protecting personal belongings. • Now with Activecoat® Microbial protection as standard to all metal parts and silver-based, antibacterial component incorporated into plastic parts • Each locker is an enclosed capsule, the plinth between each door prevents access to other lockers and adds rigidity to overall unit • Full strengthener welded into door for extra security • Oval vents in each door keep lockers smelling fresh • Cam-locks are fitted as standard and supplied with two keys • Durable paint finish ensures long lasting good looks Dimensions: Overall H1780mm. Price each. When ordering please tell us door colour: red, blue, yellow, green, silver, white or black.
W x Dmm Depth 305mm 4035895
1 Door Locker
305 x 305
£61.35
4055233
2 Door Locker
305 x 305
£80.60
4055266
3 Door Locker
305 x 305
£87.50
4055299
4 Door Locker
305 x 305
£95.00
4055332
5 Door Locker
305 x 305
£99.90
4055365
6 Door Locker
305 x 305
£115.00
4035928
1 Door Locker
380 x 380
£73.85
4055255
2 Door Locker
380 x 380
£89.45
4055277
3 Door Locker
305 x 380
£91.00
4055321
4 Door Locker
380 x 380
£104.00
4055343
5 Door Locker
305 x 380
£104.00
4055387
6 Door Locker
380 x 380
£125.00
4035906
1 Door Locker
305 x 460
£72.80
4055244
2 Door Locker
305 x 460
£89.45
4055288
3 Door Locker
305 x 460
£97.75
4055310
4 Door Locker
305 x 460
£103.00
4055354
5 Door Locker
305 x 460
£110.00
4055376
6 Door Locker
305 x 460
£125.00
Depth 380mm
Depth 460mm
Door Colours
3
weeks
Red
340
Blue
Yellow
Green
Silver
White
Black
Phone: 01992 454511
Ground floor delivery only.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Traffic Counters | FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
Traffic Counter with Downloadable Data
Traffic Counter
A mid range traffic counter with easily accessible data via USB download.
An entry level people counting device.
The Traffic Counter set works by detecting an interruption in the infrared beam being transmitted across from the transmitter to the receiver. When it has been interrupted, it is detected by the receiver and the internal counter will increase. It is direction sensitive, meaning counts are stored in separate directions. Counter sensors filter out infrared and electrical disturbance, for instance door openers and EAS tagging systems.
This Traffic Counter is designed for simple installation on either a permanent or temporary basis. An dual infrared beam is passed across the entrance from a transmitter to a receiver mounted on the opposite side. In and out counts are displayed on the LCD.
• Secure data download is available using a USB stick • Stores over a month of time and date data
• Counts are displayed on an LCD display mounted on the receiver device • Powered by two standard AA batteries (included), which last for 12 months between replacements • Detection distance is 5m
• Any distortion or blocked counter is reported
• Unit is suitable for wall or door frame mounting at 1200mm from ground level
• Maximum counting distance up to 8m unobstructed • The counter should run for approximately 2 years on one set of batteries, without compromising the counting distance • Simple to install with no wires
Dimensions: H120 x W65 x D22mm. Price each.
4017635
• Can also be used on security gates and will count through glass
Traffic Counter
£399.00
3
Dimensions: H116 x W69 x D22mm.
weeks
Price each.
4228908
Traffic Counter with Downloadable Data
£665.00
3
weeks
Traffic Counter with Online Data Dashboard An advanced traffic counter using thermal detection. A single unit thermal detection people counter with optics, sensor, signal processing and interfacing all contained in one. This product works by detecting the heat emitted by people passing underneath and uses this information to count and track them. • Data is transmitted to an online data dashboard available to multiple users for in-depth analysis and actions, anywhere in the world • Robust, secure and accurate solution to people counting • Thermal IP unit is flush ceiling mounted • Multi-direction counter for added benefits • Functions by detecting the heat emitted by people passing underneath • Secure, high performance IP capacity which allows remote configuration and data collection either over an inhouse LAN, or for worldwide access from remote locations, over the internet. • Includes full on-site installation Dimensions: H190 x W111 x D63mm.
If you require further information about this Traffic Counter, please contact Customer Services
Price each.
4228919
Traffic Counter with Thermal Detection
CALL FOR PRICE
4
weeks
A site survey may be required depending on requirements and an additional charge may apply. Please contact Customer Services for an accurate quotation.
www.gresswell.co.uk/facilities
341
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Suggestion Boxes
Bamboo Suggestion Box Stylish Suggestion Box manufactured from environmentally friendly bamboo. • Create and display your own message
Wooden Suggestion Box Invite confidential ideas and comments. • Medium oak laminate finish • Includes 25 suggestion cards and two keys
• Includes a clear acrylic display panel (216mm x 140mm)
• Tabletop or wall-mountable
• Includes 25 suggestions cards and two keys
• Wall-mounting hardware and template included
• Side pocket to store cards and pens
Dimensions: H248 x W197 x D190mm.
• Can be wall-mounted (fixings included)
Price each.
Dimensions: H356 x W254 x D203mm. Price each.
401714016 4046279
Bamboo Suggestion Box
The ideal customer-focused tool.
Keep in touch with customer opinion. Encourage ideas and suggestions on what products and activities would improve a library or even the classroom. The box includes 25 suggestions cards, two keys and self-adhesive labels marked ‘Suggestions
This value-for-money acrylic suggestion box is a good way to gain feedback from customers or staff. • Made from tough acrylic • Keyholes located on the back for wall-mounting
• Manufactured from black, powder-coated steel
• Insert for A4 portrait displays
• Fully lockable to ensure confidentiality
• Easy access via the back of the box
• Wall-mountable, fixings included
• Side pocket will accept A6 or ⅓ A4 leaflets
Dimensions: H215 x W180 x D155mm.
• Available in grey Dimensions: Overall H440 x W220 x D150mm. Box H150 x W220 x D150mm.
‘Comments’ and ‘Express Check-out’.
Price each.
Price each.
401497301
£30.50
Acrylic Suggestion Box
Locking Suggestion Box
342
Wooden Suggestion Box
£66.50
Locking Suggestion Box
£36.95
Phone: 01992 454511
403111006
Acrylic Suggestion Box
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£39.95
Wall Clocks | FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
For exam desk bundles see page 216.
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Wall Clock A classic analogue wall clock. Clear 300mm white faced clock with black numerals. Requires 1x AA battery (not supplied). Dimensions: Dia. 300mm Price each.
4215378
Wall Clock
£27.95
Read Wall Clocks Any time is a good time to read. Excellent for children’s areas, allowing visitors to tell the time whilst promoting reading. Easy to see, even from a distance, these unusual clocks have a black surround, red second hand and an accurate quartz movement. Requires 1x AA battery (not supplied). Dimensions: Dia. 305mm. Price each.
4009858
Time To Read Wall Clock
£29.95
4048127
READ Wall Clock
£29.95
www.gresswell.co.uk/facilities
343
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Office Accessories
BIC Pens Blue ink BIC pens. Price per pack of 20.
404953502
£5.70
BIC Pens Box/20 - Blue
Library Pencils A basic Library Pencil with a white/blue imprint, in a box of 144. Dimensions: L191mm. Price per pack of 144.
4006327
£24.95
Library Pencil
Four-way Rubber Bands Heavy-duty rubber bands with incredible stretching power. • ‘H’ style for securely holding books or loose files in place • Available in blue only Dimensions: H280 x W215mm. Price per pack of 50.
405304402
£26.65
4-Way Rubber Bands - Blue
Rexel Matador Stapler • High quality metal stapler with enhanced jam-free mechanism • Built for strength and durability • 25 sheet capacity • Available in silver/black only Dimensions: H60 x W42 x D128mm. Price each.
405743301
£14.75
Rexel Matador Stapler
Scissors Choose from our selection of hard-wearing scissors. Price each.
Lmm
344
Phone: 01992 454511
4054001
Multi-purpose Scissors
210
£8.20
4054012
Value Scissors
170
£1.95
4054023
Value Scissors
210
£3.65
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Office Accessories | FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
Scotch® Easy Tear Clear Tape A quality tape that’s strong and secure. Easy to handle, easy to unwind and easy to tear by hand. Great for attaching book jacket covers and for when strength and clarity are needed. Non-yellowing, non-staining and moisture-resistant. Available in two sizes. Price per roll.
Wmm x Lm
Core
4048270
Scotch® Easy Tear
19 x 33
25mm
£1.20
4048281
Scotch® Easy Tear
19 x 66
75mm
£1.65
Post-it® Notes
Tape Dispensers Avoid sticky situations. Small dispenser accepts a 25mm core, 33m length up to 19mm wide. Large dispenser accepts tapes with a 76mm core, 33m or 66m length up to 25mm width. Available in black only. Price each.
4086902
£3.80
Tape Dispenser Large
Pritt Stick
• Traditional pastel yellow colour
Clean, simple to use and non-toxic.
• Available in three handy sizes
Price each.
• 100 sheets per pad Price per pack of 12 pads.
Size H x Wmm
4056608
Pritt Stick
Standard 10g
£1.90
405250513
Post-it® Notes
38 x 51
£6.65
4049249
Pritt Stick
Medium 20g
£2.39
400960513
Post-it® Notes
76 x 76
£14.20
4049227
Pritt Stick
Large 40g
£3.15
Book Baskets Offer the opportunity to shop the library with ease. • Comfortable handle for easy carrying • The handle folds flat even when fully loaded • Large capacity • Made from durable plastic to withstand cracking
Blu-Tack
• Available in blue or red Dimensions: H225 x W430 x D300mm. Price each.
Popular, reusable fixing material - ideal for holding maps, posters, charts etc. Leaves no mark or mess. Non-toxic.
When ordering please tell us colour: blue or red.
Price per pack.
4049359
Book Basket
£10.85
4049326
Blu-Tack
www.gresswell.co.uk/office
£1.55
345
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Filing Accessories
Assorted Wallets
Supazip and Maxigrip Bags
A stylish and colourful way to store and carry documents.
Super-sealed for maximum protection.
• Hardwearing, low cost polypropylene document folders
Tough, waterproof bags made from 125 micron polythene with handy writeon identification panel. Supazip has a zip seal and Maxigrip has a push seal mechanism. Clear with blue trim.
• Transparent with a press-stud closing mechanism to keep contents secure
Dimensions: H350 x W300mm. (Height does not include handle).
Price per pack of 12.
Supazip price per pack of 25. Maxigrip price each.
4094767
Maxigrip A4 School Bag
4054606
Supazip A4 Bag Pk 25
• Will hold up to 150 sheets A4 or A5 paper • Assorted packs contain three each of red, green, blue and clear
4041736
Assorted Wallets A4
£25.50
Hanging Files Storage Rack
DiscGuard™ Disc Care Spray
Safe, dust-free storage for 120 CDs/DVDs. Use this Hanging Files Storage Rack set to keep media neat and tidy; expand your collection with a pack of 10 hanging files in assorted colours (white, green, pink, blue and yellow). Hanging File Rack in black only. • Keep costly discs safe and secure behind the counter • System includes 10 colour-coded transparent individual hanging files, hangers and title labels
DiscGuard™ All-In-One Disc Care Spray Solution cleans, repairs and leaves a protective coating. 30ml bottle. Price each.
4072602
DiscGuard™ Disc Care Spray
Dimensions: H171 x W171 x D304mm. Price each.
346
£8.75
£1.05
405720201
Hanging Files Storage Rack
£21.95
4057213
Hanging Files Pk/10
£10.95
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£13.75
CD & DVD Cases | FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES
DVD Albums Ultra-slim Store twice as many DVDs in the same space. These ultra-slim, flexible plastic construction DVD Albums are designed to hold one CD or DVD securely to avoid damage. • Literature tray with tabs
ALPHA Pak™ DVD Case Space to store movies and soundtracks. • Featuring a one-touch operation that releases the disc without bending or distorting
• Flexible plastic construction • Two finger-hold tabs keep disc in place • Full outer sleeve for displaying graphics
• The durable one-piece polypropylene case protects DVDs from scratching and bending
• Requires half the space of standard DVD albums
• Double case has capacity for two movies or movie and soundtrack
Dimensions: H191 x W137 x D6mm.
• Full outer sleeve to display graphics
Price each.
Dimensions: H190 x W133 x D15mm. Price each.
401000115
DVD Album Ultra-slim Clear
£1.99
401000101
DVD Album Ultra-slim Black
£1.99
405081101
ALPHA Pak™ DVD Case Single Black
£2.35
These CD/DVD Pockets provide quick access to your media. The resealable flap will not degrade even after repeated use.
Single and Double CD Cases Indestructible cases to prolong the life of your collection. • Constructed of black high-impact polypropylene
CD/DVD Pocket with Flap Self-adhesive
• Clear wrap around outer pocket to display titles • Living hinge for smooth opening and closing
Safely store and protect CDs and DVDs.
• Available in black only
Ideal for attaching inside books, binders, manuals or folders, these Self-adhesive Pockets keep CDs/DVDs secure and clean. Resealable flap withstands repeated use while providing quick access.
Dimensions: H120 x W135mm. Price each.
Dimensions: 127 x 127mm. Price per pack of 10.
Dmm 405745501
Single CD Case
13
£1.99
405746601
Double CD Case
16
£1.99
4042110
CD/DVD Pocket with Flap Self-adhesive
www.gresswell.co.uk/office
£7.50
347
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES | Laminators & Trimmers
GBC® Fusion 3000L A3 Laminator
Brand may vary
Ideal for frequent laminating. Stylish and compact, these GBC 3000L Laminators are ready to use in 90 seconds and laminate most documents in just 30 seconds. An adjustable pouch guide and an exit tray keep documents precisely aligned and perfectly flat.
Laminating Supplies
• Laminates ID to A4 or A3 size documents
Essential laminates suitable for use with all laminators.
• Use with 2x 75, 125 or 175 micron pouches
All pouches are gloss finish except 4011-046 which is matt finish. Pouch weight is as shown.
• Select micron thickness at the touch of a button • Auto alert beeps to warn if a pouch is being misfed - press release button to quickly remove
Price per box of 100.
• Green light and audible beep indicates when ready
Size
• Auto shut off after 30 minutes of inactivity conserves energy Dimensions: A4 H146 x W482 x D195mm; A3 H146 x W572 x D195mm. Price each.
4039525
GBC® Fusion 3000L A3 Laminator
£195.00
Micron
4054122
A3
150
4054155
A4
150
£9.80
4054166
A4
200
£14.25
4054177
A4
250
£16.50
4054188
Credit Card 54 x 86mm
250
£2.85
£18.40
Economy Office Shredder Executive cross cut shredder with a high gloss finish • Shreds up to 8 sheets into 75gsm paper; max. shred speed 2.2 metres per minute • Shreds credit cards, small staples and small paperclips • Separate strip cut slot shreds CDs • Safety cut out when shredder head lifted • Integrated handle for easy shredder head removal • Reverse function to clear paper jams • Overheat protection Dimensions: H320 x W180 x D380mm. Price each.
4025632
Economy Office Shredder
£99.95
1
week
Avery Compact Trimmer ®
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
Unique design makes this the safest and most portable of trimmer. The Avery Compact Trimmer is functional, stylish and made from aluminium for strength and reduced weight. Suitable for up to A3 size paper. • Easy to store either flat or upright • Equipped with carrying handles for portability • Clearly marked for paper alignment
Price each.
Price each.
4052241
348
Avery A3 Compact Trimmer
All purpose cutting mats with a self-sealing top surface that ‘heals’ after a blade has passed over it. Features four rubber feet to avoid slipping and a pre-printed grid that acts as a cutting guide. Very tough and long lasting. Cutters have a lockable blade with an unbreakable plastic housing that takes eight-segment, snap-off blades.
• Cutting capacity: 7 sheets 80gsm paper
®
Cutting Mats and Cutters
£48.50
Phone: 01992 454511
4054056
A3 Cutting Mat
£10.85
4054067
A2 Cutting Mat
£18.60
4054078
Cutter
£4.00
4054089
Cutter Blades Pk/12
£9.00
orders@gresswell.co.uk
READING PROMOTION
Reading Promotion
Engaging children, parents and educators in reading for enjoyment builds a lifelong love of reading, which, in turn, can boost vocabulary, increase empathy and reduce stress. Creating a buzz around reading, encouraging and rewarding improvement, and adding visual aids to your storytelling collection will have a positive effect on reading promotion.
Posters & Bookmarks.......................................................... 350-361 Dewey................................................................................. 362-363 Reading Incentives............................................................ 364-365
Appeal to your library visitors with reading posters and bookmarks; engage young minds with our stickers, pencils and bags, or build up your storytelling collection with books, puppets and StorysacksÂŽ to inspire a love of stories from a young age.
359
353
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
364
349
READING PROMOTION | Posters & Bookmarks
1
3
2
Makerspace Posters and Bookmarks
H x Wmm
Make your Makerspace stand out.
1 4210802
Makersapce Mini Posters set/6
279 x 216 £14.95
Let everyone know what your makerspace is all about. The giant poster and mini poster set encourage users to Dream, Question, Invent, Design, Make and Learn. Promote your makerspace with oversized bookmarks.
2 4210813
Makerspace Jumbo Poster
584 x 432
3 4210824
Makerspace Jumbo Bookmarks pk/200
Price each or per pack/set as stated.
Please note this is an American product.
Design Your Own Bookmarks
Sign Language READ Bookmarks
Encourage creativity whilst promoting reading.
Encourage readers to learn a new skill.
Ready to be decorated! Blank bookmarks are made from acid-free, fade-resistant card stock. White with rounded corners and centre hole for ribbon.
These double-sided Sign Language READ Bookmarks feature the word ‘READ’ plus the fingerspelling in sign language and how to sign numbers 0 to 9. On the reverse is how to sign the full alphabet.
Dimensions: H152 x W51mm.
Dimensions: H51 x W152mm.
Price per pack of 100.
4074593
350
£9.95
165 x 76 £10.95
Price per pack of 200.
Design Your Own Bookmarks Assorted Colours
£6.25
Phone: 01992 454511
4078883
Sign Language READ Bookmarks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£8.95
Posters & Bookmarks | READING PROMOTION 1
3 6
4
2
5
Colour Craze Bookmarks
1
4235728
Colour Craze Simple Patterns Bookmarks
£9.50
Start a colouring craze at your library.
2
4210835
Colour Craze READ Colouring Bookmarks
£9.95
Bring the fun and relaxation of colouring to your young and young at heart visitors. Each pack of bookmarks contains 200 bookmarks with various designs. Colouring Sheets come in packs of 50, 10 each of five designs.
3
4210846
Colour Craze Floral Bookmarks
4
4210857
Colour Craze Geometric Bookmarks
5
4222484
Colour Craze STEM/STEAM Words Bookmarks
6
4222374
Colour Craze Posters/Colouring Sheets
Dimensions: Bookmarks H178 x W58mm. Colouring Sheets H279 x W216mm. Bookmarks price per pack of 200; colouring sheets per pack of 50.
£9.95 £10.20 £9.95 £12.65
Origami Activity Bookmarks Show off your origami skills with our Origami Activity Bookmarks. Create your own fox, penguin, rabbit or whale by cutting the H152 x W152mm folding sheet from the H152 x W51mm instructional bookmark and following the steps. Pack of 48, 12 each of four designs. Dimensions: Sheet H152 x W203mm. Price per pack of 48.
4222506
Origami Activity Bookmarks
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
£9.95
351
READING PROMOTION | Posters & Bookmarks
2
3
From less than 5p per bookmark!
Emoji Die-cut Bookmarks Express your joy of reading with our Emoji Die-cut Bookmarks. Choose fom Emoji Faces or Animal Emojis. Each pack contains 50 each of four designs. Dimensions: H146 x W57mm. Price per pack of 200.
1
Die-cut Bookmarks - Emoji Faces
£8.20
2 4222550
Die-cut Bookmarks - Animal Emojis
£8.20
3 4222539
Die-cut Bookmarks - Emoji Faces
£8.50
Die-cut Bookmarks
Hipster Bookmarks
Fun bookmarks that make great rewards and incentives.
Featuring designs your teen and adult readers will love, Hipster Bookmarks are the perfect library giveaway.
These Die-cut Bookmarks each have a vibrant and colourful design. Pack contains four designs, 50 of each design.
Dimensions: H152 x W51mm.
Dimensions: H146 x W57mm.
Price per pack of 200.
Price per pack of 200.
4235772
352
1 4235739
Hipster Bookmarks
£8.95
Phone: 01992 454511
4075165
Retro Die-cut Bookmarks
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£9.55
Posters & Bookmarks | READING PROMOTION Scratch-and-sniff Bookmarks Scent-sational giveaways. These Scratch-and-sniff Bookmarks are a fun way to promote reading. With reading incentive messages such as ‘Cool Reader’ and ‘Pop open a GOOD BOOK’ each bookmark has a scratch-and-sniff panel revealing a tantalising smell. Available in a choice of mouthwatering aromas! Dimensions: Bookmarks H127 x W51mm. Price per pack of 100. 1 4235761
Scratch-and-Sniff Bookmark - Lemonade
£7.50
2 4235750
Scratch-and-Sniff Bookmark - Cinnamon Roll
£7.50
3 4201639
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Bubble Gum
£7.50
4 4075627
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Chocolate
£7.50
5 4201650
Scratch-and-Sniff Bookmark - Chocolate Chip
£7.50
6 4222517
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Creamsicle
£7.50
7 4201661
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Orange
£7.50
8 4075660
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Popcorn
£7.50
9 4075649
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Peppermint
£7.50
10 4201683
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Strawberry
£7.50
11 4222528
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Vanilla
£7.50
12 4075638
Scratch-and-sniff Bookmark - Watermelon
£7.50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Scented!
Pizza Die-cut Bookmarks Encourage pupils to feast on a good book with these Pizza Die-cut Bookmarks. 50 each of four designs. Dimensions: H76 x W152mm.
Ice Cream Cone Bookmarks
Price per pack of 200.
Perfect for your summer reading promotions! These bookmarks feature a mouthwatering image of the perfect (in our opinion!) Ice Cream Cone, ideal for your summer reading programmes.
4222473
Pizza Die-cut Bookmarks
£9.50
Dimensions: H152 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
4201716
Ice Cream Cone Bookmarks
£8.95
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
353
READING PROMOTION | Posters & Bookmarks
1 2
How Do/How To Bookmarks Learn how birds fly and how bats see in the dark with How Do Bookmarks. Get experimental and make your very own lava lamp or home made volcano with How To Bookmarks. 50 each of four designs. Dimensions: H152 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
1
4222561
How Do Bookmarks
£8.95
2
4222572
How To Bookmarks
£8.95
1
2
Animal Fun Facts Bookmarks Hang out together forever.
Fact or Fiction Bookmarks ™
Determine if the statements on our bookmarks are true or false by asking students to use resources from their library. Six designs available in a pack of 200. Dimensions: H152 x W51mm.
354
Dimensions: 165 x 51mm. Price per pack of 200.
Price per pack of 200.
4044123
These Animal Fun Facts Bookmarks are sure to appeal with photographic images on one side and animal facts on the reverse. Each pack contains four designs, 50 of each design.
Fact or Fiction™ Bookmarks
£9.80
Phone: 01992 454511
1 4078861
Winter Animals Bookmarks
£9.50
2 4075176
Together Forever Bookmarks
£9.50
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Posters & Bookmarks | READING PROMOTION
1
2
3
4
Fun Facts Bookmarks There’s a bookmark for everyone in our Fun Facts range. Learn more about the world around us from everyday facts to sports and space. Each bookmark has a visual depiction of the fact featured with additional information on the back. Six designs per pack.
Examples • S ports Fun Facts - BMX debuted as an official Olympic sport at the 2008 Summer Games in Beijing • S pace Fun Facts - All the other planets in the solar system combined could fit inside Jupiter - with plenty of room to spare! • A nimal Fun Facts - Did you know? Ostriches have the largest eyes of any land animal at almost 2 inches across • Fun Facts - ‘Almost’ is the longest word in the English language with all the letters in alphabetical order Dimensions: H152 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
1
4222407
Sports Fun Facts Bookmarks
£9.75
2
4222418
Space Fun Facts Bookmarks
£9.75
3
4222429
Animal Fun Facts Bookmarks
£9.75
4
4222440
Fun Facts Bookmarks
£9.75
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
355
READING PROMOTION | Posters & Bookmarks
Dog Breeds and Cute Cats Bookmarks A must for your animal loving visitors. 50 each of four designs. Dimensions: H152 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
4222451
Dog Breeds Boookmarks
£9.50
4222462
Cute Cats Bookmarks
£9.50
2
1
Animal Riddles Bookmarks Lovely, cartoon style Animal Riddles Bookmarks. Double-sided. 50 each of four designs. Dimensions: H152 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
4078707
Animal Riddles Bookmarks
£9.65
Puppy and Kitten Reading Bookmarks You can’t get cuter than this - what a way to encourage reading! Puppy and Kitten Reading Bookmarks both come in a pack of 200, 50 each of four designs. Dimensions: 152 x 51mm. Price per pack of 200.
356
Phone: 01992 454511
1 4006305
Puppy Reading Bookmark Set 4 Designs
£9.80
2 4006316
Kittens Reading Bookmark Set 4 Designs
£9.80
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Posters & Bookmarks | READING PROMOTION 1
2
Spider Web READ Glow-in-the-Dark Bookmarks Perfect for Halloween treats or promotions! These glow-in-the-dark bookmarks are sure to encourage even the most reluctant young readers, graphic novel or comic book fans! An eyecatching, intricate design cleverly incorporating the READ message.
Animal Bookmarks Bring on the cute factor with these Cat, Dog and Horse Bookmarks. 50 each of four designs.
Dimensions: H152 x W51mm.
Dimensions: 165 x 51mm.
Price per pack of 100.
Price per pack of 200.
4081985
Spider Web READ Glow-in-the-Dark Bookmarks
£8.95
Creature Reader Bookmarks Get children wild about reading with fun and funny Creature Reader Bookmarks. 50 each of four designs.
1 4023916
Cat Bookmarks
£9.15
2 4023927
Dog Bookmarks
£9.15
Tropical Fish Bookmarks Beautiful, colourful Tropical Fish Bookmarks. 50 each of four designs.
Dimensions: H152 x W51mm.
Dimensions: H51 x W152mm.
Price per pack of 200.
Price per pack of 200.
4222583
Creature Reader Bookmarks
£8.95
4078872
Tropical Fish Bookmarks
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
£8.95
357
READING PROMOTION | Posters & Bookmarks
Book a Trip Bookmarks Give a ticket to read. These Bookmarks with a vintage travel theme, depict reading across six continents! Featuring Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, North America and South America. A perfect way to show students that books can take them around the world without leaving home. Dimensions: H51 x W152mm.
4075253
Price per pack of 200.
1
Book a Trip Bookmarks
£8.95
2
Cars and Motorcycles Bookmarks Our bestselling Cars and Motorcycles Bookmarks have had an update. Entice your readers with eight new designs. 50 each of four designs per pack. Dimensions: H152 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
358
Phone: 01992 454511
1
4222594
Cars Bookmarks
£9.10
2
4222605
Motorcycle Bookmarks
£9.10
orders@gresswell.co.uk
Posters & Bookmarks | READING PROMOTION
Explore Non Fiction Poster Set Fact can be better than fiction. Inspire readers to read more non-fiction with this set of six posters. Each poster states ‘It doesn’t have to be fiction to be ...’ going on to describe emotions often associated by fiction but apply to non-fiction also. Dimensions: H356 x W483mm. Price per set of six.
4235827
Explore Non Fiction Poster Set
£10.95
Kindness Poster Set We all want to live in a kinder world, don’t we? Our Kindness Poster Set includes a range of quotes designed to uplift spirits and encourage us to be kind to one another. Quotes featured are ‘One act of kindness may not change the world but it may change one person’s world’ and ‘When you feel like quitting, think about why you started’. Dimensions: H584 x W203mm. Price per set of nine.
4235717
Kindness Poster Set
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
£12.95
359
READING PROMOTION | Posters & Bookmarks
I Love Reading Bookmarks
I Love My Library Bookmark
Heart reading, heart these bookmarks.
Show your library some love.
Show your love of books with these simple but effective I Love Reading Bookmarks. Two designs - I “Heart” Books and I “Heart” Reading.
Encourage visitors to profess their love for libraries with these I Love My Library Bookmarks.
Dimensions: H51 x W152mm.
Dimensions: H51 x W152mm.
Price per pack of 200.
Price per pack of 100.
4075297
I Love Reading Bookmarks
£9.95
4234980
I Love My Library Bookmark
£9.95
For READ Book Bags, see page 364
360
Read Bookmarks
Multilingual Read Poster and Bookmarks
Highlight the advantages of active reading. Encourage a positive attitude towards reading with Read Bookmarks.
Welcome readers around the world with this engaging Poster and Bookmark featuring the word READ in 22 languages.
Dimensions: H51 x W152mm.
Dimensions: Poster H711 x W559mm, Bookmarks H152 x W51mm.
Price per pack of 200.
Poster price each, Bookmarks price per pack of 100.
4075231
READ in Stars Bookmarks
£9.95
4006173
Multilingual Read Bookmarks Blue
4075209
READ Bookmarks
£9.95
4006162
Multilingual Read Poster Blue
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£8.95 £17.50
Posters & Bookmarks | READING PROMOTION
Protect Yourself From Fake News Poster
Smart Social Networking Poster and Bookmarks
Help users separate fact from fiction.
Help pupils to stay safe online. With strong teen-appeal, this Smart Social Networking Poster and Bookmarks set encourages online safety. Dimensions: Poster H965 x W330mm, Bookmarks H152 x W51mm.
Dimensions: H965 x W330mm.
Poster price each, Bookmarks price per pack of 100.
4078652
Smart Social Networking Poster
4078663
Smart Social Networking Bookmarks
At almost a meter high the Protect Yourself From Fake News Poster highlights nine ways we can critique the information we are exposed to, particularly through social and news media. With advice such as ‘consult multiple sources’ and ‘compare and contrast’, children and adults alike can learn how to protect themselves from fake news.
Price each.
£17.80 £8.90
4234991
Protect Yourself From Fake News Poster
£17.80
Please note this is an American product.
Good Digital Citizen Poster and Bookmarks
Eight Great Ways Bookmarks Encourage all readers to look after your books with these attractive bookmarks. Featuring eight tips on good practise, including keep your books dry, tell the librarian if a book needs repair and use a bookmark! Dimensions: H165 x W51mm. Price per pack of 200.
4082106
Eight Great Ways Bookmarks
£9.95
Highlight the importance of Digital Citizenship with this Poster and Bookmarks set. Dimensions: Poster H965 x W330mm, Bookmarks H152 x W51mm. Poster price each, Bookmarks price per pack of 100.
4006206
Good Digital Citizen Poster
4006217
Good Digital Citizen Bookmark
£17.80 £8.90
Please note this is an American product.
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
361
READING PROMOTION | Dewey
Dewey® Word Cloud Mini Poster Set The brightly coloured, eyecatching word cloud posters will help to inform your library visitors about the Dewey® Decimal system. Available in a set of 10, the posters highlight the main topics found under some of the more common group classifications and are ideal for bay ends. The Poster Displayer in 2mm acrylic is an ideal way to display the posters on your countertop. Poster price per set of 10, Displayer price each.
H x W (x D)mm 4081963 Dewey Word Cloud Mini Poster Set 4084702 Poster Displayer
279 x 216 279 x 216 (US Letter)
£17.50 £7.80
Please note this is an American product.
Dewey® Find It Poster and Bookmarks Find your book with speed and ease. These bright, Dewey® ‘Find it’ Poster and Bookmarks are the ideal solution for a quick reference tool. Bookmarks are blank on reverse to allow for your library stamp.
Attract readers of all ages with these timeless designs. Set of 10 Dewey Vintage mini posters.
Dimensions: Posters H863 x W508mm, Bookmarks H152 x W50mm.
Dimensions: H279 x W216mm.
Poster price each, Bookmarks price per pack of 100.
Price per set of 10.
4020132
Dewey® Find It Poster
4020143
Dewey® Find It Bookmarks
£19.50 £9.50
Please note this is an American product.
362
Dewey Vintage Mini Poster Set
Phone: 01992 454511
4004974
Dewey Vintage Mini Poster Set
Please note this is an American product.
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£19.95
Dewey | READING PROMOTION Dewey® Poster Set A colourful guide to direct library users. This bright and colourful set of Dewey® Posters will help library users understand the Dewey® numbering system. Each poster features a Dewey® number range and subject heading, plus topics found within the heading. Bookmarks are available to complement this set. Dimensions: Posters H510 x W254mm, Bookmarks H229 x W83mm. Posters price per set of 12, Bookmarks price per pack of 100.
4034311
Dewey® Bookmarks
4018042
Dewey® Poster Set
£8.15 £34.95
Please note this is an American product.
Classification Index Guides Brighten up your shelves with these contemporary classification index guides. Specially designed by a former primary school teacher, these colourful and attractive shelf guides represent the Decimal Classification system and are designed to appeal to younger children. Set consists of 32 colourful guide cards. Plain A-Z guide in black, uppercase print also available. Dimensions: H210 x W68mm. Price per set.
4061338
Illustrated Classification Index Guides
£33.15
4234969
Alphabet Guide Set
£26.50
Compatible with Major Index Block, see product 404918343/09 on page 93.
Classification numbering will change as necessary.
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
363
READING PROMOTION | Reading Incentives
1
2
3
Browsing Bags Keep a supply of lightweight polypropylene bags near your entrance for library visitors to use while browsing, or sell them as a library fundraiser. Dimensions: H305 x W406 x D152mm. Handles 711mm. Price each.
1 4201408
So Many Books, So Little Time Browsing Bag
£2.50
2 4201452
Be Bright READ Browsing Bag
£2.50
3 4077541
I Love Books Browsing Bag
£2.50
4 4201738
Library Logo Recycled Browsing Bag
£2.50
5 4201430
Books Doodle Browsing Bag
£2.50
4
READ Block Book Bag Bag a good read.
For matching products, see page 360
This simple statement speaks volumes! Sturdy polyethylene READ Block Book Bags with patch handles
This is How I Roll Canvas Bag Carry the reading message with you with the This is How I Roll Canvas Bag. Dimenions: H355 x W355 (excluding handles). Price each.
Dimensions: H432 x W356mm. Price per pack of 100 bags.
4077563
5
4222363
READ Block Book Bag
This is How I Roll Canvas Bag
£23.60
Please note care should be taken when using these book bags as they do not contain air holes.
364
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
£10.95
Reading Incentives | READING PROMOTION Reading Promotion Pencils Pencils that make perfect rewards. Whether you want to reward reading achievements, promote your library or raise funds, these economical No. 2 Pencils with erasers are ideal. Each pack contains 12 pencils. Price per pack of 12.
4037149
Reading Success
£4.95
4059281
Read To Succeed
£4.95
4059292
Books Are Magic
£5.95
Colour changes with heat of your hand
Celebrate Books! Mood Pencils Promote and reward reading achievement with these unusual Mood Pencils which change colour from the heat of your hand. Sold in packs of 12 assorted colours. Price per pack of 12.
4078685
Celebrate Books! Mood Pencils
£5.60
Library Pencils A basic Library Pencil with a white/blue imprint, in a box of 144. Dimensions: L191mm. Price per pack of 144.
4006327
£24.95
Library Pencil
I Visited The Library Today! Stickers Reward every visit. Give your younger visitors something extra to remember their visit by with these I Visited The Library Today! Stickers. Bright and colourful, they will grab the attention of all your little readers and show off the fact they visited their library today. Dimensions: Dia. 57mm. Price per pack of 200.
4072800
I Visited The Library Today! Stickers
£5.20
Dr Seuss™ Reading Stickers Reward your regular readers. Great reading-themed incentive stickers featuring Cat In The Hat™. Dimensions: Stickers H25 x W35mm. Price per pack of 120.
4210890
Dr. Seuss™ Cat in the Hat Reading Stickers
£2.95
Dr. Seuss™ Properties™ & © 2014 Dr. Seuss™ Enterprises, L.P. All Rights Reserved.
www.gresswell.co.uk/readingpromotion
365
DESIGN | TECHNOLOGY | ENGINEERING WORLDWIDE
Tel: 01743 453 253 sales@technologysupplies.co.uk | technologysupplies.co.uk
Technology Supplies is the world’s leading provider of makerspace and workshop solutions for education. Our 1,400 completed projects provide creative learning environments for students in 53 countries.
How to Place Your Order Telephone Orderline 01992 454 511
Online Orders (Email) orders@gresswell.co.uk
Online Orders www.gresswell.co.uk
Fax 0800 616634 (FREE)
Send Non-Urgent Orders To Gresswell Phoenix House Stafford Drive Battlefield Enterprise Park Shrewsbury SY1 3FE
Look Out For:
Please check you have provided all the details below when you order. Where there is a choice of colour or fabric please specify, as we are unable to process your order without this information. Quantity
Confirmation of phone order
Frame colour/finish
Method of payment and signature
Material colour/finish
Price
Size or dimensions
Special Order Goods
Purchase order number
Email address
2
weeks
Delivery times are shown for non-stocked items
Simple self-assembly is required for products with this symbol
(please double check details) (for order queries)
Your account number or postcode
Items manufactured to customer specification
Gresswell Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale 1. Acceptance Gresswell is a trading name of WF Education Group Limited. Registered Office: Phoenix House, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, SY1 3FE. Registered in England and Wales No. 2285483 VAT Reg No. GB 421 0268 03. Goods are purchased in accordance with any purchase order of the Buyer, which is accepted by Gresswell. All goods are supplied according to Gresswell standard Terms and Conditions, which shall govern to the exclusion of any other terms and agreements. 2. Prices Prices quoted on our website, in our catalogues and in our publications do not include VAT. VAT will be added to all UK and EC orders (where applicable) at the current rate. All prices are net of VAT. Whilst we endeavour to maintain prices, we reserve the right to vary and change prices in accordance with economic conditions without prior notice. Errors or omissions are subject to alteration without notice. 3. Quotations and Invoices We reserve the right to amend any accidental errors and/or omissions on quotations or invoices. Whenever possible we will hold prices stated on quotations for a period of 30 calendar days. 4. Delivery Unless otherwise agreed and stated in writing in respect of individual transactions, we reserve the right to make a charge for carriage, irrespective of the mode of delivery. When a carriage charge is made, it will be shown on the invoice. We reserve the right to change carriage charges without prior notice. We aim to despatch all stocked items, subject to availibility, from our warehouse on the same day if ordered before 2pm.
If you have purchased any equipment from us that fails within it’s warranty or guarantee period (usully within 12 months) we may offer you a prompt repair service, exchange or refund. In all cases we reserve the right to inspect the product and verify the fault. For orders of high value equipment (over £750) we reserve the right to charge a cancellation fee of up to 20% of the order value if the order if cancelled within 5 days of delivery. For overseas returns, please contact our Export Team on 01992 454 511 for details prior to returning any goods. 8. Specifications and the Trade Descriptions Act 1968 Whilst every effort is made to ensure the information given in this catalogue is accurate, changes do occur and goods can be discontinued. In this event we will offer as close an alternative as possible. All descriptions, images and illustrations are intended to convey a general description of the goods offered. However, due to our policy to improve goods whenever possible, specifications are subject to alterations without notice, and we accept no responsibility for any loss caused by such alterations having been made, provided the product is of comparable quality. We reserve the right to change specifications or improve our goods.
Delivery surcharges will apply for delivery to Northern Ireland, Scottish Highlands, offshore Islands (including Isle of Wight) and overseas – please call our Customer Services team on 01992 454 511 for an estimate.
9. Payment Prices are strictly nett for prompt 30-day payment. Thereafter we shall be entitled to recover interest on any unpaid amounts at 4% above the base rate of the Royal Bank of Scotland ruling at the date the purchase price is due. Goods remain our property until payment in full is received.
Special order and non-stocked goods may be delivered directly from our manufacturers and may incur additional time and charges to deliver. If these charges apply you will be advised at the time of ordering.
Either a remittance or two approved trade references and a Bankers reference should accompany orders from customers who have no previous account.
We offer additional delivery options including guaranteed next day options. We also offer export delivery options. Please call our Customer Services team on 01992 454 511 for prices and information. Any delivery dates quoted are approximate and we cannot be held liable for any delay in delivery of goods. 5. Damage and/or loss in transit If goods are delivered damaged we must be notified within three working days of receipt of the goods, otherwise claims cannot be considered. If goods cannot be examined on delivery the buyer should sign as ‘unexamined’ and any damage or shortage of goods notified in writing to us within three working days after delivery. Delivery shortages must also be notified to us within three working days of delivery. In the event of non-delivery we must be notified within seven working days of the date of advice or despatch. 6. Hazardous Goods Items designated as Hazardous Goods are subject to specific Carriage of Dangerous Goods Regulations and as such will be despatched by the appropriate parcel service and will be charged at that appropriate rate, please note standard parcel service is only available for UK mainland addresses only. For worldwide delivery we will use third party shipment agencies. Please ask for a quotation at the time of ordering. Please note we cannot accept the return of Hazardous Goods. Full information on Hazardous Goods can be found on our website in the “Hazardous goods” section. 7. Cancellations & Returns Customers must contact our Customer Service team on 01992 454 511 within 14 working days of delivery to obtain authorisation to return any Goods. Goods returned without prior authorisation will not be credited. We reserve the right to charge a minimum of £7.50 to cover any collection and restocking costs we may incur as a result of a customer ordering error. Customers must return all products unused and in their original packaging, including any manuals software or accessories supplied with the products.
368
Computer software and consumables (discs, cartridges, cassettes etc.) can only be retuned if the original packaging is unopened and any seals intact. Failure to follow these guidelines may invalidate any returns claim. We cannot accept returns on certain products that are made to order, assembled prior to delivery or assembled and installed, unless they are faulty.
Phone: 01992 454511
If you are a limited company, registered charity or public sector funded organisation, you may be eligible for a 30 day interest-free credit account and can pay on invoice. To apply for an invoice account simply go to www.gresswell.co.uk/newcustomer and complete our online form or call us on 01992 454 511. We accept all major credit and debit cards and you can be assured that your details are safe. We use standard internet encryption technology to encode all personal data that you send to us when placing an order through our website 10. Title to Goods Risk of damage to, or loss of goods shall pass to the Buyer at the time of delivery. However, title to the goods remain the property of Gresswell until payment of the appropriate invoice is received in full, at which time ownership (title) of the goods will pass to the Buyer. 11. Customer complaints We hope that you are pleased with any purchase you have made or service you have received from Gresswell. However, if for any reason you should have a complaint, please call our Customer service team on 01992 454 511. We aim to sort out your complaint while you’re on the phone, but if this isn’t possible, we will agree a course of action with you. 12. Trade restrictions Any transactions that are initiated involving (directly or indirectly) countries on the UK and/or US restricted trade list will not be processed without prior agreement. Buyers intending to order to or from one of these countries are advised to contact our Customer Service team on 01992 454 511 prior to placing the order. For an up to date list of restricted countries, please contact our Customer Service team or go to www.gresswell.co.uk/traderestrictions. 13. Export For up to date export pricing, payment terms and shipping terms, please contact our customer services team on 01992 454 511. E & OE (errors and omissions excepted)
orders@gresswell.co.uk
PLEASE TICK IF THIS FORM IS CONFIRMATION OF A TELEPHONE ORDER
2. Specification
1234567
Catalogue Ref Code (GD) RAINBOW COLOURS
Mastercard
Visa
Issue No.
Card Number
P
Valid from
:
Please invoice me (please tick)
/
: Valid to
Gresswell, Phoenix House, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, SY1 3FE.
3 Digit Security No.
Tel: 01992 454 511
We would like to keep you informed of any special offers on products featured in our catalogue throughout the year. If you do not want to receive these, please tick this box.
Cardholders name (BLOCK CAPITALS)
HM Government Procurement Card
Please charge my Credit/Debit Card:
Payment Details
This information will be treated in the strictist confidence, and will not be released to anyone else
Surname
Delivery Address (if different) Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms Initials Position Organisation Address
Discount Code
Date
Total £
VAT at current rate
Subtotal
4.50
Total Price
Surname
This information will be treated in the strictist confidence, and will not be released to anyone else
Postcode
Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms Initials Position Organisation Address
Do you know someone else that would like a Please provide their details and we will send them Gresswell catalogue? a copy in the post.
* Conditions apply For Terms and Conditions please see page 368
(Within UK)
Delivery:*
4.50
Unit Price
Under £75 add £7.50 Over £75 - Free
Purchase Order No.
Fax 0800 616634
Colour or Finish (Very Important)
This information will be treated in the strictist confidence, and will not be released to anyone else
Surname
Acc No. (if known)
Size/Dimensions
Postcode Tel: Fax: Email:
A:
LIBRARY CARDS
Description
3. Colour
Postcode Tel: Fax: Email:
Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms Initials Position Organisation Address
Invoice Address
1
Quantity
Please fill out ALL details in BLOCK CAPITALS
Remember: 1. Product Code
Help us to process your order quickly - see order tips throughout the catalogue
P
Gresswell Order Form 2020
INDEX 3 3D Printers .........................................291 3D Printing pen...................................289 3M™ Bibliotheca®......................... 57-59
A Acid-free book tape..............................20 Acrylic book ends.................................88 Acrylic boxes...................... 70-71, 81, 86 Acrylic dispensers.80-82, 85-87, 140-142 Acrylic easels.................................. 70-75 Adaptaroll.............................................17 Address labels......................................36 Adhesive remover.................................41 Adhesive shelf label holders...........96, 97 A-frame sign holder............................107 Alpha guides.........................................94
Alphabet carpet..................................256 Alphabet labels.....................................38 Angled displayers.................................75 Archival........................................... 68-69 Archival boxes......................................67 Archival document case.......................67 Archival pockets melinex......................66 Archival storage.............................. 66-67 Archival tape...................................20, 69 Arduino kit..........................................288 AV accessories........................... 313-314 AV cabinets .......................................316 AV stands...........................................315
Bay end displayers.....103, 139, 152, 156 Bay end guides...................................103 Bay end panels...........................152, 156 Bean bag chair...................................187 Bean bags...................187-188, 246-250 Bench skates......................................215 Benches..................................... 214-215 Bibliotheca® bookcheck ......................58 Bibliotheca® desensitiser .....................58 Bibliotheca® resensitiser ......................58 Bibliotheca® RFID tags.........................59 Bibliotheca® tattle tape ........................57 BIC pens.............................................349 Binder tape...........................................24 Blu-Tack.............................................350 Bone folder.................................... 24, 27 Book bags/totes.........................346, 364 Book baskets.....................................348 Book bins.............................................86 Book blocks.........................................94 Book box........................ 81, 86, 263-272 Book browsers........................... 263-272 Book cards...........................................47 BOOK CARE.................................. 10-29
Book display............................................. 73-87, 110-137, 146-166, 261-272, 274-275 Book display pillow..............................69 Book display spinners.............................. �������������� 81, 110-116, 130-132, 174-175 Book doctor..........................................28 Book drop cart........................... 331-334 Book easels.................................... 73-76 Book ends...................................... 87-94 Book holder.............................. 29, 73-77 Book issue cards & guides...................44 Book jackets................................... 17-19 Book pockets........................... 17-19, 65 Book protection.............................. 12-28 Book protection corners.......................26 Book rack............................78-81, 84-87 Book repair..................................... 20-28 Book repair centre................................28 Book repair tape............................. 20-25 Book repair wings.................................26 Book rest.................................. 29, 73-77 Book return wall unit..........................334 Book returns............................... 331-334 Book shelf... 118-126, 143-166, 268-272 Book sleeves.................................. 17-19 Book slip-over covers.................... 18-19 Book spinner............................................ �������������� 81, 110-116, 130-132, 174-175 Book stands................................... 73-81 Book storage............................................ �������������������� 118-126, 143-166, 268-272 Book storage with seat......................264 Book strips...........................................68 Book supports................................ 87-94 Book tape....................................... 20-25
Book cart............................................330 Book cleaner........................................28 Book cover tape ..................................20 Book coverings ............................. 13-19
B Badges.................................................50 Bag trolleys.........................................279 Bags...........................................346, 364 Barcode label protectors......................34 Barcode labels......................................35 Barcode scanners.......................... 54-55 Baskets...............................................345
370
Book cubes..........................................81
Phone: 01992 454511
BOOK TROLLEYS..................... 319-334 Book weights........................................28 Bookcases ................................. 261-272
orders@gresswell.co.uk
INDEX Bookmark displayer.............................83 Bookmarks................................. 350-363 Boreal shelving........................... 158-161 Boxes....................................... 67, 70-71 Brochure displayer...............................82 Browsers.................................... 263-272
C Cabinets..............225, 227-228, 230-232 Café tables.........................................217 Canopy guiding..................................102 Cantilibra shelving...................... 146-153 Cards....................................................44 Carousels.............................................81 Carpets .............................. 189, 253-260 Carrel systems....................................218 Carts...........................................330, 339 Catalogue cards...................................44 CD/DVD cases....................................354 CD/DVD scratch guard.......................346 CD/DVD security systems....................56 CD/DVD storage.................................346 Chairs.......... 168-186, 190-204, 283-285 Charging stations....................... 233-234 CHILDREN’S FURNITURE....... 239-286 Children’s bean bags...187-188, 247-250 Children’s browsers.................... 261-266 Children’s shelving......164-166, 269-272 Children’s spinners..................... 274-275 Children’s tables & chairs........... 281-285 CIRCULATION & STOCK SECURITY.... ������������������������������������������������������� 30-59 Circulation labels..................................38 Classification Index Guides................363 Classification labels..............................39 Classroom organisers.........................266 Classroom tables.........206-209, 281-282 Clear label protectors..................... 32-34 Clear polypockets................................45 Clips.....................................................98 Clocks................................................343 Cloth tape.............................................23 Coffee tables......................................176
Colour-coded dots...............................37 Colour-coded tape...............................25 Colouring bookmarks.........................351 Combination noticeboards.................304 Commando covers...............................16 Compartment organisers......................70 Computer desking.................................... ����������������������������218, 210-211, 222-223 Computer workstation........................218 Conference chair........................ 195-200 Corner pocket......................................44 Corner protectors.................................26 Cotton gloves.......................................66 Counters..................................... 236-238 Countertop display......................... 78-81 Croc covers..........................................16 Cube seat...........................................249 Cupboards & storage................. 227-232 Cushions............................................189 Custom stamps.............................. 48-49 Cutting mats & cutters...........12, 27, 348
Display kits.........................................306 Display panels............................ 306-310 Display pillow.......................................69 Display rack..........................................78 Display screen............................ 306-310 Display shelves............................... 84-86 Display supports............................ 87-89 Display towers.............110-115, 317-318 Display units... 111-139, 306-310, 317-318 Disposable cotton gloves.....................66 DocuDry™ storage...............................67 Document case....................................67 Dot stickers..........................................37 Double-sided signs.................... 106-107 Double-sided tape................................25 Dr Seuss™.........................................365 Dry-wipe boards................. 297-298, 304 DVD cases.................................. 345-355
E Early years tables...............................281
D Date due slips.......................................46 Date labels............................................46 Dater stamps........................................48 Desk & floor mounted screens...........226 Desk pedestals...........................222, 223 Desking........................206-212, 222-224 Desktop literature sorter.......................70 Dewey posters & bookmarks..... 362-363 DISPLAY...................................... 72-107 Display bin............................................85 Display bridges.....................................77
Easels............................................. 73-76 Easy seating............................... 168-186 Electromagnetic security strips...... 56-59 Electromagnetic security systems........58 End panels..........................139, 152, 156 Engraved badges.................................50 Engraved signs...................................102 Euro containers....................................71 Exam desks & bundles ......................216 Executive filing cabinets.....................227 Exhibition units........................... 306-308 Express display units..........................117 External noticeboards........................305
F
Collaboration tables................... 206-207
Display cabinets......................... 317-318
www.gresswell.co.uk
FACILITIES & OFFICE SUPPLIES ......... ��������������������������������������������������� 335-348 File cases........................................ 62-63 Filing................................61-64, 226-232 Filing cabinets ...................................227 Filing trays..........................................230 Filmolux book covering........................15
371
INDEX Filmoplast tapes ..................................23 Fixing & mounting...............................309 Flat storage..........................................67 Flexiframes.........................................106 Flipcharts.................................... 299-300
H
L
Hackspace kit.....................................288 Hanging bags & trolleys............. 279-280 Headphones............................... 313-314 Headsets............................................313 Heavy-duty glossy label protectors.......... .......................................................32, 33 Hinge repair tape..................................23
I Ikon shelving......................................229 Index blocks.........................................93
Floor cushions............................ 247-253 Floor displayers........................................ ............ 107, 110-115, 117-138, 268-272 Floor screens...................... 226, 306-310 Flush cut folders...................................66 Folder.............................................24, 27 Folding chairs............................. 200-201 Folding steps......................................336 Folding tables..............210-211, 213-216 Folding trolley.....................................339 Foldon economy...................................17 Frameless whiteboards......................297 Frames........................................ 103-105 Free-standing sign holders......... 106-107 Free-standing tablet displayer.... 311-312 FURNITURE............................... 167-238
Indoor/outdoor mats..........................253 Information board...............................105 Ink pads................................................49 Invisible tape........................................20 iPad displayer.....................................312 iPad/tablet rest...................................312
J G
Jacket cover...................................17, 19
Gap filler...............................................87
Label holders & support................. 95-99 Label printer tapes...............................43 Label printers.................................. 42-43 Label protectors............................. 32-34 Label remover.......................................41 Label roll dispenser........................40, 41 Labelling..............................32-40, 42-43 Labels............................................. 32-40 Ladders...................................... 336-337 Laminate smoother..............................12 Laminate whiteboards........................297 Laminators & supplies........................348 Laptop/tablet storage................. 233-235 Large format filing...................... 230-232 Large record archival box.....................70 Leaflet & magazine displayers....... 82-83, ................................................... 127-137 Leaflet dispensers...........80-83, 129-137 Lecterns..............................................316 Library badges.....................................50 Library cards & key fobs.......................51 Library date stamp......................... 48-50 Library furniture sets..........................273 Library glue...........................................27 Library labels.................................. 37-40 Library logo book support....................89 Library memo pads..............................47 Library shelf markers............................99 Linereader magnifier.............................29 Literature displayers........82-83, 127-137 Literature holders............80-83, 129-137 Literature stand...............82-83, 127-137 Literature/post sorters..........................70 Lockers...............................................340 Louvred panel containers & cabinets.294 L-sleeves..............................................66
K Kick step.............................................337
Glossy label protectors.................. 33-34 Gloves..................................................66 Glue...............................................27,350 Gripframes..........................................105 Guide cards....................................44, 47 Guillotine............................................348
372
Kinderboxes............................... 261-266 K’NEX ................................................289
Phone: 01992 454511
M Magazine & literature display........ 78-83, 125-137 Magazine & pamphlet boxes.......... 61-64 Magazine display........................ 125-137 Magazine file.................................. 61-64 Magazine protection.............................65 Magazine rack...................... 78, 127-137 Magazine spinner..................................... ��������������������110-116, 129, 131, 274-275 Magazine/newspaper shelf adaptors...87 Magnetic & self-adhesive strips...........98 Magnifier...............................................29 Makerspace kits.................288, 290, 291 Makerspace posters & bookmarks....350 Makerspace trolley..................... 292-293
orders@gresswell.co.uk
INDEX MAKERSPACES........................ 287-295 Mats.................................... 189, 253-260 Media browsers....................................81
Mobile panels & screens....226, 306, 308 Mobile partitioning..............................310 Mobile spinners..................................113 Mobile under desk pedestals..... 222-223 Mode shelving............................ 154-157 Modular seating...........172-175, 242-245 Mounting & fixing.........................98, 309 Multimedia cabinets...................231, 316 Multimedia display.............................315
Pencils........................................344, 365 Pens...................................................344 People counter.....................................52 Periodical displayer.................... 125-126 Personalised stamps...................... 48-49
N Newspaper & magazine display..........87, 125-137 Newspaper storage......................87, 127
MEDIA DISPLAY........................ 108-142 Media protection.............56-59, 346-347 Media spinners........................... 110-116 Media storage............................ 125-126 Mending tape.......................................24 Message boards.................................105 Metal cupboards ...............................228 Metal filing cabinets ..........................227 Metal rotor stand ...............................113 Metal trolleys.............................. 320-327 MiKa shelving............................. 162-163 MiMi 2 shelving & accessories... 164-166 MiMi counter......................................237 Mobile kinderboxes.................... 261-266
Non-adhesive book covering...............14 Noticeboards.............................. 301-305
O Office chairs............................... 190-194 OFFICE EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES ................................................... 344-348 Office furniture.......................................... �������������������� 190-194, 208-212, 222-229 Operator chairs........................... 190-193 Orthopaedic chair...............................193 Outdoor book returns.........................332 Oxford file.............................................64
P
Mobile library......................121, 271, 329
Pads.....................................................47 Pamphlet boxes............................. 61-64 Pamphlet rack......................................78 Panel & pole system...........................308 Paper storage.....................................230 Paper trimmers.............................27, 348 Paperback spinner..................... 111-113 Paste brush..........................................27 Pavement swing sign.........................107
www.gresswell.co.uk
Picture book spinner..........................274 Pigma pen............................................69 Plan file...............................................230 Plastic bags........................................364 Pockets & cards.............................45, 47 Pockets polyester.................................66 Pods .......................................... 219-221 Polyester L-velopes..............................66 Polyester pockets.................................66 Polypropylene chairs................................ ����������������������������194, 202-204, 284-285 Poster display..................... 104-105, 107 Poster frame............................... 104-105 Poster holders............................ 104-105 Poster stands tabletop.......................106 Posters & bookmarks................. 350-363 Post-it®...............................................345 Pouffes...............................................175 Power tower.......................................233 Pre-inked stamp............................. 48-50 PRESENTATION & EXHIBITION............. ....................................................296-318 Presentation table..............................117 Primary bean bag chair......................249 Pritt Stick............................................345 Projector & accessories .....................315 P-Touch ......................................... 42-43
373
INDEX Q Quick pick slatwall unit...............124, 138 Quick sign...........................................105
Seating........ 168-205, 240-252, 283-285 Security CD/DVD overlays ............57, 58 Security labels................................ 56-59 Security strips................................. 57-58 Security systems............................ 56-59 Self seal wallets..................................346 Self-adhesive book pocket..................45
Quick pick..................................117, 119
R Rare book ID strips...............................69 Raspberry Pi 3....................................288 Reader’s tickets.............................. 46-47 Reading aids.........................................29 Reading corner...................................244 Reading incentives..................... 364-365 READING PROMOTION........... 349-365 Reading stickers.................................381 Reception furniture .....168-185, 236-238 REFERENCE & ARCHIVAL........... 60-71 Removable tape...................................22 Remover...............................................41 Repair tape..................................... 20-25 Repositionable book covering............. 15 Returns....................................... 330-334 Revolving whiteboards.......................298 Robotics kit .......................................289 Rotating wire displayers.....................114 Rotor stands............................................. �������������� 81, 110-116, 130-132, 174-175 Rubber bands.....................................344 Rugs...................................................260
S
Self-inking stamps................................48 Sellotape dispenser........................22, 25 Shelf display................................... 84-87 Shelf guiding................................... 94-99 Shelf label holders ......................... 95-97 Shelf labelling................................. 95-97 Shelf markers .......................... 92-94, 99 Shelf organiser...............................85, 86 Shelf sign displayer ....................... 95-97 Shelf tape non-skid..............................86 SHELVING.................................. 143-166 Shelving hints & tips .................. 144-145 Shredders...........................................348 Sign boards........................................107 Sign holders............................... 102-107 Signage...................................... 100-101 Slatwall & accessories................ 138-142 Slip-over covers............................. 17-19 Snake weights......................................68 Sofas...........................169-170, 179-184 Soft seating................................ 168-188 Spine labels.................................... 37-40
Sack truck..........................................338 Scanners........................................ 53-55 Scissors................................................27 Scotch® Magic™ tape..........................22 Screens.............................. 226, 306-310 Sealed wallets....................................346
374
Phone: 01992 454511
Spinner .......................110-116, 274-275 Stacking chairs....196, 202-204, 284-285 Stacking tables...................................208 Stamps & accessories.................... 48-50 Stapler................................................344 Steel shelf trolley................ 320-323, 324 Stepladders/steps ..................... 336-337 Stickers...............................................365 Sticky notes........................................345 Stools.................................................205 Storage..................................................... 66-67, 70-71, 227-228, 230-232, 292-294 Storage boxes...........67, 70-71, 292-294 Storage trolley....................................292 Strips........................................ 69, 56-59 Study booths.............................. 218-219 Study carrel........................................218 Study chairs............................... 195-199
Sublimation printing package.............291 Suggestion boxes...............................342 Supaseal...............................................15
orders@gresswell.co.uk
INDEX T Table trolleys...............................215, 216 Tables..................206-217, 222-224, 295 Tablet displayer.......................... 311-312 Tablet storage............................. 233-235 Tabletop displays................................306 Tabletop spinner.................................116 Tambour door cupboards ..................228 Tamperproof noticeboards.................301 Tape.................................... 20-25, 86, 98 Tape dispenser...............................22, 25
Toblerone displayer..............................83 Traffic counter.......................................52 Trimmers.............................................348 Trolleys............................... 320-329, 339 Trucks.................................................338 Tub chairs................................... 168-171
Wall stickers.......................................286 Wallet files..........................................346 Whiteboards & accessories........ 297-298 Window poster holder........................104 Wire easels & book stands...................76 Wooden cupboards....................225, 228
U Under desk pedestals................ 222-223 Ungummed pocket...............................45 Universal marker..................................94 Urban chairs.......................................196 USB scanner........................................54
V Vistaflex™........................................... 18 VistaFoil™ products...................... 12-14 Vistatape™.......................................... 21
Tattle tape....................................... 57-58 Thermo-hygrometer.............................68 Tilt-top tables.............................210, 211 Titan™ book supports .........................91
Wooden trolleys..................................328 Workstations .............................. 218-219
W Wall banners.......................286, 350, 359 Wall clocks.........................................343 Wall signs...........................................286
Z Zig-zag shelf inserts....................... 84-85
Some of our best sellers
Classic Acrylic Book Stands see page 73
Demco® Non-glare Clear Label Protectors see page 33
Demco® Slip-over Book Covers
5 Shelf Book Displayer with Castors
LibraryQuiet Book Trolley
see page 19
see page 121
see page 321
www.gresswell.co.uk
375
COLOUR GUIDE
Colour Guide for Fabrics
Upholstery fabric colours for seating where specified in the furniture section of our catalogue. Please check on the main catalogue page which fabric is offered for the product/s you wish to order and ensure that you specify the correct fabric – Please specify descriptive name and code when ordering. Actual fabric samples available on request, call 01992 454 511.
Main Line Plus Main Line Plus fabric is 67% wool, 20% flame-retardant viscose, 13% viscose. Flammability: BS EN1021-1 (cigarette). BS EN 1021-2 (match). BS 5852 Ignition Source 5. BS 7176 Medium hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 50,000 cycles.
Juniper IF084
Aquamarine IF141
Ruby IF101
Clipper IF111
Royal IF020
Penstemon IF147
Wedgwood IF027
Red IF011
Matador IF272
Prudence IF250
Crimson IF116
Celtic IF120
Lead IF058
Charcoal IF000
Black IF059
Tuscany IF241
Advantage Advantage fabric is 30% wool, 60% Polypropylene, 10% viscose. Flammability: BS EN1021-1 (cigarette). BS EN 1021-2 (match). BS 7176 Low hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 60,000 cycles.
Aztec AD113
Turquoise AD027
Raspberry AD127
AD122
Aqua AD002
Pewter AD072
Clipper AD126
Nightshade AD011
Black AD055
Cranberry AD005
Red AD014
Cinnamon AD111
Cobalt AD004
Graphite AD066
Charcoal AD028
Mineral AD010
Era Era is a two tone polyester fabric with herringbone weave and offers understated contemporary texture while its colouring technique provides close up intrigue. Flammability: EN 1021-1 (cigarette). EN1021-2 (match). BS 7176 Low hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 cycles heavy-duty.
Generation CSE02
History CSE21
Prime CSE09
Cycle CSE06
Span CSE05
Lifetime CSE03
Period CSE07
Rest CSE37
Everlasting CSE10
Event CSE18
Allowance CSE38
Chapter CSE08
Range CSE42
Quota CSE41
Elapse CSE44
Forward CSE14
(Please note: colours shown are subject to limitations of the printing process and are intended as a guide only).
376
Phone: 01992 454511
orders@gresswell.co.uk
COLOUR GUIDE
Xtreme Plus Xtreme Plus is a hard-wearing, crepe fabric with a soft feel that can be wiped clean with a damp cloth. Flammability: BS EN1021-1 (cigarette). BS EN 1021-2 (match). BS 7176 Medium hazard. BS 5852 Ignition Source 5. Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 cycles.
Appledore YS077
Madura YS156
Windjammer YS047
Bluebell YS097
Scuba YS082
Campeche YS074
Tarot YS084
Tobago YS030
Diablo YS101
Lobster YS076
Panama YS079
Tortuga YS168
Solano YS072
Rum YS173
Havana YS009
Blizzard YS081
Blazer Blazer is made from 100% virgin™ lambswool, responsibly sourced and traceable right back to individual farms. Composition: 100% virgin™ lambswool. Non metallic dyestuffs. Renewable & Compostable. Flammability: BS EN 1021 - 1 (cigarette). BS EN 1021 - 2 (match). BS 7176 Low Hazard. BS476 Part 7 Class 1 spread of flame. Abrasion Resistance: 50,000 rubs.
Aston CUZ02
Knightsbridge CUZ26
Bryanston CUZ53
Dunhurst CUZ58
Napier CUZ08
Oriel CUZ18
Silcoates CUZ30
Silverdale CUZ28
Plymouth CUZ1R
Ulster CUZ1F
Scottsdale CUZ3E
Holyoke CUZ2T
Wesley CUZ82
Goldsmith CUZ39
Oxford CUZ09
Surrey CUZ1E
Just Colour Vinyl Just Colour is designed to withstand the rigorous demands of both heavy domestic and contract uphostery. Flame retardant BS5852 Ignition Source 0, 1 & 7. Medium Hazard phthalate free and is antimicrobial. Abrasion resistance: Tested to withstand in excess of 500,000 rubs.
Marigold
Almond
Golden Honey
Fudge
Walnut
Cocoa
Damson
Mulled Wine
Ginger Snap
Tangerine
Rouge
Candy
Eden
Lilac
Grape
Lupin
Sapphire
Cobalt Black
Rainforest Jasmine White Green (Please note: colours shown are subject to limitations of the printing process and are intended as a guide only). Cool Blue
Apple Mint
Citrus Green
www.gresswell.co.uk
Greyfriar
377
Book Care
10-29
Circulation & Stock Security
30-59
Reference & Archival
60-71
Display
72-107
The UK’s leading library supplier for over 80 years’
Media Display
108-142
Shelving
143-166
w: gresswell.co.uk
Furniture
167-238
Children’s Furniture
239-286
Makerspaces
287-295
Presentation & Exhibition
296-318
Book Trolleys & Returns
319-334
Facilities & Office Supplies
335-348
Reading Promotion
349-365
Index
370-375
Swatches
376-377
t: 01992 454 511
PEFC Certified This product is from sustainably managed forests and controlled sources PEFC/16-33-775
www.pefc.org